From 4618588494f1dc32bab1abd907af088f1ebec3b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicholas Hastings Date: Fri, 3 Aug 2012 16:10:28 -0400 Subject: [PATCH] Updated SQLite for SQLite extension to version 3.7.13 (bug 5235). --- extensions/sqlite/AMBuilder | 21 +- extensions/sqlite/Makefile | 18 +- extensions/sqlite/msvc9/sm_sqlite.vcproj | 580 +- extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/alter.c | 622 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c | 418 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c | 521 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c | 234 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btmutex.c | 315 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c | 6890 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h | 204 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btreeInt.h | 648 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c | 3409 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c | 378 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c | 271 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c | 1045 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/delete.c | 467 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c | 2617 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c | 1509 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c | 418 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h | 110 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c | 1605 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/journal.c | 238 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h | 112 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c | 134 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c | 1485 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/malloc.c | 240 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem1.c | 229 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem2.c | 546 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.c | 126 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.h | 82 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c | 223 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_w32.c | 208 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c | 151 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h | 160 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c | 282 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h | 284 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h | 127 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c | 2749 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c | 1545 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c | 5104 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.h | 125 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.c | 3505 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.h | 152 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pragma.c | 1186 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/prepare.c | 742 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/printf.c | 907 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/random.c | 103 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/select.c | 3539 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3.c | 138243 +++++++++++++++ extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3.h | 7047 +- extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3ext.h | 350 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteInt.h | 1972 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteLimit.h | 169 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/table.c | 206 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/tokenize.c | 508 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/trigger.c | 839 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/update.c | 630 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/utf.c | 545 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/util.c | 706 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vacuum.c | 262 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.c | 5279 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.h | 151 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeInt.h | 427 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c | 1066 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c | 2243 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c | 340 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c | 114 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbemem.c | 1017 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vtab.c | 797 - extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/where.c | 2773 - 70 files changed, 143523 insertions(+), 68745 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/alter.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btmutex.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btreeInt.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/delete.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/journal.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/malloc.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem1.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem2.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_w32.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pragma.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/prepare.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/printf.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/random.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/select.c create mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3ext.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteInt.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteLimit.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/table.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/tokenize.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/trigger.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/update.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/utf.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/util.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vacuum.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeInt.h delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbemem.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vtab.c delete mode 100644 extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/where.c diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/AMBuilder b/extensions/sqlite/AMBuilder index cb75742f..9bb7b978 100644 --- a/extensions/sqlite/AMBuilder +++ b/extensions/sqlite/AMBuilder @@ -13,27 +13,8 @@ binary = Cpp.LibraryBuilder('dbi.sqlite.ext', AMBuild, extension, compiler) files = [ 'sdk/smsdk_ext.cpp', 'sdk/sm_memtable.cpp', 'extension.cpp', 'driver/SqDatabase.cpp', 'driver/SqDriver.cpp', 'driver/SqQuery.cpp', - 'driver/SqResults.cpp', 'sqlite-source/alter.c', 'sqlite-source/analyze.c', - 'sqlite-source/attach.c', 'sqlite-source/auth.c', 'sqlite-source/btree.c', - 'sqlite-source/build.c', 'sqlite-source/callback.c', 'sqlite-source/complete.c', - 'sqlite-source/date.c', 'sqlite-source/delete.c', 'sqlite-source/expr.c', - 'sqlite-source/func.c', 'sqlite-source/hash.c', 'sqlite-source/insert.c', - 'sqlite-source/legacy.c', 'sqlite-source/main.c', 'sqlite-source/malloc.c', - 'sqlite-source/opcodes.c', 'sqlite-source/os.c', - 'sqlite-source/pager.c', 'sqlite-source/parse.c', 'sqlite-source/pragma.c', - 'sqlite-source/prepare.c', 'sqlite-source/printf.c', 'sqlite-source/random.c', - 'sqlite-source/select.c', 'sqlite-source/table.c', 'sqlite-source/tokenize.c', - 'sqlite-source/trigger.c', 'sqlite-source/update.c', 'sqlite-source/utf.c', - 'sqlite-source/util.c', 'sqlite-source/vacuum.c', 'sqlite-source/vdbe.c', - 'sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c', 'sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c', 'sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c', - 'sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c', 'sqlite-source/vdbemem.c', 'sqlite-source/vtab.c', - 'sqlite-source/where.c', 'sqlite-source/btmutex.c', 'sqlite-source/journal.c', - 'sqlite-source/mem1.c', 'sqlite-source/mem2.c', 'sqlite-source/mutex.c' + 'driver/SqResults.cpp', 'sqlite-source/sqlite3.c' ] -if AMBuild.target['platform'] == 'windows': - files.extend(['sqlite-source/mutex_w32.c', 'sqlite-source/os_win.c']) -elif AMBuild.target['platform'] == 'linux' or AMBuild.target['platform'] == 'darwin': - files.extend(['sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c', 'sqlite-source/os_unix.c']) binary.AddSourceFiles('extensions/sqlite', files) SM.AutoVersion('extensions/sqlite', binary) binary.SendToJob() diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/Makefile b/extensions/sqlite/Makefile index adf0d4e9..9c0dbc17 100644 --- a/extensions/sqlite/Makefile +++ b/extensions/sqlite/Makefile @@ -22,23 +22,7 @@ OBJECTS = sdk/smsdk_ext.cpp sdk/sm_memtable.cpp extension.cpp \ driver/SqDatabase.cpp driver/SqDriver.cpp driver/SqQuery.cpp \ driver/SqResults.cpp -OBJECTS += sqlite-source/alter.c sqlite-source/analyze.c \ - sqlite-source/attach.c sqlite-source/auth.c sqlite-source/btree.c \ - sqlite-source/build.c sqlite-source/callback.c sqlite-source/complete.c \ - sqlite-source/date.c sqlite-source/delete.c sqlite-source/expr.c \ - sqlite-source/func.c sqlite-source/hash.c sqlite-source/insert.c \ - sqlite-source/legacy.c sqlite-source/main.c sqlite-source/malloc.c \ - sqlite-source/opcodes.c sqlite-source/os.c sqlite-source/os_unix.c \ - sqlite-source/pager.c sqlite-source/parse.c sqlite-source/pragma.c \ - sqlite-source/prepare.c sqlite-source/printf.c sqlite-source/random.c \ - sqlite-source/select.c sqlite-source/table.c sqlite-source/tokenize.c \ - sqlite-source/trigger.c sqlite-source/update.c sqlite-source/utf.c \ - sqlite-source/util.c sqlite-source/vacuum.c sqlite-source/vdbe.c \ - sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c \ - sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c sqlite-source/vdbemem.c sqlite-source/vtab.c \ - sqlite-source/where.c sqlite-source/btmutex.c sqlite-source/journal.c \ - sqlite-source/mem1.c sqlite-source/mem2.c sqlite-source/mutex.c \ - sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c +OBJECTS += sqlite-source/sqlite3.c ############################################## ### CONFIGURE ANY OTHER FLAGS/OPTIONS HERE ### diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/msvc9/sm_sqlite.vcproj b/extensions/sqlite/msvc9/sm_sqlite.vcproj index 8f4fe5be..d9594626 100644 --- a/extensions/sqlite/msvc9/sm_sqlite.vcproj +++ b/extensions/sqlite/msvc9/sm_sqlite.vcproj @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -/* -** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the -** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - - -/* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in -** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third -** argument and the result returned. Examples: -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' -*/ -static void renameTableFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP - or "USING" TK_USING. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - } while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); - - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result -** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE -** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. -*/ -static void renameTriggerFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - int dist = 3; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one - ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - - /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN - ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above - ** to be met. - ** - ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like - ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. - */ - dist++; - if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ - dist = 0; - } - } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); - - /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name - ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. - */ - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* -** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE -*/ -void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - static const struct { - char *zName; - signed char nArg; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **); - } aFuncs[] = { - { "sqlite_rename_table", 2, renameTableFunc}, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - { "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, renameTriggerFunc}, -#endif - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; idb->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ - - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is - ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE - ** expression being built up in zWhere. - */ - if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){ - if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ - if( !zWhere ){ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name); - }else{ - tmp = zWhere; - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name); - sqlite3_free(tmp); - } - } - } - } - return zWhere; -} - -/* -** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table -** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. -** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at -** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an -** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. -*/ -static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - Trigger *pTrig; -#endif - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ - for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0); - } -#endif - - /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - - /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); - if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ - Token *pName /* The new table name. */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ - const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ - Vdbe *v; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ -#endif - int isVirtualRename = 0; /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */ - - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table; - assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - - /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; - - /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist - ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - - /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name - ** that the table is being renamed to. - */ - if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){ - isVirtualRename = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. - ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the - ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual - ** table. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - - /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if - ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names - ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other - ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtualRename ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VRename, 0, 0, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - } -#endif - - /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); - - /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " -#else - "sql = CASE " - "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" - "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " -#endif - "tbl_name = %Q, " - "name = CASE " - "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " - "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " - "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18,10) " - "ELSE name END " - "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - zName, -#endif - zName, nTabName, zTabName - ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update - ** it with the new table name. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", - zDb, zName, pTab->zName); - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master - ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in - ** the temp database. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " - "tbl_name = %Q " - "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3_free(zWhere); - } -#endif - - /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); - -exit_rename_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); - sqlite3_free(zName); -} - - -/* -** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement -** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new -** column definition. -** -** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include -** the new column during parsing. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ - Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - const char *zDb; /* Database name */ - const char *zTab; /* Table name */ - char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ - Column *pCol; /* The new column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - pNew = pParse->pNewTable; - assert( pNew ); - - db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - zTab = pNew->zName; - pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; - pDflt = pCol->pDflt; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); - assert( pTab ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a - ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking - ** for an SQL NULL default below. - */ - if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ - pDflt = 0; - } - - /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. - ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the - ** column must not be NULL. - */ - if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); - return; - } - if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); - return; - } - if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; - } - - /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() - ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) - */ - if( pDflt ){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - if( !pVal ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } - - /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ - zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); - if( zCol ){ - char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; - while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){ - *zEnd-- = '\0'; - } - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " - "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d,length(sql)) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, - zTab - ); - sqlite3_free(zCol); - } - - /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file - ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, - ** the file format becomes 3. - */ - sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); - - /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); -} - -/* -** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument -** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. -** -** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure -** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point -** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c -** after parsing is finished. -** -** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete -** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pNew; - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; - int i; - int nAlloc; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Look up the table being altered. */ - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } -#endif - - /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - - assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the - ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. - */ - pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pParse->pNewTable = pNew; - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; - assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); - nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; - assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); - pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); - pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName); - if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; - pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); - pCol->zColl = 0; - pCol->zType = 0; - pCol->pDflt = 0; - } - pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; - pNew->nRef = 1; - - /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - -exit_begin_add_column: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7aef3f67..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 July 8 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. -** -** @(#) $Id$ -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor -** iStatCur. -** -** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. -** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere -** are removed. If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed. -*/ -static void openStatTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ - int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - int iRootPage; - Table *pStat; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - if( v==0 ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){ - /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist. Create it. - ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave - ** the rootpage of the new table on the top of the stack. This is - ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)", - pDb->zName - ); - iRootPage = 0; /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */ - }else if( zWhere ){ - /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists. Delete all entries associated with - ** the table zWhere. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", - pDb->zName, zWhere - ); - iRootPage = pStat->tnum; - }else{ - /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - iRootPage = pStat->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb); - } - - /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created - ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. - ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have - ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant. - */ - if( iRootPage>0 ){ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1"); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iStatCur, 3); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with -** a single table. -*/ -static void analyzeOneTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ - int iStatCur, /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */ - int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ -){ - Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ - int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ - int addr; /* The address of an instruction */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){ - /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */ - return; - } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - iIdxCur = pParse->nTab; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - - /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed - */ - assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, - (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - if( iMem+nCol*2>=pParse->nMem ){ - pParse->nMem = iMem+nCol*2+1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, nCol+1); - - /* Memory cells are used as follows: - ** - ** mem[iMem]: The total number of rows in the table. - ** mem[iMem+1]: Number of distinct values in column 1 - ** ... - ** mem[iMem+nCol]: Number of distinct values in column N - ** mem[iMem+nCol+1] Last observed value of column 1 - ** ... - ** mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]: Last observed value of column N - ** - ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others - ** are initialized to NULL. - */ - for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem+i); - } - for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero - ** is never possible. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, " ", 0); - for(i=0; idb; - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ - HashElem *k; - int iStatCur; - int iMem; - - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0); - iMem = pParse->nMem; - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem); - } - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in -** a database. -*/ -static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - int iDb; - int iStatCur; - - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem); - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine -** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. -** -** ANALYZE -- 1 -** ANALYZE -- 2 -** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. -** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. -** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. -*/ -void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int i; - char *z, *zDb; - Table *pTab; - Token *pTableName; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 ){ - /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); - } - }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){ - /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); - }else{ - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, 0); - sqlite3_free(z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - }else{ - /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, zDb); - sqlite3_free(z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the -** callback routine. -*/ -typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; -struct analysisInfo { - sqlite3 *db; - const char *zDatabase; -}; - -/* -** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. -** -** argv[0] = name of the index -** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column -*/ -static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){ - analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; - Index *pIndex; - int i, c; - unsigned int v; - const char *z; - - assert( argc==2 ); - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - return 0; - } - z = argv[1]; - for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){ - v = 0; - while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - z++; - } - pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; - if( *z==' ' ) z++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables. -*/ -int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - analysisInfo sInfo; - HashElem *i; - char *zSql; - int rc; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - - /* Clear any prior statistics */ - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); - } - - /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */ - sInfo.db = db; - sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - - /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", - sInfo.zDatabase); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - return rc; -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c deleted file mode 100644 index 271116b7..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,521 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -/* -** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This -** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple -** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. -** -** i.e. if the parser sees: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def -** -** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of -** looking for columns of the same name. -** -** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' -** -** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. -*/ -static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ - rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - }else{ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z -** -** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) -** -** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the -** third argument. -*/ -static void attachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int rc = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - const char *zName; - const char *zFile; - Db *aNew; - char *zErrDyn = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - - /* Check for the following errors: - ** - ** * Too many attached databases, - ** * Transaction currently open - ** * Specified database name already being used. - */ - if( db->nDb>=SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf( - sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", - SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED - ); - goto attach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); - goto attach_error; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; - if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "database %s is already in use", zName); - goto attach_error; - } - } - - /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema - ** hash tables. - */ - if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ - aNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); - }else{ - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - } - db->aDb = aNew; - aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++]; - memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - - /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use - ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may - ** or may not be initialised. - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &aNew->pBt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); - if( !aNew->pSchema ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); - goto attach_error; - } - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt), db->dfltLockMode); - } - aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - aNew->safety_level = 3; - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - { - extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLITE_TEXT: - case SQLITE_BLOB: - nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); - sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - - case SQLITE_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - } - } -#endif - - /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and - ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way - ** we found it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - } - if( rc ){ - int iDb = db->nDb - 1; - assert( iDb>=2 ); - if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); - db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - db->nDb = iDb; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory"); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); - } - goto attach_error; - } - - return; - -attach_error: - /* Return an error if we get here */ - if( zErrDyn ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrDyn); - }else{ - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0; - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - } -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: -** -** DETACH DATABASE x -** -** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) -*/ -static void detachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - int i; - Db *pDb = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; - } - - if( i>=db->nDb ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( i<2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); - goto detach_error; - } - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - return; - -detach_error: - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); -} - -/* -** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the -** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. -*/ -static void codeAttach( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ - const char *zFunc, /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */ - int nFunc, /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */ - Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ - Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ - Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ - Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ -){ - int rc; - NameContext sName; - Vdbe *v; - FuncDef *pFunc; - sqlite3* db = pParse->db; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( db->mallocFailed || pAuthArg ); - if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pAuthArg->span); - if( !zAuthArg ){ - goto attach_end; - } - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zAuthArg); - if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto attach_end; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - - memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sName.pParse = pParse; - - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) - ){ - pParse->nErr++; - goto attach_end; - } - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey); - - assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Function, 0, nFunc); - pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); - - /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this - ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing - ** statements). - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH), 0); - } - -attach_end: - sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. -** -** DETACH pDbname -*/ -void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. -** -** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey -*/ -void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ - -/* -** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach. -*/ -void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH - static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, db, attachFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, db, detachFunc, 0, 0); -#endif -} - -/* -** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior -** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. -** -** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE -** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. -*/ -int sqlite3FixInit( - DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ - int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ - const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ - const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; - assert( db->nDb>iDb ); - pFix->pParse = pParse; - pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pFix->zType = zType; - pFix->pName = pName; - return 1; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign -** a specific database to all table references where the database name -** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure -** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). -** -** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or -** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. -** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are -** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made -** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to -** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything -** checks out, these routines return 0. -*/ -int sqlite3FixSrcList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDb; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb); - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, - "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", - pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); - return 1; - } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -int sqlite3FixSelect( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pSelect ){ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ - return 1; - } - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - return 0; -} -int sqlite3FixExpr( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pExpr ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ - return 1; - } - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - return 0; -} -int sqlite3FixExprList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pStep ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ - return 1; - } - pStep = pStep->pNext; - } - return 0; -} -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c deleted file mode 100644 index dd83eda0..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 January 11 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() -** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded -** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling -** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single -** macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - -/* -** Set or clear the access authorization function. -** -** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation -** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on -** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function -** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument -** to the auth function is one of these constants: -** -** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW -** SQLITE_DELETE -** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW -** SQLITE_INSERT -** SQLITE_PRAGMA -** SQLITE_READ -** SQLITE_SELECT -** SQLITE_TRANSACTION -** SQLITE_UPDATE -** -** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of -** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function -** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If -** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY -** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call -** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement -** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL -** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. -** -** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default -** setting of the auth function is NULL. -*/ -int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xAuth = xAuth; - db->pAuthArg = pArg; - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the -** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. -*/ -static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the " - "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, " - "or SQLITE_DENY", rc); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. -** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. -** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN -** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, -** then generate an error. -*/ -void sqlite3AuthRead( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ - Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ - SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ - int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ - const char *zDBase; /* Name of database being accessed */ - TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */ - int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ - - if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); - if( iDb<0 ){ - /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other - ** temporary table. */ - return; - } - for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrcnSrc; iSrc++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break; - } - if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrcnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; - }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){ - /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables - ** of a trigger. - */ - assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx ); - pTab = pStack->pTab; - } - if( pTab==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ - assert( pExpr->iColumnnCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName; - }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; - }else{ - zCol = "ROWID"; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, - pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", - zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol); - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); - } -} - -/* -** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return -** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY -** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are -** modified appropriately. -*/ -int sqlite3AuthCheck( - Parse *pParse, - int code, - const char *zArg1, - const char *zArg2, - const char *zArg3 -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - - /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising - ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. - */ - if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( db->xAuth==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - rc = SQLITE_DENY; - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the -** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until -** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -void sqlite3AuthContextPush( - Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, - const char *zContext -){ - pContext->pParse = pParse; - if( pParse ){ - pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; - } -} - -/* -** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed -** by sqlite3AuthContextPush -*/ -void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ - if( pContext->pParse ){ - pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; - pContext->pParse = 0; - } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btmutex.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btmutex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5866ffeb..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btmutex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** $Id$ -** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. -*/ -#include "btreeInt.h" -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) - - -/* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. -** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. -** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pSqlite==p->pSqlite ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pSqlite==p->pSqlite ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; - - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. - */ - if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->locked = 1; - return; - } - - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. - */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex); - pLater->locked = 0; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 1; - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex); - pLater->locked = 1; - } - } -} - -/* -** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - assert( p->locked ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree. -** -** This routine makes no determination one why or another if the -** database connection mutex is held. -** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - return (p->sharable==0 || - (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex))); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); -} -void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - - -/* -** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database -** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing -** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names -** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being -** reset out from under us. -** -** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. -** -** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address -** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with -** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees -** at the same instant. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p, *pLater; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable ){ - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked ){ - assert( p->wantToLock==1 ); - while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev; - while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; - for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->locked ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex); - pLater->locked = 0; - } - } - while( p ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked++; - p = p->pNext; - } - } - } - } -} -void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - assert( p->locked ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; - } - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection -** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. -** -** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p; - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable && - (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -/* -** Potentially dd a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray. -** Really only add the Btree if it can possibly be shared with -** another database connection. -** -** The Btrees are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That -** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them -** in order without every having to backup and retry and without -** worrying about deadlock. -** -** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1) -** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){ - int i, j; - BtShared *pBt; - if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return; -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - } - } -#endif - assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 ); - assert( pArray->nMutexaBtree)/sizeof(pArray->aBtree[0])-1 ); - pBt = pBtree->pBt; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){ - for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){ - pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1]; - } - pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree; - pArray->nMutex++; - return; - } - } - pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree; -} - -/* -** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is -** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are -** exited at the end of the same function. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 1; - } - } -} - -/* -** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->locked || !p->sharable ); - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; - } - } -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0ba3655a..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6890 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id$ -** -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. -*/ -#include "btreeInt.h" - -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; - -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_btree_trace=0; /* True to enable tracing */ -#endif - - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** A flag to indicate whether or not shared cache is enabled. Also, -** a list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. The variables have file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access these variables so we make them -** global for test builds. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0; -#else -static BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -static int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. -** -** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. -** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to -** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ - sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = enable; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*); - - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* - ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables() - ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store - ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the - ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. - ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. - */ - #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define unlockAllTables(a) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or -** SQLITE_LOCKED if not. -*/ -static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - - /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is - ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is - ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks - ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag - ** is not considered. - ** - ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the - ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list - ** (BtShared.pLock). - ** - ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do - ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a - ** write-cursor does not change. - */ - if( - !p->pSqlite || - 0==(p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || - eLock==WRITE_LOCK || - iTab==MASTER_ROOT - ){ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && - (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and -** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned. -*/ -static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - - /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); - - /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested, - ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See - ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling - ** the ReadUncommitted flag. - */ - if( - (p->pSqlite) && - (p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && - (eLock==READ_LOCK) && - iTable!=MASTER_ROOT - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } - } - - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. - */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; - } - - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. - */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable() -** procedure) held by Btree handle p. -*/ -static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){ - BtLock **ppIter = &p->pBt->pLock; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pLock); - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; - } - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - -/* -** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. -*/ -static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->aOverflow = 0; -} - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); - } -} -#else - #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) -#endif - -/* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. -*/ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){ - void *pKey = sqlite3_malloc(pCur->nKey); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - pCur->pPage = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; - } - - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table -** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor -** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && - p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. -*/ -static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; -} - -/* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreOrClearCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). -** -** If the second argument argument - doSeek - is false, then instead of -** returning the cursor to it's saved position, any saved position is deleted -** and the cursor state set to CURSOR_INVALID. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } -#endif - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); - } - return rc; -} - -#define restoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLITE_OK) - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. -*/ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage, iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. -** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); - - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key); - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); - } - } - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. -** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -/* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. -** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. -*/ -#define findCell(pPage, iCell) \ - ((pPage)->aData + get2byte(&(pPage)->aData[(pPage)->cellOffset+2*(iCell)])) -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - assert( iCell>=0 ); - assert( iCellaData[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) ); - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} -#endif - -/* -** This a more complex version of sqlite3BtreeFindCell() that works for -** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert -*/ -static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ - int k; - struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; - pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; - k = pOvfl->idx; - if( k<=iCell ){ - if( k==iCell ){ - return pOvfl->pCell; - } - iCell--; - } - } - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} - -/* -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There -** are two versions of this function. sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a -** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() -** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. -** -** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of -** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - int n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - pInfo->pCell = pCell; - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - n = pPage->childPtrSize; - assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); - if( pPage->hasData ){ - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload); - }else{ - nPayload = 0; - } - pInfo->nData = nPayload; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey); - }else{ - u32 x; - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &x); - pInfo->nKey = x; - nPayload += x; - } - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->nHeader = n; - if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */ - pInfo->nLocal = nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - nSize = nPayload + n; - if( nSize<4 ){ - nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - } - pInfo->nSize = nSize; - }else{ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = surplus; - }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = minLocal; - } - pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n; - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; - } -} -#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) -void sqlite3BtreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); -} - -/* -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info); - return info.nSize; -} -#endif -static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - return info.nSize; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - if( pCell ){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -/* -** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - u8 *pCell; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell); - return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. -*/ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ - int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int brk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = sqlite3_malloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize ); - if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk); - brk = usableSize; - for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); - size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); - brk -= size; - memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size); - put2byte(pAddr, brk); - } - assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - addr = cellOffset+2*nCell; - memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr); - sqlite3_free(temp); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page. -** -** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of -** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free -** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request. -** -** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain -** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically -** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before -** allocating the new chunk. -*/ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){ - int addr, pc, hdr; - int size; - int nFrag; - int top; - int nCell; - int cellOffset; - unsigned char *data; - - data = pPage->aData; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4; - if( pPage->nFreenOverflow>0 ) return 0; - pPage->nFree -= nByte; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - - nFrag = data[hdr+7]; - if( nFrag<60 ){ - /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the - ** space request. */ - addr = hdr+1; - while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( size>=nByte ){ - if( sizecellOffset; - if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){ - if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - } - top -= nByte; - assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - return top; -} - -/* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] -** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. -** -** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent -** free blocks into a single big free block. -*/ -static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ - int addr, pbegin, hdr; - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) ); - assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( size<4 ) size = 4; - -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE - ** option is enabled at compile-time */ - memset(&data[start], 0, size); -#endif - - /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - addr = hdr + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - assert( pbegin>addr ); - addr = pbegin; - } - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); - put2byte(&data[addr], start); - put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); - put2byte(&data[start+2], size); - pPage->nFree += size; - - /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ - addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - int pnext, psize; - assert( pbegin>addr ); - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); - psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ - int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); - assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] ); - data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag; - put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext])); - put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin); - }else{ - addr = pbegin; - } - } - - /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ - if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ - int top; - pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2])); - } -} - -/* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. -*/ -static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0; - pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0; - pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){ - pPage->leafData = 1; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else{ - pPage->leafData = 0; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - } - pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)); -} - -/* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. -** -** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which -** is the parent of the page being initialized. The root of a -** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInitPage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be initialized */ - MemPage *pParent /* The parent. Might be NULL */ -){ - int pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - int hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - - pBt = pPage->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){ - /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){ - pPage->pParent = pParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - } - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - pPage->idxShift = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){ - /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Compute the total free space on the page */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell); - while( pc>0 ){ - int next, size; - if( pc>usableSize-4 ){ - /* Free block is off the page */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){ - /* Free blocks must be in accending order */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nFree += size; - pc = next; - } - pPage->nFree = nFree; - if( nFree>=usableSize ){ - /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - pPage->isInit = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. -*/ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - int first; - - assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); - data[hdr] = flags; - first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first; - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - pPage->idxShift = 0; - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -** -** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about -** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ -){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - *ppPage = pPage; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine -** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to -** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage(). -*/ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ - MemPage *pParent /* Parent of the page */ -){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(*ppPage, pParent); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage. -*/ -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ){ - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called when the reference count for a page -** reaches zero. We need to unref the pParent pointer when that -** happens. -*/ -static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){ - MemPage *pPage; - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( pPage->isInit==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->pParent ){ - MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent; - assert( pParent->pBt==pPage->pBt ); - pPage->pParent = 0; - releasePage(pParent); - } - pPage->isInit = 0; -} - -/* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. -** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. -*/ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){ - MemPage *pPage; - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent); - } -} - -/* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named -** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - sqlite3 *pSqlite, /* Associated database handle */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nReserve; - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; - - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or - ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if - ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled - ** into the library. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) - #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - const int isMemdb = 0; - #else - const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:"); - #endif -#endif - - assert( pSqlite!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pSqlite->mutex) ); - - pVfs = pSqlite->pVfs; - p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - p->pSqlite = pSqlite; - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( (flags & BTREE_PRIVATE)==0 - && isMemdb==0 - && (pSqlite->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0 - && zFilename && zFilename[0] - ){ - if( sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled ){ - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFullPathname); - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - p->sharable = 1; - if( pSqlite ){ - pSqlite->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache; - } - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); - mutexShared = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - for(pBt=sqlite3SharedCacheList; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) - && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } -#endif - } -#endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - - pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - p->pBt = pBt; - - sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor); - sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit); - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); - pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64; /* 25% */ - pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */ - pBt->minLeafFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if - ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a - ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. - */ - if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; - }else{ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21]; - pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22]; - pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23]; - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - pBt->nRef = 1; - mutexShared = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pSqlite->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = sqlite3SharedCacheList; - sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - } -#endif - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new - ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. - ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - int i; - Btree *pSib; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (pSib = pSqlite->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ - while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } - if( p->pBtpBt ){ - p->pNext = pSib; - p->pPrev = 0; - pSib->pPrev = p; - }else{ - while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ - pSib = pSib->pNext; - } - p->pNext = pSib->pNext; - p->pPrev = pSib; - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p; - } - pSib->pNext = p; - } - break; - } - } - } -#endif - *ppBtree = p; - -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. -*/ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - pMaster = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( sqlite3SharedCacheList==pBt ){ - sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt->pNext; - }else{ - pList = sqlite3SharedCacheList; - while( pList && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; - } - if( pList ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; - } - } - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); - } - removed = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; - - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); - } - } - - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. - */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema); - sqlite3_free(pBt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the busy handler callback function. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *p, BusyHandler *pHandler){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pBt->pBusyHandler = pHandler; - sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. -** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) -/* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. -** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. -** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - } - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the currently defined page size -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; -} -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - -/* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ - -/* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLITE_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int av = (autoVacuum?1:0); - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. -*/ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc, pageSize; - MemPage *pPage1; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){ - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->readOnly = 1; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]); - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 || - (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21]; - pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22]; - pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23]; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23; - pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23; - pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35; - pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23; - if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; - return SQLITE_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the -** busy callback if there is lock contention. -*/ -static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) ); - if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction; - btreeIntegrity(pRef); - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0); - pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction; - pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRef->pBt->nTransaction--; - } - btreeIntegrity(pRef); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. -** -** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){ - if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){ - MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1; - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage); - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = 1; - } - releasePage(pBt->pPage1); - } - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->inStmt = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the -** file. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac; - data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac; - data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlite3BtreeInsert() -** sqlite3BtreeDelete() -** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() -** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. -** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } - - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; - } - - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto trans_begun; - } - - do { - if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ - rc = lockBtree(pBt); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0; - }else{ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pBt->pBusyHandler) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; - } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; - } - } - - -trans_begun: - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - -/* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. -*/ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); - } - -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow -** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to -** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as -** follows: -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. -*/ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; - - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0); - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); - } - - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. -*/ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage /* The location to move pDbPage to */ -){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; - - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); - - /* Move page iDbPage from it's current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; - - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. - */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; - } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); - -/* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no -** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. -** -** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the -** database so that the last page of the file currently in use -** is no longer in use. -** -** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes -** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until -** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the -** number of pages the database file will contain after this -** process is complete. -*/ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){ - Pgno iLastPg; /* Last page in the database */ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc; - if( iLastPg==0 ){ - iLastPg = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager); - } - - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - int rc; - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( nFin==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. - */ - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgpDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg); - releasePage(pLastPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1; - while( pBt->nTrunc==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){ - pBt->nTrunc--; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. -** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. -** -** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, -** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. -*/ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; -#ifndef NDEBUG - int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); -#endif - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin = 0; - - if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){ - Pgno nFree; - Pgno nPtrmap; - const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize; - Pgno nOrig = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager); - - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - nOrig--; - } - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5); - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - nFin--; - } - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - nFin--; - } - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pBt->nTrunc ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - pBt->nTrunc = nFin; - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc; - pBt->nTrunc = 0; - } - assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; -} - -#endif - -/* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. -** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - Pgno nTrunc = 0; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - } -#endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked -** prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did -** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal -** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - pBt->inStmt = 0; - } - unlockAllTables(p); - - /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction - ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set - ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below - ** will unlock the pager. - */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock - ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. - */ - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was -** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled -** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. -*/ -static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; - } - return r; -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree -** references. -** -** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong -** to other database connections that happen to be sharing -** the cache with pBtree. -** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. -** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped -** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after -** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables -** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to -** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be -** invalidated. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ - BtCursor *p; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - clearCursorPosition(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skip = errCode; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); -} - -/* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be -** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor -** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result -** in an error. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst - ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as - ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then - ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so - ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort - ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. - */ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); - } -#endif - btreeIntegrity(p); - unlockAllTables(p); - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->nTrunc = 0; -#endif - - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage1); - } - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - } - - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - pBt->inStmt = 0; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can -** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction. -** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction. -** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction -** commits or rolls back. -** -** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time. It is an error to try -** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager); - pBt->inStmt = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress. If no -** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - pBt->inStmt = 0; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rollback the active statement subtransaction. If no subtransaction -** is active this routine is a no-op. -** -** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation. Any attempt -** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation -** will result in an error. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager); - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inStmt = 0; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function -** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call. -*/ -static int dfltCompare( - void *NotUsed, /* User data is not used */ - int n1, const void *p1, /* First key to compare */ - int n2, const void *p2 /* Second key to compare */ -){ - int c; - c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - *ppCur = 0; - if( wrFlag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - } - - if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ - rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - } - pCur = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pCur) ); - if( pCur==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - if( iTable==1 && sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_EMPTY; - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the - ** output argument to this function). - */ - pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare; - pCur->pArg = pArg; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag; - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; - } - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *ppCur = pCur; - - return SQLITE_OK; - -create_cursor_exception: - if( pCur ){ - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - sqlite3_free(pCur); - } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key Comparison func */ - void *pArg, /* First arg to xCompare() */ - BtCursor **ppCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, xCmp, pArg, ppCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - clearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( pCur->pPrev ){ - pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - } - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; - } - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - sqlite3_free(pCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur. -** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur)); - pTempCur->pNext = 0; - pTempCur->pPrev = 0; - if( pTempCur->pPage ){ - sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor() -** function above. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->pPage ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in. -** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell(). -** -** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the -** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. -** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc -** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the -** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function -** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info); - assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } -#else - #define assertCellInfo(x) -#endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ - static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); - }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); - } - } -#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ - /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ -#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); \ - }else{ \ - assertCellInfo(pCur); \ - } -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ - -/* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. -** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK. -** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently -** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if -** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nData; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow -** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl -** is the last page in it's linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle -** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested -** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via -** this handle may not be trusted. -*/ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, - Pgno ovfl, /* Overflow page */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */ - assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext); - - /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain - ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case. - */ - if( !pPgnoNext ){ - return sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; - - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; - } - - if( iGuess<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - } - } - } -#endif - - if( next==0 || ppPage ){ - MemPage *pPage = 0; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0); - if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); - } - - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); - } - } - *pPgnoNext = next; - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. -** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. -*/ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ -){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information -** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp -** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into -** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from -** buffer pBuf). -** -** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". -** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. -** -** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data. -** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area. Data might -** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow -** pages. -** -** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current -** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function -** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list -** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this -** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. -** -** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be -** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if -** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum -** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. -** -** * An incremental vacuum, -** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, -** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). -*/ -static int accessPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ - int amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ - int skipKey, /* offset begins at data if this is true */ - int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u32 nKey; - int iIdx = 0; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Btree page of current cursor entry */ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ - - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - assert( offset>=0 ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; - nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey); - - if( skipKey ){ - offset += nKey; - } - if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; - - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] - ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at - ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The - ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], - ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" - ** (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); - if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); - } -#endif - - for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( pCur->aOverflow ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } -#endif - - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - } else -#endif - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ - DbPage *pDbPage; - int a = amt; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; - } - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->pPage!=0 ); - if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->pPage!=0 ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if -** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written -** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be -** a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassembly -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. -*/ -static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ - int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - MemPage *pPage; - u32 nKey; - int nLocal; - - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; - aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - nKey = 0; - }else{ - nKey = pCur->info.nKey; - } - if( skipKey ){ - aPayload += nKey; - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; - }else{ - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; - if( nLocal>nKey ){ - nLocal = nKey; - } - } - *pAmt = nLocal; - return aPayload; -} - - -/* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. -*/ -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); - } - return 0; -} -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -*/ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - int rc; - MemPage *pNewPage; - MemPage *pOldPage; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx; - pOldPage = pCur->pPage; - pOldPage->idxShift = 0; - releasePage(pOldPage); - pCur->pPage = pNewPage; - pCur->idx = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table. -** -** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables. But -** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page -** is empty except for the right-pointer. In such cases the -** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page -** 1 is pointing to. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){ - MemPage *pParent; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pParent = pPage->pParent; - if( pParent==0 ) return 1; - if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0; - if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. -** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pParent; - MemPage *pPage; - int idxParent; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pPage!=0 ); - assert( !sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ); - pParent = pPage->pParent; - assert( pParent!=0 ); - idxParent = pPage->idxParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->pPage = pParent; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - assert( pParent->idxShift==0 ); - pCur->idx = idxParent; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor to the root page -*/ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - clearCursorPosition(pCur); - } - pRoot = pCur->pPage; - if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){ - assert( pRoot->isInit ); - }else{ - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0)) - ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; - } - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - pCur->pPage = pRoot; - } - pCur->idx = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - assert( pRoot->pgno==1 ); - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - assert( subpage>0 ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - } - pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. -** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx)); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. -** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->idx = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey. -** Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used. pKey is -** ignored. For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data -** in pKey. The comparison function specified when the cursor was -** created is used to compare keys. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the -** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL. The meaning of -** this value is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. -** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches pKey. -** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than pKey. -** -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - const void *pKey, /* The key content for indices. Not used by tables */ - i64 nKey, /* Size of pKey. Or the key for tables */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Search result flag */ -){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCur->pPage ); - assert( pCur->pPage->isInit ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; - int c = -1; /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */ - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - if( !pPage->intKey && pKey==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( biasRight ){ - pCur->idx = upr; - }else{ - pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2; - } - if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){ - void *pCellKey; - i64 nCellKey; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - u8 *pCell; - pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - u32 dummy; - pCell += getVarint32(pCell, &dummy); - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64 *)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKeynKey ){ - c = +1; - }else{ - c = 0; - } - }else{ - int available; - pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0); - nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey; - if( available>=nCellKey ){ - c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey); - }else{ - pCellKey = sqlite3_malloc( nCellKey ); - if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey); - c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey); - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = pCur->idx; - upr = lwr - 1; - break; - }else{ - if( pRes ) *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = pCur->idx+1; - }else{ - upr = pCur->idx-1; - } - if( lwr>upr ){ - break; - } - pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2; - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - chldPg = 0; - }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); - } - if( chldPg==0 ){ - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); - if( pRes ) *pRes = c; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->idx = lwr; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - /* NOT REACHED */ -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. -** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); -} - -/* -** Return the database connection handle for a cursor. -*/ -sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - return pCur->pBtree->pSqlite; -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -*/ -static int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pRes!=0 ); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skip>0 ){ - pCur->skip = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skip = 0; - - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( pCur->idxnCell ); - - pCur->idx++; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - do{ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ); - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leafData ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; - } - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = btreeNext(pCur, pRes); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -*/ -static int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - Pgno pgno; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skip<0 ){ - pCur->skip = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skip = 0; - - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) ); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->idx==0 ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - } - pCur->idx--; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - *pRes = 0; - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = btreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. -** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. -** -** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This -** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. -*/ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, - MemPage **ppPage, - Pgno *pPgno, - Pgno nearby, - u8 exact -){ - MemPage *pPage1; - int rc; - int n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - int k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ - - /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( exact && nearby<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - *pPgno = nearby; - } -#endif - - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); - - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ - /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page - ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. - */ - assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - searchList = 0; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else{ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - int closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( nearby>0 ){ - int i, dist; - closest = 0; - dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby; - if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist; - for(i=1; isqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - /* Free page off the end of the file */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" - ": %d more free pages\n", - *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); - if( closestpDbPage); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - searchList = 0; - } - } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the - ** end of the file */ - *pPgno = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->nTrunc ){ - /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the - ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but - ** at pBt->nTrunc. - */ - *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1; - if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - (*pPgno)++; - } - } - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno)); - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - (*pPgno)++; - } - if( pBt->nTrunc ){ - pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno; - } -#endif - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); - } - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add a page of the database file to the freelist. -** -** sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage. -*/ -static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - int rc, n, k; - - /* Prepare the page for freeing */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - releasePage(pPage->pParent); - pPage->pParent = 0; - - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - - if( n==0 ){ - /* This is the first free page */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno)); - }else{ - /* Other free pages already exist. Retrive the first trunk page - ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */ - MemPage *pTrunk; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* The trunk is full. Turn the page being freed into a new - ** trunk page with no leaves. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", - pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno)); - } - }else if( k<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - }else{ - /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno); -#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); -#endif - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - } - releasePage(pTrunk); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. -*/ -static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; - int rc; - int nOvfl; - int ovflPageSize; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ - } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); - while( nOvfl-- ){ - MemPage *pOvfl; - if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = freePage(pOvfl); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. -** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. -*/ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ -){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - CellInfo info; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = 0; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - nHeader += 4; - } - if( pPage->hasData ){ - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); - }else{ - nData = nZero = 0; - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( info.nData==nData+nZero ); - - /* Fill in the payload */ - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - nPayload += nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = nKey; - } - *pnSize = info.nSize; - spaceLeft = info.nLocal; - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; - - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ - int isExact = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){ - /* isExact = 1; */ - } - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, isExact); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; - } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; - } - } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is -** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the -** pointer in the third argument. -*/ -static int reparentPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){ - MemPage *pThis; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pNewParent!=0 ); - if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( pBt->pPager!=0 ); - pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - pThis = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - if( pThis->isInit ){ - assert( pThis->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); - if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){ - if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage); - pThis->pParent = pNewParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage); - } - pThis->idxParent = idx; - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back -** to pPage. -** -** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage() -** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent. -** -** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into -** another. -*/ -static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->leaf ) return SQLITE_OK; - - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), - pPage, i); - pPage->idxShift = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. -** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. -*/ -static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[3]; - } - pPage->nCell--; - put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; - pPage->idxShift = 1; -} - -/* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. -** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. -** -** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the -** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If -** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location -** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). -*/ -static int insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - u8 nSkip /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */ -){ - int idx; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int top; /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */ - int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ - int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ - int hdr; /* Offset into data[] of the page header */ - int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ - - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - pCell = pTemp; - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( jaOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) ); - pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; - pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i; - pPage->nFree = 0; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2; - ins = cellOffset + 2*i; - if( end > top - sz ){ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( end + sz <= top ); - } - idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz); - assert( idx>0 ); - assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - pPage->nCell++; - pPage->nFree -= 2; - memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[-2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[-1]; - } - put2byte(&data[ins], idx); - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->idxShift = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - } -#endif - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. -** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. -*/ -static void assemblePage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ - int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ - int *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int totalSize; /* Total size of all cells */ - int hdr; /* Index of page header */ - int cellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ - int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ - u8 *data; /* Data for the page */ - - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - totalSize = 0; - for(i=0; inFree ); - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - cellptr = pPage->cellOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); - if( nCell ){ - cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize); - assert( cellbody>0 ); - assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell ); - pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell; - for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); - } - pPage->nCell = nCell; -} - -/* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. -** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. -*/ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int balance(MemPage*, int); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE -/* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. -** -** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -*/ -static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){ - int rc; - MemPage *pNew; - Pgno pgnoNew; - u8 *pCell; - int szCell; - CellInfo info; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int parentIdx = pParent->nCell; /* pParent new divider cell index */ - int parentSize; /* Size of new divider cell */ - u8 parentCell[64]; /* Space for the new divider cell */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage - ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage. - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; - szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); - zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]); - assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - - /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */ - pNew->pParent = pParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - - /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this - ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and - ** pPage is the next-to-right child. - */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - rc = fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( parentSize<64 ); - rc = insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno); - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNew); - return rc; - } - } -#endif - - /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page, - ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull. - */ - releasePage(pNew); - return balance(pParent, 0); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ - -/* -** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings -** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space. -** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing, -** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first -** or last child of its parent. If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings -** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a -** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing. -** -** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or -** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page -** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is -** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased -** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being -** overfull or completely empty. -** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage -** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. Part of the job of this routine is to -** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[]. -** -** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage -** might become overfull or underfull. If that happens, then this routine -** is called recursively on the parent. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. -*/ -static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){ - MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of pPage */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int nNew; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nDiv; /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int idx; /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ - int iSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - Pgno pgnoOld[NB]; /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */ - MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2]; /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */ - u8 *apDiv[NB]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ - u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ - int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ - u8 *aCopy[NB]; /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */ - u8 *aSpace; /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 *aFrom = 0; -#endif - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* - ** Find the parent page. - */ - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) || pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - pParent = pPage->pParent; - assert( pParent ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){ - return rc; - } - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - /* - ** A special case: If a new entry has just been inserted into a - ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves) - ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the - ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for - ** balancing. balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter - ** packing of data in the common case. - */ - if( pPage->leaf && - pPage->intKey && - pPage->leafData && - pPage->nOverflow==1 && - pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell && - pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 && - get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno - ){ - /* - ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that - ** they are not full and no new page is required. - */ - return balance_quick(pPage, pParent); - } -#endif - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* - ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back - ** to pPage. The "idx" variable is the index of that cell. If pPage - ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell - */ - if( pParent->idxShift ){ - Pgno pgno; - pgno = pPage->pgno; - assert( pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - for(idx=0; idxnCell; idx++){ - if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){ - break; - } - } - assert( idxnCell - || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno ); - }else{ - idx = pPage->idxParent; - } - - /* - ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump - ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment. - */ - nOld = nNew = 0; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - - /* - ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide - ** the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either - ** side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, if - ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - */ - nxDiv = idx - NN; - if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){ - nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1; - } - if( nxDiv<0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - } - nDiv = 0; - for(i=0, k=nxDiv; inCell ){ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k); - nDiv++; - assert( !pParent->leaf ); - pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){ - pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - break; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apOld[i]->idxParent = k; - apCopy[i] = 0; - assert( i==nOld ); - nOld++; - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - } - - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 2 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 1)&~1; - - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures - */ - apCell = sqlite3_malloc( - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(int) /* szCell */ - + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))*NB /* aCopy */ - + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB) /* aSpace */ - + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0) /* aFrom */ - ); - if( apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - szCell = (int*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; - aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ - for(i=1; ipageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; - assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ - } - aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; - assert( ((aSpace - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - aFrom = &aSpace[5*pBt->pageSize]; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[]. - ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather - ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the - ** process of being overwritten. - */ - for(i=0; iaData = (void*)&p[1]; - memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); - } - - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells - ** from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. - */ - nCell = 0; - leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4; - leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; inCell+pOld->nOverflow; - for(j=0; jautoVacuum ){ - int a; - aFrom[nCell] = i; - for(a=0; anOverflow; a++){ - if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){ - aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; - break; - } - } - } -#endif - nCell++; - } - if( ipageSize*5 ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; - } -#endif - dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz); - szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection; - assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] ); - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4); - }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ - szCell[nCell] = 4; - } - } - nCell++; - } - } - } - - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ - szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; - cntNew[k] = i; - if( leafData ){ i--; } - subtotal = 0; - k++; - } - } - szNew[k] = subtotal; - cntNew[k] = nCell; - k++; - - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the - ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts - ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ - - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - assert( d0) or we are the - ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root - ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. - */ - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); - - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); - pageFlags = pPage->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; - } - zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); - } - - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. - */ - while( ii ){ - int t; - MemPage *pT; - t = pgnoNew[i]; - pT = apNew[i]; - pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI]; - apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; - pgnoNew[minI] = t; - apNew[minI] = pT; - } - } - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", - pgnoOld[0], - nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0, - nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0, - pgnoNew[0], szNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); - - /* - ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. - ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. - */ - j = 0; - for(i=0; ipgno==pgnoNew[i] ); - assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]); - assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); - assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries - ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left - ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages - ** pointed to by cells. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - for(k=j; kpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - } -#endif - - j = cntNew[i]; - - /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, - ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. - */ - if( ileaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - pTemp = 0; - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); - pCell = &aSpace[iSpace]; - fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz); - iSpace += sz; - assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 ); - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace]; - iSpace += sz; - assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 ); - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and it's reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it's important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); - } - } - rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree, - ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page - ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any). - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && !leafData ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } -#endif - j++; - nxDiv++; - } - } - assert( j==nCell ); - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4); - } - if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){ - /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]); - }else{ - /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent - ** past the right-most divider entry */ - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]); - } - - /* - ** Reparent children of all cells. - */ - for(i=0; iisInit ); - rc = balance(pParent, 0); - - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. - */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlite3_free(apCell); - for(i=0; ipgno, nOld, nNew, nCell)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root -** page contains no cells. This is an opportunity to make the tree -** shallower by one level. -*/ -static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){ - MemPage *pChild; /* The only child page of pPage */ - Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number for pChild */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subprocedures */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main BTree structure */ - int mxCellPerPage; /* Maximum number of cells per page */ - u8 **apCell; /* All cells from pages being balanced */ - int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells */ - - assert( pPage->pParent==0 ); - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt); - apCell = sqlite3_malloc( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) ); - if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage]; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - /* The table is completely empty */ - TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno)); - }else{ - /* The root page is empty but has one child. Transfer the - ** information from that one child into the root page if it - ** will fit. This reduces the depth of the tree by one. - ** - ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than - ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning - ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the - ** information currently contained in the child. If this is the - ** case, then do not do the transfer. Leave page 1 empty except - ** for the right-pointer to the child page. The child page becomes - ** the virtual root of the tree. - */ - pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - assert( pgnoChild>0 ); - assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0); - if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; - if( pPage->pgno==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage); - if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; - assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 ); - if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){ - /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the - ** copy */ - int i; - zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]); - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i); - szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]); - } - assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell); - /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */ - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], - get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8])); - freePage(pChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); - }else{ - /* The child has more information that will fit on the root. - ** The tree is already balanced. Do nothing. */ - TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); - } - }else{ - memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize); - pPage->isInit = 0; - pPage->pParent = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - freePage(pChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n", - pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno)); - } - rc = reparentChildPages(pPage); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_shallow_balance; - } - } - } -#endif - releasePage(pChild); - } -end_shallow_balance: - sqlite3_free(apCell); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The root page is overfull -** -** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the -** contents of the root into the child. Then make the root -** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new -** child. Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child -** to cause it to split. -*/ -static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pChild; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BTree */ - int usableSize; /* Total usable size of a page */ - u8 *data; /* Content of the parent page */ - u8 *cdata; /* Content of the child page */ - int hdr; /* Offset to page header in parent */ - int brk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */ - - assert( pPage->pParent==0 ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - cdata = pChild->aData; - memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr); - memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk); - assert( pChild->isInit==0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage); - if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out; - memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])); - pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow; - if( pChild->nOverflow ){ - pChild->nFree = 0; - } - assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell ); - zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno)); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - int i; - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno); - if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } -#endif - rc = balance_nonroot(pChild); - -balancedeeper_out: - releasePage(pChild); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced. If balancing is -** required, call the appropriate balancing routine. -*/ -static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->pParent==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow>0 ){ - rc = balance_deeper(pPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){ - rc = balance_shallower(pPage); - } - }else{ - if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || - (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){ - rc = balance_nonroot(pPage); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot. -** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different -** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager -** cache with the current connection) and that other connection -** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns -** SQLITE_LOCKED. -** -** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock -** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves -** all write cursors so that they are pointing to the -** first Cell on the root page. This is necessary because an insert -** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete -** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors -** pointing to non-existant pages or cells. -*/ -static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBtree, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){ - BtCursor *p; - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - sqlite3 *db = pBtree->pSqlite; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p==pExclude ) continue; - if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue; - if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue; - if( p->wrFlag==0 ){ - sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->pSqlite; - if( dbOther==0 || - (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - }else if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){ - moveToRoot(p); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias /* True if this is likely an append */ -){ - int rc; - int loc; - int szNew; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - if( !pCur->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; /* Cursor not open for writing */ - } - if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - } - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */ - clearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData ); - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - newCell = sqlite3_malloc( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){ - int szOld; - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; - } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); - } - szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld); - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - pCur->idx++; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - } - rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert; - rc = balance(pPage, 1); - /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */ - /* fflush(stdout); */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } -end_insert: - sqlite3_free(newCell); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; - unsigned char *pCell; - int rc; - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */ - } - if( !pCur->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; /* Did not open this cursor for writing */ - } - if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - } - - /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in - ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors - ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page - ** that the entry will be deleted from. - */ - if( - (rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 || - (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 || - (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0 - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Locate the cell within it's page and leave pCell pointing to the - ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the - ** cell. The cell itself is still intact. - */ - pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell); - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - /* - ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not - ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page. - ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf. The - ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and - ** to be a leaf so we can use it. - */ - BtCursor leafCur; - unsigned char *pNext; - int szNext; /* The compiler warning is wrong: szNext is always - ** initialized before use. Adding an extra initialization - ** to silence the compiler slows down the code. */ - int notUsed; - unsigned char *tempCell = 0; - assert( !pPage->leafData ); - sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur); - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno)); - dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); - pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx); - szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 ); - tempCell = sqlite3_malloc( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - if( tempCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild); - rc = balance(pPage, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext); - rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0); - } - sqlite3_free(tempCell); - sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur); - }else{ - TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno)); - dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); - rc = balance(pPage, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. -** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: -** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices -*/ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - /* Must start a transaction first */ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - if( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); - - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - releasePage(pPageMove); - - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove); - releasePage(pRoot); - - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; - } - - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. -*/ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page. NULL for the root */ - int freePageFlag /* Deallocate page if true */ -){ - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - rc = freePage(pPage); - }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); - } - -cleardatabasepage_out: - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( (rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* nothing to do */ - }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){ - /* nothing to do */ - }else{ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. -*/ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - */ - if( pBt->pCursor ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - *piMoved = 0; - - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = freePage(pMove); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; - } - - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); - } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - int rc; - unsigned char *pP1; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - - /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence - ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or - ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page - ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()). - */ - rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - - /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to - ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; -#endif - - /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */ - rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==7 ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = iMeta; - } -#endif - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor -** is currently pointing to. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call - ** restoreOrClearCursorPosition() here. - */ - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pPage->pBt==pCur->pBt ); - return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0; -} - - -/* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - char *zMsg1, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - char *zMsg2; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(0, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = ""; - if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){ - char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg; - pCheck->zErrMsg = 0; - sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0); - sqlite3_free(zOld); - }else{ - sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0); - } - sqlite3_free(zMsg2); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. -** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. -*/ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. -*/ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ - char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ -){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType; - Pgno iPtrmapParent; - - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; - } - - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. -*/ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ - char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; - } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; - if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; - } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); - } - N -= n; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. - */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); - } - } -#endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return -** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages -** return 1, and so forth. -** -** These checks are done: -** -** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap -** but combine to completely cover the page. -** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. -** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. -** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. -** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. -** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. -** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. -** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is -** the root of the tree. -*/ -static int checkTreePage( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page */ - char *zParentContext /* Parent context */ -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; - int hdr, cellStart; - int nCell; - u8 *data; - BtShared *pBt; - int usableSize; - char zContext[100]; - char *hit; - - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); - - /* Check that the page exists - */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; - if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - return 0; - } - if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - releasePage(pPage); - return 0; - } - - /* Check out all the cells. - */ - depth = 0; - for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ - u8 *pCell; - int sz; - CellInfo info; - - /* Check payload overflow pages - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); - pCell = findCell(pPage,i); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - sz = info.nData; - if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey; - assert( sz==info.nPayload ); - if( sz>info.nLocal ){ - int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); - } - - /* Check sanity of left child page. - */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext); - if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); - } - depth = d2; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext); - } - - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - hit = sqlite3MallocZero( usableSize ); - if( hit ){ - memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5])); - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; i=usableSize || pc<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); - }else{ - for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; - } - } - for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i=usableSize || i<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); - }else{ - for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; - } - i = get2byte(&data[i]); - } - for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); - break; - } - } - if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d", - cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } - } - sqlite3_free(hit); - - releasePage(pPage); - return depth+1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. -** -** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL. If something is -** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc() -** and a pointer to that error message is returned. The calling function -** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done. -*/ -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ -){ - int i; - int nRef; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); - if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return sqlite3StrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database"); - } - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - *pnErr = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){ - sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc; - } -#endif - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - sCheck.anRef = sqlite3_malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); - if( !sCheck.anRef ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - *pnErr = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return sqlite3MPrintf(p->pSqlite, "Unable to malloc %d bytes", - (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0])); - } - for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ - sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; - } - sCheck.zErrMsg = 0; - - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); - - /* Check all the tables. - */ - for(i=0; iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: "); - } - - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } -#endif - } - - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages - */ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - if( nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, - "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", - nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) - ); - } - - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - return sCheck.zErrMsg; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. -** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file. -** -** The pager directory name is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction -** must be active for both files. -** -** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation. -** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back. -*/ -static int btreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pgno i, nPage, nToPage, iSkip; - - BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt; - BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt; - - if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY; - nToPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager); - nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager); - iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo); - for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - if( i==iSkip ) continue; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pDbPage); - if( rc ) break; - rc = sqlite3PagerOverwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage)); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - - /* If the file is shrinking, journal the pages that are being truncated - ** so that they can be rolled back if the commit fails. - */ - for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - if( i==iSkip ) continue; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage); - if( rc ) break; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage); - /* Yeah. It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write(). But - ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly - ** represent what they do. Write() really means "put this page in the - ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written - ** to the database file later." DontWrite() undoes the second part of - ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database. The - ** page is still on the rollback journal, though. And that is the whole - ** point of this loop: to put pages on the rollback journal. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - if( !rc && nPagepPager, nPage); - } - - if( rc ){ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo); - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); - rc = btreeCopyFile(pTo, pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ - -/* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE)); -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for it's own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. -** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. -** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. -*/ -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} - -/* -** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument -** handle holds an exclusive lock on the sqlite_master table. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 lockType = (isWriteLock?WRITE_LOCK:READ_LOCK); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible -** to change the length of the data stored. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle); - if( pCsr->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCsr->skip; - }else{ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - } - - /* Check some preconditions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is no read-lock on the table being modified and - ** (c) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly - && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - } - if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1); -} - -/* -** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the -** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened -** for incremental blob IO only. -** -** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache -** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function -** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and -** sqlite3BtreePutData()). -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle); - assert(!pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h deleted file mode 100644 index 21541fc5..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. -** -** @(#) $Id$ -*/ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ - -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 - -/* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ - -/* -** Forward declarations of structure -*/ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray; - -/* -** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold -** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are -** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way, -** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly. -*/ -struct BtreeMutexArray { - int nMutex; - Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1]; -}; - - -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ - Btree **, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */ -#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */ -#define BTREE_READONLY 8 /* Open the database in read-only mode */ -#define BTREE_READWRITE 16 /* Open for both reading and writing */ -#define BTREE_CREATE 32 /* Create the database if it does not exist */ - -/* Additional values for the 4th argument of sqlite3BtreeOpen that -** are not associated with PAGER_ values. -*/ -#define BTREE_PRIVATE 64 /* Never share with other connections */ - -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8); - -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the following flags: -*/ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ -#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */ - -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue); -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); -void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); - -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key comparison function */ - void*, /* First argument to compare function */ - BtCursor **ppCursor /* Returned cursor */ -); - -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*,const void *pKey,i64 nKey,int bias,int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias); -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*); -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); - -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); - -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive); -#endif - -/* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE - void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); - int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); - int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*); -#else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y) -#endif - - -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btreeInt.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btreeInt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6d290893..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/btreeInt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,648 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id$ -** -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to -** -** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: -** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley -** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. -** -** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database -** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. -** -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less -** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have -** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys -** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And -** so forth. -** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the -** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. -** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate -** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The -** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A -** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database -** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus -** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each -** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other -** information such as the size of key and data. -** -** FORMAT DETAILS -** -** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, -** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates -** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536. -** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow -** page. -** -** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first -** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. -** The format of the file header is as follows: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" -** 16 2 Page size in bytes. -** 18 1 File format write version -** 19 1 File format read version -** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page -** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction -** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction -** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction -** 24 4 File change counter -** 28 4 Reserved for future use -** 32 4 First freelist page -** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file -** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers -** -** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). -** -** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed -** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed -** and thus when they need to flush their cache. -** -** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable -** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard -** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default -** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit -** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. -** -** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra -** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, -** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting -** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. -** -** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction -** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum -** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it -** not specified in the header. -** -** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the -** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte -** file header that occurs before the page header. -** -** |----------------| -** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. -** |----------------| -** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes -** |----------------| -** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. -** | array | | Grows downward -** | | v -** |----------------| -** | unallocated | -** | space | -** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards -** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. -** | area | | and free space fragments. -** |----------------| -** -** The page headers looks like this: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf -** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock -** 3 2 number of cells on this page -** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area -** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes -** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. -** -** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that -** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries -** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer -** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in -** the payload area. -** -** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. -** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are -** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell -** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives -** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can -** be easily added without having to defragment the page. -** -** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the -** beginning of the page. -** -** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of -** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset -** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in -** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, -** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot -** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called -** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. -** in the page header at offset 7. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock -** 2 Bytes in this freeblock -** -** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at -** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array -** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily -** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. -** -** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each -** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and -** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer -** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. -** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This -** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. -** -** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 -** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 -** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 -** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 -** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 -** -** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of -** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. -** -** The content of a cell looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. -** * Payload -** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow -** -** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely -** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little -** as 1 byte of data. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next overflow page -** * Data -** -** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The -** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk -** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is -** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next trunk page -** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page -** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "pager.h" -#include "btree.h" -#include "os.h" -#include - -/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used -** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. -*/ -#define ROUND8(x) ((x+7)&~7) - - -/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page -** size give above. -*/ -#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8) - -/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This -** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes. Such small cells will be -** exceedingly rare, but they are possible. -*/ -#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3) - -/* Forward declarations */ -typedef struct MemPage MemPage; -typedef struct BtLock BtLock; - -/* -** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. -** -** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a -** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The -** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so -** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read -** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools -** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ -# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" -#endif - -/* -** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the -** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. -*/ -#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 -#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 -#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 -#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 - -/* -** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following -** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores -** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. -** -** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to -** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to -** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. -** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. -** -** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex -** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct MemPage { - u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ - u8 idxShift; /* True if Cell indices have changed */ - u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ - u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ - u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ - u8 zeroData; /* True if table stores keys only */ - u8 leafData; /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */ - u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ - u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ - u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ - u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ - u16 idxParent; /* Index in parent of this node */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ - u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ - struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ - u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ - } aOvfl[5]; - BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ - MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of this page. NULL for root */ -}; - -/* -** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended -** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold -** that extra information. -*/ -#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) - -/* A Btree handle -** -** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of -** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure -** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot -** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to -** this structure. -** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be -** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection -** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object -** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the -** schema associated with the database file are all contained within -** the BtShared object. -** -** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors -** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those -** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and -** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. -*/ -struct Btree { - sqlite3 *pSqlite; /* The database connection holding this btree */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ - u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ - u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with other pSqlite */ - u8 locked; /* True if pSqlite currently has pBt locked */ - int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ - Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same pSqlite */ - Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ -}; - -/* -** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. -** -** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users -** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, -** but any number may have active read transactions. -*/ -#define TRANS_NONE 0 -#define TRANS_READ 1 -#define TRANS_WRITE 2 - -/* -** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** -** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two -** or more database connections. When two or more connections are -** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own -** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points -** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of -** connections currently sharing this database file. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field -** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. -** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and -** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. -*/ -struct BtShared { - Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ - BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ - u8 inStmt; /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */ - u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */ - u8 maxEmbedFrac; /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */ - u8 minEmbedFrac; /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */ - u8 minLeafFrac; /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */ - u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ - Pgno nTrunc; /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */ -#endif - u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ - u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - int maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - int minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Callback for when there is lock contention */ - u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ - int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ - void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ - void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ - BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ - BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information -** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure -** based on information extract from the raw disk page. -*/ -typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; -struct CellInfo { - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ - i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ - u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ - u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ - u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ - u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ - u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ - u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ -}; - -/* -** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular -** b-tree within a database file. -** -** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in -** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. -** -** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections, -** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a -** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.pSqlite. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct BtCursor { - Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ - BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ - int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to xCompare() */ - Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page that contains the entry */ - int idx; /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */ - CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ - u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ - u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ - void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ - i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ - int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ - Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. -** -** CURSOR_VALID: -** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. -** -** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) -** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been -** called. -** -** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been -** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in -** this state, restoreOrClearCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to -** seek the cursor to the saved position. -** -** CURSOR_FAULT: -** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred -** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this -** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. -** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor -** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip -*/ -#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 -#define CURSOR_VALID 1 -#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 -#define CURSOR_FAULT 3 - -/* -** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the -** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is -** enabled. -*/ -#if SQLITE_TEST -# define TRACE(X) if( sqlite3_btree_trace ){ printf X; fflush(stdout); } -#else -# define TRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to -** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c -** file. -*/ -#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint -#define getVarint32(A,B) ((*B=*(A))<=0x7f?1:sqlite3GetVarint32(A,B)) -#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint - -/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. -** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They -** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h). -** -** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely -** in memory) then there is no pending byte. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 0x7fffffff -#else -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1) -#endif - -/* -** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor -** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed -** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when -** a btree handle is closed. -*/ -struct BtLock { - Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ - Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ - u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ - BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ -}; - -/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ -#define READ_LOCK 1 -#define WRITE_LOCK 2 - -/* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a -** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable -** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the -** page number to look up in the pointer map. -** -** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map -** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns -** the offset of the requested map entry. -** -** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, -** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be -** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements -** this test. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) -#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, pgno) (5*(pgno-ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)-1)) -#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) - -/* -** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for -** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that -** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains -** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers -** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map -** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. -** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. -** -** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one -** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page -** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the -** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. -** -** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not -** used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number -** is not used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that -** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous -** page in the overflow page list. -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number -** identifies the parent page in the btree. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 -#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 -#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - -/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables -** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. -*/ -#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - - -/* -** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine -** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro -** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. -** So, this macro is defined instead. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) -#else -#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - - -/* -** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines -** in order to keep track of some global state information. -*/ -typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; -struct IntegrityCk { - BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ - Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ - int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ - char *zErrMsg; /* An error message. NULL if no errors seen. */ - int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ -}; - -/* -** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. -*/ -#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (v)>>8, (p)[1] = (v)) -#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte -#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte - -/* -** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int); -int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent); -void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*); -void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell); -#endif -int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur); -void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur); -void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur); -int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage); -void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur); diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2323f2a4..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3409 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser -** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the -** following kinds of SQL syntax: -** -** CREATE TABLE -** DROP TABLE -** CREATE INDEX -** DROP INDEX -** creating ID lists -** BEGIN TRANSACTION -** COMMIT -** ROLLBACK -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to -** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ - pParse->explain = explainFlag; - pParse->nVar = 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and -** codeTableLocks() functions. -*/ -struct TableLock { - int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ -}; - -/* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. -** -** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. -** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. -** -** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The -** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to -** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). -*/ -void sqlite3TableLock( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ - const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ -){ - int i; - int nBytes; - TableLock *p; - - if( iDb<0 ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ - p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); - return; - } - } - - nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1); - pParse->aTableLock = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pParse->aTableLock, nBytes); - if( pParse->aTableLock ){ - p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++]; - p->iDb = iDb; - p->iTab = iTab; - p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; - p->zName = zName; - }else{ - pParse->nTableLock = 0; - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the -** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). -*/ -static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - - if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - int p1 = p->iDb; - if( p->isWriteLock ){ - p1 = -1*(p1+1); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->zName, P3_STATIC); - } -} -#else - #define codeTableLocks(x) -#endif - -/* -** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been -** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been -** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the -** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next -** parse. -** -** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that -** no VDBE code was generated. -*/ -void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pParse->nested ) return; - if( !pParse->pVdbe ){ - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->nErr ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return; - } - } - - /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the - ** vdbe program - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - - /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. - ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are - ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a - ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie - ** on each used database. - */ - if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ - u32 mask; - int iDb; - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); - for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ - if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pParse->pVirtualLock ){ - char *vtab = (char *)pParse->pVirtualLock->pVtab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, vtab, P3_VTAB); - } -#endif - - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the - ** shared-cache feature is enabled. - */ - codeTableLocks(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL - ** statement as its P3 argument. This does not change the functionality - ** of the program. - ** - ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace(). - */ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - } - - - /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution - */ - if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; - sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3, - pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; - pParse->colNamesSet = 0; - }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pParse->nTab = 0; - pParse->nMem = 0; - pParse->nSet = 0; - pParse->nVar = 0; - pParse->cookieMask = 0; - pParse->cookieGoto = 0; -} - -/* -** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate -** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context -** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively -** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization -** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the -** outermost parser. -** -** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use -** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. -*/ -void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; -# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) - char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(pParse->db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; /* A malloc must have failed */ - } - pParse->nested++; - memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); - memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); - pParse->nested--; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the -** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table -** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any -** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. -** -** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). -*/ -Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ - Table *p = 0; - int i; - assert( zName!=0 ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an -** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this -** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where -** sqlite3FindTable() does not. -*/ -Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){ - Table *p; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return 0; - } - - p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); - if( p==0 ){ - if( zDbase ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes -** a particular index given the name of that index -** and the name of the database that contains the index. -** Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the -** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking -** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is -** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added -** using the ATTACH command. -*/ -Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ - Index *p = 0; - int i; - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) ); - if( pSchema ){ - p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1); - } - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Reclaim the memory used by an index -*/ -static void freeIndex(Index *p){ - sqlite3_free(p->zColAff); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free -** its memory structures. -** -** The index is removed from the database hash tables but -** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes. -** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function. -*/ -static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){ - Index *pOld; - const char *zName = p->zName; - - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen( zName)+1, 0); - assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p ); - freeIndex(p); -} - -/* -** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, -** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from -** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated -** with the index. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ - Index *pIndex; - int len; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; - - len = strlen(zIdxName); - pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0); - if( pIndex ){ - if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ - pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; - }else{ - Index *p; - for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){} - if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){ - p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; - } - } - freeIndex(pIndex); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of -** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory -** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback -** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a -** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. -** -** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database -** files. If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the -** single file indicated. -*/ -void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - int i, j; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pSchema ){ - sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema); - } - if( iDb>0 ) return; - } - assert( iDb==0 ); - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; - - /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, - ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the - ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the - ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes - ** to any of those tables. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux); - pDb->pAux = 0; - } - } - for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pDb->zName); - pDb->zName = 0; - continue; - } - if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; - } - j++; - } - memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); - db->nDb = j; - if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ - memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); - sqlite3_free(db->aDb); - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called when a commit occurs. -*/ -void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Clear the column names from a table or view. -*/ -static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ - int i; - Column *pCol; - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3_free(pCol->zName); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt); - sqlite3_free(pCol->zType); - sqlite3_free(pCol->zColl); - } - sqlite3_free(pTable->aCol); - } - pTable->aCol = 0; - pTable->nCol = 0; -} - -/* -** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given -** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. -** -** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink -** the table data structure from the hash table. Nor does it remove -** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with -** the table. -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){ - Index *pIndex, *pNext; - FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey; - - if( pTable==0 ) return; - - /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - pTable->nRef--; - if( pTable->nRef>0 ){ - return; - } - assert( pTable->nRef==0 ); - - /* Delete all indices associated with this table - */ - for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ - pNext = pIndex->pNext; - assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table. The keys - ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table - */ - for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){ - pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom; - assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey, - pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey ); - sqlite3_free(pFKey); - } -#endif - - /* Delete the Table structure itself. - */ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable); - sqlite3_free(pTable->zName); - sqlite3_free(pTable->zColAff); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - sqlite3ExprDelete(pTable->pCheck); -#endif - sqlite3VtabClear(pTable); - sqlite3_free(pTable); -} - -/* -** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the -** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ - Table *p; - FKey *pF1, *pF2; - Db *pDb; - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0); - if( p ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){ - int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1; - pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo); - if( pF2==pF1 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo); - }else{ - while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; } - if( pF2 ){ - pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo; - } - } - } -#endif - sqlite3DeleteTable(p); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that -** token with any quotations removed. Space to hold the returned string -** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling -** function. -** -** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so -** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string -** is \000 terminated and is persistent. -*/ -char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - char *zName; - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - }else{ - zName = 0; - } - return zName; -} - -/* -** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for -** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */ -} - -/* -** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or -** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db -** does not exist. -*/ -int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - int i = -1; /* Database number */ - int n; /* Number of characters in the name */ - Db *pDb; /* A database whose name space is being searched */ - char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ - - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName ){ - n = strlen(zName); - for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ - break; - } - } - sqlite3_free(zName); - } - return i; -} - -/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens -** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: -** -** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if -** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: -** -** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". -** -** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or -** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the -** database "xxx" is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3TwoPartName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ - Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ - Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - *pUnqual = pName2; - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - }else{ - assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); - iDb = db->init.iDb; - *pUnqual = pName1; - } - return iDb; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal -** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or -** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string -** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace -** is reserved for internal use. -*/ -int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is -** the first of several action routines that get called in response -** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called -** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp -** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database -** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case -** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between -** CREATE and TABLE. -** -** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. -** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action -** routines will be called to add more information to this record. -** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine -** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. -*/ -void sqlite3StartTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ - int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ - int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ - int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ - int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ -){ - Table *pTable; - char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ - Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ - - /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens - ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if - ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". - ** - ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or - ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is - ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be - ** created in. - */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); - return; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; - - pParse->sNameToken = *pName; - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) return; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); - { - int code; - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; - } - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; - } - } - if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - } -#endif - - /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing - ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if - ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed - ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names - ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace - ** collisions. - */ - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pTable ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); - } - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); - goto begin_table_error; - } - } - - pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTable==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pParse->nErr++; - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable->zName = zName; - pTable->iPKey = -1; - pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTable->nRef = 1; - if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); - pParse->pNewTable = pTable; - - /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, - ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure - ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ - pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; - } -#endif - - /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead - ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any - ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the - ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated - ** now. - */ - if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int lbl; - int fileFormat; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0); - } -#endif - - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, - ** set them now. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); /* file_format */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, lbl); - fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? - 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); - - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. - ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced - ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). - ** - ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack. - ** The rowid value is needed by the code that sqlite3EndTable will - ** generate. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( isView || isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, 0); - } - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, 0, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - } - - /* Normal (non-error) return. */ - return; - - /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ -begin_table_error: - sqlite3_free(zName); - return; -} - -/* -** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. -** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but -** produces larger code. -** -** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It -** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. -*/ -#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ -&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) - -/* -** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. -** -** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called -** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each -** column. -*/ -void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *z; - Column *pCol; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - if( p->nCol+1>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); - return; - } - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( z==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); - sqlite3_free(z); - return; - } - } - if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ - Column *aNew; - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(pParse->db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - if( aNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(z); - return; - } - p->aCol = aNew; - } - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; - memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - pCol->zName = z; - - /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity - ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will - ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. - */ - pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - p->nCol++; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has -** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on -** the column currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ - Table *p; - int i; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError; -} - -/* -** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the -** associated affinity type. -** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the -** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is -** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. -** -** Substring | Affinity -** -------------------------------- -** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER -** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE -** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** -** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. -*/ -char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){ - u32 h = 0; - char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z; - const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n]; - - while( zIn!=zEnd ){ - h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn]; - zIn++; - if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ - && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; -#endif - }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } - } - - return aff; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first -** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the -** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token -** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string -** that contains the typename of the column and store that string -** in zType. -*/ -void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ - Table *p; - int i; - Column *pCol; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - if( i<0 ) return; - pCol = &p->aCol[i]; - sqlite3_free(pCol->zType); - pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType); -} - -/* -** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column -** of the table currently under construction. -** -** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this -** is not the case. -** -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. -*/ -void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){ - pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", - pCol->zName); - }else{ - Expr *pCopy; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt); - pCol->pDflt = pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr); - if( pCopy ){ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pCopy->span, &pExpr->span); - } - } - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); -} - -/* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names -** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the -** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. -** -** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has -** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an -** error. -** -** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, -** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey -** field of the table under construction to be the index of the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is -** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. -** -** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique -** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. -*/ -void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ - int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ - int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ - int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ -){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - char *zType = 0; - int iCol = -1, i; - if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; - if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); - goto primary_key_exit; - } - pTab->hasPrimKey = 1; - if( pList==0 ){ - iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iColnCol ){ - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - } - } - if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; - } - if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - } - if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 - && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ - pTab->iPKey = iCol; - pTab->keyConf = onError; - pTab->autoInc = autoInc; - }else if( autoInc ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " - "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); -#endif - }else{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); - pList = 0; - } - -primary_key_exit: - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - return; -} - -/* -** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer - ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE - ** statement */ - pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCheckExpr)); - } -#endif - sqlite3ExprDelete(pCheckExpr); -} - -/* -** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column -** to the CollSeq given. -*/ -void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){ - Table *p; - int i; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - - if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType) ){ - Index *pIdx; - p->aCol[i].zColl = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, zType, nType); - - /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", - ** then an index may have been created on this column before the - ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. - */ - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ - pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text -** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. -** -** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available -** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to -** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, -** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is -** returned instead. -** -** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or -** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into -** pParse. -** -** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine -** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found -** and generates an error message. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; - CollSeq *pColl; - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy); - if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName); - if( !pColl ){ - if( nName<0 ){ - nName = strlen(zName); - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName); - pColl = 0; - } - } - - return pColl; -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. -** -** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the -** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value -** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the -** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, -** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed -** since it was last read. -** -** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for -** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be -** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent -** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only -** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. -*/ -void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0); -} - -/* -** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given -** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used -** but does not include the null terminator. -** -** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is -** really needed. -*/ -static int identLength(const char *z){ - int n; - for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ - if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } - } - return n + 2; -} - -/* -** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string. Add -** quote characters as needed. -*/ -static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ - unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; - int i, j, needQuote; - i = *pIdx; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; - } - needQuote = zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0]) - || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - z[i++] = zIdent[j]; - if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; - } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - z[i] = 0; - *pIdx = i; -} - -/* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given -** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained -** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *createTableStmt(Table *p, int isTemp){ - int i, k, n; - char *zStmt; - char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z; - Column *pCol; - n = 0; - for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - n += identLength(pCol->zName); - z = pCol->zType; - if( z ){ - n += (strlen(z) + 1); - } - } - n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ - zSep = ""; - zSep2 = ","; - zEnd = ")"; - }else{ - zSep = "\n "; - zSep2 = ",\n "; - zEnd = "\n)"; - } - n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; - zStmt = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( zStmt==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, - !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE "); - k = strlen(zStmt); - identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); - zStmt[k++] = '('; - for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); - k += strlen(&zStmt[k]); - zSep = zSep2; - identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); - if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){ - zStmt[k++] = ' '; - assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n ); - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z); - k += strlen(z); - } - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); - return zStmt; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates -** a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** The table structure that other action routines have been building -** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have -** occurred. -** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless -** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has -** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. -** -** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a -** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of -** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. -*/ -void sqlite3EndTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ - Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ - Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ -){ - Table *p; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) { - return; - } - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ) return; - - assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. - */ - if( p->pCheck ){ - SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ - - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; - sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - sNC.isCheck = 1; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ - return; - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. - ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number - ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number - ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - - /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. The record number - ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack. - ** - ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary - ** file instead of into the main database file. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Vdbe *v; - char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ - char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ - char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - - /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack. - ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for - ** views. Initialize zType at the same time. - */ - if( p->pSelect==0 ){ - /* A regular table */ - zType = "table"; - zType2 = "TABLE"; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - }else{ - /* A view */ - zType = "view"; - zType2 = "VIEW"; -#endif - } - - /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT - ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the - ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack. - ** - ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a - ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used - ** by the new table. - ** - ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, - ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since - ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would - ** be redundant. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - Table *pSelTab; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0); - pParse->nTab = 2; - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0); - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect); - if( pSelTab==0 ) return; - assert( p->aCol==0 ); - p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); - } - } - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ - if( pSelect ){ - zStmt = createTableStmt(p, p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema); - }else{ - n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z - ); - } - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. The rowid for the preallocated - ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack. The top of the stack is the - ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view). - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#1", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - zType, - p->zName, - p->zName, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3_free(zStmt); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for - ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. - */ - if( p->autoInc ){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", - pDb->zName - ); - } - } -#endif - - /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC); - } - - - /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. - */ - if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){ - Table *pOld; - FKey *pFKey; - Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p); - if( pOld ){ - assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - void *data; - int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1; - pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo); - data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey); - if( data==(void *)pFKey ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } -#endif - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - db->nTable++; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - if( !p->pSelect ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; - int nName; - assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); - if( pCons->z==0 ){ - pCons = pEnd; - } - nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName; - p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); - } -#endif - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW -*/ -void sqlite3CreateView( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ - int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ - int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ -){ - Table *p; - int n; - const unsigned char *z; - Token sEnd; - DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName; - int iDb; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) - && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) - ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return; - } - - /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. - ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically - ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that - ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. - */ - p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); - } - - /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to - ** the end. - */ - sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; - if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ - sEnd.z += sEnd.n; - } - sEnd.n = 0; - n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z; - z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z; - while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; } - sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; - sEnd.n = 1; - - /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -/* -** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of -** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number -** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -*/ -int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ - Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ - Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ - - assert( pTable ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are - ** already known. - */ - if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; - - /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently - ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with - ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: - ** - ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; - ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; - ** - ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test - ** should always fail. But we will leave it in place just to be safe. - */ - if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); - return 1; - } - assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); - - /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. - ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any - ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors - ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes - ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT - ** statement that defines the view. - */ - assert( pTable->pSelect ); - pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect); - if( pSel ){ - n = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); - pTable->nCol = -1; - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel); - pParse->nTab = n; - if( pSelTab ){ - assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); - pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); - pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; - }else{ - pTable->nCol = 0; - nErr++; - } - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSel); - } else { - nErr++; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. -*/ -static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ - HashElem *i; - if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab); - } - } - DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); -} -#else -# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema -** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The -** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom -** to iTo. -** -** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information -** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. -** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might -** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match -** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices -** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. -** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with -** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo -** in order to be certain that we got the right one. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ - HashElem *pElem; - Hash *pHash; - - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ - pTab->tnum = iTo; - } - } - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ - pIdx->tnum = iTo; - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema -** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst -** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, iDb); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* OP_Destroy pushes an integer onto the stack. If this integer - ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to - ** reflect this. - ** - ** The "#0" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value - ** is on the top of the stack. See sqlite3RegisterExpr(). - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #0 AND rootpage=#0", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable); -#endif -} - -/* -** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions -** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer -** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Index *pIdx; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } -#else - /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically - ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages - ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the - ** following were coded: - ** - ** OP_Destroy 4 0 - ** ... - ** OP_Destroy 5 0 - ** - ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the - ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit - ** a free-list page. - */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; - - while( 1 ){ - Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; - - if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ - iLargest = iIdx; - } - } - if( iLargest==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); - iDestroyed = iLargest; - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. -** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. -*/ -void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - - if( pTab==0 ){ - if( noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse); - } - goto exit_drop_table; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zArg2 = 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; - zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName; -#endif - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; - } - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - } -#endif - if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used - ** on a table. - */ - if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table - ** on disk. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0); - } - } -#endif - - /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or - ** sqlite_temp_master if required. - */ - pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger; - while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || - pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with - ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped - ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to - ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). - */ - if( pTab->autoInc ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", - pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } -#endif - - /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes - ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being - ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be - ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another - ** database. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - destroyTable(pParse, pTab); - } - - /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify - ** the schema cookie. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - } - sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); - -exit_drop_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table -** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns -** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then -** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of -** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other -** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all -** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified -** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. -** -** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently -** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. The new FKey -** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen -** until sqlite3EndTable(). -** -** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call -** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. -*/ -void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ - Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ - ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ - int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FKey *pFKey = 0; - Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; - int nByte; - int i; - int nCol; - char *z; - - assert( pTo!=0 ); - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - int iCol = p->nCol-1; - if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end; - if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" - " should reference only one column of table %T", - p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); - goto fk_end; - } - nCol = 1; - }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " - "columns in the referenced table"); - goto fk_end; - }else{ - nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; - } - nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; - } - } - pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte ); - if( pFKey==0 ){ - goto fk_end; - } - pFKey->pFrom = p; - pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; - z = (char*)&pFKey[1]; - pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z; - z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol; - pFKey->zTo = z; - memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); - z[pTo->n] = 0; - z += pTo->n+1; - pFKey->pNextTo = 0; - pFKey->nCol = nCol; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; - break; - } - } - if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", - pFromCol->a[i].zName); - goto fk_end; - } - } - } - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName); - pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; - memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); - z[n] = 0; - z += n+1; - } - } - pFKey->isDeferred = 0; - pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff; - pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff; - pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff; - - /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. - */ - p->pFKey = pFKey; - pFKey = 0; - -fk_end: - sqlite3_free(pFKey); -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol); -} - -/* -** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED -** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred -** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. -** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted -** accordingly. -*/ -void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - Table *pTab; - FKey *pFKey; - if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; - pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred; -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is -** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the -** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. -** -** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly -** created. The memory cell specified by memRootPage contains the -** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then -** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and -** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. -*/ -static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ - int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ - int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memRootPage, 0); - tnum = 0; - }else{ - tnum = pIndex->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, iTab); - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - int curaddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - int addr2 = curaddr+4; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, curaddr-1, addr2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, addr2); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, - "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC); - assert( db->mallocFailed || addr2==sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0); -} - -/* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will -** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a -** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable -** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is -** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this -** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3CreateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ -){ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ - Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ - int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ - int i, j; - Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ - DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ - int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ - Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ - struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ - int nCol; - int nExtra = 0; - char *zExtra; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - - /* - ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. - */ - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database - ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db - ** before looking up the table. - */ - assert( pName1 && pName2 ); - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table - ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); - if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) - ){ - /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, - ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ - assert(0); - } - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, - pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - }else{ - assert( pName==0 ); - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - } - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; - if( pTab->readOnly ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. - ** - ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and - ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or - ** index, then we will continue to process this index. - ** - ** If pName==0 it means that we are - ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our - ** own name. - */ - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; - if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ - if( !ifNotExist ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - }else{ - char zBuf[30]; - int n; - Index *pLoop; - for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"_%d",n); - zName = 0; - sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0); - if( zName==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - - /* Check for authorization to create an index. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - const char *zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary - ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. - ** So create a fake list to simulate this. - */ - if( pList==0 ){ - nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; - nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, &nullId); - if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder; - } - - /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly - ** specified collation sequence names. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr ){ - nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName)); - } - } - - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. - */ - nName = strlen(zName); - nCol = pList->nExpr; - pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ - sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ - sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ - sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ - sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ - nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ - nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]); - pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); - pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); - pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]); - pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); - zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); - memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); - pIndex->pTable = pTab; - pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; - pIndex->onError = onError; - pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0; - pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - - /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns - */ - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ - sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ - }else{ - sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ - } - - /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and - ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error - ** if any column is not found. - */ - for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ - const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; - Column *pTabCol; - int requestedSortOrder; - char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ - - for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", - pTab->zName, zColName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - /* TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named - ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of - ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would - ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. - */ - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; - if( pListItem->pExpr ){ - assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl ); - zColl = zExtra; - sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName); - zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1); - }else{ - zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - if( !zColl ){ - zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; - } - } - if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; - requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder; - } - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); - - if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ - /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a - ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or - ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. - ** i.e. one of: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); - ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); - ** - ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If - ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to - ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with - ** explicit indices. - */ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int k; - assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); - assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); - assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); - - if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++){ - const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; - const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; - if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; - if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break; - if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; - } - if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ - if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ - /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous - ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this - ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit - ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the - ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. - */ - if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); - } - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ - pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; - } - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - } - - /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Index *p; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, - pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex); - if( p ){ - assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - } - - /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This - ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the - ** index with the current table contents. - ** - ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX - ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and - ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In - ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why - ** we don't want to recreate it. - ** - ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key - ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table - ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization - ** step can be skipped. - */ - else if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zStmt; - int iMem = pParse->nMem++; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - - - /* Create the rootpage for the index - */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0); - - /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into - ** the zStmt variable - */ - if( pStart && pEnd ){ - /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", - onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", - pEnd->z - pName->z + 1, - pName->z); - }else{ - /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ - /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ - zStmt = 0; - } - - /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#0,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3_free(zStmt); - - /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire - ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. - */ - if( pTblName ){ - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - } - } - - /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make - ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled - ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE - ** and INSERT. - */ - if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 - || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ - pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; - pTab->pIndex = pIndex; - }else{ - Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; - while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ - pOther = pOther->pNext; - } - pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pIndex; - } - pIndex = 0; - } - - /* Clean up before exiting */ -exit_create_index: - if( pIndex ){ - freeIndex(pIndex); - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName); - sqlite3_free(zName); - return; -} - -/* -** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. -** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. -*/ -void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1); - } -} - -/* -** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information -** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. -** -** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. -** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the -** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the -** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number -** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns -** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that -* -** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] -** aiRowEst[N]>=1 -** -** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to -** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here -** are based on typical values found in actual indices. -*/ -void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; - int i; - assert( a!=0 ); - a[0] = 1000000; - for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){ - a[i] = 5; - } - while( i>=1 ){ - a[i] = 11 - i; - i--; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; - } -} - -/* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. -*/ -void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName - ); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); - } - -exit_drop_index: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); -} - -/* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new -** object on the end of the array. -** -** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is -** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the -** suggested initial array size allocation. -** -** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. -** -** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This -** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different -** pointer if the array was resized. -*/ -void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ - void *pNew; - int newSize; - newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; - } - *pnAlloc = newSize; - pArray = pNew; - } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = *pnEntry; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; -} - -/* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. -** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. -*/ -IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 0; - } - pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - 5, - &pList->nId, - &pList->nAlloc, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3IdListDelete(pList); - return 0; - } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; -} - -/* -** Delete an IdList. -*/ -void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlite3_free(pList->a[i].zName); - } - sqlite3_free(pList->a); - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. -*/ -int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL. -** -** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; - } - if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - pList->nAlloc *= 2; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, - sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList); - return 0; - } - pList = pNew; - } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; - } - if( pDatabase && pTable ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; - } - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); - pItem->iCursor = -1; - pItem->isPopulated = 0; - pList->nSrc++; - return pList; -} - -/* -** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3_free(pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3_free(pItem->zName); - sqlite3_free(pItem->zAlias); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing); - } - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. -** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pUsing); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSubquery); - return p; - } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); - } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; - return p; -} - -/* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. -** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: -** -** A natural cross join B -** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p && p->a ){ - int i; - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; - } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Begin a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** Commit a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Rollback a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. -*/ -int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - static const int flags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags, - &db->aDb[1].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; - } - if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on " - "the temporary database file"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; - } - } - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start -** a read-transaction for all named database files. -** -** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all -** read transactions be started before anything else happens in -** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other -** code has been generated. So here is what we do: -** -** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that -** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we -** record every database that needs its schema verified in the -** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been -** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and -** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value -** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the -** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). -** -** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the -** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto -** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. -*/ -void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int mask; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){ - pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; - } - if( iDb>=0 ){ - assert( iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pParse->cookieMask |= mask; - pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that -** might change the database. -** -** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within -** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint -** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should -** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of -** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to -** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints -** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never -** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. -** -** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call. -** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable. If -** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable. If iDb>1 then the -** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - pParse->writeMask |= 1<nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0); - } - if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1); - } -} - -/* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. -** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){ - assert( pName1->z ); - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), (char*)pName1->z, pName1->n, 0); - if( pColl ){ - char *zColl = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)pName1->z, pName1->n); - if( zColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlite3_free(zColl); - } - return; - } - } - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlite3_free(z); - return; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlite3_free(z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used -** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. -** -** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case -** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3_free() on the returned -** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation -** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect -** the error. -*/ -KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; - KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nBytes); - - if( pKey ){ - pKey->db = pParse->db; - pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); - assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl ); - pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - } - pKey->nField = nCol; - } - - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - pKey = 0; - } - return pKey; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c deleted file mode 100644 index e5a41c72..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 May 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. -** -** $Id$ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName. -** If the collation sequence -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - sqlite3_free(zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a -** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions -** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one -** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. -*/ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int n = strlen(z); - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native -** encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. -** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( - sqlite3* db, - CollSeq *pColl, - const char *zName, - int nName -){ - CollSeq *p; - - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName); - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; - } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - return p; -} - -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1); - if( !p ){ - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - } - pParse->nErr++; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. -** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. -*/ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName); - pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); - - /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). - */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(pDel); - pColl = 0; - } - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. -** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( - sqlite3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int nName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true -** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts -** any number of arguments will be returned. -** -** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid -** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc -** or xStep is non-zero. -** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. -*/ -FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ -){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pFirst; /* First function with this name */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestmatch = 0; - - - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1; - - pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName); - for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){ - /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set - ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition - ** pointed to by pBest: - ** - ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found. - ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 - ** encoding is requested, or vice versa. - ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is - ** requested, or vice versa. - ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. - ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that - ** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. - ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that - ** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. - ** 6: An exact match. - ** - ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match. - */ - if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - int match = 1; /* Quality of this match */ - if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - match = 4; - } - if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ - match += 2; - } - else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || - (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ - match += 1; - } - - if( match>bestmatch ){ - pBest = p; - bestmatch = match; - } - } - } - - /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && - (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){ - pBest->nArg = nArg; - pBest->pNext = pFirst; - pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(pBest); - return 0; - } - } - - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3_free() on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). -*/ -void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; -} - -/* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. -*/ -Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree); - }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema)); - } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1); - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - } - return p; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c deleted file mode 100644 index f35ca864..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. -** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by -** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from -** static links that do not use it. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE - -/* -** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -extern const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20])) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -extern const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - - -/* -** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header -** comments on that procedure for additional information. -*/ -#define tkSEMI 0 -#define tkWS 1 -#define tkOTHER 2 -#define tkEXPLAIN 3 -#define tkCREATE 4 -#define tkTEMP 5 -#define tkTRIGGER 6 -#define tkEND 7 - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. -** -** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. -** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement -** must end with ";END;". -** -** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states: -** -** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine -** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends -** in any other state. -** -** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single -** semicolon. -** -** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of -** a statement. -** -** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a -** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by -** TEMP or TEMPORARY -** -** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be -** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. -** -** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at -** the end of a trigger definition. -** -** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end -** of a trigger difinition. -** -** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted -** from the input. The following tokens are significant: -** -** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. -** (1) tkWS Whitespace -** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. -** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. -** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. -** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. -** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. -** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. -** -** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. -** -** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed -** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do -** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ - u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ - u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement. This is the normal case. - */ - static const u8 trans[7][8] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ - /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, }, - /* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, - /* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, }, - /* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, - }; -#else - /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine - ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier - */ - static const u8 trans[2][3] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ - /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, }, - /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, }, - }; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - - while( *zSql ){ - switch( *zSql ){ - case ';': { /* A semicolon */ - token = tkSEMI; - break; - } - case ' ': - case '\r': - case '\t': - case '\n': - case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '/': { /* C-style comments */ - if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - zSql += 2; - while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } - if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; - zSql++; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ - if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ - case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ - case '\'': { - int c = *zSql; - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - default: { - int c; - if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ - /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ - int nId; - for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - token = tkOTHER; -#else - switch( *zSql ){ - case 'c': case 'C': { - if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ - token = tkCREATE; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 't': case 'T': { - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkTRIGGER; - }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 'e': case 'E': { - if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ - token = tkEND; - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkEXPLAIN; - }else -#endif - { - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - default: { - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - zSql += nId-1; - }else{ - /* Operators and special symbols */ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - } - state = trans[state][token]; - zSql++; - } - return state==0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described -** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not -** UTF-8. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - char const *zSql8; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c deleted file mode 100644 index c440db84..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1045 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 October 31 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** $Id$ -** -** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The -** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon -** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. -** -** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 -** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 -** -** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number -** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can -** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider -** range of dates. -** -** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, -** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually -** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some -** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. -** -** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions -** in the following text: -** -** Jean Meeus -** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 -** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 -** Willmann-Bell, Inc -** Richmond, Virginia (USA) -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - -/* -** A structure for holding a single date and time. -*/ -typedef struct DateTime DateTime; -struct DateTime { - double rJD; /* The julian day number */ - int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ - int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ - int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ - double s; /* Seconds */ - char validYMD; /* True if Y,M,D are valid */ - char validHMS; /* True if h,m,s are valid */ - char validJD; /* True if rJD is valid */ - char validTZ; /* True if tz is valid */ -}; - - -/* -** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments -** come in groups of 5 as follows: -** -** N number of digits in the integer -** min minimum allowed value of the integer -** max maximum allowed value of the integer -** nextC first character after the integer -** pVal where to write the integers value. -** -** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. -** The function returns the number of successful conversions. -*/ -static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ - va_list ap; - int val; - int N; - int min; - int max; - int nextC; - int *pVal; - int cnt = 0; - va_start(ap, zDate); - do{ - N = va_arg(ap, int); - min = va_arg(ap, int); - max = va_arg(ap, int); - nextC = va_arg(ap, int); - pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); - val = 0; - while( N-- ){ - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; - zDate++; - } - if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - *pVal = val; - zDate++; - cnt++; - }while( nextC ); -end_getDigits: - va_end(ap); - return cnt; -} - -/* -** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return -** the number of digits converted. -*/ -#define getValue sqlite3AtoF - -/* -** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. -** The extension is of the form: -** -** (+/-)HH:MM -** -** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes -** of change in *pnMin and return 0. If a parser error occurs, -** return 0. -** -** A missing specifier is not considered an error. -*/ -static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int sgn = 0; - int nHr, nMn; - while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; } - p->tz = 0; - if( *zDate=='-' ){ - sgn = -1; - }else if( *zDate=='+' ){ - sgn = +1; - }else{ - return *zDate!=0; - } - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); - while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; } - return *zDate!=0; -} - -/* -** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. -** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The -** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. -** -** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. -*/ -static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int h, m, s; - double ms = 0.0; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - if( *zDate==':' ){ - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 2; - if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){ - double rScale = 1.0; - zDate++; - while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){ - ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; - rScale *= 10.0; - zDate++; - } - ms /= rScale; - } - }else{ - s = 0; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = h; - p->m = m; - p->s = s + ms; - if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; - p->validTZ = p->tz!=0; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume -** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. -** -** Reference: Meeus page 61 -*/ -static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; - - if( p->validJD ) return; - if( p->validYMD ){ - Y = p->Y; - M = p->M; - D = p->D; - }else{ - Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ - M = 1; - D = 1; - } - if( M<=2 ){ - Y--; - M += 12; - } - A = Y/100; - B = 2 - A + (A/4); - X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716); - X2 = 30.6001*(M+1); - p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5; - p->validJD = 1; - if( p->validHMS ){ - p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0; - if( p->validTZ ){ - p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0; - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Parse dates of the form -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM -** YYYY-MM-DD -** -** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 -** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed -** date. -*/ -static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, neg; - - if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ - zDate++; - neg = 1; - }else{ - neg = 0; - } - if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 10; - while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } - if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - /* We got the time */ - }else if( *zDate==0 ){ - p->validHMS = 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validYMD = 1; - p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; - p->M = M; - p->D = D; - if( p->validTZ ){ - computeJD(p); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return -** the number of errors. -** -** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD -** now -** -** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional -** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion -** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long -** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long -** as there is a year and date. -*/ -static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, - DateTime *p -){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); - if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ - double r; - sqlite3OsCurrentTime((sqlite3_vfs *)sqlite3_user_data(context), &r); - p->rJD = r; - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ - getValue(zDate, &p->rJD); - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ - int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; - if( p->validYMD ) return; - if( !p->validJD ){ - p->Y = 2000; - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - }else{ - Z = p->rJD + 0.5; - A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25; - A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); - B = A + 1524; - C = (B - 122.1)/365.25; - D = 365.25*C; - E = (B-D)/30.6001; - X1 = 30.6001*E; - p->D = B - D - X1; - p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; - p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; - } - p->validYMD = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ - int Z, s; - if( p->validHMS ) return; - computeJD(p); - Z = p->rJD + 0.5; - s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5; - p->s = 0.001*s; - s = p->s; - p->s -= s; - p->h = s/3600; - s -= p->h*3600; - p->m = s/60; - p->s += s - p->m*60; - p->validHMS = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute both YMD and HMS -*/ -static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ - computeYMD(p); - computeHMS(p); -} - -/* -** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ -*/ -static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; -} - -/* -** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT) -** for the time value p where p is in UTC. -*/ -static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ - DateTime x, y; - time_t t; - x = *p; - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ - x.Y = 2000; - x.M = 1; - x.D = 1; - x.h = 0; - x.m = 0; - x.s = 0.0; - } else { - int s = x.s + 0.5; - x.s = s; - } - x.tz = 0; - x.validJD = 0; - computeJD(&x); - t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5; -#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R - { - struct tm sLocal; - localtime_r(&t, &sLocal); - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = localtime(&t); - y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900; - y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1; - y.D = pTm->tm_mday; - y.h = pTm->tm_hour; - y.m = pTm->tm_min; - y.s = pTm->tm_sec; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - } -#endif - y.validYMD = 1; - y.validHMS = 1; - y.validJD = 0; - y.validTZ = 0; - computeJD(&y); - return y.rJD - x.rJD; -} - -/* -** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are -** as follows: -** -** NNN days -** NNN hours -** NNN minutes -** NNN.NNNN seconds -** NNN months -** NNN years -** start of month -** start of year -** start of week -** start of day -** weekday N -** unixepoch -** localtime -** utc -** -** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. -*/ -static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ - int rc = 1; - int n; - double r; - char *z, zBuf[30]; - z = zBuf; - for(n=0; nrJD += localtimeOffset(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 'u': { - /* - ** unixepoch - ** - ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of - ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. - */ - if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ - p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ - double c1; - computeJD(p); - c1 = localtimeOffset(p); - p->rJD -= c1; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 'w': { - /* - ** weekday N - ** - ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of - ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the - ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0 - && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ - int Z; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - Z = p->rJD + 1.5; - Z %= 7; - if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; - p->rJD += n - Z; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 's': { - /* - ** start of TTTTT - ** - ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, - ** or month or year. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; - z += 9; - computeYMD(p); - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = p->m = 0; - p->s = 0.0; - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - computeYMD(p); - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case '+': - case '-': - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': { - n = getValue(z, &r); - assert( n>=1 ); - if( z[n]==':' ){ - /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the - ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds - ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be - ** omitted. - */ - const char *z2 = z; - DateTime tx; - int day; - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++; - memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); - if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; - computeJD(&tx); - tx.rJD -= 0.5; - day = (int)tx.rJD; - tx.rJD -= day; - if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD; - computeJD(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->rJD += tx.rJD; - rc = 0; - break; - } - z += n; - while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++; - n = strlen(z); - if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; - if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } - computeJD(p); - rc = 0; - if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r; - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r/24.0; - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0); - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0); - }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - int x, y; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->M += r; - x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; - p->Y += x; - p->M -= x*12; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - y = r; - if( y!=r ){ - p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0; - } - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->Y += r; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - break; - } - default: { - break; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. -** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write -** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 -** on success and 1 if there are any errors. -*/ -static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, - DateTime *p -){ - int i; - const unsigned char *z; - if( argc==0 ) return 1; - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ - return 1; - } - for(i=1; iSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( z==0 ) return; - } - computeJD(&x); - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ - if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ - z[j++] = zFmt[i]; - }else{ - i++; - switch( zFmt[i] ){ - case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; - case 'f': { - double s = x.s; - if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; - sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); - j += strlen(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; - case 'W': /* Fall thru */ - case 'j': { - int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ - DateTime y = x; - y.validJD = 0; - y.M = 1; - y.D = 1; - computeJD(&y); - nDay = x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5; - if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ - int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ - wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7; - sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); - j += 2; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); - j += 3; - } - break; - } - case 'J': { - sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); - j+=strlen(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; - case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; - case 's': { - sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d", - (int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5)); - j += strlen(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; - case 'w': z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break; - case 'Y': sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break; - case '%': z[j++] = '%'; break; - } - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - if( z!=zBuf ){ - sqlite3_free(z); - } -} - -/* -** current_time() -** -** This function returns the same value as time('now'). -*/ -static void ctimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - timeFunc(context, 1, &pVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } -} - -/* -** current_date() -** -** This function returns the same value as date('now'). -*/ -static void cdateFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - dateFunc(context, 1, &pVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } -} - -/* -** current_timestamp() -** -** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). -*/ -static void ctimestampFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - datetimeFunc(context, 1, &pVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS -/* -** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time -** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version -** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() -** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that -** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. -** -** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() -** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied -** as the user-data for the function. -*/ -static void currentTimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - time_t t; - char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - char zBuf[20]; - - time(&t); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - { - extern int sqlite3_current_time; /* See os_XXX.c */ - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - t = sqlite3_current_time; - } - } -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R - { - struct tm sNow; - gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = gmtime(&t); - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - } -#endif - - sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - static const struct { - char *zName; - int nArg; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - } aFuncs[] = { - { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc }, - { "date", -1, dateFunc }, - { "time", -1, timeFunc }, - { "datetime", -1, datetimeFunc }, - { "strftime", -1, strftimeFunc }, - { "current_time", 0, ctimeFunc }, - { "current_timestamp", 0, ctimestampFunc }, - { "current_date", 0, cdateFunc }, - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; ipVfs), aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0); - } -#else - static const struct { - char *zName; - char *zFormat; - } aFuncs[] = { - { "current_time", "%H:%M:%S" }, - { "current_date", "%Y-%m-%d" }, - { "current_timestamp", "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" } - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; izErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables -** are found, return a pointer to the last table. -*/ -Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pTab = 0; - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - } - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; -*/ -int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0) -#endif - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will open a table for reading. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenTable( - Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol); -} - - -/* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any triggers exist */ -#endif - - sContext.pParse = 0; - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define triggers_exist 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - oldIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb); - - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ - if( isView ){ - Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pView); - } - - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - memCnt = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt); - } - - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that - ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect. - */ - if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of - ** entries in the table. */ - int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int addr2; - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } - } - } - /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through - ** the table and pick which records to delete. - */ - else{ - /* Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0); - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); - } - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - - /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol); - } - - /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the - ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete - ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. - */ - end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are - ** row triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - - (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, - -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default, - addr); - } - - if( !isView ){ - /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its - ** indices. If there are row triggers, this happens inside the - ** OP_FifoRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed - ** before the trigger fires. If there are no row triggers, the - ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop. - */ - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); - - /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no - ** row triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end); - } - - /* Delete the row */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0); - } - } - - /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke - ** the AFTER triggers - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - if( !isView ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1, - oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default, - addr); - } - - /* End of the delete loop */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); - - /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC); - } - -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere); - return; -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top -** of the stack. -** -** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number -** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index -** entries that point to that record. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database containing the index */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int count /* Increment the row change counter */ -){ - int addr; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be -** deleted. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - char *aIdxUsed /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */ -){ - int i; - Index *pIdx; - - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top -** of the tack. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ -){ - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c deleted file mode 100644 index a18eeb7c..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2617 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and -** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. -** -** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the -** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, -** indicating no affinity for the expression. -** -** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all -** have an affinity: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a); -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; -** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); -*/ -char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - int op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_SELECT ){ - return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - if( op==TK_CAST ){ - return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); - } -#endif - return pExpr->affinity; -} - -/* -** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating -** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. -** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate -** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit -** collating sequences. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - if( pColl ){ - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - return pExpr; -} - -/* -** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If -** there is no default collation type, return 0. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - if( pExpr ){ - int op; - pColl = pExpr->pColl; - op = pExpr->op; - if( (op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS) && !pColl ){ - return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - } - } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ - pColl = 0; - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the -** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the -** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. -*/ -char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ - char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); - if( aff1 && aff2 ){ - /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric - ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. - */ - if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ - return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - }else{ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ - /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the - ** results directly. - */ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - }else{ - /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ - assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); - return (aff1 + aff2); - } -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should -** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. -*/ -static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - char aff; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || - pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || - pExpr->op==TK_NE ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft ); - aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); - } - else if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); - } - else if( !aff ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - return aff; -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. -** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true -** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement -** the comparison in pExpr. -*/ -int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - switch( aff ){ - case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: - return 1; - case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: - return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - default: - return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); - } -} - -/* -** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison -** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. -** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned -** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression -** evaluates to NULL. -*/ -static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ - char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); - return ((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))+(jumpIfNull?0x100:0); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by -** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. -** -** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is -** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression -** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating -** type. -** -** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, -** it is not considered. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pLeft->pColl ); - pColl = pLeft->pColl; - }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pRight->pColl ); - pColl = pRight->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a comparison operator. -*/ -static int codeCompare( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ - Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ - int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ - int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ - int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ -){ - int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); - CollSeq *p3 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); - return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ); -} - -/* -** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory -** for this node is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). The calling function -** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3Expr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - Expr *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to - ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this - ** reason. - */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight); - return 0; - } - pNew->op = op; - pNew->pLeft = pLeft; - pNew->pRight = pRight; - pNew->iAgg = -1; - if( pToken ){ - assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); - pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken; - }else if( pLeft ){ - if( pRight ){ - sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span); - if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl; - } - } - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl; - } - } - - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Works like sqlite3Expr() except that it takes an extra Parse* -** argument and notifies the associated connection object if malloc fails. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3PExpr( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - return sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, op, pLeft, pRight, pToken); -} - -/* -** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression -** that look like this: #0 #1 #2 ... These terms refer to elements -** on the stack. "#0" means the top of the stack. -** "#1" means the next down on the stack. And so forth. -** -** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms. -** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location. -** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from -** that memory location as needed. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Expr *p; - int depth; - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken); - return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - if( v==0 ) return 0; - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken); - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; /* Malloc failed */ - } - depth = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); - p->iTable = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, depth, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, p->iTable, 1); - return p; -} - -/* -** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is -** NULL, then just return the other expression. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ - if( pLeft==0 ){ - return pRight; - }else if( pRight==0 ){ - return pLeft; - }else{ - return sqlite3Expr(db, TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all -** text between the two given tokens. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){ - assert( pRight!=0 ); - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - if( pExpr && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){ - assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 ); - if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){ - pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z; - pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z); - }else{ - pExpr->span.z = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple -** arguments. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pToken ); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */ - return 0; - } - pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION; - pNew->pList = pList; - assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); - pNew->token = *pToken; - pNew->span = pNew->token; - - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. -** -** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential -** variable number. -** -** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make -** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when -** the SQL statement comes from an external source. -** -** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number -** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first -** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is -** assigned. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Token *pToken; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - pToken = &pExpr->token; - assert( pToken->n>=1 ); - assert( pToken->z!=0 ); - assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 ); - if( pToken->n==1 ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ - pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; - }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and - ** use it as the variable number */ - int i; - pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); - if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", - SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); - } - if( i>pParse->nVar ){ - pParse->nVar = i; - } - }else{ - /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa". Reuse the same variable - ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name - ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number - */ - int i, n; - n = pToken->n; - for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){ - Expr *pE; - if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0 - && pE->token.n==n - && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable; - break; - } - } - if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){ - pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; - if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){ - pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10; - pParse->apVarExpr = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree( - db, - pParse->apVarExpr, - pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) - ); - } - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 ); - pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr; - } - } - } - if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); - } -} - -/* -** Recursively delete an expression tree. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)p->span.z); - if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)p->token.z); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted. -** If so, remove the quotation marks. -*/ -void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){ - return; - } - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted); - if( p->token.dyn==0 ){ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &p->token, &p->token); - } - sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z); -} - - -/* -** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, -** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can -** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) -** without effecting the originals. -** -** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded -** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. -** -** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - Expr *pNew; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew)); - if( p->token.z!=0 ){ - pNew->token.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->token.z, p->token.n); - pNew->token.dyn = 1; - }else{ - assert( pNew->token.z==0 ); - } - pNew->span.z = 0; - pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft); - pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight); - pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pList); - pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect); - return pNew; -} -void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3 *db, Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){ - if( pTo->dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTo->z); - if( pFrom->z ){ - pTo->n = pFrom->n; - pTo->z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n); - pTo->dyn = 1; - }else{ - pTo->z = 0; - } -} -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p){ - ExprList *pNew; - struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->iECursor = 0; - pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr; - pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pItem==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - return 0; - } - pOldItem = p->a; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ - Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr; - pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr); - if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){ - /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the - ** expression list. The logic in SELECT processing that determines - ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span); - } - assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 - || pOldExpr->span.z==0 - || db->mallocFailed ); - pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; - pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg; - pItem->done = 0; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for -** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes -** called with a NULL argument. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ - || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p){ - SrcList *pNew; - int i; - int nByte; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - Table *pTab; - pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); - pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; - pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; - pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated; - pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect); - pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn); - pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); - pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; - } - return pNew; -} -IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ - IdList *pNew; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId; - pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pNew->a==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; - } - return pNew; -} -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - Select *pNew; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct; - pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList); - pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc); - pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere); - pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy); - pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving); - pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy); - pNew->op = p->op; - pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior); - pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit); - pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset); - pNew->iLimit = -1; - pNew->iOffset = -1; - pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved; - pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg; - pNew->usesEphm = 0; - pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - return pNew; -} -#else -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - assert( p==0 ); - return 0; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is -** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. -*/ -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to be appended */ - Token *pName /* AS keyword for the expression */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); - if( pList==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( pList->nAlloc==0 ); - } - if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){ - struct ExprList_item *a; - int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4; - a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( a==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pList->a = a; - pList->nAlloc = n; - } - assert( pList->a!=0 ); - if( pExpr || pName ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - } - return pList; - -no_mem: - /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - return 0; -} - -/* -** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, -** leave an error message in pParse. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( - Parse *pParse, - ExprList *pEList, - int iLimit, - const char *zObject -){ - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>iLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); - } -} - - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 -/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() -** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height -** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the -** first argument. -** -** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed -** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that -** value. -*/ -static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ - *pnHeight = p->nHeight; - } - } -} -static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); - } - } -} -static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or -** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other -** referenced Expr plus one. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pList, &nHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pSelect, &nHeight); - p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced -** by the select statement passed as an argument. -*/ -int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); - return nHeight; -} -#endif - -/* -** Delete an entire expression list. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) ); - assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc ); - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr); - sqlite3_free(pItem->zName); - } - sqlite3_free(pList->a); - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Call xFunc for each node visited. -** -** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues. -** 0 means continue walking the tree. 1 means do not walk children -** of the current node but continue with siblings. 2 means abandon -** the tree walk completely. -** -** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk -** and 0 to continue. -** -** NOTICE: This routine does *not* descend into subqueries. -*/ -static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *); -static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){ - int rc; - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr); - if( rc==0 ){ - if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - } - return rc>1; -} - -/* -** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p. -*/ -static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( !p ) return 0; - for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including -** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT -** or OFFSET expressions.. -*/ -static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){ - walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg); - if( p->pPrior ){ - walkSelectExpr(p->pPrior, xFunc, pArg); - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree(). -** -** pArg is really a pointer to an integer. If we can tell by looking -** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant -** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk. -** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant -** then do nothing. -** -** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify -** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression -** is constant. See sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information. -*/ -static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ - int *pN = (int*)pArg; - - /* If *pArg is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from - ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression - ** from being considered constant. */ - if( (*pN)==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - *pN = 0; - return 2; - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant - ** and *pArg==2 */ - case TK_FUNCTION: - if( (*pN)==2 ) return 0; - /* Fall through */ - case TK_ID: - case TK_COLUMN: - case TK_DOT: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: -#endif - *pN = 0; - return 2; - case TK_IN: - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - *pN = 0; - return 2; - } - default: - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ - int isConst = 1; - walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); - return isConst; -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. -** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from -** an ON or USING clause. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ - int isConst = 3; - walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); - return isConst!=0; -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there -** are any variables. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ - int isConst = 2; - walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); - return isConst!=0; -} - -/* -** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough -** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer -** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big -** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: { - if( sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue) ){ - return 1; - } - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - int v; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ - *pValue = -v; - return 1; - } - break; - } - default: break; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. -*/ -int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr -** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes -** are made to pExpr: -** -** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding -** the table. -** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained -** from pSrcList. -** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. -** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. -** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted -** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. -** -** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be -** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database -** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This -** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it -** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table -** can be used. -** -** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message -** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success. -*/ -static int lookupName( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ - Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ - Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ - Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ -){ - char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */ - char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */ - char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ - int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ - struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ - NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ - Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ - - assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ - zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken); - zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken); - zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto lookupname_end; - } - - pExpr->iTable = -1; - while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ - ExprList *pEList; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - - if( pSrcList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - Table *pTab; - int iDb; - Column *pCol; - - pTab = pItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - if( zTab ){ - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - }else{ - char *zTabName = pTab->zName; - if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - } - } - if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pMatch = pItem; - } - for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - IdList *pUsing; - cnt++; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pMatch = pItem; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j; - pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity; - if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){ - pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0); - } - if( inSrc-1 ){ - if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join, - ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */ - pItem++; - i++; - }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){ - /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause - ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join - ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */ - int k; - for(k=0; knId; k++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){ - pItem++; - i++; - break; - } - } - } - } - break; - } - } - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe - ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference - */ - if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){ - TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack; - Table *pTab = 0; - if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx; - assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); - pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; - }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx; - assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); - pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; - } - - if( pTab ){ - int iCol; - Column *pCol = pTab->aCol; - - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - cntTab++; - for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) { - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl; - cnt++; - pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol; - pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity; - if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){ - pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0); - } - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - break; - } - } - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - - /* - ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID - */ - if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){ - cnt = 1; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - } - - /* - ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z - ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when - ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: - ** - ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; - ** - ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that - ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. - ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been - ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. - */ - if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){ - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - Expr *pDup, *pOrig; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - assert( pExpr->pList==0 ); - assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 ); - pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; - if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); - sqlite3_free(zCol); - return 2; - } - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl; - pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - if( pExpr->span.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pExpr->span.z); - if( pExpr->token.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pExpr->token.z); - memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); - sqlite3_free(pDup); - cnt = 1; - pMatch = 0; - assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); - goto lookupname_end_2; - } - } - } - - /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either - ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. - */ - if( cnt==0 ){ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - /* - ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is - ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then - ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that - ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to - ** pExpr. - ** - ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef - ** fields are not changed in any context. - */ - if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){ - sqlite3_free(zCol); - return 0; - } - - /* - ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or - ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. - */ - if( cnt!=1 ){ - char *z = 0; - char *zErr; - zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s"; - if( zDb ){ - sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); - }else if( zTab ){ - sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); - }else{ - z = sqlite3StrDup(zCol); - } - if( z ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z); - sqlite3_free(z); - pTopNC->nErr++; - }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - - /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record - ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes - ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the - ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask - ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. - */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ - int n = pExpr->iColumn; - if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){ - n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1; - } - assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); - pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); - pExpr->pLeft = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pRight = 0; - pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; -lookupname_end_2: - sqlite3_free(zCol); - if( cnt==1 ){ - assert( pNC!=0 ); - sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); - if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){ - pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; - } - /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to - ** the point where the name matched. */ - for(;;){ - assert( pTopNC!=0 ); - pTopNC->nRef++; - if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; - pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; - } - return 0; - } else { - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree(). -** -** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current -** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down -** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. -** -** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for -** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed -** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -*/ -static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ - NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg; - Parse *pParse; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return 1; - assert( pNC!=0 ); - pParse = pNC->pParse; - - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1; - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - int i; - for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ - assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); - } - } -#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if - ** possible. Otherwise they remain as strings. Single-quoted - ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals. - */ - case TK_STRING: { - if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break; - /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */ - } - /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. - */ - case TK_ID: { - lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr); - return 1; - } - - /* A table name and column name: ID.ID - ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID - */ - case TK_DOT: { - Token *pColumn; - Token *pTable; - Token *pDb; - Expr *pRight; - - /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ - pDb = 0; - pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token; - pColumn = &pRight->token; - }else{ - assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); - pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token; - pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token; - pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token; - } - lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr); - return 1; - } - - /* Resolve function names - */ - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; /* The argument list */ - int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ - int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ - int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ - int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ - int i; - int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ - int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ - const char *zId; /* The function name. */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ - int enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ - - zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; - nId = pExpr->token.n; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - no_such_func = 1; - }else{ - wrong_num_args = 1; - } - }else{ - is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pDef ){ - auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); - if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", - pDef->zName); - pNC->nErr++; - } - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - return 1; - } - } -#endif - if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); - pNC->nErr++; - is_agg = 0; - }else if( no_such_func ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - }else if( wrong_num_args ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", - nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - } - if( is_agg ){ - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0; - for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && ia[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC); - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; - /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function - */ - return is_agg; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: -#endif - case TK_IN: { - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - int nRef = pNC->nRef; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } -#endif - sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC); - assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); - if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); - } - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - case TK_VARIABLE: { - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } - break; - } -#endif - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to -** table columns. Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an -** index to the table in the table list and a column offset. The -** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN. The Expr.iTable -** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList -** plus the "base" value. The base value will ultimately become the -** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced -** table. The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column -** of the referenced table. The Expr.iColumn value for the special -** ROWID column is -1. Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an -** alias for ROWID. -** -** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper -** usage. Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions -** have the correct number of arguments. Leave an error message -** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss. Return the number of errors. -** -** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg -** property on the expression. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprResolveNames( - NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ -){ - int savedHasAgg; - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - if( (pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight)>SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pNC->pParse, - "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", - SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH - ); - return 1; - } - pNC->pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; -#endif - savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg; - pNC->hasAgg = 0; - walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; -#endif - if( pNC->nErr>0 ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); - } - if( pNC->hasAgg ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); - }else if( savedHasAgg ){ - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); -} - -/* -** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information -** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep(). -*/ -typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder; -struct QueryCoder { - Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ - NameContext *pNC; /* Namespace of first enclosing query */ -}; - - -/* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression -** and IN operators. Examples: -** -** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery -** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery -** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side -** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right -** -** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN -** operator or subquery. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - - /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered - ** if any of the following is true: - ** - ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery - ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables - ** * We are inside a trigger - ** - ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once - ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. - */ - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){ - int mem = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, mem, 0); - testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, 0); - assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, mem); - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: { - char affinity; - KeyInfo keyInfo; - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - - affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - - /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is - ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results - ** from the SELECT or the . - ** - ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... - ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that - ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the - ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used - ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither - ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity - ** is used. - */ - pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 0); - memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); - keyInfo.nField = 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1); - - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) - ** - ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary - ** table allocated and opened above. - */ - int iParm = pExpr->iTable + (((int)affinity)<<16); - ExprList *pEList; - assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList; - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, - pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } - }else if( pExpr->pList ){ - /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) - ** - ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and - ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use - ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not - ** a column, use numeric affinity. - */ - int i; - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( !affinity ){ - affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl; - - /* Loop through each expression in . */ - for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; - - /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to - ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure - ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant - ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. - */ - if( testAddr>0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 3); - testAddr = 0; - } - - /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, 0); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO); - break; - } - - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - /* This has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the - ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number - ** of the memory cell in iColumn. - */ - static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 }; - Select *pSel; - int iMem; - int sop; - - pExpr->iColumn = iMem = pParse->nMem++; - pSel = pExpr->pSelect; - if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ - sop = SRT_Mem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# Init subquery result")); - }else{ - sop = SRT_Exists; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem); - VdbeComment((v, "# Init EXISTS result")); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one); - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, sop, iMem, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - break; - } - } - - if( testAddr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); - } - - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by -** text z[0..n-1] on the stack. -*/ -static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){ - assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed ); - if( z ){ - int i; - if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Int64, 0, 0, z, n); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n); - } - } -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and push that column value on the stack. There -** is an open cursor to pTab in iTable. If iColumn<0 then -** code is generated that extracts the rowid. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iColumn, int iTable){ - if( iColumn<0 ){ - int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, 0); - }else if( pTab==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn); - }else{ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, iColumn); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RealAffinity, 0, 0); - } -#endif - } -} - -/* -** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given -** expression and leave the result on the top of stack. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op; - int stackChng = 1; /* Amount of change to stack depth */ - - if( v==0 ) return; - if( pExpr==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - return; - } - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; - if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pCol->iMem, 0); - break; - }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, - pCol->iSorterColumn); - break; - } - /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ - assert( pParse->ckOffset>0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, pParse->ckOffset-pExpr->iColumn-1, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(v, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - codeInteger(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - break; - } - case TK_FLOAT: - case TK_STRING: { - assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real ); - assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 ); - sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - int n; - const char *z; - assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob ); - n = pExpr->token.n - 3; - z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2; - assert( n>=0 ); - if( n==0 ){ - z = ""; - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, z, n); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0); - if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - } - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iTable, 0); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - int aff, to_op; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); - to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; - assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, to_op, 0, 0); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0); - stackChng = -1; - break; - } - case TK_AND: - case TK_OR: - case TK_PLUS: - case TK_STAR: - case TK_MINUS: - case TK_REM: - case TK_BITAND: - case TK_BITOR: - case TK_SLASH: - case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: { - assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); - assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); - assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); - assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); - assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); - assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); - assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); - assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); - assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); - assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); - assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0); - stackChng = -1; - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - Token *p = &pLeft->token; - char *z = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "-%.*s", p->n, p->z); - if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1); - }else{ - codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1); - } - sqlite3_free(z); - break; - } - /* Fall through into TK_NOT */ - } - case TK_BITNOT: - case TK_NOT: { - assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); - assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - int dest; - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T", - &pExpr->span); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem, 0); - } - break; - } - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; - int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - FuncDef *pDef; - int nId; - const char *zId; - int constMask = 0; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - - zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; - nId = pExpr->token.n; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0); - assert( pDef!=0 ); - nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is - ** a virtual table column. - ** - ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the - ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to - ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because - ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to - ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to - ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test - ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". - */ - if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr); - }else if( nExpr>0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#endif - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - constMask |= (1<needCollSeq && !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - if( pDef->needCollSeq ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, constMask, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF); - stackChng = 1-nExpr; - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){ - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result")); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int addr; - char affinity; - int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); - - /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results - ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for - ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord. - */ - affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); - pParse->ckOffset = (ckOffset ? (ckOffset+1) : 0); - - /* Code the from " IN (...)". The temporary table - ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set. - */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4); /* addr + 0 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); /* addr + 4 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); /* addr + 6 */ - - break; - } -#endif - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a; - Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - pLItem++; - pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0); - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } - case TK_CASE: { - int expr_end_label; - int jumpInst; - int nExpr; - int i; - ExprList *pEList; - struct ExprList_item *aListelem; - - assert(pExpr->pList); - assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); - assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0); - pEList = pExpr->pList; - aListelem = pEList->a; - nExpr = pEList->nExpr; - expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( pExpr->pLeft ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - } - for(i=0; ipLeft ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1); - jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr, - OP_Ne, 0, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - }else{ - jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0); - } - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst); - } - if( pExpr->pLeft ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - } - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case TK_RAISE: { - if( !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); - return; - } - if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){ - assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback || - pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort || - pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail ); - sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - } else { - assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump); - VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)")); - } - stackChng = 0; - break; - } -#endif - } - - if( pParse->ckOffset ){ - pParse->ckOffset += stackChng; - assert( pParse->ckOffset ); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* -** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and leaves the result -** on the stack. See also sqlite3ExprCode(). -** -** This routine might also cache the result and modify the pExpr tree -** so that it will make use of the cached result on subsequent evaluations -** rather than evaluate the whole expression again. Trivial expressions are -** not cached. If the expression is cached, its result is stored in a -** memory location. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iMem; - int addr1, addr2; - if( v==0 ) return; - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( addr2>addr1+1 || sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr1)->opcode==OP_Function ){ - iMem = pExpr->iTable = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0); - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given -** expression list onto the stack. -** -** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be coded */ -){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i, n; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - n = pList->nExpr; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr); - } - return n; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is false. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then -** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; - if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AND: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as: - ** - ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3 - ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO - ** 3 ... - */ - int addr; - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull); - - pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest); - break; - } - } - pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is true. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then -** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; - if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; - - /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: - ** - ** pExpr->op op - ** --------- ---------- - ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull - ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull - ** TK_NE OP_Eq - ** TK_EQ OP_Ne - ** TK_GT OP_Le - ** TK_LE OP_Gt - ** TK_GE OP_Lt - ** TK_LT OP_Ge - ** - ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. - ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we - ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. - ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. - */ - op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); - - /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants - */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AND: { - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as: - ** - ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3 - ** 2 GOTO - ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO - */ - int addr; - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest); - break; - } - } - pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset; -} - -/* -** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return TRUE (non-zero) -** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way. -** -** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions -** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are -** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe. So if this routine -** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two -** expressions are the same. But if you get a TRUE return, then you -** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where -** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that -** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning -** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ - int i; - if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ - return pB==pA; - } - if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0; - if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0; - if( pA->pList ){ - if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0; - if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0; - for(i=0; ipList->nExpr; i++){ - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ - return 0; - } - } - }else if( pB->pList ){ - return 0; - } - if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0; - if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0; - if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){ - if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0; - if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} - - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aCol, - sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nColumn, - &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aFunc, - sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nFunc, - &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement -** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates -** for additional information. -** -** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr. -*/ -static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ - int i; - NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg; - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM - ** clause of the aggregate query */ - if( pSrcList ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol; - if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ - /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. - ** - ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there - ** is not an entry there already. - */ - int k; - pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ - if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 - ){ - pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; - pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; - pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; - pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pCol->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; - if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ - int j, n; - ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; - struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; - n = pGB->nExpr; - for(j=0; jpExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; - } - } - /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either - ** because it was there before or because we just created it). - ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that - ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. - */ - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; - pExpr->iAgg = k; - break; - } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ - } /* end loop over pSrcList */ - } - return 1; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries - ** to be ignored */ - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate - ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure - */ - struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; - for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){ - break; - } - } - if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ - /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] - */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); - i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); - if( i>=0 ){ - pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, - pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ - pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pItem->iDistinct = -1; - } - } - } - /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry - */ - pExpr->iAgg = i; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - return 1; - } - } - } - - /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need - ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN. But increment nDepth so that - ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged. - */ - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - pNC->nDepth++; - walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC); - pNC->nDepth--; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and -** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. -** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. -** -** This routine should only be called after the expression has been -** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveNames(). -** -** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return -** the number of errors. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ - int nErr = pNC->pParse->nErr; - walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC); - return pNC->pParse->nErr - nErr; -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an -** expression list. Return the number of errors. -** -** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - int nErr = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; nErr==0 && inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - nErr += sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); - } - } - return nErr; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c deleted file mode 100644 index 82ed2d47..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1509 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2002 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL -** functions of SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - - -/* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. -*/ -static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions -*/ -static void minmaxFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; - - if( argc==0 ) return; - mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - iBest = i; - } - } - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); -} - -/* -** Return the type of the argument. -*/ -static void typeofFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *z = 0; - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: z = "null"; break; - case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; - case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; - case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; - case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the length() function -*/ -static void lengthFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int len; - - assert( argc==1 ); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_BLOB: - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - sqlite3_result_int(context, len); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the abs() function -*/ -static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; - } - iVal = -iVal; - } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); - break; - } - case SQLITE_NULL: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - default: { - double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the substr() function. -** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. -** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. -*/ -static void substrFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - - assert( argc==3 ); - p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - } - p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; - } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - } - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - } - if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; - } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the round() function -*/ -static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char zBuf[500]; /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */ - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r); - sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r); - sqlite3_result_double(context, r); -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the -** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify -** the database handle that malloc() has failed. -*/ -static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, int nByte){ - char *z = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !z && nByte>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. -*/ -static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return; - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, n+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = toupper(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} -static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return; - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, n+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = tolower(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. -** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL -** argument. -*/ -static void ifnullFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - for(i=0; iSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - p = contextMalloc(context, n); - if( p ){ - sqlite3Randomness(n, p); - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return -** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. -*/ -static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlite3_context *context, - int arg, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. The return value is the -** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function. -*/ -static void changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int arg, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is -** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. -*/ -static void total_changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int arg, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); -} - -/* -** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. -*/ -struct compareInfo { - u8 matchAll; - u8 matchOne; - u8 matchSet; - u8 noCase; -}; - -static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; -/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore -** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; -/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator -** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; - -/* -** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can -** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they -** are the same and false (0) if they are different. -** -** Globbing rules: -** -** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. -** -** '?' Matches exactly one character. -** -** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of -** characters. -** -** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. -** -** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included -** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A -** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: -** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make -** it the last character in the list. -** -** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. -** -** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: -** -** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only -*/ -static int patternCompare( - const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ - const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ - const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ - const int esc /* The escape character */ -){ - int c, c2; - int invert; - int seen; - u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ - while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,0,&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - c2 = c2<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c2] : c2; - c = c<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c] : c; - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - if( c2<0x80 ) c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2]; - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } - return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ - if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - int prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - if( noCase ){ - c = c<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c] : c; - c2 = c2<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c2] : c2; - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - return *zString==0; -} - -/* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_like_count = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: -** -** A LIKE B -** -** is implemented as like(B,A). -** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. -*/ -static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - int escape = 0; - - zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; - } - assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. - */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; - } - escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, 0, &zEsc); - } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. -*/ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. -*/ -static void versionFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; - -/* -** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may -** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends -** on this function. -** -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. -*/ -static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - if( argc<1 ) return; - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: { - sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - } - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - - if( 2*nBlob+4>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; - } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zText); - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; - - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - if( i+n+3>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - z = contextMalloc(context, i+n+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; - } - } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. -*/ -static void hexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - if( n*2+1>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, n*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; - } - *z = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. -*/ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - i64 n; - assert( argc==1 ); - n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, n); - } -} - -/* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. -*/ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - - assert( argc==3 ); - zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return; - nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOut=SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return; - } - zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); - if( zOut==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - sqlite3_free(zOld); - return; - } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; - } - } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. -*/ -static void trimFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - const unsigned char **azChar; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - return; - } - zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static const unsigned char *azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, nChar*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = z; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = z - azChar[nChar]; - } - } - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = (int)sqlite3_user_data(context); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlite3_free(azChar); - } - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX -/* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. -*/ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; - } - } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; - } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. -*/ -static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; - - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zProc = 0; - } - if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This function generates a string of random characters. Used for -** generating test data. -*/ -static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - static const unsigned char zSrc[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789" - ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> "; - int iMin, iMax, n, r, i; - unsigned char zBuf[1000]; - - /* It used to be possible to call randstr() with any number of arguments, - ** but now it is registered with SQLite as requiring exactly 2. - */ - assert(argc==2); - - iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0; - if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1; - iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( iMax=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1; - n = iMin; - if( iMax>iMin ){ - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r); - r &= 0x7fffffff; - n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin); - } - assert( ncnt++; - if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){ - i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v; - int s1 = p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); - int s2 = v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); - int s3 = iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); - p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3); - p->iSum = iNewSum; - } - }else{ - p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; - } - } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); - } - } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); - } -} -static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0); -} - -/* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. -*/ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; - -/* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. -*/ -static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; - } -} -static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); -} - -/* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. -*/ -static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; - - if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - sqlite3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( pRes->flags ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); - } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); - } -} - - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - static const struct { - char *zName; - signed char nArg; - u8 argType; /* ff: db 1: 0, 2: 1, 3: 2,... N: N-1. */ - u8 eTextRep; /* 1: UTF-16. 0: UTF-8 */ - u8 needCollSeq; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **); - } aFuncs[] = { - { "min", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc }, - { "min", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 }, - { "max", -1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc }, - { "max", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 }, - { "typeof", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, typeofFunc }, - { "length", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lengthFunc }, - { "substr", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc }, - { "abs", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, absFunc }, - { "round", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc }, - { "round", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc }, - { "upper", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, upperFunc }, - { "lower", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lowerFunc }, - { "coalesce", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, ifnullFunc }, - { "coalesce", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 }, - { "coalesce", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 }, - { "hex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, hexFunc }, - { "ifnull", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, ifnullFunc }, - { "random", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomFunc }, - { "randomblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomBlob }, - { "nullif", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, nullifFunc }, - { "sqlite_version", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, versionFunc}, - { "quote", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, quoteFunc }, - { "last_insert_rowid", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, last_insert_rowid }, - { "changes", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, changes }, - { "total_changes", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, total_changes }, - { "replace", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, replaceFunc }, - { "ltrim", 1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "ltrim", 2, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "rtrim", 1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "rtrim", 2, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "trim", 1, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "trim", 2, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "zeroblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, zeroblobFunc }, -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - { "soundex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc}, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - { "load_extension", 1, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt }, - { "load_extension", 2, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt }, -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - { "randstr", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr }, - { "test_destructor", 1, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor}, - { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count}, - { "test_auxdata", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata}, - { "test_error", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_error}, -#endif - }; - static const struct { - char *zName; - signed char nArg; - u8 argType; - u8 needCollSeq; - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); - } aAggs[] = { - { "min", 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize }, - { "max", 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize }, - { "sum", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize }, - { "total", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize }, - { "avg", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize }, - { "count", 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize }, - { "count", 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize }, - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1; - } - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - sqlite3AlterFunctions(db); -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER - sqlite3AttachFunctions(db); -#endif - for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1; - } - } - } - sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - (void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 1); -#else - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 0); -#endif -} - -/* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. -*/ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( pDef ){ - pDef->flags = flagVal; - } -} - -/* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; - }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; - } - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); -} - -/* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. -*/ -int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->pList ){ - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; - } - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2, - SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c deleted file mode 100644 index a6bcdc32..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables -** used in SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER, -** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass -** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is -** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and -** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. CopyKey only makes -** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored -** for other key classes. -*/ -void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); - pNew->keyClass = keyClass; -#if 0 - if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0; -#endif - pNew->copyKey = copyKey; - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} - -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ - HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - if( pH->ht ) sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - sqlite3_free(elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free(elem); - elem = next_elem; - } - pH->count = 0; -} - -#if 0 /* NOT USED */ -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT -*/ -static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8); -} -static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - return n2 - n1; -} -#endif - -#if 0 /* NOT USED */ -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER -*/ -static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - uptr x = Addr(pKey); - return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8); -} -static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0; - if( pKey1 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; - nKey--; - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY -*/ -static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h = 0; - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - while( nKey-- > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some -** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: -** -** The name of the function is "hashFunction". The function takes a -** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of hashFunction() -** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value -** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters -** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". -*/ -static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ -#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */ - switch( keyClass ){ - case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intHash; - case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash; - case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strHash; - case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binHash;; - default: break; - } - return 0; -#else - if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){ - return &strHash; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); - return &binHash; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, -** see the header comment on the previous function. -*/ -static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ -#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */ - switch( keyClass ){ - case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intCompare; - case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare; - case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strCompare; - case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binCompare; - default: break; - } - return 0; -#else - if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){ - return &strCompare; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); - return &binCompare; - } -#endif -} - -/* Link an element into the hash table -*/ -static void insertElement( - Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - pHead = pEntry->chain; - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; - }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; - } - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; -} - - -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail -** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails. -*/ -static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){ - struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); - - /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is - ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it - ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance - ** hit only, not a fatal error). - */ - sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(pH->htsize>0); - - new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); - if( new_ht==0 ) return; - if( pH->ht ) sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size; - xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); - next_elem = elem->next; - insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); - } -} - -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( - const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, - int h /* The hash for this key. */ -){ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ - - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass); - while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. -*/ -static void removeElementGivenHash( - Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - int h /* Hash value for the element */ -){ - struct _ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ - pEntry->chain = 0; - } - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count<=0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - sqlite3HashClear(pH); - } -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return a pointer to the corresponding -** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL -** otherwise. -*/ -HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h; /* A hash on key */ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; - xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); - return elem; -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); - return elem ? elem->data : 0; -} - -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". -** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey -** flag is set. NULL is returned. -** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. -** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. -*/ -void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ - int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ - int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - if( !pH->copyKey ){ - elem->pKey = (void *)pKey; - } - assert(nKey==elem->nKey); - } - return old_data; - } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ - new_elem->pKey = sqlite3_malloc( nKey ); - if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(new_elem); - return data; - } - memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); - }else{ - new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; - } - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - pH->count++; - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - rehash(pH,8); - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - pH->count = 0; - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free(new_elem); - return data; - } - } - if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){ - rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2); - } - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - new_elem->data = data; - return 0; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h deleted file mode 100644 index 84a45270..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Hash Hash; -typedef struct HashElem HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct Hash { - char keyClass; /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ - char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct HashElem { - HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; - -/* -** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table: -** -** SQLITE_HASH_INT nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored. -** -** SQLITE_HASH_POINTER pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored. -** -** SQLITE_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long -** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case -** is ignored in comparisons. -** -** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. -** memcmp() is used to compare keys. -** -** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY -** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1. -*/ -/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT 1 // NOT USED */ -/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER 2 // NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING 3 -#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY 4 - -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey); -void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); - -/* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: -** -** Hash h; -** HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) - -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) - -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c deleted file mode 100644 index 18fc30b4..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1605 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. - */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pIdx->nColumn+1); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - return; - } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; - } - pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0'; - } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0); -} - -/* -** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the -** column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table - ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then - ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. - */ - if( !pTab->zColAff ){ - char *zColAff; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - - zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; - } - zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; - - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; - } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if SELECT statement p opens the table with rootpage -** iTab in database iDb. This is used to see if a statement of the form -** "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can run without using temporary -** table for the results of the SELECT. -** -** No checking is done for sub-selects that are part of expressions. -*/ -static int selectReadsTable(Select *p, Schema *pSchema, int iTab){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( p->pSrc==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=p->pSrc->a; ipSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - if( selectReadsTable(pItem->pSelect, pSchema, iTab) ) return 1; - }else{ - if( pItem->pTab->pSchema==pSchema && pItem->pTab->tnum==iTab ) return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* -** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic. This code -** looks up the current autoincrement value in the sqlite_sequence -** table and stores that value in a memory cell. Code generated by -** autoIncStep() will keep that memory cell holding the largest -** rowid value. Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new -** largest value of the counter back into the sqlite_sequence table. -** -** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains -** the maximum rowid counter. -** -** Two memory cells are allocated. The next memory cell after the -** one returned holds the rowid in sqlite_sequence where we will -** write back the revised maximum rowid. -*/ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ -){ - int memId = 0; - if( pTab->autoInc ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; - int iCur = pParse->nTab; - int addr; - assert( v ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - memId = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += 2; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+13); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, addr+12); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId-1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+13); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - return memId; -} - -/* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. -** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. -*/ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, 0); - } -} - -/* -** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored -** in mem[memId]. Generate code to write this value back into the -** the sqlite_sequence table. -*/ -static void autoIncEnd( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Table we are inserting into */ - int memId /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */ -){ - if( pTab->autoInc ){ - int iCur = pParse->nTab; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; - int addr; - assert( v ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId-1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+7); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iCur, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } -} -#else -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops -*/ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B) -# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - - -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); - -/* -** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: -** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select -** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. -** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. -** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. The template looks like this: -** -** open write cursor to and its indices -** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack -** write the resulting record into
-** cleanup -** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form -** -** INSERT INTO
SELECT ... -** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the second template. -** -** open a write cursor to
-** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
-** close cursors -** foreach index on
-** open a write cursor on the
index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach -** -** The third template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: -** -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** gosub C -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** goto D -** B: open write cursor to
and its indices -** goto A -** C: insert the select result into
-** return -** D: cleanup -** -** The fourth template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: -** -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** gosub C -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** goto D -** C: insert the select result into the intermediate table -** return -** B: open a cursor to an intermediate table -** goto A -** D: open write cursor to
and its indices -** loop over the intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
-** end the loop -** cleanup -*/ -void sqlite3Insert( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int base = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int iSelectLoop = 0; /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */ - int iCleanup = 0; /* Address of the cleanup code */ - int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */ - int iCntMem = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int newIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the NEW table */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - int counterMem = 0; /* Memory cell holding AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - int iDb; - - int nHidden = 0; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */ -#endif - - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define triggers_exist 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - /* Ensure that: - * (a) the table is not read-only, - * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist - */ - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - assert( pTab!=0 ); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual - ** module table). - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a VDBE - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb); - - /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - newIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; - ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !triggers_exist ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_cleanup; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell counterMem. Also - ** remember the rowid of the sqlite_sequence table entry in memory cell - ** counterRowid. - */ - counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); - - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates - ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine - ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT - ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the - ** subroutine is also coded here. That subroutine stores the SELECT - ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.) - */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT - */ - int rc, iInitCode; - iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock,0,0,0,0); - if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup); - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table. Set to FALSE if each - ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table. - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist || selectReadsTable(pSelect,pTab->pSchema,pTab->tnum) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } - - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of - ** the result. Store the result in a temporary table - */ - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - - /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top - ** of the program jumps to it. Create the temporary table, then jump - ** back up and execute the SELECT code above. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode); - } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - useTempTable = 0; - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); - } - } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and - ** remember the column indices. - ** - ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column - ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable - ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is - ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as - ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary - ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - keyColumn = i; - } - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ - keyColumn = i; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->nErr++; - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index - ** in the original table definition. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ - keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; - } - - /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol); - } - - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - iCntMem = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iCntMem); - } - - /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist ){ - base = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create - ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data. If the data - ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need - ** to launch the SELECT statement processing. - */ - if( useTempTable ){ - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock); - } - - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - if( keyColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - } - - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert(!IsVirtual(pTab)); - - /* Create the new column data - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); - - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); - - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, - newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - - /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred - ** until now. - */ - if( triggers_exist && !isView ){ - base = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The - ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid - ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which - ** case the record number is the same as that column. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - } - if( keyColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1); - }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1); - if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = base; - pOp->p2 = counterMem; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem); - appendFlag = 1; - } - autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem); - - /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted - ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j+IsVirtual(pTab), 1); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr); - } - } - - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, - (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0, - 0, onError, endOfLoop); - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0, - (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1, - appendFlag); - } - } - - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iCntMem); - } - - if( triggers_exist ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0); - } - } - - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, - newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - - /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup); - } - - if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0); - } - } - - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** counter value in memory counterMem back into the sqlite_sequence - ** table. - */ - autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, counterMem); - - /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC); - } - -insert_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. -** -** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top) -** the following values: -** -** 1. The rowid of the row to be updated before the update. This -** value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a -** change to the record number. -** -** 2. The rowid of the row after the update. -** -** 3. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. -** -** i. Data from middle columns... -** -** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. -** -** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate -** and rowidChng are 1. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for -** INSERTs and rowidChng is true if the record number is being changed. -** -** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto -** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record. -** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on -** the pTable->pIndex list. A key is only created for index i if -** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately -** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** prior changes are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from -** the stack and there is an immediate jump -** to label ignoreDest. -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. -** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. -** -** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with -** cursor number "base". All indices of pTab must also have open -** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor. -** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then -** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0. -** -** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is -** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated. The isUpdate -** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor -** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns. -** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ -){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nCol; - int onError; - int addr; - int extra; - int iCur; - Index *pIdx; - int seenReplace = 0; - int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2; - int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. - */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; - } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0); - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg = 0; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); - sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName, - " may not be NULL", (char*)0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( pParse->ckOffset==0 ); - pParse->ckOffset = nCol; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, 1); - assert( pParse->ckOffset==nCol ); - pParse->ckOffset = 0; - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key - ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this - ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. - */ - if( rowidChng ){ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); - jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1); - jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0); - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, - "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, base, 0); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRowids, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - } - - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. - */ - extra = -1; - for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ - if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ - extra++; - - /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1); - } - } - jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); - - /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( seenReplace ){ - if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; - else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; - } - - - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 1); - jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0); - - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - int j, n1, n2; - char zErrMsg[200]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg, - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "); - n1 = strlen(zErrMsg); - for(j=0; jnColumn && n1aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - n2 = strlen(zCol); - if( j>0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", "); - n1 += 2; - } - if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "..."); - n1 += 3; - break; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol); - n1 += n2; - } - } - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique"); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRowids, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - } -#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2); - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation -** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data -** and the rowid for the new entry. This routine creates the new -** entries in all indices and in the main table. -** -** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six -** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -*/ -void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int newIdx, /* Index of NEW table for triggers. -1 if none */ - int appendBias /* True if this is likely to be an append */ -){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nIdx; - Index *pIdx; - int pik_flags; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, base+i+1, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - if( newIdx>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); - } -#endif - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); - } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, base, pik_flags); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - - if( isUpdate && rowidChng ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all -** indices of that table. The "base" parameter is the cursor number used -** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int base, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ - int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - int i; - int iDb; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, op); - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum, (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){ - pParse->nTab = base+i; - } -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. -*/ -int sqlite3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT -/* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. -*/ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; - } - return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; -} - - -/* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: -** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column -*/ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ - } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - } - - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; -} - -/* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** This optimization is only attempted if -** -** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the -** same indices and constraints -** -** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables -** -** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 -** -** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" -** -** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, -** or LIMIT clause. -** -** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that -** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause -** -** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from -** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from -** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, -** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. -** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any -** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not -** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. -*/ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ - int counterMem; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( pDest->pTrigger ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->isVirtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ - return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ - } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ - } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ - } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ - } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ - } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ - } - if( pSelect->isDistinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ - } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ - } - - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. - */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->isVirtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ - } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ - } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ - } - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; - } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ - } -#endif - - /* If we get this far, it means either: - ** - ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an - ** an integer primary key - ** - ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination - ** table is empty. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ - /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there - ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, - ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the - ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. - ** - ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, - ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot - ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be - ** unique. - */ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); - emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - }else{ - emptyDestTest = 0; - } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, - "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, 0); - }else{ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0); - assert( pDest->autoInc==0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, - OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND, - pDest->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); - autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, counterMem); - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbSrc, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbDest, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pDestIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/journal.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/journal.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9e2b3b8e..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/journal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** @(#) $Id$ -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - -/* -** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used -** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization -** is enabled. -** -** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the -** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, -** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to -** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file -** on disk is not created or populated until either: -** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated -** buffer, or -** 2) The xSync() method is called. -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by -** as an open file handle for journal files. -*/ -struct JournalFile { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ - int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ - char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ - int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ - int flags; /* xOpen flags */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ - sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ - const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ -}; -typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; - -/* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file -** for JournalFile p. -*/ -static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !p->pReal ){ - sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pReal = pReal; - if( p->iSize>0 ){ - assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); - } - sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read data from the file. -*/ -static int jrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - assert( iAmt+iOfst<=p->iSize ); - memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int jrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ - rc = createFile(p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); - if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ - p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); - }else if( sizeiSize ){ - p->iSize = size; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the file. -*/ -static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ - int rc; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - rc = createFile(p); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); - }else{ - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - jrnlClose, /* xClose */ - jrnlRead, /* xRead */ - jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - jrnlSync, /* xSync */ - jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ - int flags, /* Opening flags */ - int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ -){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - if( nBuf>0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); - if( !p->zBuf ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); - } - p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; - p->nBuf = nBuf; - p->flags = flags; - p->zJournal = zName; - p->pVfs = pVfs; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying -** file has not yet been created, create it now. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ - if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return createFile((JournalFile *)p); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); -} -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h deleted file mode 100644 index 609ff207..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** -** -** The code in this file has been automatically generated by -** -** $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.31 2007/07/30 18:26:20 rse Exp $ -** -** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether -** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing -** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. -** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code -** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications -** on platforms with limited memory. -*/ -/* Hash score: 165 */ -static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ - /* zText[] encodes 775 bytes of keywords in 526 bytes */ - static const char zText[526] = - "BEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDESCAPEACHECKEYCONSTRAINTERSECTABLEFT" - "HENDATABASELECTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISELSEXCEPTRIGGEREFERENCES" - "UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEMPORARYBEGINNEREINDEXCLUSIVEXISTSBETWEEN" - "OTNULLIKECASCADEFERRABLECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDELETEDETACH" - "IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN" - "WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICT" - "CROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOB" - "YIFINTOFFSETISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUM" - "VIEWINITIALLY"; - static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { - 63, 92, 109, 61, 0, 38, 0, 0, 69, 0, 64, 0, 0, - 102, 4, 65, 7, 0, 108, 72, 103, 99, 0, 22, 0, 0, - 113, 0, 111, 106, 0, 18, 80, 0, 1, 0, 0, 56, 57, - 0, 55, 11, 0, 33, 77, 89, 0, 110, 88, 0, 0, 45, - 0, 90, 54, 0, 20, 0, 114, 34, 19, 0, 10, 97, 28, - 83, 0, 0, 116, 93, 47, 115, 41, 12, 44, 0, 78, 0, - 87, 29, 0, 86, 0, 0, 0, 82, 79, 84, 75, 96, 6, - 14, 95, 0, 68, 0, 21, 76, 98, 27, 0, 112, 67, 104, - 49, 40, 71, 0, 0, 81, 100, 0, 107, 0, 15, 0, 0, - 24, 0, 73, 42, 50, 0, 16, 48, 0, 37, - }; - static const unsigned char aNext[116] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 32, 0, 0, - 17, 0, 0, 0, 36, 39, 0, 0, 25, 0, 0, 31, 0, - 0, 0, 43, 52, 0, 0, 0, 53, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 51, 0, 0, 0, 0, 26, 0, 8, 46, - 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 58, 66, 0, 13, - 0, 91, 85, 0, 94, 0, 74, 0, 0, 62, 0, 35, 101, - 0, 0, 105, 23, 30, 60, 70, 0, 0, 59, 0, 0, - }; - static const unsigned char aLen[116] = { - 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, 7, 7, 3, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, - 10, 9, 5, 4, 4, 3, 8, 2, 6, 11, 2, 7, 5, - 5, 4, 6, 7, 10, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 4, 9, - 2, 5, 5, 7, 5, 9, 6, 7, 7, 3, 4, 4, 7, - 3, 10, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, - 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, - 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, - 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 4, 6, 2, 3, 6, - 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, - }; - static const unsigned short int aOffset[116] = { - 0, 2, 2, 6, 10, 13, 18, 23, 25, 26, 31, 33, 37, - 40, 47, 55, 58, 61, 63, 65, 70, 71, 76, 85, 86, 91, - 95, 99, 102, 107, 113, 123, 126, 131, 136, 141, 144, 148, 148, - 152, 157, 160, 164, 166, 169, 177, 183, 189, 189, 192, 195, 199, - 200, 204, 214, 218, 225, 231, 243, 249, 255, 264, 266, 272, 277, - 279, 286, 291, 296, 302, 308, 313, 317, 320, 326, 330, 337, 339, - 346, 348, 350, 359, 363, 369, 375, 383, 388, 388, 404, 411, 418, - 419, 426, 430, 434, 438, 442, 445, 447, 449, 452, 452, 455, 458, - 464, 468, 476, 480, 485, 493, 496, 501, 506, 512, 516, 521, - }; - static const unsigned char aCode[116] = { - TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, - TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, - TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT, - TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DATABASE, - TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_ELSE, TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRIGGER, - TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, - TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, - TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEX, TK_EXCLUSIVE, - TK_EXISTS, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NULL, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE, - TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DELETE, TK_DETACH, - TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, - TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, - TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, - TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, - TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, - TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_INTO, - TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, - TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, - TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, - TK_ALL, - }; - int h, i; - if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; - h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ - (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ - n) % 127; - for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ - if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ - return aCode[i]; - } - } - return TK_ID; -} -int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ - return keywordCode((char*)z, n); -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4f23ede0..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -** -** $Id$ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. -** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. -*/ -int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const char *zLeftover; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - char **azCols = 0; - - int nRetry = 0; - int nCallback; - - if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; - - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - continue; - } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; - } - - nCallback = 0; - - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char *) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - - while( 1 ){ - int i; - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || - (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ - if( 0==nCallback ){ - for(i=0; ierrMask)==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c deleted file mode 100644 index b532708f..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** The version of the library -*/ -const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } -int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } -int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } - -/* -** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if -** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing -** I/O active are written using this function. These messages -** are intended for debugging activity only. -*/ -void (*sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*, ...) = 0; - -/* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. -*/ -char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - - -/* -** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always -** available. -*/ -static int binCollFunc( - void *NotUsed, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - int rc, n; - n = nKey1lastRowid; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). -*/ -int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nChange; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. -*/ -int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nTotalChange; -} - -/* -** Close an existing SQLite database -*/ -int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ - HashElem *i; - int j; - - if( !db ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - { - extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*); - sqlite3SseCleanup(db); - } -#endif - - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above - ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual - ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() - ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active - ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing - ** some prepared statements internally. - */ - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - - /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ - if( db->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ); - - /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database - ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in - ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the - ** "failed to open" state. - ** - ** TODO: Coverage tests do not test the case where this condition is - ** true. It's hard to see how to cause it without messing with threads. - */ - if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - if( j!=1 ){ - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - assert( db->nDb<=2 ); - assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext; - for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){ - pNext = pFunc->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pFunc); - } - } - - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); - /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - if( pColl[j].xDel ){ - pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); - } - } - sqlite3_free(pColl); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); - if( pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3_free(pMod); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); -#endif - - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ - if( db->pErr ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - - /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema - ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). - ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database - ** structure? - */ - sqlite3_free(db->aDb[1].pSchema); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); - sqlite3_free(db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rollback all database files. -*/ -void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int inTrans = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock(1); /* Enter benign region */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - inTrans = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); - db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; - } - } - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock(); /* Leave benign region */ - - if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - - /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ - if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ - db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. -*/ -const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ - const char *z; - switch( rc & 0xff ){ - case SQLITE_ROW: - case SQLITE_DONE: - case SQLITE_OK: z = "not an error"; break; - case SQLITE_ERROR: z = "SQL logic error or missing database"; break; - case SQLITE_PERM: z = "access permission denied"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT: z = "callback requested query abort"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY: z = "database is locked"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED: z = "database table is locked"; break; - case SQLITE_NOMEM: z = "out of memory"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY: z = "attempt to write a readonly database"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: z = "interrupted"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR: z = "disk I/O error"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT: z = "database disk image is malformed"; break; - case SQLITE_FULL: z = "database or disk is full"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: z = "unable to open database file"; break; - case SQLITE_EMPTY: z = "table contains no data"; break; - case SQLITE_SCHEMA: z = "database schema has changed"; break; - case SQLITE_TOOBIG: z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed"; break; - case SQLITE_MISMATCH: z = "datatype mismatch"; break; - case SQLITE_MISUSE: z = "library routine called out of sequence";break; - case SQLITE_NOLFS: z = "kernel lacks large file support"; break; - case SQLITE_AUTH: z = "authorization denied"; break; - case SQLITE_FORMAT: z = "auxiliary database format error"; break; - case SQLITE_RANGE: z = "bind or column index out of range"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTADB: z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break; - default: z = "unknown error"; break; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries -** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is -** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first -** argument. -*/ -static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( - void *ptr, /* Database connection */ - int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ -){ -#if OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) - static const u8 delays[] = - { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; - static const u8 totals[] = - { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; -# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0])) - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = db->busyTimeout; - int delay, prior; - - assert( count>=0 ); - if( count < NDELAY ){ - delay = delays[count]; - prior = totals[count]; - }else{ - delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; - prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); - } - if( prior + delay > timeout ){ - delay = timeout - prior; - if( delay<=0 ) return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); - return 1; -#else - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Invoke the given busy handler. -** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. -*/ -int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( p==0 || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xBusy)(void*,int), - void *pArg -){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; - db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -/* -** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will -** be invoked every nOps opcodes. -*/ -void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), - void *pArg -){ - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( nOps>0 ){ - db->xProgress = xProgress; - db->nProgressOps = nOps; - db->pProgressArg = pArg; - }else{ - db->xProgress = 0; - db->nProgressOps = 0; - db->pProgressArg = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the -** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( ms>0 ){ - db->busyTimeout = ms; - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); - }else{ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. -*/ -void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && (db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY) ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; - } -} - - -/* -** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except -** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is -** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. -*/ -int sqlite3CreateFunc( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *pUserData, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - FuncDef *p; - int nName; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( zFunctionName==0 || - (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || - (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) || - (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - ** - ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function - ** to the hash table. - */ - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } -#else - enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - - /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, - ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function - ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the - ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. - */ - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 0); - if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - } - - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1); - assert(p || db->mallocFailed); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->flags = 0; - p->xFunc = xFunc; - p->xStep = xStep; - p->xFinalize = xFinal; - p->pUserData = pUserData; - p->nArg = nArg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create new user functions. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - char *zFunc8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - sqlite3_free(zFunc8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. -** -** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then -** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. -** -** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they -** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. -** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work -** properly. -*/ -int sqlite3_overload_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nArg -){ - int nName = strlen(zName); - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -/* -** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. -** -** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL -** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each -** SQL statement. -*/ -void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pTraceArg; - db->xTrace = xTrace; - db->pTraceArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -/* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. -** -** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL -** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of -** each SQL statement that is run. -*/ -void *sqlite3_profile( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), - void *pArg -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pProfileArg; - db->xProfile = xProfile; - db->pProfileArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** -** -** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. -** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a -** rollback. -*/ -void *sqlite3_commit_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pCommitArg; - db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; - db->pCommitArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, -** inserted or deleted using this database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pUpdateArg; - db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; - db->pUpdateArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled -** back by this database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pRollbackArg; - db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; - db->pRollbackArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree -** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is -** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then -** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as -** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database -** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as -** soon as the connection is closed. -** -** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically -** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory, -** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the -** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart: -** -** TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database -** ---------- -------------- ------------------------------ -** 0 any file -** 1 1 file -** 1 2 memory -** 1 0 file -** 2 1 file -** 2 2 memory -** 2 0 memory -** 3 any memory -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFactory( - const sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */ - int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */ - int vfsFlags, /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */ - Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ -){ - int btFlags = 0; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( ppBtree != 0); - if( omitJournal ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL; - } - if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; - } - if( zFilename==0 ){ -#if TEMP_STORE==0 - /* Do nothing */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -#if TEMP_STORE==1 - if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#if TEMP_STORE==2 - if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#if TEMP_STORE==3 - zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */ - } - - if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){ - vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler); - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ - const char *z; - if( !db ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ - /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode - ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a - ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with - ** &big_endian[1]. - */ - static const char outOfMemBe[] = { - 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', - 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', - 0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0 - }; - static const char misuseBe [] = { - 0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', - 0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', - 0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', - 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', - 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', - 0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0 - }; - - const void *z; - if( !db ){ - return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]); - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){ - return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is -** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). -*/ -int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - return db->errCode & db->errMask; -} - -/* -** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName -** and the encoding is enc. -*/ -static int createCollation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int enc2; - - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - */ - enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED; - if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - - if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown encoding"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation - ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there - ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. - */ - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 0); - if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - - /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to - ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), - ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. - ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need - ** to be called. - */ - if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ - CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, strlen(zName)); - int j; - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; - if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - p->xDel(p->pUser); - } - p->xCmp = 0; - } - } - } - } - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 1); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->xCmp = xCompare; - pColl->pUser = pCtx; - pColl->xDel = xDel; - pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); - } - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" -** is UTF-8 encoded. -*/ -static int openDatabase( - const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ - unsigned flags, /* Operational flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - CollSeq *pColl; - - /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ - db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); - if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - db->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( db->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(db); - db = 0; - goto opendb_out; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = 0xff; - db->priorNewRowid = 0; - db->nDb = 2; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - db->autoCommit = 1; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 - | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - | SQLITE_LoadExtension -#endif - ; - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); -#endif - - db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( !db->pVfs ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", (zVfs?zVfs:"(null)")); - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 - ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary - ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. - */ - if( createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || - (db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0))==0 - ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ - createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); - - /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */ - db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE; - } - - /* Open the backend database driver */ - db->openFlags = flags; - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &db->aDb[0].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - goto opendb_out; - } - db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); - - - /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp - ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. - */ - db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; - db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; - db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; -#endif - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the - ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database - ** is accessed. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); - - /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered - ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. - */ - (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); - if( sqlite3_errcode(db)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); - } -#endif - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif - -opendb_out: - if( db && db->mutex ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){ - sqlite3_close(db); - db = 0; - } - *ppDb = db; - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} - -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); -} -int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -){ - return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - - assert( zFilename ); - assert( ppDb ); - *ppDb = 0; - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zFilename8 ){ - rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_close(*ppDb); - *ppDb = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zName8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1); - if( zName8 ){ - rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - sqlite3_free(zName8); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; - db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = 0; - db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER -/* -** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a -** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. -*/ -int sqlite3_global_recover(){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit -** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on -** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled -** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. -** -******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** -*/ -int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->autoCommit; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in -** debugging builds. This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when -** corruption is first detected. -*/ -int sqlite3Corrupt(void){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -#endif - -/* -** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific -** data for this thread has been deallocated. -** -** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a -** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. -*/ -void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ -} - -/* -** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. -** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */ -){ - int rc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - Table *pTab = 0; - Column *pCol = 0; - int iCol; - - char const *zDataType = 0; - char const *zCollSeq = 0; - int notnull = 0; - int primarykey = 0; - int autoinc = 0; - - /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto error_out; - } - - /* Locate the table in question */ - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); - if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - - /* Find the column for which info is requested */ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ - iCol = pTab->iPKey; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - } - }else{ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - } - - /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned - ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey - ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. - ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an - ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ - if( pCol ){ - zDataType = pCol->zType; - zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; - notnull = (pCol->notNull?1:0); - primarykey = (pCol->isPrimKey?1:0); - autoinc = ((pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc)?1:0); - }else{ - zDataType = "INTEGER"; - primarykey = 1; - } - if( !zCollSeq ){ - zCollSeq = "BINARY"; - } - -error_out: - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters - ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, - ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. - */ - if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; - if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; - if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; - if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; - if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ - sqlite3SetString(&zErrMsg, "no such table column: ", zTableName, ".", - zColumnName, 0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - int rc; - pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); - - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() - ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. - */ - rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Enable or disable the extended result codes. -*/ -int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. -*/ -int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - int iDb; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDbName==0 ){ - iDb = 0; - }else{ - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; - } - } - if( iDbnDb ){ - Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBtree ){ - Pager *pPager; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); - if( pPager ){ - sqlite3_file *fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - if( fd ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/malloc.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/malloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5ac8a9f2..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/malloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. -** -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -/* -** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the -** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap -** limit. -*/ -static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( - void *NotUsed, - sqlite3_int64 inUse, - int allocSize -){ - sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); -} - -/* -** Set the soft heap-size limit for the current thread. Passing a -** zero or negative value indicates no limit. -*/ -void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ - sqlite3_uint64 iLimit; - int overage; - if( n<0 ){ - iLimit = 0; - }else{ - iLimit = n; - } - if( iLimit>0 ){ - sqlite3_memory_alarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit); - }else{ - sqlite3_memory_alarm(0, 0, 0); - } - overage = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; - if( overage>0 ){ - sqlite3_release_memory(overage); - } -} - -/* -** Release memory held by SQLite instances created by the current thread. -*/ -int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - return sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n); -#else - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ -void *sqlite3MallocZero(unsigned n){ - void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, unsigned n){ - void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, unsigned n){ - void *p = 0; - if( !db || db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - p = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( !p && db ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the -** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag inthe connection object. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew = 0; - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p -** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These -** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are -** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the -** ThreadData structure. -*/ -char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){ - char *zNew; - int n; - if( z==0 ) return 0; - n = strlen(z)+1; - zNew = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( zNew ) memcpy(zNew, z, n); - return zNew; -} -char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){ - char *zNew; - if( z==0 ) return 0; - zNew = sqlite3_malloc(n+1); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - zNew[n] = 0; - } - return zNew; -} - -char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ - char *zNew = sqlite3StrDup(z); - if( z && !zNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return zNew; -} -char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ - char *zNew = sqlite3StrNDup(z, n); - if( z && !zNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return zNew; -} - -/* -** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the -** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from -** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument -** point to that string. The 1st argument must either be NULL or -** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). -*/ -void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){ - va_list ap; - int nByte; - const char *z; - char *zResult; - - assert( pz!=0 ); - nByte = 1; - va_start(ap, pz); - while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){ - nByte += strlen(z); - } - va_end(ap); - sqlite3_free(*pz); - *pz = zResult = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( zResult==0 ){ - return; - } - *zResult = 0; - va_start(ap, pz); - while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){ - int n = strlen(z); - memcpy(zResult, z, n); - zResult += n; - } - zResult[0] = 0; - va_end(ap); -} - - -/* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. -** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or -** sqlite3_realloc. -** -** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this -** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. -** -** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured, -** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) -** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ - /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle - ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed - ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). - */ - assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - db->mallocFailed = 0; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); -} - diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem1.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem1.c deleted file mode 100644 index fa99d8db..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) - -/* -** We will eventually construct multiple memory allocation subsystems -** suitable for use in various contexts: -** -** * Normal multi-threaded builds -** * Normal single-threaded builds -** * Debugging builds -** -** This initial version is suitable for use in normal multi-threaded -** builds. We envision that alternative versions will be stored in -** separate source files. #ifdefs will be used to select the code from -** one of the various memN.c source files for use in any given build. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - /* - ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem.mutex lock will - ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into - ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be - ** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive - ** callbacks. - */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; - void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); - void *alarmArg; - int alarmBusy; - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** Current allocation and high-water mark. - */ - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - sqlite3_int64 mxUsed; - - -} mem; - -/* -** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated. -*/ -static void enterMem(void){ - if( mem.mutex==0 ){ - mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.nowUsed; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been -** checked out since either the beginning of this process -** or since the most recent reset. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.mxUsed; - if( resetFlag ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Change the alarm callback -*/ -int sqlite3_memory_alarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - enterMem(); - mem.alarmCallback = xCallback; - mem.alarmArg = pArg; - mem.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Trigger the alarm -*/ -static void sqlite3MemsysAlarm(int nByte){ - void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - void *pArg; - if( mem.alarmCallback==0 || mem.alarmBusy ) return; - mem.alarmBusy = 1; - xCallback = mem.alarmCallback; - nowUsed = mem.nowUsed; - pArg = mem.alarmArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.alarmBusy = 0; -} - -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int nBytes){ - sqlite3_int64 *p = 0; - if( nBytes>0 ){ - enterMem(); - if( mem.alarmCallback!=0 && mem.nowUsed+nBytes>=mem.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes); - } - p = malloc(nBytes+8); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes); - p = malloc(nBytes+8); - } - if( p ){ - p[0] = nBytes; - p++; - mem.nowUsed += nBytes; - if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - } - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){ - sqlite3_int64 *p; - int nByte; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return; - } - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - p = pPrior; - p--; - nByte = (int)*p; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.nowUsed -= nByte; - free(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - sqlite3_int64 *p; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - p = pPrior; - p--; - nOld = (int)p[0]; - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - if( mem.nowUsed+nBytes-nOld>=mem.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes-nOld); - } - p = realloc(p, nBytes+8); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes); - p = realloc(p, nBytes+8); - } - if( p ){ - p[0] = nBytes; - p++; - mem.nowUsed += nBytes-nOld; - if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return (void*)p; -} - -#endif /* !SQLITE_MEMDEBUG && !SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem2.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem2.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3cdf5cb8..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mem2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,546 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined and SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION -** is not defined. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) - -/* -** We will eventually construct multiple memory allocation subsystems -** suitable for use in various contexts: -** -** * Normal multi-threaded builds -** * Normal single-threaded builds -** * Debugging builds -** -** This version is suitable for use in debugging builds. -** -** Features: -** -** * Every allocate has guards at both ends. -** * New allocations are initialized with randomness -** * Allocations are overwritten with randomness when freed -** * Optional logs of malloc activity generated -** * Summary of outstanding allocations with backtraces to the -** point of allocation. -** * The ability to simulate memory allocation failure -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC -*/ -#ifdef __GLIBC__ - extern int backtrace(void**,int); - extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); -#else -# define backtrace(A,B) 0 -# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) -#endif - -/* -** Each memory allocation looks like this: -** -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** -** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have -** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The -** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of -** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the -** MemBlockHdr. -*/ -struct MemBlockHdr { - struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ - int iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ - char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ - char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ - short nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ - int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ -}; - -/* -** Guard words -*/ -#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 -#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - /* - ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem.mutex lock will - ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into - ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be - ** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive - ** callbacks. - */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; - void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int); - void *alarmArg; - int alarmBusy; - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** Current allocation and high-water mark. - */ - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - sqlite3_int64 mxUsed; - - /* - ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations - */ - struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; - struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - - /* - ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. - */ - int nBacktrace; - - /* - ** Title text to insert in front of each block - */ - int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ - char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - - /* - ** These values are used to simulate malloc failures. When - ** iFail is 1, simulate a malloc failures and reset the value - ** to iReset. - */ - int iFail; /* Decrement and fail malloc when this is 1 */ - int iReset; /* When malloc fails set iiFail to this value */ - int iFailCnt; /* Number of failures */ - int iBenignFailCnt; /* Number of benign failures */ - int iNextIsBenign; /* True if the next call to malloc may fail benignly */ - int iIsBenign; /* All malloc calls may fail benignly */ - - /* - ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. - ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. - */ - int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ - - -} mem; - - -/* -** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated. -*/ -static void enterMem(void){ - if( mem.mutex==0 ){ - mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.nowUsed; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been -** checked out since either the beginning of this process -** or since the most recent reset. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.mxUsed; - if( resetFlag ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Change the alarm callback -*/ -int sqlite3_memory_alarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used, int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - enterMem(); - mem.alarmCallback = xCallback; - mem.alarmArg = pArg; - mem.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Trigger the alarm -*/ -static void sqlite3MemsysAlarm(int nByte){ - void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - void *pArg; - if( mem.alarmCallback==0 || mem.alarmBusy ) return; - mem.alarmBusy = 1; - xCallback = mem.alarmCallback; - nowUsed = mem.nowUsed; - pArg = mem.alarmArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.alarmBusy = 0; -} - -/* -** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. -** -** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and -** if they are incorrect it asserts. -*/ -static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ - struct MemBlockHdr *p; - int *pInt; - - p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; - p--; - assert( p->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); - assert( (p->iSize & 3)==0 ); - pInt = (int*)pAllocation; - assert( pInt[p->iSize/sizeof(int)]==REARGUARD ); - return p; -} - -/* -** This routine is called once the first time a simulated memory -** failure occurs. The sole purpose of this routine is to provide -** a convenient place to set a debugger breakpoint when debugging -** errors related to malloc() failures. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemsysFailed(void){ - mem.iFailCnt = 0; - mem.iBenignFailCnt = 0; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - int *pInt; - void *p = 0; - int totalSize; - - if( nByte>0 ){ - enterMem(); - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - if( mem.alarmCallback!=0 && mem.nowUsed+nByte>=mem.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nByte); - } - nByte = (nByte+3)&~3; - totalSize = nByte + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + - mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; - if( mem.iFail>0 ){ - if( mem.iFail==1 ){ - p = 0; - mem.iFail = mem.iReset; - if( mem.iFailCnt==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysFailed(); /* A place to set a breakpoint */ - } - mem.iFailCnt++; - if( mem.iNextIsBenign || mem.iIsBenign ){ - mem.iBenignFailCnt++; - } - }else{ - p = malloc(totalSize); - mem.iFail--; - } - }else{ - p = malloc(totalSize); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nByte); - p = malloc(totalSize); - } - } - if( p ){ - z = p; - pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; - pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; - pHdr->pNext = 0; - pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; - if( mem.pLast ){ - mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; - }else{ - mem.pFirst = pHdr; - } - mem.pLast = pHdr; - pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; - pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; - pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; - if( mem.nBacktrace ){ - void *aAddr[40]; - pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; - memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); - }else{ - pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; - } - if( mem.nTitle ){ - memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); - } - pHdr->iSize = nByte; - pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; - pInt[nByte/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; - memset(pInt, 0x65, nByte); - mem.nowUsed += nByte; - if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - p = (void*)pInt; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - } - mem.iNextIsBenign = 0; - return p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return; - } - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.nowUsed -= pHdr->iSize; - if( pHdr->pPrev ){ - assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); - pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; - }else{ - assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); - mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; - } - if( pHdr->pNext ){ - assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); - pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; - }else{ - assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); - mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; - } - z = (char*)pBt; - z -= pHdr->nTitle; - memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + - pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); - free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. -** -** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is -** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find -** the error. -*/ -void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; - void *pNew; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - } - if( nByte<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize); - if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ - memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize); - } - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. -** A value of zero turns of backtracing. The number is always rounded -** up to a multiple of 2. -*/ -void sqlite3_memdebug_backtrace(int depth){ - if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } - if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } - depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; - mem.nBacktrace = depth; -} - -/* -** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. -*/ -void sqlite3_memdebug_settitle(const char *zTitle){ - int n = strlen(zTitle) + 1; - enterMem(); - if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; - memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); - mem.zTitle[n] = 0; - mem.nTitle = (n+3)&~3; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory -** allocations into that log. -*/ -void sqlite3_memdebug_dump(const char *zFilename){ - FILE *out; - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); - if( out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", - zFilename); - return; - } - for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ - char *z = (char*)pHdr; - z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %d bytes at %p from %s ****\n", - pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); - if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ - fflush(out); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - } - fclose(out); -} - -/* -** This routine is used to simulate malloc failures. -** -** After calling this routine, there will be iFail successful -** memory allocations and then a failure. If iRepeat is 1 -** all subsequent memory allocations will fail. If iRepeat is -** 0, only a single allocation will fail. If iRepeat is negative -** then the previous setting for iRepeat is unchanged. -** -** Each call to this routine overrides the previous. To disable -** the simulated allocation failure mechanism, set iFail to -1. -** -** This routine returns the number of simulated failures that have -** occurred since the previous call. -*/ -int sqlite3_memdebug_fail(int iFail, int iRepeat, int *piBenign){ - int n = mem.iFailCnt; - if( piBenign ){ - *piBenign = mem.iBenignFailCnt; - } - mem.iFail = iFail+1; - if( iRepeat>=0 ){ - mem.iReset = iRepeat; - } - mem.iFailCnt = 0; - mem.iBenignFailCnt = 0; - return n; -} - -int sqlite3_memdebug_pending(){ - return (mem.iFail-1); -} - -/* -** The following three functions are used to indicate to the test -** infrastructure which malloc() calls may fail benignly without -** affecting functionality. This can happen when resizing hash tables -** (failing to resize a hash-table is a performance hit, but not an -** error) or sometimes during a rollback operation. -** -** If the argument is true, sqlite3MallocBenignFailure() indicates that the -** next call to allocate memory may fail benignly. -** -** If sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock() is called with a non-zero argument, -** then all memory allocations requested before the next call to -** sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock() may fail benignly. -*/ -void sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(int isBenign){ - if( isBenign ){ - mem.iNextIsBenign = 1; - } -} -void sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock(int isBenign){ - if( isBenign ){ - mem.iIsBenign = 1; - } -} -void sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock(){ - mem.iIsBenign = 0; -} - -/* -** The following two routines are used to assert that no memory -** allocations occur between one call and the next. The use of -** these routines does not change the computed results in any way. -** These routines are like asserts. -*/ -void sqlite3MallocDisallow(void){ - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.disallow++; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} -void sqlite3MallocAllow(void){ - assert( mem.mutex ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - assert( mem.disallow>0 ); - mem.disallow--; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG && !SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 687ee549..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** The implementation in this file does not provide any mutual -** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications -** that use SQLite in a single thread. But this implementation -** does do a lot of error checking on mutexes to make sure they -** are called correctly and at appropriate times. Hence, this -** implementation is suitable for testing. -** debugging purposes -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG -/* -** In this implementation, mutexes do not provide any mutual exclusion. -** But the error checking is provided. This implementation is useful -** for test purposes. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - int id; /* The mutex type */ - int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ - static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[5]; - sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0; - switch( id ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->id = id; - pNew->cnt = 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( id-2 >= 0 ); - assert( id-2 < sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0]) ); - pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; - pNew->id = id; - break; - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->cnt==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - p->cnt++; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - p->cnt++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p) ); - p->cnt--; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->cnt>0; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->cnt==0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.h deleted file mode 100644 index 008a1e52..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. -** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available -** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code -** better organized. -** -** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. -** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file -** include this one indirectly. -** -** $Id$ -*/ - - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF -/* -** If SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF is defined, then this whole module is -** omitted and equivalent functionality must be provided by the -** application that links against the SQLite library. -*/ -#else -/* -** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications that -** do not desire error checking. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG For single-threaded applications with -** error checking to help verify that mutexes -** are being used correctly even though they -** are not needed. Used when SQLITE_DEBUG is -** defined on single-threaded builds. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP 1 /* The default */ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_UNIX -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_WIN -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_OS2 -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -/* -** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. -*/ -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) 1 -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) 1 -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c deleted file mode 100644 index 941d6689..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_unix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe -** under unix with pthreads. -** -** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that -** supports recursive mutexes. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS - -#include - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ - pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){ - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - }; - sqlite3_mutex *p; - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; - pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); - p->id = iType; - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p) ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, -** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to -** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is -** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a -** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are -** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines -** will not always work correctly on HPUX. -** -** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite -** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to -** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these -** routines are never called. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; -} -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_w32.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_w32.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9e9f00c0..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/mutex_w32.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded -** on a win32 system. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ - DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ -}; - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ -#if OS_WINCE -# define mutexIsNT() (1) -#else - static int mutexIsNT(void){ - static int osType = 0; - if( osType==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return osType==2; - } -#endif /* OS_WINCE */ - - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4 -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){ - sqlite3_mutex *p; - - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - } - break; - } - default: { - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[5]; - static int isInit = 0; - while( !isInit ){ - static long lock = 0; - if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); - p->nRef++; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ - p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId()); -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId(); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c deleted file mode 100644 index ac283bd7..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ - static const char *const azName[] = { "?", - /* 1 */ "MemLoad", - /* 2 */ "VNext", - /* 3 */ "Column", - /* 4 */ "SetCookie", - /* 5 */ "IfMemPos", - /* 6 */ "Sequence", - /* 7 */ "MoveGt", - /* 8 */ "RowKey", - /* 9 */ "OpenWrite", - /* 10 */ "If", - /* 11 */ "Pop", - /* 12 */ "VRowid", - /* 13 */ "CollSeq", - /* 14 */ "OpenRead", - /* 15 */ "Expire", - /* 16 */ "Not", - /* 17 */ "AutoCommit", - /* 18 */ "IntegrityCk", - /* 19 */ "Sort", - /* 20 */ "Function", - /* 21 */ "Noop", - /* 22 */ "Return", - /* 23 */ "NewRowid", - /* 24 */ "IfMemNeg", - /* 25 */ "Variable", - /* 26 */ "String", - /* 27 */ "RealAffinity", - /* 28 */ "VRename", - /* 29 */ "ParseSchema", - /* 30 */ "VOpen", - /* 31 */ "Close", - /* 32 */ "CreateIndex", - /* 33 */ "IsUnique", - /* 34 */ "NotFound", - /* 35 */ "Int64", - /* 36 */ "MustBeInt", - /* 37 */ "Halt", - /* 38 */ "Rowid", - /* 39 */ "IdxLT", - /* 40 */ "AddImm", - /* 41 */ "Statement", - /* 42 */ "RowData", - /* 43 */ "MemMax", - /* 44 */ "Push", - /* 45 */ "NotExists", - /* 46 */ "MemIncr", - /* 47 */ "Gosub", - /* 48 */ "Integer", - /* 49 */ "MemInt", - /* 50 */ "Prev", - /* 51 */ "VColumn", - /* 52 */ "CreateTable", - /* 53 */ "Last", - /* 54 */ "IncrVacuum", - /* 55 */ "IdxRowid", - /* 56 */ "MakeIdxRec", - /* 57 */ "ResetCount", - /* 58 */ "FifoWrite", - /* 59 */ "Callback", - /* 60 */ "Or", - /* 61 */ "And", - /* 62 */ "ContextPush", - /* 63 */ "DropTrigger", - /* 64 */ "DropIndex", - /* 65 */ "IsNull", - /* 66 */ "NotNull", - /* 67 */ "Ne", - /* 68 */ "Eq", - /* 69 */ "Gt", - /* 70 */ "Le", - /* 71 */ "Lt", - /* 72 */ "Ge", - /* 73 */ "IdxGE", - /* 74 */ "BitAnd", - /* 75 */ "BitOr", - /* 76 */ "ShiftLeft", - /* 77 */ "ShiftRight", - /* 78 */ "Add", - /* 79 */ "Subtract", - /* 80 */ "Multiply", - /* 81 */ "Divide", - /* 82 */ "Remainder", - /* 83 */ "Concat", - /* 84 */ "IdxDelete", - /* 85 */ "Negative", - /* 86 */ "Vacuum", - /* 87 */ "BitNot", - /* 88 */ "String8", - /* 89 */ "MoveLe", - /* 90 */ "IfNot", - /* 91 */ "DropTable", - /* 92 */ "MakeRecord", - /* 93 */ "Delete", - /* 94 */ "AggFinal", - /* 95 */ "Dup", - /* 96 */ "Goto", - /* 97 */ "TableLock", - /* 98 */ "FifoRead", - /* 99 */ "Clear", - /* 100 */ "IdxGT", - /* 101 */ "MoveLt", - /* 102 */ "VerifyCookie", - /* 103 */ "AggStep", - /* 104 */ "Pull", - /* 105 */ "SetNumColumns", - /* 106 */ "AbsValue", - /* 107 */ "Transaction", - /* 108 */ "VFilter", - /* 109 */ "VDestroy", - /* 110 */ "ContextPop", - /* 111 */ "Next", - /* 112 */ "IdxInsert", - /* 113 */ "Distinct", - /* 114 */ "Insert", - /* 115 */ "Destroy", - /* 116 */ "ReadCookie", - /* 117 */ "ForceInt", - /* 118 */ "LoadAnalysis", - /* 119 */ "Explain", - /* 120 */ "IfMemZero", - /* 121 */ "OpenPseudo", - /* 122 */ "OpenEphemeral", - /* 123 */ "Null", - /* 124 */ "Blob", - /* 125 */ "Real", - /* 126 */ "HexBlob", - /* 127 */ "MemStore", - /* 128 */ "Rewind", - /* 129 */ "MoveGe", - /* 130 */ "VBegin", - /* 131 */ "VUpdate", - /* 132 */ "VCreate", - /* 133 */ "MemMove", - /* 134 */ "MemNull", - /* 135 */ "Found", - /* 136 */ "NullRow", - /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137", - /* 138 */ "ToText", - /* 139 */ "ToBlob", - /* 140 */ "ToNumeric", - /* 141 */ "ToInt", - /* 142 */ "ToReal", - }; - return azName[i]; -} -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h deleted file mode 100644 index c4b57608..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_MemLoad 1 -#define OP_VNext 2 -#define OP_HexBlob 126 /* same as TK_BLOB */ -#define OP_Column 3 -#define OP_SetCookie 4 -#define OP_IfMemPos 5 -#define OP_Real 125 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ -#define OP_Sequence 6 -#define OP_MoveGt 7 -#define OP_Ge 72 /* same as TK_GE */ -#define OP_RowKey 8 -#define OP_Eq 68 /* same as TK_EQ */ -#define OP_OpenWrite 9 -#define OP_NotNull 66 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_If 10 -#define OP_ToInt 141 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_String8 88 /* same as TK_STRING */ -#define OP_Pop 11 -#define OP_VRowid 12 -#define OP_CollSeq 13 -#define OP_OpenRead 14 -#define OP_Expire 15 -#define OP_AutoCommit 17 -#define OP_Gt 69 /* same as TK_GT */ -#define OP_IntegrityCk 18 -#define OP_Sort 19 -#define OP_Function 20 -#define OP_And 61 /* same as TK_AND */ -#define OP_Subtract 79 /* same as TK_MINUS */ -#define OP_Noop 21 -#define OP_Return 22 -#define OP_Remainder 82 /* same as TK_REM */ -#define OP_NewRowid 23 -#define OP_Multiply 80 /* same as TK_STAR */ -#define OP_IfMemNeg 24 -#define OP_Variable 25 -#define OP_String 26 -#define OP_RealAffinity 27 -#define OP_VRename 28 -#define OP_ParseSchema 29 -#define OP_VOpen 30 -#define OP_Close 31 -#define OP_CreateIndex 32 -#define OP_IsUnique 33 -#define OP_NotFound 34 -#define OP_Int64 35 -#define OP_MustBeInt 36 -#define OP_Halt 37 -#define OP_Rowid 38 -#define OP_IdxLT 39 -#define OP_AddImm 40 -#define OP_Statement 41 -#define OP_RowData 42 -#define OP_MemMax 43 -#define OP_Push 44 -#define OP_Or 60 /* same as TK_OR */ -#define OP_NotExists 45 -#define OP_MemIncr 46 -#define OP_Gosub 47 -#define OP_Divide 81 /* same as TK_SLASH */ -#define OP_Integer 48 -#define OP_ToNumeric 140 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ -#define OP_MemInt 49 -#define OP_Prev 50 -#define OP_Concat 83 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ -#define OP_BitAnd 74 /* same as TK_BITAND */ -#define OP_VColumn 51 -#define OP_CreateTable 52 -#define OP_Last 53 -#define OP_IsNull 65 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ -#define OP_IncrVacuum 54 -#define OP_IdxRowid 55 -#define OP_MakeIdxRec 56 -#define OP_ShiftRight 77 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ -#define OP_ResetCount 57 -#define OP_FifoWrite 58 -#define OP_Callback 59 -#define OP_ContextPush 62 -#define OP_DropTrigger 63 -#define OP_DropIndex 64 -#define OP_IdxGE 73 -#define OP_IdxDelete 84 -#define OP_Vacuum 86 -#define OP_MoveLe 89 -#define OP_IfNot 90 -#define OP_DropTable 91 -#define OP_MakeRecord 92 -#define OP_ToBlob 139 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_Delete 93 -#define OP_AggFinal 94 -#define OP_ShiftLeft 76 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ -#define OP_Dup 95 -#define OP_Goto 96 -#define OP_TableLock 97 -#define OP_FifoRead 98 -#define OP_Clear 99 -#define OP_IdxGT 100 -#define OP_MoveLt 101 -#define OP_Le 70 /* same as TK_LE */ -#define OP_VerifyCookie 102 -#define OP_AggStep 103 -#define OP_Pull 104 -#define OP_ToText 138 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_Not 16 /* same as TK_NOT */ -#define OP_ToReal 142 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_SetNumColumns 105 -#define OP_AbsValue 106 -#define OP_Transaction 107 -#define OP_VFilter 108 -#define OP_Negative 85 /* same as TK_UMINUS */ -#define OP_Ne 67 /* same as TK_NE */ -#define OP_VDestroy 109 -#define OP_ContextPop 110 -#define OP_BitOr 75 /* same as TK_BITOR */ -#define OP_Next 111 -#define OP_IdxInsert 112 -#define OP_Distinct 113 -#define OP_Lt 71 /* same as TK_LT */ -#define OP_Insert 114 -#define OP_Destroy 115 -#define OP_ReadCookie 116 -#define OP_ForceInt 117 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 118 -#define OP_Explain 119 -#define OP_IfMemZero 120 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 121 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 122 -#define OP_Null 123 -#define OP_Blob 124 -#define OP_Add 78 /* same as TK_PLUS */ -#define OP_MemStore 127 -#define OP_Rewind 128 -#define OP_MoveGe 129 -#define OP_VBegin 130 -#define OP_VUpdate 131 -#define OP_BitNot 87 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_VCreate 132 -#define OP_MemMove 133 -#define OP_MemNull 134 -#define OP_Found 135 -#define OP_NullRow 136 - -/* The following opcode values are never used */ -#define OP_NotUsed_137 137 - -/* Opcodes that are guaranteed to never push a value onto the stack -** contain a 1 their corresponding position of the following mask -** set. See the opcodeNoPush() function in vdbeaux.c */ -#define NOPUSH_MASK_0 0xeeb4 -#define NOPUSH_MASK_1 0xf96b -#define NOPUSH_MASK_2 0xfbb6 -#define NOPUSH_MASK_3 0xfe64 -#define NOPUSH_MASK_4 0xffff -#define NOPUSH_MASK_5 0x6ef7 -#define NOPUSH_MASK_6 0xfbfb -#define NOPUSH_MASK_7 0x8767 -#define NOPUSH_MASK_8 0x7d9f -#define NOPUSH_MASK_9 0x0000 diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3b6ca7bc..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,282 +0,0 @@ - /* -** 2005 November 29 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all -** architectures. -*/ -#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ - -/* -** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate -** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory -** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. -** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() -** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. -** -** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure -** testing: -** -** sqlite3OsOpen() -** sqlite3OsRead() -** sqlite3OsWrite() -** sqlite3OsSync() -** sqlite3OsLock() -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) { \ - void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3_malloc(10); \ - if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \ - sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ - } -#else - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST -#endif - -/* -** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods -** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All -** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using -** C++ instead of plain old C. -*/ -int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pId->pMethods ){ - rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); - pId->pMethods = 0; - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ - return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); -} -int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); -} -int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); -} -int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); -} -int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); -} -int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id); -} -int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id,op,pArg); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* The following two variables are used to override the values returned - ** by the xSectorSize() and xDeviceCharacteristics() vfs methods for - ** testing purposes. They are usually set by a test command implemented - ** in test6.c. - */ - int sqlite3_test_sector_size = 0; - int sqlite3_test_device_characteristics = 0; - int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - int dc = id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); - return dc | sqlite3_test_device_characteristics; - } - int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - if( sqlite3_test_sector_size==0 ){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); - } - return sqlite3_test_sector_size; - } -#else - int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); - } - int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); - } -#endif - -/* -** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the -** VFS methods. -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pFlagsOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut); -} -int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); -} -int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags){ - return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags); -} -int sqlite3OsGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBufOut, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xGetTempname(pVfs, nBufOut, zBufOut); -} -int sqlite3OsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nPathOut, - char *zPathOut -){ - return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); -} -void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ - return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); -} -void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ - return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHandle, zSymbol); -} -void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); -} -int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ - return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); -} -int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){ - return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut); -} - -int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zFile, - sqlite3_file **ppFile, - int flags, - int *pOutFlags -){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_file *pFile; - pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(pVfs->szOsFile); - if( pFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pFile); - }else{ - *ppFile = pFile; - } - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); - sqlite3_free(pFile); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The list of all registered VFS implementations. This list is -** initialized to the single VFS returned by sqlite3OsDefaultVfs() -** upon the first call to sqlite3_vfs_find(). -*/ -static sqlite3_vfs *vfsList = 0; - -/* -** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the -** first VFS on the list. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - static int isInit = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( !isInit ){ - vfsList = sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(); - isInit = 1; - } - for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ - if( zVfs==0 ) break; - if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return pVfs; -} - -/* -** Unlink a VFS from the linked list -*/ -static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); - if( vfsList==pVfs ){ - vfsList = pVfs->pNext; - }else{ - sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; - while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ - p = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ - p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same -** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is -** true. -*/ -int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_vfs_find(0); /* Make sure we are initialized */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList; - vfsList = pVfs; - }else{ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; - vfsList->pNext = pVfs; - } - assert(vfsList); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. -*/ -int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - assert(vfsList); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h deleted file mode 100644 index 554952df..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file -** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that -** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. -** -** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up -** being included by every source file. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ -#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ - -/* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of OS_UNIX, OS_WIN, OS_OS2, and OS_OTHER will defined to either -** 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other three will be 0. -*/ -#if defined(OS_OTHER) -# if OS_OTHER==1 -# undef OS_UNIX -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# undef OS_WIN -# define OS_WIN 0 -# undef OS_OS2 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# else -# undef OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER) -# define OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define OS_WIN 1 -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) -# define OS_WIN 0 -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# define OS_OS2 1 -# else -# define OS_WIN 0 -# define OS_UNIX 1 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# endif -# else -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# endif -#else -# ifndef OS_WIN -# define OS_WIN 0 -# endif -#endif - - - -/* -** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename -*/ -#if OS_WIN -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) -#elif OS_OS2 -# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) -# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ -# endif -# define INCL_DOSDATETIME -# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR -# define INCL_DOSERRORS -# define INCL_DOSMISC -# define INCL_DOSPROCESS -# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) -#else -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 -#endif - -/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it -** a no-op -*/ -#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC -# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) -#endif - -/* -** The default size of a disk sector -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512 -#endif - -/* -** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random -** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the -** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. -** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the -** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits -** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done -** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. -** -** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then -** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it -** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a -** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the -** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" -** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but -** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart -** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid -** of the file. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX -# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" -#endif - -/* -** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h" -** header file available for that interface. Presumably the "os_other.h" -** header file contains #defines similar to those above. -*/ -#if OS_OTHER -# include "os_other.h" -#endif - - -/* -** The following values may be passed as the second argument to -** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: -** -** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. -** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at -** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. -** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at -** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new -** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. -** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. -** -** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a -** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING -** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to -** sqlite3OsLock(). -*/ -#define NO_LOCK 0 -#define SHARED_LOCK 1 -#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 -#define PENDING_LOCK 3 -#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 - -/* -** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) -** -** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because -** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and -** UnlockFile(). -** -** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the -** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. -** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. -** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking -** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. -** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from -** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. -** -** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, -** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks -** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used -** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme -** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. -** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single -** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. -** -** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. -** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which -** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. -** -** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for -** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte -** ranges for locking. In particular, the same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having -** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file -** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever -** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between -** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by -** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. -** -** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store -** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates -** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so -** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. -** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE -** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic -** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. -** -** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible -** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice -** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. -** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the -** 1GB boundary. -** -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEST -#define PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */ -#else -extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte; -#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte -#endif - -#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) -#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) -#define SHARED_SIZE 510 - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods -*/ -int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); -int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); -int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); -int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); -int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id); -int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); -int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); -int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -int sqlite3OsGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); -void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); -void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *); -void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); -int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); -int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*); - -/* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using -** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); -int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); - -/* -** Each OS-specific backend defines an instance of the following -** structure for returning a pointer to its sqlite3_vfs. If OS_OTHER -** is defined (meaning that the application-defined OS interface layer -** is used) then there is no default VFS. The application must -** register one or more VFS structures using sqlite3_vfs_register() -** before attempting to use SQLite. -*/ -#if OS_UNIX || OS_WIN || OS_OS2 -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void); -#else -# define sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(X) 0 -#endif - -#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8de4be97..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - - -/* - * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the - * pending-byte in the database file. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -int sqlite3_os_trace = 0; -#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ - if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ - if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) -#else -#define OSTRACE1(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE -__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long int x; - __asm__("rdtsc\n\t" - "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t" - :"=A" (x)); - return x; -} -static unsigned long long int g_start; -static unsigned int elapse; -#define TIMER_START g_start=hwtime() -#define TIMER_END elapse=hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED elapse -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED 0 -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; -int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; -int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; -int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_io_error_pending || sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \ - if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \ - || (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c deleted file mode 100644 index e95435e7..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2749 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#if OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ - -/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */ - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, these should be no-ops. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -/* -** standard include files. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -#include -#include -#include -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define -** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# include -# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating a new file -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum supported path-length. -*/ -#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 - - -/* -** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the unix -** protability layer. -*/ -typedef struct unixFile unixFile; -struct unixFile { - sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that - ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. - */ - char aPadding[32]; -#endif - struct openCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */ - struct lockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - int h; /* The file descriptor */ - unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ - int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. -*/ -#ifndef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# undef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW -# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* -** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it -** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something -** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under -** DJGPP. But it's DOS - what did you expect? -*/ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0 -#endif - -/* -** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -#define threadid pthread_self() -#else -#define threadid 0 -#endif - -/* -** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile -** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the -** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do -** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction -** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread -** to another. This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that -** by mistake. -** -** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to -** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads -** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior) -** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be -** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the -** transferOwnership() function below for additional information -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self() -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \ - !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self())) -#else -# define SET_THREADID(X) -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks: ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) -** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process -** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set -** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies -** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different -** file descriptor. Consider this test case: -** -** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** -** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because -** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set -** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock -** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to -** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. -** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the -** second overrides the first, even though they were on different -** file descriptors opened on different file names. -** -** Bummer. If you ask me, this is broken. Badly broken. It means -** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among -** competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine -** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not -** threads within the same process. -** -** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally -** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the -** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the -** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) -** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are -** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the -** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same -** inode. -** -** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file -** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file -** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal -** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure -** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures -** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps -** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" -** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the -** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. -** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. -** -** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a -** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between -** a locked and an unlocked state. -** -** 2004-Jan-11: -** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks. (The more -** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are -** an abomination.) -** -** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, -** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are -** released. To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains -** a pointer to an openCnt structure. There is one openCnt structure -** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single -** openCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are -** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call -** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. -** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to -** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock -** clears. -** -** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate -** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks -** to the same file in other threads. Linux threads behave like -** separate processes in this respect. But, if you close a file -** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks -** on other threads and even though the other threads have different -** process IDs. Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect. -** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.) -** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo -** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because -** locks in different threads are treated as distinct. But the -** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its -** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current -** thread. Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could -** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure. -** -** 2004-Jun-28: -** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks. -** On others not. Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same -** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable. The -** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far -** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same -** inconsistency. There is no little doubt in my mind that posix -** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken. -** -** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime -** whether or not threads can override each others locks. This test -** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted. A static -** variable is set to record the results of this test for future -** use. -*/ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode. -** -** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the -** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override -** each others locks then tid is always set to zero. tid is omitted -** if we compile without threading support. -*/ -struct lockKey { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode on each thread with a different process ID. (Threads have -** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.) -** -** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile -** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this -** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. -*/ -struct lockInfo { - struct lockKey key; /* The lookup key */ - int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ - int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode. This -** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted. -*/ -struct openKey { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that -** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding -** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the -** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list. -*/ -struct openCnt { - struct openKey key; /* The lookup key */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */ - int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */ - int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */ -}; - -/* -** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and -** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures. Access to -** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex. -*/ -static Hash lockHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; -static Hash openHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking -** capabilities supported by different file systems. -** -** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks -** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks -** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock -** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special -** file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this -** can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking -** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for -** read-only file systems currently -** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for -** file systems that are known to be unsupported -*/ -typedef enum { - posixLockingStyle = 0, /* standard posix-advisory locks */ - afpLockingStyle, /* use afp locks */ - flockLockingStyle, /* use flock() */ - dotlockLockingStyle, /* use .lock files */ - noLockingStyle, /* useful for read-only file system */ - unsupportedLockingStyle /* indicates unsupported file system */ -} sqlite3LockingStyle; -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. -*/ -static void enterMutex(){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -static void leaveMutex(){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -/* -** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others -** locks. -** -** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. -** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. -** -1: We don't know yet. -** -** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each -** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro -** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at -** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is -** undefined. -** -** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make -** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify -** that the right stuff happens in either case. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -#else -static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -#endif - -/* -** This structure holds information passed into individual test -** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine. -*/ -struct threadTestData { - int fd; /* File to be locked */ - struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */ - int result; /* Result of the locking operation */ -}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -/* -** Print out information about all locking operations. -** -** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded -** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally -** turned off. -*/ -static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ - char *zOpName, *zType; - int s; - int savedErrno; - if( op==F_GETLK ){ - zOpName = "GETLK"; - }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ - zOpName = "SETLK"; - }else{ - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); - return s; - } - if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); - savedErrno = errno; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", - threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, - (int)p->l_pid, s); - if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ - struct flock l2; - l2 = *p; - fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); - if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", - zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); - } - errno = savedErrno; - return s; -} -#define fcntl lockTrace -#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ - -/* -** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate -** threads on this routine. This routine attempts to lock a file -** descriptor then returns. The success or failure of that attempt -** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine -** whether or not threads can override each others locks. -*/ -static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){ - struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg; - pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock); - return pArg; -} - -/* -** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads -** can override each others locks then sets the -** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately. -*/ -static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){ - int fd; - struct threadTestData d[2]; - pthread_t t[2]; - - fd = dup(fd_orig); - if( fd<0 ) return; - memset(d, 0, sizeof(d)); - d[0].fd = fd; - d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - d[0].lock.l_len = 1; - d[0].lock.l_start = 0; - d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - d[1] = d[0]; - d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]); - pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]); - pthread_join(t[0], 0); - pthread_join(t[1], 0); - close(fd); - threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ - -/* -** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -*/ -static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){ - if (pLock == NULL) - return; - pLock->nRef--; - if( pLock->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0); - sqlite3_free(pLock); - } -} - -/* -** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -*/ -static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){ - if (pOpen == NULL) - return; - pOpen->nRef--; - if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0); - free(pOpen->aPending); - sqlite3_free(pOpen); - } -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are -** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle. -*/ -static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3TestLockingStyle( - const char *filePath, - int fd -){ - /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */ - struct flock lockInfo; - - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - - if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - return posixLockingStyle; - } - - /* testing for flock can give false positives. So if if the above test - ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking. - */ - return dotlockLockingStyle; -} - -/* -** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by -** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the -** appropriate locking style based on it's value. These values and -** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on -** other systems. -*/ -static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3DetectLockingStyle( - const char *filePath, - int fd -){ - -#ifdef SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE - return (sqlite3LockingStyle)SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE; -#else - struct statfs fsInfo; - - if (statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1) - return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); - - if (fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY) - return noLockingStyle; - - if( (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")) || - (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")) ) - return posixLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs")) - return afpLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")) - return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs")) - return flockLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos")) - return dotlockLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav")) - return unsupportedLockingStyle; - - return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); -#endif /* SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE */ -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that -** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The -** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs. -** -** Return the number of errors. -*/ -static int findLockInfo( - int fd, /* The file descriptor used in the key */ - struct lockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the lockInfo structure here */ - struct openCnt **ppOpen /* Return the openCnt structure here */ -){ - int rc; - struct lockKey key1; - struct openKey key2; - struct stat statbuf; - struct lockInfo *pLock; - struct openCnt *pOpen; - rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ) return 1; - - memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1)); - key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev; - key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){ - testThreadLockingBehavior(fd); - } - key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self(); -#endif - memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2)); - key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev; - key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino; - pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1)); - if( pLock==0 ){ - struct lockInfo *pOld; - pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) ); - if( pLock==0 ){ - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - pLock->key = key1; - pLock->nRef = 1; - pLock->cnt = 0; - pLock->locktype = 0; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock); - if( pOld!=0 ){ - assert( pOld==pLock ); - sqlite3_free(pLock); - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - }else{ - pLock->nRef++; - } - *ppLock = pLock; - if( ppOpen!=0 ){ - pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2)); - if( pOpen==0 ){ - struct openCnt *pOld; - pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) ); - if( pOpen==0 ){ - releaseLockInfo(pLock); - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - pOpen->key = key2; - pOpen->nRef = 1; - pOpen->nLock = 0; - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen); - if( pOld!=0 ){ - assert( pOld==pOpen ); - sqlite3_free(pOpen); - releaseLockInfo(pLock); - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - }else{ - pOpen->nRef++; - } - *ppOpen = pOpen; - } - -exit_findlockinfo: - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging -** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied -** integer lock-type. -*/ -static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){ - switch( locktype ){ - case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; - case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; - case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; - case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; - } - return "ERROR"; -} -#endif - -/* -** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the -** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile -** over to the current thread. -** -** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is -** unable to override locks created by a different thread. RedHat9 is -** an example of such a system. -** -** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked. -** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return -** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc; - pthread_t hSelf; - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){ - /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - hSelf = pthread_self(); - if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){ - /* We are still in the same thread */ - OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n"); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ - /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf); - pFile->tid = hSelf; - if (pFile->pLock != NULL) { - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt); - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} -#else - /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */ -# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -/* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt -** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. -*/ -static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - i64 newOffset; - TIMER_START; -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - return -1; - } - got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); - return got; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - int got; - assert( id ); - got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt); - if( got==amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( got<0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - }else{ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. -** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. -*/ -static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - i64 newOffset; - TIMER_START; -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - return -1; - } - got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); - return got; -} - - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - int wrote = 0; - assert( id ); - assert( amt>0 ); - while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ - amt -= wrote; - offset += wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); - SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); - if( amt>0 ){ - if( wrote<0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; - }else{ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined. -** Otherwise use fsync() in its place. -*/ -#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC -# define fdatasync fsync -#endif - -/* -** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not -** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently -** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. -*/ -#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 -#else -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 -#endif - - -/* -** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many -** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make -** it work better. -** -** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful -** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. -** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC -** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash -** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. -*/ -static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ - int rc; - - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and - ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure - ** gets called with the correct arguments. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#else - -#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC - if( fullSync ){ - rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local - * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid - * the fcntl call every time sync is called. - */ - if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); - -#else - if( dataOnly ){ - rc = fdatasync(fd); - }else{ - rc = fsync(fd); - } -#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */ - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -** -** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file -** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the -** file data is synced. -** -** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file -** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. -** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory -** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next -** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because -** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction -** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. -*/ -static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - int rc; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); - int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h); - rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC; - } - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ - OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd, - HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is - ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above, - ** then the directory sync is superfluous. - */ - if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){ - /* - ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning - ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems. - ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems - ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657 - */ - /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */ - } -#endif - close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */ - pFile->dirfd = -1; /* when we are done. */ - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ - int rc; - assert( id ); - rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - struct stat buf; - assert( id ); - rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - *pSize = buf.st_size; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then -** return zero. -*/ -static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - int r = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - enterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - r = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if( !r ){ - struct flock lock; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock); - if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ - r = 1; - } - } - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r); - - return r; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and - ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive - ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid - ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated - ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously - ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. - ** - ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved - ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte - ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. - ** - ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending - ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte - ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. - ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a - ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock - ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be - ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process - ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. - ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file - ** after a crash. - ** - ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is - ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte - ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes - ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. - ** - ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte - ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By - ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist - ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. - */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock; - struct flock lock; - int s; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid()); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads - */ - enterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - leaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - pLock = pFile->pLock; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && - (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && - (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->locktype==0 ); - assert( pLock->cnt>0 ); - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pLock->cnt++; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - goto end_lock; - } - - lock.l_len = 1L; - - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeh, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - } - - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->cnt==0 ); - assert( pLock->locktype==0 ); - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - goto end_lock; - } - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - pLock->cnt = 1; - } - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - switch( locktype ){ - case RESERVED_LOCK: - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - break; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - pLock->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -end_lock: - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - struct lockInfo *pLock; - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid()); - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - enterMutex(); - pLock = pFile->pLock; - assert( pLock->cnt!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype ); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ - /* This should never happen */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; - } - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - struct openCnt *pOpen; - - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - pLock->cnt--; - if( pLock->cnt==0 ){ - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - - /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the - ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close - ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. - */ - pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - pOpen->nLock--; - assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); - if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inPending; i++){ - close(pOpen->aPending[i]); - } - free(pOpen->aPending); - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - } - } - leaveMutex(); - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - if( pFile->pOpen->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when - ** the last lock is cleared. - */ - int *aNew; - struct openCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */ - }else{ - pOpen->aPending = aNew; - pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h; - pOpen->nPending++; - } - }else{ - /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */ - close(pFile->h); - } - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -#pragma mark AFP Support - -/* - ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state - */ -typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; -struct afpLockingContext { - unsigned long long sharedLockByte; - char *filePath; -}; - -struct ByteRangeLockPB2 -{ - unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ - unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ - unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ - unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ - unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ - int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ -}; - -#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) - -/* -** Return 0 on success, 1 on failure. To match the behavior of the -** normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should -** provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between -** 'file busy' and 'file system error' results. -*/ -static int _AFPFSSetLock( - const char *path, - int fd, - unsigned long long offset, - unsigned long long length, - int setLockFlag -){ - struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; - int err; - - pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; - pb.startEndFlag = 0; - pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; - pb.fd = fd; - OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", - (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length); - err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); - if ( err==-1 ) { - OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno, - strerror(errno)); - return 1; /* error */ - } else { - return 0; - } -} - -/* - ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified - ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return - ** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then - ** return zero. - */ -static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - int r = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - r = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if ( !r ) { - /* lock the byte */ - int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if (failed) { - /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ - r = 1; - } else { - /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore - ** the original state */ - _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - } - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r); - - return r; -} - -/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock -** function comments for details of lock management. */ -static int afpUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - int gotPendingLock = 0; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid()); - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as - ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads - */ - enterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - leaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypefilePath, pFile->h, - PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); - if (failed) { - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - } - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int lk, failed; - int tries = 0; - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); - context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, - SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1); - - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - goto afp_end_lock; - } - - if( failed ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - } - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - int failed = 0; - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) { - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - } - if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to - ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnixUnlock - */ - if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + - context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) { - /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + - context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */ - } - } else { - /* */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */ - } - } - if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -afp_end_lock: - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* - ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype - ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. - ** - ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below - ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. - */ -static int afpUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - enterMutex(); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int failed = 0; - - /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */ - if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if (!failed) { - /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */ - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+ - context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) { - /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } else { - /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - } - if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) { - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){ - /* failed to release the pending lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) { - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) { - /* failed to release the reserved lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, - SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0); - if (failed) { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - if (rc == SQLITE_OK) - pFile->locktype = locktype; - leaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/* - ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context - */ -static int afpUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)pId; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - afpUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); - /* free the AFP locking structure */ - if (pFile->lockingContext != NULL) { - if (((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->filePath != NULL) - sqlite3_free(((afpLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext)->filePath); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - } - - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - close(pFile->h); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#pragma mark flock() style locking - -/* - ** The flockLockingContext is not used - */ -typedef void flockLockingContext; - -static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) { - return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */ - } else { - /* attempt to get the lock */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if (!rc) { - /* got the lock, unlock it */ - flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - return 0; /* no one has it reserved */ - } - return 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ - } -} - -static int flockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if (rc) { - /* didn't get, must be busy */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -static int flockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if (rc) - return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - else { - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int flockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *pId) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)*pId; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - flockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); - - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - close(pFile->h); - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking - -/* - ** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock - ** specific state - */ -typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext; -struct dotlockLockingContext { - char *lockPath; -}; - - -static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockLockingContext *context = - (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) { - return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */ - } else { - struct stat statBuf; - if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0) - /* file exists, someone else has the lock */ - return 1; - else - /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */ - return 0; - } -} - -static int dotlockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockLockingContext *context = - (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - - /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ - utimes(context->lockPath,NULL); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* check to see if lock file already exists */ - struct stat statBuf; - if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */ - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - int fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600); - if (fd < 0) { - /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - close(fd); - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int dotlockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockLockingContext *context = - (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - unlink(context->lockPath); - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int dotlockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - dotlockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); - /* free the dotlock locking structure */ - if (pFile->lockingContext != NULL) { - if (((dotlockLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->lockPath != NULL) - sqlite3_free( ( (dotlockLockingContext *) - pFile->lockingContext)->lockPath); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - } - - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - close(pFile->h); - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#pragma mark No locking - -/* - ** The nolockLockingContext is void - */ -typedef void nolockLockingContext; - -static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) { - return 0; -} - -static int nolockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int nolockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int nolockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - close(pFile->h); - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - - -/* -** Information and control of an open file handle. -*/ -static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0. -*/ -static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3UnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - unixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - unixLock, - unixUnlock, - unixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with AFP style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - unixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - afpUnixLock, - afpUnixUnlock, - afpUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with flock() style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - flockUnixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - flockUnixLock, - flockUnixUnlock, - flockUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with dotlock style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - dotlockUnixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - dotlockUnixLock, - dotlockUnixUnlock, - dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with dotlock style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - nolockUnixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - nolockUnixLock, - nolockUnixUnlock, - nolockUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile. -** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId. -** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style -** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations. -** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created -** and assigned here also. -*/ -static int fillInUnixFile( - int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ - int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */ - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write completed initialization here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ -){ - sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle; - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc; - - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - lockingStyle = sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h); - if ( lockingStyle == posixLockingStyle ) { - enterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - leaveMutex(); - if( rc ){ - close(h); - unlink(zFilename); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } else { - /* pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking */ - pNew->pLock = NULL; - pNew->pOpen = NULL; - } - pNew->dirfd = -1; - pNew->h = h; - SET_THREADID(pNew); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(unixFile) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - close(h); - enterMutex(); - releaseLockInfo(pNew->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pNew->pOpen); - leaveMutex(); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - switch(lockingStyle) { - case afpLockingStyle: { - /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the afpLockingContext */ - int nFilename; - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod; - pNew->lockingContext = - sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(afpLockingContext)); - nFilename = strlen(zFilename)+1; - ((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath = - sqlite3_malloc(nFilename); - memcpy(((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath, - zFilename, nFilename); - srandomdev(); - break; - } - case flockLockingStyle: - /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */ - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod; - break; - case dotlockLockingStyle: { - /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext */ - int nFilename; - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod; - pNew->lockingContext = sqlite3_malloc( - sizeof(dotlockLockingContext)); - nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6; - ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath = - sqlite3_malloc( nFilename ); - sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, - ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath, - "%s.lock", zFilename); - break; - } - case posixLockingStyle: - /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */ - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod; - break; - case noLockingStyle: - case unsupportedLockingStyle: - default: - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod; - } - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} -#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -static int fillInUnixFile( - int h, /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */ - int dirfd, - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ - const char *zFilename /* Name of the file being opened */ -){ - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc; - -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - - enterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - leaveMutex(); - if( rc ){ - close(h); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename); - pNew->dirfd = -1; - pNew->h = h; - pNew->dirfd = dirfd; - SET_THREADID(pNew); - - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod; - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. -** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and -** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM -** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined -** value. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing -** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). -*/ -static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ - int ii; - int fd = -1; - char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); - for(ii=strlen(zDirname); ii>=0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); - if( ii>0 ){ - zDirname[ii] = '\0'; - fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); - if( fd>=0 ){ -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname); - } - } - *pFd = fd; - return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN); -} - -/* -** Open the file zPath. -** -** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this -** one: -** -** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); -** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); -** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); -** -** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: -** -** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) -** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) -** -** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If -** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for -** OpenExclusive(). -*/ -static int unixOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pOutFlags -){ - int fd = 0; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ - int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */ - int oflags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); - - /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open - ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() - ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. - */ - int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && - (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - - /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically - ** deleted - */ - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete ); - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete ); - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB - ); - - if( isReadonly ) oflags |= O_RDONLY; - if( isReadWrite ) oflags |= O_RDWR; - if( isCreate ) oflags |= O_CREAT; - if( isExclusive ) oflags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); - oflags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); - - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - fd = open(zPath, oflags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); - if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ - flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - } - if( fd<0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( isDelete ){ - unlink(zPath); - } - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags; - } - - assert(fd!=0); - if( isOpenDirectory ){ - int rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - close(fd); - return rc; - } - } - return fillInUnixFile(fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath); -} - -/* -** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() -** the directory after deleting the file. -*/ -static int unixDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - unlink(zPath); - if( dirSync ){ - int fd; - rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( fsync(fd) ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC; - } - close(fd); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The -** test performed depends on the value of flags: -** -** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. -** -** Otherwise return 0. -*/ -static int unixAccess(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags){ - int amode = 0; - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - amode = F_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - amode = W_OK|R_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - amode = R_OK; - break; - - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - return (access(zPath, amode)==0); -} - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated -** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least -** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. -*/ -static int unixGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - ".", - }; - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - int i, j; - struct stat buf; - const char *zDir = "."; - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; - for(i=0; imxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - assert( nBuf>=MAX_PATHNAME ); - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); - j = strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path -** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. -** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes -** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to -** this buffer before returning. -*/ -static int unixFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zOut /* Output buffer */ -){ - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directly has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - zOut[MAX_PATHNAME-1] = '\0'; - if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zOut, "%s", zPath); - }else{ - int nCwd; - if( getcwd(zOut, MAX_PATHNAME-1)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - nCwd = strlen(zOut); - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - -#if 0 - /* - ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements - ** to just "/". - */ - if( zFull ){ - int i, j; - for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){ - if( zFull[i]=='/' ){ - if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue; - if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){ - i += 1; - continue; - } - if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){ - while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } - i += 3; - continue; - } - } - zFull[j++] = zFull[i]; - } - zFull[j] = 0; - } -#endif -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -#include -static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); -} - -/* -** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or -** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error -** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message -** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default -** error message. -*/ -static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - char *zErr; - enterMutex(); - zErr = dlerror(); - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); - } - leaveMutex(); -} -static void *unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ - return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol); -} -static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - dlclose(pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define unixDlOpen 0 - #define unixDlError 0 - #define unixDlSym 0 - #define unixDlClose 0 -#endif - -/* -** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. -*/ -static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - - assert(nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); - - /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting - ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would - ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the - ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry - ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize - ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness - ** in the random seed. - ** - ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means - ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the - ** tests repeatable. - */ - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); -#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) - { - int pid, fd; - fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); - if( fd<0 ){ - time_t t; - time(&t); - memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); - pid = getpid(); - memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - }else{ - read(fd, zBuf, nBuf); - close(fd); - } - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microseconds){ -#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP - usleep(microseconds); - return microseconds; -#else - int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; - sleep(seconds); - return seconds*1000000; -#endif -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ -#ifdef NO_GETTOD - time_t t; - time(&t); - *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5; -#else - struct timeval sNow; - gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); - *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure. We use -** a function rather than give the structure global scope because -** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of -** initialized structures. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs unixVfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ - MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "unix", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - unixOpen, /* xOpen */ - unixDelete, /* xDelete */ - unixAccess, /* xAccess */ - unixGetTempname, /* xGetTempName */ - unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - unixDlError, /* xDlError */ - unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - unixSleep, /* xSleep */ - unixCurrentTime /* xCurrentTime */ - }; - - return &unixVfs; -} - -#endif /* OS_UNIX */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c deleted file mode 100644 index bcb1c6ec..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1545 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to windows. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#if OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */ - - -/* -** A Note About Memory Allocation: -** -** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through -** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers -** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and -** malloc failures happen frequently. Win32 does not typically run on -** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger -** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not -** a compelling need to use the wrappers. -** -** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the -** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this -** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We -** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within -** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not -** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver) -** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that -** code. Better to leave the code out, we think. -** -** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new -** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example, -** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on windows -** desktops but not so well in embedded systems. -*/ - -#include - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include -#endif - -/* -** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. -*/ -#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define OS_WINCE 1 -# define AreFileApisANSI() 1 -#else -# define OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - -/* -** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it -** with some code of our own. -*/ -#if OS_WINCE -typedef struct winceLock { - int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ - BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ -} winceLock; -#endif - -/* -** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 -** portability layer. -*/ -typedef struct winFile winFile; -struct winFile { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */ - HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ - short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ -#if OS_WINCE - WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ - HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ - HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ - winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ - winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ -#endif -}; - - -/* -** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes -** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95 -** or WinNT. -** -** 0: Operating system unknown. -** 1: Operating system is Win95. -** 2: Operating system is WinNT. -** -** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture -** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#else -static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ -#if OS_WINCE -# define isNT() (1) -#else - static int isNT(void){ - if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return sqlite3_os_type==2; - } -#endif /* OS_WINCE */ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. -*/ -static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nChar; - WCHAR *zWideFilename; - - nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); - zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); - if( zWideFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar); - if( nChar==0 ){ - free(zWideFilename); - zWideFilename = 0; - } - return zWideFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is -** obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - zFilename = malloc( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the -** current codepage settings for file apis. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained -** from malloc. -*/ -static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nByte; - WCHAR *zMbcsFilename; - int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR); - zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); - if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte); - if( nByte==0 ){ - free(zMbcsFilename); - zMbcsFilename = 0; - } - return zMbcsFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the -** user's Ansi codepage. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from -** malloc(). -*/ -static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - zFilename = malloc( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameUtf8; - WCHAR *zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); - free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameUtf8; -} - -/* -** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameMbcs; - WCHAR *zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); - free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameMbcs; -} - -#if OS_WINCE -/************************************************************************* -** This section contains code for WinCE only. -*/ -/* -** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a -** substitute. -*/ -#include -struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) -{ - static struct tm y; - FILETIME uTm, lTm; - SYSTEMTIME pTm; - sqlite3_int64 t64; - t64 = *t; - t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; - uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF; - uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32; - FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); - FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); - y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; - y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; - y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; - y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; - y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; - y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; - y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; - return &y; -} - -/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */ -#define GetTempPathA(a,b) - -#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) -#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) -#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f) - -#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)] - -/* -** Acquire a lock on the handle h -*/ -static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ - DWORD dwErr; - do { - dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); - } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); -} -/* -** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() -*/ -#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) - -/* -** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file -** descriptor pFile -*/ -static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ - WCHAR *zTok; - WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - BOOL bInit = TRUE; - - /* Initialize the local lockdata */ - ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local)); - - /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it - ** to derive a mutex name. */ - zTok = CharLowerW(zName); - for (;*zTok;zTok++){ - if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; - } - - /* Create/open the named mutex */ - pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); - if (!pFile->hMutex){ - free(zName); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are - ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name - ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. - */ - CharUpperW(zName); - pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, - PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), - zName); - - /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it - ** must be zero-initialized */ - if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ - bInit = FALSE; - } - - free(zName); - - /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ - if (pFile->hShared){ - pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, - FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ - if (!pFile->shared){ - CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - pFile->hShared = NULL; - } - } - - /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ - if (pFile->hShared == NULL){ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - return FALSE; - } - - /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ - if (bInit) { - ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock)); - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return TRUE; -} - -/* -** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks -*/ -static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ - if (pFile->hMutex){ - /* Acquire the mutex */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they - are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ - if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - if (pFile->local.bReserved){ - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - } - - /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ - UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); - CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - - if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ - DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - pFile->zDeleteOnClose = 0; - } - - /* Done with the mutex */ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFile( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ - if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; - pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a read-only lock? */ - else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && - dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->local.nReaders ++; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ - pFile->shared->nReaders ++; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a pending lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ - if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { - pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; - pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Want a reserved lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { - pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; - pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceUnlockFile( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && - dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){ - /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - - /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ - else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->local.nReaders --; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) - { - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Releasing a pending lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Releasing a reserved lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bReserved) { - pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFileEx( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFlags, - DWORD dwReserved, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh, - LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped -){ - /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call - ** to winceLockFile */ - if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST && - dwFlags == 1 && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ - return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); - } - return FALSE; -} -/* -** End of the special code for wince -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* OS_WINCE */ - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Close a file. -** -** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes -** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious -** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If -** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As -** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before -** giving up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 -static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc, cnt = 0; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); - do{ - rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h); - }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -#if OS_WINCE - winceDestroyLock(pFile); -#endif - OpenCounter(-1); - return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER -# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int winRead( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff; - LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff; - DWORD rc; - DWORD got; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); - OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - } - if( got==(DWORD)amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int winWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff; - LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff; - DWORD rc; - DWORD wrote; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); - SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); - OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - assert( amt>0 ); - while( - amt>0 - && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 - && wrote>0 - ){ - amt -= wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - LONG upperBits = (nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff; - LONG lowerBits = nByte & 0xffffffff; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); - SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - SetEndOfFile(pFile->h); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD upperBits, lowerBits; - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); - lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); - *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. -*/ -#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY -# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 -#endif - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this -** is Win95 or WinNT. -*/ -static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - if( isNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0; - ovlp.hEvent = 0; - res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, - 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp); - }else{ - int lk; - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); - pFile->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - if( isNT() ){ - res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - }else{ - res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", - pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) - ){ - int cnt = 3; - while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ - /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be - ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. - */ - OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt); - Sleep(1); - } - gotPendingLock = res; - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = getReadLock(pFile); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError()); - getReadLock(pFile); - } - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pFile->locktype = newLocktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - rc = 1; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc); - }else{ - rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - rc = !rc; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int type; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - unlockReadLock(pFile); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for win32. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - winClose, - winRead, - winWrite, - winTruncate, - winSync, - winFileSize, - winLock, - winUnlock, - winCheckReservedLock, - winFileControl, - winSectorSize, - winDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/*************************************************************************** -** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. -** -** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. -****************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying -** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result -** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling -** function. -*/ -static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ - void *zConverted = 0; - if( isNT() ){ - zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - }else{ - zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename); - } - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int winOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HANDLE h; - DWORD dwDesiredAccess; - DWORD dwShareMode; - DWORD dwCreationDisposition; - DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zName); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; - }else{ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; - }else{ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; - }else{ - dwShareMode = 0; - } - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL) ){ - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY - | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN - | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; - }else{ - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; - } - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ){ - dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; - }else{ - dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_SEQUENTIAL_SCAN; - } - if( isNT() ){ - h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); -#endif - } - if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - free(zConverted); - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - return winOpen(0, zName, id, - ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - } - if( pOutFlags ){ - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; - }else{ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - } - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile)); - pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; - pFile->h = h; -#if OS_WINCE - if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) == - (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) - && !winceCreateLock(zFilename, pFile) - ){ - CloseHandle(h); - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE ){ - pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; - }else -#endif - { - free(zConverted); - } - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -** -** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other -** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program -** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do -** whatever it is it does. While this other process is holding the -** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this -** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up -** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving -** up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 -static int winDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ -){ - int cnt = 0; - int rc; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - if( isNT() ){ - do{ - rc = DeleteFileW(zConverted); - }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) ); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - do{ - rc = DeleteFileA(zConverted); - }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename); - return rc!=0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Check the existance and status of a file. -*/ -static int winAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags /* Type of test to make on this file */ -){ - DWORD attr; - int rc; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( isNT() ){ - attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = attr!=0xffffffff; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; - break; - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to -** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. -*/ -static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - int i, j; - char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1]; - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); - }else if( isNT() ){ - char *zMulti; - WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH]; - GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath); - zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath); - if( zMulti ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti); - free(zMulti); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - char *zUtf8; - char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH]; - GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath); - zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath); - if( zUtf8 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8); - free(zUtf8); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){} - zTempPath[i] = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); - j = strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3Randomness(20, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int winFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if OS_WINCE - /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative); -#endif - -#if !OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - int nByte; - void *zConverted; - char *zOut; - zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative); - if( isNT() ){ - WCHAR *zTemp; - nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; - zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - free(zConverted); - zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp); - free(zTemp); - }else{ - char *zTemp; - nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; - zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - free(zConverted); - zOut = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp); - free(zTemp); - } - if( zOut ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut); - free(zOut); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - HANDLE h; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( isNT() ){ - h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return 0; -#else - h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - return (void*)h; -} -static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - FormatMessage( - FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, - NULL, - GetLastError(), - 0, - zBufOut, - nBuf-1, - 0 - ); -} -void *winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ -#if OS_WINCE - /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */ - return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); -#else - /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take - ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ - return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); -#endif -} -void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define winDlOpen 0 - #define winDlError 0 - #define winDlSym 0 - #define winDlClose 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. -*/ -static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - int n = 0; - if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){ - SYSTEMTIME x; - GetSystemTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - n += sizeof(pid); - } - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD cnt = GetTickCount(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); - n += sizeof(cnt); - } - if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){ - LARGE_INTEGER i; - QueryPerformanceCounter(&i); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i)); - n += sizeof(i); - } - return n; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ - Sleep((microsec+999)/1000); - return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ - FILETIME ft; - /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of - 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). - */ - double now; -#if OS_WINCE - SYSTEMTIME time; - GetSystemTime(&time); - SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft); -#else - GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); -#endif - now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; - *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure. We use -** a function rather than give the structure global scope because -** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of -** initialized structures. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winGetTempname, /* xGetTempName */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime /* xCurrentTime */ - }; - - return &winVfs; -} - -#endif /* OS_WIN */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c deleted file mode 100644 index a33b2f71..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5104 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** -** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements -** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that -** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file -** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database -** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while -** another is writing. -** -** @(#) $Id$ -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -/* -** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off -*/ -#if 0 -#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf -#define PAGERTRACE1(X) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W) -#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V) -#else -#define PAGERTRACE1(X) -#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) -#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) -#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) -#endif - -/* -** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. -** -** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as it's argument. The -** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file -** struct as it's argument. -*/ -#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) -#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) - -/* -** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following -** states: -** -** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or -** writing the database file. There is no -** data held in memory. This is the initial -** state. -** -** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database. -** Writing is not permitted. There can be -** multiple readers accessing the same database -** file at the same time. -** -** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing -** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process -** at a time can reserve the database. The original -** database file has not been modified so other -** processes may still be reading the on-disk -** database file. -** -** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database. -** Access is exclusive. No other processes or -** threads can be reading or writing while one -** process is writing. -** -** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE -** after all dirty pages have been written to the -** database file and the file has been synced to -** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or -** truncate the journal file and the transaction -** will be committed. -** -** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a -** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED. -** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(), -** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time -** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to -** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be -** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must -** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.) -** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal. -** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes -** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback -** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback() -** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED, -** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode. -*/ -#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0 -#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_SYNCED 5 - -/* -** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time, -** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback. -** This is off by default. To see why, consider the following scenario: -** -** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock. -** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock. If -** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time -** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed. -** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly -** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be -** resolved quickly. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK -# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0 -#endif - -/* -** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it -** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. -*/ -#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)+7)&~7) - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; - -/* -** Each pager stores all currently unreferenced pages in a list sorted -** in least-recently-used (LRU) order (i.e. the first item on the list has -** not been referenced in a long time, the last item has been recently -** used). An instance of this structure is included as part of each -** pager structure for this purpose (variable Pager.lru). -** -** Additionally, if memory-management is enabled, all unreferenced pages -** are stored in a global LRU list (global variable sqlite3LruPageList). -** -** In both cases, the PagerLruList.pFirstSynced variable points to -** the first page in the corresponding list that does not require an -** fsync() operation before it's memory can be reclaimed. If no such -** page exists, PagerLruList.pFirstSynced is set to NULL. -*/ -typedef struct PagerLruList PagerLruList; -struct PagerLruList { - PgHdr *pFirst; /* First page in LRU list */ - PgHdr *pLast; /* Last page in LRU list (the most recently used) */ - PgHdr *pFirstSynced; /* First page in list with PgHdr.needSync==0 */ -}; - -/* -** The following structure contains the next and previous pointers used -** to link a PgHdr structure into a PagerLruList linked list. -*/ -typedef struct PagerLruLink PagerLruLink; -struct PagerLruLink { - PgHdr *pNext; - PgHdr *pPrev; -}; - -/* -** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header. -** This header is only visible to this pager module. The client -** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header. -** -** Client code should call sqlite3PagerWrite() on a page prior to making -** any modifications to that page. The first time sqlite3PagerWrite() -** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback -** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set. Later, once -** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync -** is cleared. The modified page cannot be written back into the original -** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the -** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared. -** -** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3PagerWrite() is called and -** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original -** database file. -** -** Details of important structure elements: -** -** needSync -** -** If this is true, this means that it is not safe to write the page -** content to the database because the original content needed -** for rollback has not by synced to the main rollback journal. -** The original content may have been written to the rollback journal -** but it has not yet been synced. So we cannot write to the database -** file because power failure might cause the page in the journal file -** to never reach the disk. It is as if the write to the journal file -** does not occur until the journal file is synced. -** -** This flag is false if the page content exactly matches what -** currently exists in the database file. The needSync flag is also -** false if the original content has been written to the main rollback -** journal and synced. If the page represents a new page that has -** been added onto the end of the database during the current -** transaction, the needSync flag is true until the original database -** size in the journal header has been synced to disk. -** -** inJournal -** -** This is true if the original page has been written into the main -** rollback journal. This is always false for new pages added to -** the end of the database file during the current transaction. -** And this flag says nothing about whether or not the journal -** has been synced to disk. For pages that are in the original -** database file, the following expression should always be true: -** -** inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[(pgno-1)/8] & (1<<((pgno-1)%8))!=0 -** -** The pPager->aInJournal[] array is only valid for the original -** pages of the database, not new pages that are added to the end -** of the database, so obviously the above expression cannot be -** valid for new pages. For new pages inJournal is always 0. -** -** dirty -** -** When true, this means that the content of the page has been -** modified and needs to be written back to the database file. -** If false, it means that either the content of the page is -** unchanged or else the content is unimportant and we do not -** care whether or not it is preserved. -** -** alwaysRollback -** -** This means that the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() API should be -** ignored for this page. The DontRollback() API attempts to say -** that the content of the page on disk is unimportant (it is an -** unused page on the freelist) so that it is unnecessary to -** rollback changes to this page because the content of the page -** can change without changing the meaning of the database. This -** flag overrides any DontRollback() attempt. This flag is set -** when a page that originally contained valid data is added to -** the freelist. Later in the same transaction, this page might -** be pulled from the freelist and reused for something different -** and at that point the DontRollback() API will be called because -** pages taken from the freelist do not need to be protected by -** the rollback journal. But this flag says that the page was -** not originally part of the freelist so that it still needs to -** be rolled back in spite of any subsequent DontRollback() calls. -** -** needRead -** -** This flag means (when true) that the content of the page has -** not yet been loaded from disk. The in-memory content is just -** garbage. (Actually, we zero the content, but you should not -** make any assumptions about the content nevertheless.) If the -** content is needed in the future, it should be read from the -** original database file. -*/ -struct PgHdr { - Pager *pPager; /* The pager to which this page belongs */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number for this page */ - PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash; /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */ - PagerLruLink free; /* Next and previous free pages */ - PgHdr *pNextAll; /* A list of all pages */ - u8 inJournal; /* TRUE if has been written to journal */ - u8 dirty; /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */ - u8 needSync; /* Sync journal before writing this page */ - u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for this page */ - u8 needRead; /* Read content if PagerWrite() is called */ - short int nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty; /* Dirty pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - PagerLruLink gfree; /* Global list of nRef==0 pages */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; -#endif - void *pData; /* Page data */ - /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data appended to this header */ -}; - -/* -** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about -** each page so that changes can be rolled back. (Journal files are not -** used for in-memory databases.) The following information is added to -** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases. -** -** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure. -** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr -** even for disk-based databases. Splitting it out saves 8 bytes. This -** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up. -*/ -typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory; -struct PgHistory { - u8 *pOrig; /* Original page text. Restore to this on a full rollback */ - u8 *pStmt; /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */ - PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt; /* List of pages in the statement journal */ - u8 inStmt; /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */ -}; - -/* -** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); } -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D)) -#else -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */ -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D) -#endif - -/* -** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data -** and back again. -*/ -#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P) ((P)->pData) -#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((G)[1])) -#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR) \ - ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->nExtra]) - -/* -** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure. -** -** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or -** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists -** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The -** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the -** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also, -** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup() -** APIs, they may still be used successfully. -*/ -struct Pager { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ - u8 journalOpen; /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */ - u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */ - u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ - u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */ - u8 stmtOpen; /* True if the statement subjournal is open */ - u8 stmtInUse; /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */ - u8 stmtAutoopen; /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/ - u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ - u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ - u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */ - u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */ - u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ - u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ - u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */ - u8 dirtyCache; /* True if cached pages have changed */ - u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */ - u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ - u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ - u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ - u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ - u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ - int dbSize; /* Number of pages in the file */ - int origDbSize; /* dbSize before the current change */ - int stmtSize; /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */ - int nRec; /* Number of pages written to the journal */ - u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ - int stmtNRec; /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */ - int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ - int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ - int nPage; /* Total number of in-memory pages */ - int nRef; /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */ - int mxPage; /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */ - Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ - u8 *aInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ - u8 *aInStmt; /* One bit for each page in the database */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ - char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ - char *zDirectory; /* Directory hold database and journal files */ - char *zStmtJrnl; /* Name of the statement journal file */ - sqlite3_file *fd, *jfd; /* File descriptors for database and journal */ - sqlite3_file *stfd; /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/ - BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */ - PagerLruList lru; /* LRU list of free pages */ - PgHdr *pAll; /* List of all pages */ - PgHdr *pStmt; /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* List of all dirty pages */ - i64 journalOff; /* Current byte offset in the journal file */ - i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ - i64 stmtHdrOff; /* First journal header written this statement */ - i64 stmtCksum; /* cksumInit when statement was started */ - i64 stmtJSize; /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */ - int sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */ - int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */ -#endif - void (*xDestructor)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */ - void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ - void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */ -#endif - int nHash; /* Size of the pager hash table */ - PgHdr **aHash; /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - Pager *pNext; /* Doubly linked list of pagers on which */ - Pager *pPrev; /* sqlite3_release_memory() will work */ - int iInUseMM; /* Non-zero if unavailable to MM */ - int iInUseDB; /* Non-zero if in sqlite3_release_memory() */ -#endif - char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ - char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ -}; - -/* -** The following global variables hold counters used for -** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in -** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ -int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ -int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ -int sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count = 0; /* Number of cache pages freed */ -# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ -#else -# define PAGER_INCR(v) -#endif - -/* -** The following variable points to the head of a double-linked list -** of all pagers that are eligible for page stealing by the -** sqlite3_release_memory() interface. Access to this list is -** protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 mutex. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -static Pager *sqlite3PagerList = 0; -static PagerLruList sqlite3LruPageList = {0, 0, 0}; -#endif - - -/* -** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data -** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. -** -** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity -** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is begin -** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal -** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made -** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional -** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the -** journal and ignore it. -** -** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists -** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both -** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. -** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the -** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, -** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely -** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the -** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might -** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which -** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. -*/ -static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { - 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, -}; - -/* -** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined -** by the following macros. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) - -/* -** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be -** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important -** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) - -/* -** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. -** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, -** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize -** out code that would never execute. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -# define MEMDB 0 -#else -# define MEMDB pPager->memDb -#endif - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details. -*/ -/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1) - -/* -** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). -*/ -#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 - -/* -** The pagerEnter() and pagerLeave() routines acquire and release -** a mutex on each pager. The mutex is recursive. -** -** This is a special-purpose mutex. It only provides mutual exclusion -** between the Btree and the Memory Management sqlite3_release_memory() -** function. It does not prevent, for example, two Btrees from accessing -** the same pager at the same time. Other general-purpose mutexes in -** the btree layer handle that chore. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - static void pagerEnter(Pager *p){ - p->iInUseDB++; - if( p->iInUseMM && p->iInUseDB==1 ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - p->iInUseDB = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - p->iInUseDB = 1; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } - assert( p->iInUseMM==0 ); - } - static void pagerLeave(Pager *p){ - p->iInUseDB--; - assert( p->iInUseDB>=0 ); - } -#else -# define pagerEnter(X) -# define pagerLeave(X) -#endif - -/* -** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here: -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0; - static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){ - static int cnt = 0; - if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return; - sqlite3DebugPrintf( - "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%-3d total=%d\n", - p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef, p->pPager->nRef - ); - cnt++; /* Something to set a breakpoint on */ - } -# define REFINFO(X) pager_refinfo(X) -#else -# define REFINFO(X) -#endif - -/* -** Add page pPg to the end of the linked list managed by structure -** pList (pPg becomes the last entry in the list - the most recently -** used). Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree, -** depending on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or -** global LRU list. -*/ -static void listAdd(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){ - pLink->pNext = 0; - pLink->pPrev = pList->pLast; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree); - assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList); -#endif - - if( pList->pLast ){ - int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg; - PagerLruLink *pLastLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pList->pLast)[iOff]); - pLastLink->pNext = pPg; - }else{ - assert(!pList->pFirst); - pList->pFirst = pPg; - } - - pList->pLast = pPg; - if( !pList->pFirstSynced && pPg->needSync==0 ){ - pList->pFirstSynced = pPg; - } -} - -/* -** Remove pPg from the list managed by the structure pointed to by pList. -** -** Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree, depending -** on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or global LRU list. -*/ -static void listRemove(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){ - int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree); - assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList); -#endif - - if( pPg==pList->pFirst ){ - pList->pFirst = pLink->pNext; - } - if( pPg==pList->pLast ){ - pList->pLast = pLink->pPrev; - } - if( pLink->pPrev ){ - PagerLruLink *pPrevLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pPrev)[iOff]); - pPrevLink->pNext = pLink->pNext; - } - if( pLink->pNext ){ - PagerLruLink *pNextLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pNext)[iOff]); - pNextLink->pPrev = pLink->pPrev; - } - if( pPg==pList->pFirstSynced ){ - PgHdr *p = pLink->pNext; - while( p && p->needSync ){ - PagerLruLink *pL = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)p)[iOff]); - p = pL->pNext; - } - pList->pFirstSynced = p; - } - - pLink->pNext = pLink->pPrev = 0; -} - -/* -** Add page pPg to the list of free pages for the pager. If -** memory-management is enabled, also add the page to the global -** list of free pages. -*/ -static void lruListAdd(PgHdr *pPg){ - listAdd(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - listAdd(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Remove page pPg from the list of free pages for the associated pager. -** If memory-management is enabled, also remove pPg from the global list -** of free pages. -*/ -static void lruListRemove(PgHdr *pPg){ - listRemove(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - listRemove(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This function is called just after the needSync flag has been cleared -** from all pages managed by pPager (usually because the journal file -** has just been synced). It updates the pPager->lru.pFirstSynced variable -** and, if memory-management is enabled, the sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced -** variable also. -*/ -static void lruListSetFirstSynced(Pager *pPager){ - pPager->lru.pFirstSynced = pPager->lru.pFirst; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !pPager->memDb ){ - PgHdr *p; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - for(p=sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst; p && p->needSync; p=p->gfree.pNext); - assert(p==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced || p==sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced); - sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced = p; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement -** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part -** of an in-memory database). -*/ -static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( MEMDB ){ - return PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)->inStmt; - }else{ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; - u8 *a = pPager->aInStmt; - return (a && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize && (a[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))); - } -} - -/* -** Change the size of the pager hash table to N. N must be a power -** of two. -*/ -static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){ - PgHdr **aHash, *pPg; - assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 ); - pagerLeave(pPager); - sqlite3MallocBenignFailure((int)pPager->aHash); - aHash = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(aHash[0])*N ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( aHash==0 ){ - /* Failure to rehash is not an error. It is only a performance hit. */ - return; - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash); - pPager->nHash = N; - pPager->aHash = aHash; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - int h; - if( pPg->pgno==0 ){ - assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 ); - continue; - } - h = pPg->pgno & (N-1); - pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h]; - if( aHash[h] ){ - aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg; - } - aHash[h] = pPg; - pPg->pPrevHash = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer -** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an -** error code is something goes wrong. -** -** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. -*/ -static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ - unsigned char ac[4]; - int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. -*/ -#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. -*/ -static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ - char ac[4]; - put32bits(ac, val); - return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); -} - -/* -** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it. -*/ -static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){ - if( !pFd->pMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock); -} - -/* -** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization -** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: -** -** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that -** a database page may be written atomically, and -** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal -** to the page size. -** -** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, -** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it -** contains rollback data for exactly one page. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ - int dc; /* Device characteristics */ - int nSector; /* Sector size */ - int nPage; /* Page size */ - sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; - - if( fd->pMethods ){ - dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd); - nSector = sqlite3OsSectorSize(fd); - nPage = pPager->pageSize; - } - - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - - if( !fd->pMethods || (dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(nPage>>8))&&nSector<=nPage) ){ - return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager -** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the -** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. -** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. -** -** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL -** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared, -** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same -** error code. -** -** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding -** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when -** the persistent error occured, then the rollback journal may need -** to be replayed. -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager); -static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ - int rc2 = rc & 0xff; - assert( - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || - (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR - ); - if( - rc2==SQLITE_FULL || - rc2==SQLITE_IOERR || - rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT - ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && pPager->nRef==0 ){ - /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to - ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is - ** completely empty. - */ - pager_unlock(pPager); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking -** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing -** and debugging only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* -** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. -*/ -static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ - u32 hash = 0; - int i; - for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, - (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage)); -} - -/* -** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks -** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. -*/ -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) -static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty || - pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); -} - -#else -#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 -#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) -#endif - -/* -** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and -** written into memory supplied by the caller. -** -** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by -** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is -** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal -** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a -** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name -** were present in the journal. -** -** If no master journal file name is present zMaster[0] is set to 0 and -** SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, int nMaster){ - int rc; - u32 len; - i64 szJ; - u32 cksum; - int i; - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - - zMaster[0] = '\0'; - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc; - - rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( len>=nMaster ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zMaster[len] = '\0'; - - /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ - for(i=0; ijournalOff; - if( c ){ - offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); - assert( offset>=c ); - assert( (offset-c)journalOff = offset; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal -** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the -** current location. -** -** The format for the journal header is as follows: -** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. -** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. -** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. -** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. -** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. -** -** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space. -*/ -static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ - char zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16]; - int rc; - - if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){ - pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - } - - seekJournalHdr(pPager); - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; - - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - - /* - ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this - ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, - ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number - ** of records (see syncJournal()). - ** - ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When - ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the - ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption - ** is dangerous, as if a failure occured whilst writing to the journal - ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios - ** where this risk can be ignored: - ** - ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a - ** power failure in this case anyway. - ** - ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees - ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. - */ - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->noSync); - if( (pPager->noSync) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) - ){ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); - }else{ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0); - } - - /* The random check-hash initialiser */ - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); - /* The initial database size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize); - /* The assumed sector size for this process */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, sizeof(zHeader))) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader),pPager->journalOff); - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - - /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal - ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - IOTRACE(("JTAIL %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalOff-1)) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, "\000", 1, pPager->journalOff-1); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file -** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal -** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of -** the journal header format. -** -** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of -** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the -** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit -** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned -** in this case. -** -** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is -** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes -** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. -*/ -static int readJournalHdr( - Pager *pPager, - i64 journalSize, - u32 *pNRec, - u32 *pDbSize -){ - int rc; - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - i64 jrnlOff; - - seekJournalHdr(pPager); - if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff; - - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), jrnlOff); - if( rc ) return rc; - jrnlOff += sizeof(aMagic); - - if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pNRec); - if( rc ) return rc; - - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+4, &pPager->cksumInit); - if( rc ) return rc; - - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+8, pDbSize); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by - ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was - ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine - ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value - ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. - */ - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+12, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize); - if( rc ) return rc; - - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager -** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last -** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the -** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before -** anything is written. The format is: -** -** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. -** + N bytes: length of master journal name. -** + 4 bytes: N -** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. -** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. -** -** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master -** journal name. -** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), -** this call is a no-op. -*/ -static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc; - int len; - int i; - i64 jrnlOff; - u32 cksum = 0; - char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4]; - - if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK; - pPager->setMaster = 1; - - len = strlen(zMaster); - for(i=0; ifullSync ){ - seekJournalHdr(pPager); - } - jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff; - pPager->journalOff += (len+20); - - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - jrnlOff += 4; - - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len, jrnlOff); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - jrnlOff += len; - - put32bits(zBuf, len); - put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum); - memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic), jrnlOff); - pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the -** statement journal. -** -** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in -** the statement journal. This helps the sqlite3PagerStmtCommit() -** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many -** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal. -*/ -static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - assert( MEMDB ); - if( !pHist->inStmt ){ - assert( pHist->pPrevStmt==0 && pHist->pNextStmt==0 ); - if( pPager->pStmt ){ - PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPager->pStmt, pPager)->pPrevStmt = pPg; - } - pHist->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt; - pPager->pStmt = pPg; - pHist->inStmt = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return -** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found. -*/ -static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *p; - if( pPager->aHash==0 ) return 0; - p = pPager->aHash[pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]; - while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){ - p = p->pNextHash; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Clear the in-memory cache. This routine -** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first -** opened. Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts -** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump. -*/ -static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg, *pNext; - if( pPager->errCode ) return; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){ - IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); - pNext = pPg->pNextAll; - lruListRemove(pPg); - sqlite3_free(pPg->pData); - sqlite3_free(pPg); - } - assert(pPager->lru.pFirst==0); - assert(pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0); - assert(pPager->lru.pLast==0); - pPager->pStmt = 0; - pPager->pAll = 0; - pPager->pDirty = 0; - pPager->nHash = 0; - sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash); - pPager->nPage = 0; - pPager->aHash = 0; - pPager->nRef = 0; -} - -/* -** Unlock the database file. -** -** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of -** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is -** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained -** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be -** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back. -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - if( !MEMDB ){ - if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK); - } - pPager->dbSize = -1; - IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager)) - - /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be - ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the - ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared. - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - pager_reset(pPager); - if( pPager->stmtOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd); - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInStmt); - pPager->aInStmt = 0; - } - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - pPager->journalOpen = 0; - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInJournal); - pPager->aInJournal = 0; - } - pPager->stmtOpen = 0; - pPager->stmtInUse = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; - pPager->origDbSize = 0; - } - } - - if( !MEMDB || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. If the pager has already entered the error state, -** do not attempt the rollback. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){ - assert( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED || p->journalOpen==0 ); - if( p->errCode==SQLITE_OK && p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(p); - } - pager_unlock(p); - assert( p->errCode || !p->journalOpen || (p->exclusiveMode&&!p->journalOff) ); - assert( p->errCode || !p->stmtOpen || p->exclusiveMode ); -} - -/* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is ended by either -** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK. -** -** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and -** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database. This routine will release -** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is -** the appropriate thing to do. Release locks usually is appropriate, -** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a -** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation. -** -** The journal file is either deleted or truncated. -** -** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases. -** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening -** a file is an expensive operation. -*/ -static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !MEMDB ); - if( pPager->statestmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd); - pPager->stmtOpen = 0; - } - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - if( pPager->exclusiveMode - && (rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0))==SQLITE_OK ){; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - pPager->journalOpen = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - } - sqlite3_free( pPager->aInJournal ); - pPager->aInJournal = 0; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - pPg->inJournal = 0; - pPg->dirty = 0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - pPg->alwaysRollback = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; - pPager->dirtyCache = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 ); - } - - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - pPager->origDbSize = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager); - pPager->dbSize = -1; - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); -} - -/* -** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data. -** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the -** random initial value and the page number. We experimented with -** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow. -** -** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and -** the checksum is stored at the end. This is important. If journal -** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario -** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. It is -** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be -** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, -** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. -** -** FIX ME: Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the -** checksum. That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and -** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable -** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem. -*/ -static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ - u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; - int i = pPager->pageSize-200; - while( i>0 ){ - cksum += aData[i]; - i -= 200; - } - return cksum; -} - -/* Forward declaration */ -static void makeClean(PgHdr*); - -/* -** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor -** jfd. Playback this one page. -** -** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums. Checksums -** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not -** need to survive power failures. -*/ -static int pager_playback_one_page( - Pager *pPager, - sqlite3_file *jfd, - i64 offset, - int useCksum -){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ - u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ - u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temp storage for a page */ - - /* useCksum should be true for the main journal and false for - ** statement journals. Verify that this is always the case - */ - assert( jfd == (useCksum ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) ); - assert( aData ); - - rc = read32bits(jfd, offset, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4; - - /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally - ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, - ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to - ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. - */ - if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( useCksum ){ - rc = read32bits(jfd, offset+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum); - if( rc ) return rc; - pPager->journalOff += 4; - if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); - - /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this - ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, - ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. - ** - ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode - ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may - ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs - ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache - ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not - ** assert()able. - ** - ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists - ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty. - ** - ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is - ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. - ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement - ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a - ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know - ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback - ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the - ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can - ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be - ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be - ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced - ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else - ** the page is marked as needSync==0. - */ - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData)); - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && (pPg==0 || pPg->needSync==0) ){ - i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - if( pPg ){ - makeClean(pPg); - } - } - if( pPg ){ - /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except - ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the - ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result - ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to - ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). - */ - void *pData; - /* assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 ); */ - pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); - memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize); - if( pPager->xReiniter ){ - pPager->xReiniter(pPg, pPager->pageSize); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. - ** Do this before any decoding. */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - - /* Decode the page just read from disk */ - CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal -** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. -** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, -** and does so if it is. -** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not -** available for use within this function. -** -** -** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals. -** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the -** children. If all children are either missing or do not refer to -** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted. -*/ -static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; - int master_open = 0; - sqlite3_file *pMaster; - sqlite3_file *pJournal; - char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ - i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ - - /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process - ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference. - */ - pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); - pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pMaster ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - master_open = 1; - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - if( nMasterJournal>0 ){ - char *zJournal; - char *zMasterPtr = 0; - int nMasterPtr = pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1; - - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. - */ - zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto delmaster_out; - } - zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - zJournal = zMasterJournal; - while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the sectorSize for the given pager. -** -** The sector size is the larger of the sector size reported -** by sqlite3OsSectorSize() and the pageSize. -*/ -static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file - ** may not have been opened yet, in whcih case the OsSectorSize() - ** call will segfault. - */ - pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); - } - if( pPager->sectorSizepageSize ){ - pPager->sectorSize = pPager->pageSize; - } -} - -/* -** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. -** -** The journal file format is as follows: -** -** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. -** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records -** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the -** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the -** sanity checksum. -** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the -** database to during a rollback. -** (5) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal -** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master -** journal.) -** (6) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated -** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte -** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master -** journal name is stored in UTF-8. -** (7) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: -** + 4 byte page number. -** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. -** + 4 byte checksum -** -** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above. -** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item. -** -** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of -** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the -** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power -** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the -** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but -** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, -** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For -** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. -** -** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed -** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the -** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption -** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. -** -** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed -** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled -** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file -** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had -** been encountered. -** -** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted -** and an error code is returned. -*/ -static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ - u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ - int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ - char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ - - /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if - ** the journal is empty. - */ - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){ - goto end_playback; - } - - /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. - ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not - ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be - ** played back. - */ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK - || (zMaster[0] && !sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS)) - ){ - zMaster = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - zMaster = 0; - - /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns - ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */ - while( 1 ){ - - /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are - ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or - ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it. - ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. - */ - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - goto end_playback; - } - - /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process - ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal - ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute - ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. - */ - if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); - nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this - ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means - ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been - ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining - ** size of the file. - ** - ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. - */ - if( nRec==0 && !isHot && - pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ - nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the - ** database file back to it's original size. - */ - if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - } - - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file. - */ - for(i=0; ijfd, pPager->journalOff, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - break; - }else{ - goto end_playback; - } - } - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - assert( 0 ); - -end_playback: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ - /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, - ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. - */ - rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); - } - - /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling - ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size - ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. - */ - setSectorSize(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Playback the statement journal. -** -** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with -** a few extra twists. -** -** (1) The number of pages in the database file at the start of -** the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the -** journal file itself. -** -** (2) In addition to playing back the statement journal, also -** playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning -** at offset pPager->stmtJSize. -*/ -static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){ - i64 szJ; /* Size of the full journal */ - i64 hdrOff; - int nRec; /* Number of Records */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc; - - szJ = pPager->journalOff; -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - i64 os_szJ; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &os_szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( szJ==os_szJ ); - } -#endif - - /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal - ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement - ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal - ** header was written. - */ - hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff; - assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff ); - if( !hdrOff ){ - hdrOff = szJ; - } - - /* Truncate the database back to its original size. - */ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - - /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal. - */ - assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen ); - nRec = pPager->stmtNRec; - - /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the - ** database file. Note that the statement journal omits checksums from - ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement - ** journals. - */ - for(i=0; ipageSize); - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, offset, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; - } - - /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize - ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so - ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the - ** database, the memory cache, or both. - ** - ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start - ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction. - */ - pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize; - pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum; - while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){ - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; - } - - while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){ - u32 nJRec; /* Number of Journal Records */ - u32 dummy; - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - goto end_stmt_playback; - } - if( nJRec==0 ){ - nJRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8); - } - for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){ - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; - } - } - - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - -end_stmt_playback: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK) { - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */ - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>10 ){ - pPager->mxPage = mxPage; - }else{ - pPager->mxPage = 10; - } -} - -/* -** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes -** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing -** the rollback journal. There are three levels: -** -** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default -** for temporary and transient files. -** -** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the -** database. This is normally adequate protection, but -** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, -** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal -** in a state which would cause damage to the database -** when it is rolled back. -** -** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the -** database (with some additional information - the nRec field -** of the journal header - being written in between the two -** syncs). If we assume that writing a -** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides -** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the -** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. -** -** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, -** and FULL=3. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int full_fsync){ - pPager->noSync = level==1 || pPager->tempFile; - pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile; - pPager->sync_flags = (full_fsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library -** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Open a temporary file. -** -** Write the file descriptor into *fd. Return SQLITE_OK on success or some -** other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically delete the temporary -** file when it is closed. -*/ -static int sqlite3PagerOpentemp( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system layer */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ - char *zFilename, /* Name of the file. Might be NULL */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ -){ - int rc; - assert( zFilename!=0 ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ -#endif - - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFilename, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager. -** The file to be cached need not exist. The file is not locked until -** the first call to sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the -** last page is released using sqlite3PagerUnref(). -** -** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created -** and used as the file to be cached. The file will be deleted -** automatically when it is closed. -** -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache. -** It is never written to disk. This can be used to implement an -** in-memory database. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ - Pager **ppPager, /* Return the Pager structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ - int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ - int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ - int vfsFlags /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - u8 *pPtr; - Pager *pPager = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - int tempFile = 0; - int memDb = 0; - int readOnly = 0; - int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; - int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; - int journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs); - int nDefaultPage = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - char *zPathname; - int nPathname; - - /* The default return is a NULL pointer */ - *ppPager = 0; - - /* Compute the full pathname */ - nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zPathname = sqlite3_malloc(nPathname); - if( zPathname==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){ - memDb = 1; - zPathname[0] = 0; - }else -#endif - { - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); - } - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsGetTempname(pVfs, nPathname, zPathname); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - return rc; - } - nPathname = strlen(zPathname); - - /* Allocate memory for the pager structure */ - pPager = sqlite3MallocZero( - sizeof(*pPager) + /* Pager structure */ - journalFileSize + /* The journal file structure */ - pVfs->szOsFile * 2 + /* The db and stmt journal files */ - 4*nPathname + 40 /* zFilename, zDirectory, zJournal, zStmtJrnl */ - ); - if( !pPager ){ - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pPtr = (u8 *)&pPager[1]; - pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; - pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*0]; - pPager->stfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*1]; - pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2]; - pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2+journalFileSize]; - pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1]; - pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nPathname+1]; - pPager->zStmtJrnl = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+10]; - pPager->pVfs = pVfs; - memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname+1); - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - - /* Open the pager file. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){ - if( nPathname>(pVfs->mxPathname - sizeof("-journal")) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - }else{ - int fout = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, - pPager->vfsFlags, &fout); - readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - - /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, - ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the - ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: - ** - ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, - ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() - ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){ - int iSectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); - if( nDefaultPagefd); - int ii; - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); - for(ii=nDefaultPage; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ - if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ) nDefaultPage = ii; - } - } -#endif - if( nDefaultPage>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ - nDefaultPage = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - } - } - } - }else if( !memDb ){ - /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. - ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually - ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). - */ - tempFile = 1; - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - - if( pPager && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->pTmpSpace = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nDefaultPage); - } - - /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above. - ** Free the Pager structure and close the file. - ** Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set - ** any Pager.errMask variables. - */ - if( !pPager || !pPager->pTmpSpace ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return ((rc==SQLITE_OK)?SQLITE_NOMEM:rc); - } - - PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename); - IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) - - /* Fill in Pager.zDirectory[] */ - memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, pPager->zFilename, nPathname+1); - for(i=strlen(pPager->zDirectory); i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){} - if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0; - - /* Fill in Pager.zJournal[] and Pager.zStmtJrnl[] */ - memcpy(pPager->zJournal, pPager->zFilename, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 9); - memcpy(pPager->zStmtJrnl, pPager->zFilename, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zStmtJrnl[nPathname], "-stmtjrnl", 10); - - /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */ - pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb; - pPager->noReadlock = noReadlock && readOnly; - /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ - /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ - pPager->dbSize = memDb-1; - pPager->pageSize = nDefaultPage; - /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ - pPager->mxPage = 100; - pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; - /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ - assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); - /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ - pPager->tempFile = tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = tempFile; - pPager->memDb = memDb; - pPager->readOnly = readOnly; - /* pPager->needSync = 0; */ - pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal; - pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1); - pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ - /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ - /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ - pPager->nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra); - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||memDb||tempFile); - if( !memDb ){ - setSectorSize(pPager); - } - /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */ - /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ - *ppPager = pPager; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - pPager->iInUseMM = 0; - pPager->iInUseDB = 0; - if( !memDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - pPager->pNext = sqlite3PagerList; - if( sqlite3PagerList ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerList->pPrev==0 ); - sqlite3PagerList->pPrev = pPager; - } - pPager->pPrev = 0; - sqlite3PagerList = pPager; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set the busy handler function. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){ - pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler; -} - -/* -** Set the destructor for this pager. If not NULL, the destructor is called -** when the reference count on each page reaches zero. The destructor can -** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page. -** -** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3PagerClose(). -** Destructors are only called by sqlite3PagerUnref(). -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(DbPage*,int)){ - pPager->xDestructor = xDesc; -} - -/* -** Set the reinitializer for this pager. If not NULL, the reinitializer -** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original -** value as a result of a rollback. The callback gives higher-level code -** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored -** page data. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*,int)){ - pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; -} - -/* -** Set the page size to *pPageSize. If the suggest new page size is -** inappropriate, then an alternative page size is set to that -** value before returning. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u16 pageSize = *pPageSize; - assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); - if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize - && !pPager->memDb && pPager->nRef==0 - ){ - char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(pageSize); - if( !pNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pagerEnter(pPager); - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->pageSize = pageSize; - setSectorSize(pPager); - sqlite3_free(pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; - pagerLeave(pPager); - } - } - *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. -** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the -** maximum page count below the current size of the database. -** -** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>0 ){ - pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; - } - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - return pPager->mxPgno; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated -** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated -** errors in places where we do not care about errors. -** -** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops -** and generate no code. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; -extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; -static int saved_cnt; -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; - sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; -} -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; -} -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -/* -** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. -** -** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function -** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In -** these cases sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct -** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue. A real IO error -** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - memset(pDest, 0, N); - assert(MEMDB||pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with -** pPager. -** -** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the -** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if -** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the -** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){ - i64 n = 0; - int rc; - assert( pPager!=0 ); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return 0; - } - if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){ - n = pPager->dbSize; - } else { - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( (pPager->fd->pMethods) - && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->nRef++; - pager_error(pPager, rc); - pPager->nRef--; - return 0; - } - if( n>0 && npageSize ){ - n = 1; - }else{ - n /= pPager->pageSize; - } - if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->dbSize = n; - } - } - if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){ - n++; - } - if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){ - pPager->mxPgno = n; - } - return n; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -/* -** Clear a PgHistory block -*/ -static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){ - sqlite3_free(pHist->pOrig); - sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt); - pHist->pOrig = 0; - pHist->pStmt = 0; -} -#else -#define clearHistory(x) -#endif - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager*); - -/* -** Unlink pPg from it's hash chain. Also set the page number to 0 to indicate -** that the page is not part of any hash chain. This is required because the -** sqlite3PagerMovepage() routine can leave a page in the -** pNextFree/pPrevFree list that is not a part of any hash-chain. -*/ -static void unlinkHashChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->pgno==0 ){ - assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 ); - return; - } - if( pPg->pNextHash ){ - pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash; - } - if( pPg->pPrevHash ){ - assert( pPager->aHash[pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]!=pPg ); - pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash; - }else{ - int h = pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); - pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash; - } - if( MEMDB ){ - clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)); - } - pPg->pgno = 0; - pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0; -} - -/* -** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0) -** and from its hash collision chain. -*/ -static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - /* Unlink from free page list */ - lruListRemove(pPg); - - /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */ - unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg); -} - -/* -** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database -** is truncated. Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is -** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced. -** -** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed. -** -** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be -** an error to have a referenced page. But rather than delete -** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better -** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely. -*/ -static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - PgHdr **ppPg; - int dbSize = pPager->dbSize; - - ppPg = &pPager->pAll; - while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){ - if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){ - ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll; - }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){ - memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize); - ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll; - }else{ - *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll; - IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); - unlinkPage(pPg); - makeClean(pPg); - sqlite3_free(pPg->pData); - sqlite3_free(pPg); - pPager->nPage--; - } - } -} - -/* -** Try to obtain a lock on a file. Invoke the busy callback if the lock -** is currently not available. Repeat until the busy callback returns -** false or until the lock succeeds. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. -*/ -static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ - int rc; - - /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */ - assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB ); - - if( pPager->state>=locktype ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - do { - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype); - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = locktype; - IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype)) - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - int rc; - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - return rc; - } - if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( MEMDB ){ - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */ - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - pagerLeave(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. -** -** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that -** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated -** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated -** with this page cache after this function returns will likely -** result in a coredump. -** -** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback -** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned -** to the caller. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !MEMDB ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( pPager->pPrev ){ - pPager->pPrev->pNext = pPager->pNext; - }else{ - sqlite3PagerList = pPager->pNext; - } - if( pPager->pNext ){ - pPager->pNext->pPrev = pPager->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } -#endif - - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - pPager->errCode = 0; - pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; - pager_reset(pPager); - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) - assert( pPager->errCode || (pPager->journalOpen==0 && pPager->stmtOpen==0) ); - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInJournal); - if( pPager->stmtOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd); - } - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS - ** if( pPager->tempFile ){ - ** sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename); - ** } - */ - - sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash); - sqlite3_free(pPager->pTmpSpace); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** Return the page number for the given page data. -*/ -Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){ - return p->pgno; -} -#endif - -/* -** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page. -** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then -** remove it from the freelist. -** -** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref() -** online of the reference count is zero. For test systems, page_ref() -** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it. -*/ -static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ - /* The page is currently on the freelist. Remove it. */ - lruListRemove(pPg); - pPg->pPager->nRef++; - } - pPg->nRef++; - REFINFO(pPg); -} -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ - _page_ref(pPg); - }else{ - pPg->nRef++; - REFINFO(pPg); - } - } -#else -# define page_ref(P) ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++) -#endif - -/* -** Increment the reference count for a page. The input pointer is -** a reference to the page data. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ - pagerEnter(pPg->pPager); - page_ref(pPg); - pagerLeave(pPg->pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have -** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the -** disk. It is not safe to modify the original database file until after -** the journal has been synced. If the original database is modified before -** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal -** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the -** database changes. Database corruption would occur. -** -** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal. -** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.) -** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur. First the whole journal -** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs. -** -** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback -** after a power failure, so no sync occurs. -** -** If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL flag is set for the persistent media on which -** the database is stored, then OsSync() is never called on the journal -** file. In this case all that is required is to update the nRec field in -** the journal header. -** -** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in -** memory. -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - - /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database - ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.) - */ - if( pPager->needSync ){ - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - - /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous - ** was turned off after the transaction was started. Ticket #615 */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees - ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file. - */ - i64 jSz; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jSz); - if( rc!=0 ) return rc; - assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz ); - } -#endif - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in - ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that - ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark - ** it as a candidate for rollback. - ** - ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible - ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field - ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written - ** and never needs to be updated. - */ - i64 jrnlOff; - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags); - if( rc!=0 ) return rc; - } - - jrnlOff = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic); - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, jrnlOff, 4)); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pPager->nRec); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| - (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) - ); - if( rc!=0 ) return rc; - } - pPager->journalStarted = 1; - } - pPager->needSync = 0; - - /* Erase the needSync flag from every page. - */ - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - pPg->needSync = 0; - } - lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager); - } - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync - ** flag must also be clear for all pages. Verify that this - ** invariant is true. - */ - else{ - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - assert( pPg->needSync==0 ); - } - assert( pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==pPager->lru.pFirst ); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. -** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers. -*/ -static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ - PgHdr result, *pTail; - pTail = &result; - while( pA && pB ){ - if( pA->pgnopgno ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - pTail = pA; - pA = pA->pDirty; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - pTail = pB; - pB = pB->pDirty; - } - } - if( pA ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - }else if( pB ){ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = 0; - } - return result.pDirty; -} - -/* -** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are -** connected by pDirty pointers. The pPrevDirty pointers are -** corrupted by this sort. -*/ -#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25 -#define N_SORT_BUCKET 25 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0; - #undef N_SORT_BUCKET - #define N_SORT_BUCKET \ - (sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC) -#endif -static PgHdr *sort_pagelist(PgHdr *pIn){ - PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p; - int i; - memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); - while( pIn ){ - p = pIn; - pIn = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - for(i=0; ipPager; - - /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the - ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following - ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops. - ** - ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going - ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new - ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to - ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from - ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear. - ** - ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file - ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the - ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to - ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback - ** will require a journal playback. - */ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pList = sort_pagelist(pList); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - assert( p->dirty ); - p->dirty = 0; - } - while( pList ){ - - /* If the file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ - if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - assert(pPager->tempFile); - rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager->pVfs, pPager->fd, pPager->zFilename, - pPager->vfsFlags); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater - ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to - ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write - ** any such pages to the file. - */ - if( pList->pgno<=pPager->dbSize ){ - i64 offset = (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6); - PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)); - IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno)); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite); - if( pList->pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - else{ - PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno); - } -#endif - if( rc ) return rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList); -#endif - pList = pList->pDirty; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and -** return a pointer to the head of that list. All pages are -** collected even if they are still in use. -*/ -static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pDirty; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if there is a hot journal on the given pager. -** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back. -** -** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file -** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior -** database with the same name. Just delete the journal. -*/ -static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - if( !pPager->useJournal ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd) ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager)==0 ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** Try to find a page in the cache that can be recycled. -** -** This routine may return SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_FULL or SQLITE_OK. It -** does not set the pPager->errCode variable. -*/ -static int pager_recycle(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){ - PgHdr *pPg; - *ppPg = 0; - - /* It is illegal to call this function unless the pager object - ** pointed to by pPager has at least one free page (page with nRef==0). - */ - assert(!MEMDB); - assert(pPager->lru.pFirst); - - /* Find a page to recycle. Try to locate a page that does not - ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal. - */ - pPg = pPager->lru.pFirstSynced; - - /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync() - ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file. This is a - ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it. But sometimes - ** it can't be helped. - */ - if( pPg==0 && pPager->lru.pFirst){ - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - int rc = syncJournal(pPager); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the - ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal - ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have - ** already been written to the database (in case the header is - ** trashed when the nRec field is updated). - */ - pPager->nRec = 0; - assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 ); - assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - } - pPg = pPager->lru.pFirst; - } - - assert( pPg->nRef==0 ); - - /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty. - */ - if( pPg->dirty ){ - int rc; - assert( pPg->needSync==0 ); - makeClean(pPg); - pPg->dirty = 1; - pPg->pDirty = 0; - rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg ); - pPg->dirty = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - assert( pPg->dirty==0 ); - - /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then - ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the - ** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction. - ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback - ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember - ** that is was marked alwaysRollback. This means that all pages must - ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out. - */ - if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){ - IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager)) - pPager->alwaysRollback = 1; - } - - /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table - */ - unlinkPage(pPg); - assert( pPg->pgno==0 ); - - *ppPg = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* -** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory -** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated -** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. -** -** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number -** of bytes of memory released. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int nReq){ - int nReleased = 0; /* Bytes of memory released so far */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* The MEM2 mutex */ - Pager *pPager; /* For looping over pagers */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Acquire the memory-management mutex - */ - mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - - /* Signal all database connections that memory management wants - ** to have access to the pagers. - */ - for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){ - pPager->iInUseMM = 1; - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && (nReq<0 || nReleasedneedSync || pPg->pPager->iInUseDB) ){ - pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext; - } - if( !pPg ){ - pPg = sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst; - while( pPg && pPg->pPager->iInUseDB ){ - pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - - /* If pPg==0, then the block above has failed to find a page to - ** recycle. In this case return early - no further memory will - ** be released. - */ - if( !pPg ) break; - - pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert(!pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirst); - assert(pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced); - - rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pRecycled); - assert(pRecycled==pPg || rc!=SQLITE_OK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* We've found a page to free. At this point the page has been - ** removed from the page hash-table, free-list and synced-list - ** (pFirstSynced). It is still in the all pages (pAll) list. - ** Remove it from this list before freeing. - ** - ** Todo: Check the Pager.pStmt list to make sure this is Ok. It - ** probably is though. - */ - PgHdr *pTmp; - assert( pPg ); - if( pPg==pPager->pAll ){ - pPager->pAll = pPg->pNextAll; - }else{ - for( pTmp=pPager->pAll; pTmp->pNextAll!=pPg; pTmp=pTmp->pNextAll ){} - pTmp->pNextAll = pPg->pNextAll; - } - nReleased += ( - sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize - + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra - + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) - ); - IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d *\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); - sqlite3_free(pPg->pData); - sqlite3_free(pPg); - pPager->nPage--; - }else{ - /* An error occured whilst writing to the database file or - ** journal in pager_recycle(). The error is not returned to the - ** caller of this function. Instead, set the Pager.errCode variable. - ** The error will be returned to the user (or users, in the case - ** of a shared pager cache) of the pager for which the error occured. - */ - assert( - (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR || - rc==SQLITE_FULL || - rc==SQLITE_BUSY - ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - } - - /* Clear the memory management flags and release the mutex - */ - for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){ - pPager->iInUseMM = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - - /* Return the number of bytes released - */ - return nReleased; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ - -/* -** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file. -*/ -static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){ - int rc; - i64 offset; - assert( MEMDB==0 ); - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } - offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize, offset); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); - IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg))[24], - sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - CODEC1(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3); - PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before -** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already -** been obtained, this function is a no-op. -** -** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function -** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback -** is performed immediately. -*/ -static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isHot = 0; - - /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding - ** page references and is in an error-state, now is the chance to clear - ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any - ** open journal file as a hot-journal. - */ - if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->nRef==0 && pPager->errCode ){ - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - isHot = 1; - } - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error - ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page - ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded. - */ - if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isHot ){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - if( !MEMDB ){ - assert( pPager->nRef==0 ); - if( !pPager->noReadlock ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); - } - - /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the - ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. - */ - if( hasHotJournal(pPager) || isHot ){ - /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is - ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the - ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it - ** back. - ** - ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the - ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to - ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. - */ - if( pPager->statefd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - - /* Open the journal for reading only. Return SQLITE_BUSY if - ** we are unable to open the journal file. - ** - ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself. The - ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds - ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more - ** processes opening the journal at the same time. - ** - ** Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in - ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and - ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the - ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires - ** a read/write file handle. - */ - if( !isHot ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - if( sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){ - int fout = 0; - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods ); - if( fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - return ((rc==SQLITE_NOMEM||rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM)?rc:SQLITE_BUSY); - } - pPager->journalOpen = 1; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - - /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write - ** lock and reacquire the read lock. - */ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED || - (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED) - ); - } - - if( pPager->pAll ){ - /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file - ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous - ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database - ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the - ** cache. - ** - ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning - ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are - ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The - ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when - ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be - ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that - ** it can be neglected. - */ - char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){ - IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); - } - - if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - } - } - } - assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate a PgHdr object. Either create a new one or reuse -** an existing one that is not otherwise in use. -** -** A new PgHdr structure is created if any of the following are -** true: -** -** (1) We have not exceeded our maximum allocated cache size -** as set by the "PRAGMA cache_size" command. -** -** (2) There are no unused PgHdr objects available at this time. -** -** (3) This is an in-memory database. -** -** (4) There are no PgHdr objects that do not require a journal -** file sync and a sync of the journal file is currently -** prohibited. -** -** Otherwise, reuse an existing PgHdr. In other words, reuse an -** existing PgHdr if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) We have reached or exceeded the maximum cache size -** allowed by "PRAGMA cache_size". -** -** (2) There is a PgHdr available with PgHdr->nRef==0 -** -** (3) We are not in an in-memory database -** -** (4) Either there is an available PgHdr that does not need -** to be synced to disk or else disk syncing is currently -** allowed. -*/ -static int pagerAllocatePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - PgHdr *pPg; - void *pData; - - /* Create a new PgHdr if any of the four conditions defined - ** above are met: */ - if( pPager->nPagemxPage - || pPager->lru.pFirst==0 - || MEMDB - || (pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0 && pPager->doNotSync) - ){ - if( pPager->nPage>=pPager->nHash ){ - pager_resize_hash_table(pPager, - pPager->nHash<256 ? 256 : pPager->nHash*2); - if( pPager->nHash==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto pager_allocate_out; - } - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - pPg = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pPg) + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra - + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) ); - if( pPg ){ - pData = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize ); - if( pData==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPg); - pPg = 0; - } - } - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPg==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto pager_allocate_out; - } - memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg)); - if( MEMDB ){ - memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory)); - } - pPg->pData = pData; - pPg->pPager = pPager; - pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll; - pPager->pAll = pPg; - pPager->nPage++; - }else{ - /* Recycle an existing page with a zero ref-count. */ - rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_allocate_out; - } - assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); - assert(pPg); - } - *ppPg = pPg; - -pager_allocate_out: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make sure we have the content for a page. If the page was -** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was -** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk. -** But now we need the real data off of disk. So make sure we -** have it. Read it in if we do not have it already. -*/ -static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->needRead ){ - int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPg->needRead = 0; - }else{ - return rc; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Acquire a page. -** -** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. -** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released. -** -** This routine works for any page number greater than 0. If the database -** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk -** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to -** all zeros. The extra data appended to a page is always initialized -** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory. -** -** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, -** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt -** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already -** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() -** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it -** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. -** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks -** or journal files. -** -** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk. -** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents -** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read. Just fill in the -** page content with zeros. But mark the fact that we have not read the -** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag. Later on, if -** sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is -** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed -** and the disk read should occur at that point. -*/ -static int pagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ -){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc; - - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1 ); - - /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page - ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested. - */ - if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors. - */ - assert( pPager!=0 ); - *ppPage = 0; - - /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock - ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if - ** a database lock is already held. - */ - rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - if( pPg==0 ){ - /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */ - int nMax; - int h; - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss); - rc = pagerAllocatePage(pPager, &pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pPg->pgno = pgno; - assert( !MEMDB || pgno>pPager->stmtSize ); - if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){ -#if 0 - sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8); -#endif - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - }else{ - pPg->inJournal = 0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - } - - makeClean(pPg); - pPg->nRef = 1; - REFINFO(pPg); - - pPager->nRef++; - if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){ - memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra); - } - nMax = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return rc; - } - - /* Populate the page with data, either by reading from the database - ** file, or by setting the entire page to zero. - */ - if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || (noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback) ){ - if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize); - pPg->needRead = noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback; - IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - }else{ - rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - pPg->pgno = 0; - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return rc; - } - pPg->needRead = 0; - } - - /* Link the page into the page hash table */ - h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h]; - pPager->aHash[h] = pPg; - if( pPg->pNextHash ){ - assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 ); - pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - }else{ - /* The requested page is in the page cache. */ - assert(pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit); - if( !noContent ){ - rc = pager_get_content(pPg); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - page_ref(pPg); - } - *ppPage = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3PagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ -){ - int rc; - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = pagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, ppPage, noContent); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do -** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine -** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read -** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error -** has ever happened. -*/ -DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - - assert( pPager!=0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - assert( !pPager->pAll || pPager->exclusiveMode ); - }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - /* Do nothing */ - }else if( (pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno))!=0 ){ - page_ref(pPg); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return pPg; -} - -/* -** Release a page. -** -** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the -** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages -** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is -** removed. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - /* Decrement the reference count for this page - */ - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - pagerEnter(pPg->pPager); - pPg->nRef--; - REFINFO(pPg); - - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the - ** destructor and add the page to the freelist. - */ - if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ - - lruListAdd(pPg); - if( pPager->xDestructor ){ - pPager->xDestructor(pPg, pPager->pageSize); - } - - /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from - ** the database file. - */ - pPager->nRef--; - assert( pPager->nRef>=0 ); - if( pPager->nRef==0 && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) ){ - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create a journal file for pPager. There should already be a RESERVED -** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything. Return an error code and release the -** write lock if anything goes wrong. -*/ -static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - - int rc; - assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 ); - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - pPager->aInJournal = sqlite3MallocZero( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto failed_to_open_journal; - } - - if( pPager->tempFile ){ - flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); - }else{ - flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - ); -#else - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); -#endif - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods ); - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - goto failed_to_open_journal; - } - pPager->journalOpen = 1; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->alwaysRollback = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - goto failed_to_open_journal; - } - pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; - - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - - if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - return rc; - -failed_to_open_journal: - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInJournal); - pPager->aInJournal = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Acquire a write-lock on the database. The lock is removed when -** the any of the following happen: -** -** * sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called. -** * sqlite3PagerRollback() is called. -** * sqlite3PagerClose() is called. -** * sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page. -** -** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the -** database file. Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to -** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is -** already a read-lock on the database. -** -** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a -** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created. -** -** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file. For temporary -** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an -** actual need to write to the journal. -** -** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file -** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache. The -** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - pagerEnter(pPager); - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){ - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - if( MEMDB ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED; - if( exFlag ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; - } - pPager->dirtyCache = 0; - PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - } - } - }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode last - ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded - ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was - ** kept open and truncated to 0 bytes. - */ - assert( pPager->nRec==0 ); - assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 ); - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - pPager->aInJournal = sqlite3MallocZero( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( !pPager->aInJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - } - assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make a page dirty. Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty -** page list. -*/ -static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->dirty==0 ){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - pPg->dirty = 1; - pPg->pDirty = pPager->pDirty; - if( pPager->pDirty ){ - pPager->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg; - } - pPg->pPrevDirty = 0; - pPager->pDirty = pPg; - } -} - -/* -** Make a page clean. Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the -** dirty page list. -*/ -static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->dirty ){ - pPg->dirty = 0; - if( pPg->pDirty ){ - assert( pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty==pPg ); - pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg->pPrevDirty; - } - if( pPg->pPrevDirty ){ - assert( pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty==pPg ); - pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty = pPg->pDirty; - }else{ - assert( pPg->pPager->pDirty==pPg ); - pPg->pPager->pDirty = pPg->pDirty; - } - } -} - - -/* -** Mark a data page as writeable. The page is written into the journal -** if it is not there already. This routine must be called before making -** changes to a page. -** -** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new -** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database. If the RESERVED -** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. The -** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to -** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full, -** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback. -** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there -** is a call to sqlite3PagerCommit() or sqlite3PagerRollback() to -** reset. -*/ -static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ - void *pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Check for errors - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; - } - - assert( !pPager->setMaster ); - - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means - ** we didn't really read in the content of the page. This can happen - ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist. But - ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for - ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content - ** can be stored in the rollback journal. So do the read at this - ** time. - */ - rc = pager_get_content(pPg); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written - ** to the journal then we can return right away. - */ - makeDirty(pPg); - if( pPg->inJournal && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){ - pPager->dirtyCache = 1; - }else{ - - /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be - ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal - ** or both. - ** - ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and - ** create it if it does not. - */ - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal ); - pPager->dirtyCache = 1; - - /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an - ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to - ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. - */ - if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || MEMDB) ){ - if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){ - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); - assert( pHist->pOrig==0 ); - pHist->pOrig = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize ); - if( pHist->pOrig ){ - memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize); - } - }else{ - u32 cksum; - char *pData2; - - /* We should never write to the journal file the page that - ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies - ** that we do not. */ - assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); - cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, - pPager->journalOff + 4); - pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum); - pPager->journalOff += 4; - } - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, - pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); - PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pager_pagehash(pPg)); - - /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The - ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pPager->nRec++; - assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 ); - pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync; - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - } - }else{ - pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync; - PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync); - } - if( pPg->needSync ){ - pPager->needSync = 1; - } - pPg->inJournal = 1; - } - - /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, - ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that - ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format - ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. - */ - if( pPager->stmtInUse - && !pageInStatement(pPg) - && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize - ){ - assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - assert( pHist->pStmt==0 ); - pHist->pStmt = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize ); - if( pHist->pStmt ){ - memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize); - } - PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); - page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg); - }else{ - i64 offset = pPager->stmtNRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); - rc = write32bits(pPager->stfd, offset, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - } - PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pPager->stmtNRec++; - assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 ); - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - } - } - - /* Update the database size and return. - */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){ - pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; - if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){ - pPager->dbSize++; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses -** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open) -** and write the page *pData to the journal. -** -** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this -** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages -** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages -** must have been written to the journal file before returning. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); - - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){ - Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ - Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ - int ii; - int needSync = 0; - - /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal - ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function. - */ - assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 1; - - /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are - ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier - ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. - */ - pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; - - nPageCount = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ - nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; - }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ - nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; - }else{ - nPage = nPagePerSector; - } - assert(nPage>0); - assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); - assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); - - for(ii=0; iiaInJournal || pg==pPg->pgno || - pg>pPager->origDbSize || !(pPager->aInJournal[pg/8]&(1<<(pg&7))) - ) { - if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_write(pPage); - if( pPage->needSync ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - } - } - }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg)) ){ - if( pPage->needSync ){ - needSync = 1; - } - } - } - - /* If the PgHdr.needSync flag is set for any of the nPage pages - ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because - ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the - ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them - ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. - */ - if( needSync ){ - for(ii=0; iineedSync = 1; - } - assert(pPager->needSync); - } - - assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 0; - }else{ - rc = pager_write(pDbPage); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed -** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok -** to change the content of the page. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->dirty; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third -** argument. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc; - - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg), pData, pPager->pageSize); - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to -** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though -** that page might be marked as dirty. -** -** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data -** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so -** that it does not get written to disk. -** -** Tests show that this optimization, together with the -** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed -** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs. -** -** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true. -** Subsequent calls to sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page -** will thereafter be ignored. This is necessary to avoid a problem -** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of -** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part -** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose. When it -** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called. When reused, -** the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called. But because the -** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets -** rolled back in spite of the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ - PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - if( MEMDB ) return; - pagerEnter(pPager); - pPg->alwaysRollback = 1; - if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->stmtInUse ){ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSizedbSize ){ - /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown - ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean. - ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page - ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct - ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file - ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database - ** corruption during the next transaction. - */ - }else{ - PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - makeClean(pPg); -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - } - } - pagerLeave(pPager); -} - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs, -** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page. This -** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the -** rollback journal. -** -** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if -** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise -** that we will never need to read the page content in the future. -** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - pagerEnter(pPager); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return; - if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || MEMDB ) return; - if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){ - assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 ); - pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - pPg->inJournal = 1; - pPg->needRead = 0; - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - } - if( pPager->stmtInUse - && !pageInStatement(pPg) - && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize - ){ - assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 ); - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); -} - - -/* -** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter, -** stored at byte 24 of the pager file. -*/ -static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirect){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - u32 change_counter; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){ - /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( !isDirect ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - return rc; - } - } - - /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ - change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers); - change_counter++; - put32bits(((char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr))+24, change_counter); - - if( isDirect && pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - const void *zBuf = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); - } - - /* Release the page reference. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name -** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual -** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master -** journal (a single database transaction). -** -** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written -** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that -** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or -** master journal file if specified). -** -** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value -** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. -** -** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to -** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster, Pgno nTrunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n", - pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc); - pagerEnter(pPager); - - /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this - ** function has already been called, it is a no-op. - */ - if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){ - PgHdr *pPg; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - /* The atomic-write optimization can be used if all of the - ** following are true: - ** - ** + The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and - ** + This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and - ** + Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. - ** - ** If the optimization can be used, then the journal file will never - ** be created for this transaction. - */ - int useAtomicWrite = ( - !zMaster && - pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && - nTrunc==0 && - (0==pPager->pDirty || 0==pPager->pDirty->pDirty) - ); - if( useAtomicWrite ){ - /* Update the nRec field in the journal file. */ - int offset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic); - assert(pPager->nRec==1); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, offset, pPager->nRec); - - /* Update the db file change counter. The following call will modify - ** the in-memory representation of page 1 to include the updated - ** change counter and then write page 1 directly to the database - ** file. Because of the atomic-write property of the host file-system, - ** this is safe. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); - } - }else{ - rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); - } - - if( !useAtomicWrite && rc==SQLITE_OK ) -#endif - - /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the - ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is - ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the - ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written. - */ - if( !pPager->setMaster ){ - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( nTrunc!=0 ){ - /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages - ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal - ** file. - */ - Pgno i; - int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); - for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){ - if( !(pPager->aInJournal[i/8] & (1<<(i&7))) && i!=iSkip ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - } - } - } -#endif - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( nTrunc!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - } -#endif - - /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */ - pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager); - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - while( pPg && !pPg->dirty ){ pPg = pPg->pDirty; } - pPager->pDirty = pPg; - goto sync_exit; - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; - - /* Sync the database file. */ - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); - } - IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - - pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED; - }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc); - } - -sync_exit: - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){ - /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive - * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since - * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it's - * better to return SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock. -** -** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made -** and an error code is returned. If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK -** is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; - - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->statedirty = 0; - pPg->inJournal = 0; - pHist->inStmt = 0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; - pPg = pPg->pDirty; - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback ); - assert( !pHist->pOrig ); - assert( !pHist->pStmt ); - } -#endif - pPager->pStmt = 0; - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->dirtyCache ); - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache ); - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode. -** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents. -** The journal is deleted. -** -** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following -** the correct locking protocol or unless some other -** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or -** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM). Appropriate error -** codes are returned for all these occasions. Otherwise, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){ - PgHistory *pHist; - assert( !p->alwaysRollback ); - if( !p->dirty ){ - assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig ); - assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt ); - continue; - } - - pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager); - if( pHist->pOrig ){ - memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize); - PAGERTRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - }else{ - PAGERTRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - } - clearHistory(pHist); - p->dirty = 0; - p->inJournal = 0; - pHist->inStmt = 0; - pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; - if( pPager->xReiniter ){ - pPager->xReiniter(p, pPager->pageSize); - } - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; - pPager->pStmt = 0; - pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - pPager->stmtInUse = 0; - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; - } - - if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ - pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){ - int rc2; - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - }else{ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - /* pager_reset(pPager); */ - pPager->dbSize = -1; - - /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager - ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error - ** persistent. - */ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE -** if the database is (in theory) writable. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->readOnly; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the pager. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->nRef; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. -*/ -int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ - static int a[11]; - a[0] = pPager->nRef; - a[1] = pPager->nPage; - a[2] = pPager->mxPage; - a[3] = pPager->dbSize; - a[4] = pPager->state; - a[5] = pPager->errCode; - a[6] = pPager->nHit; - a[7] = pPager->nMiss; - a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ - a[9] = pPager->nRead; - a[10] = pPager->nWrite; - return a; -} -#endif - -/* -** Set the statement rollback point. -** -** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already -** open. A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback -** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction. -*/ -static int pagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - assert( !pPager->stmtInUse ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 ); - PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( MEMDB ){ - pPager->stmtInUse = 1; - pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !pPager->journalOpen ){ - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - pagerLeave(pPager); - assert( pPager->aInStmt==0 ); - pPager->aInStmt = sqlite3MallocZero( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){ - /* sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize); - if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed; - assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff ); -#endif - pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff; - pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0; - pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit; - if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager->pVfs, pPager->stfd, pPager->zStmtJrnl, - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); - if( rc ){ - goto stmt_begin_failed; - } - pPager->stmtOpen = 1; - pPager->stmtNRec = 0; - } - pPager->stmtInUse = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - -stmt_begin_failed: - if( pPager->aInStmt ){ - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInStmt); - pPager->aInStmt = 0; - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = pagerStmtBegin(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Commit a statement. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){ - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - PgHdr *pPg, *pNext; - PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( !MEMDB ){ - /* sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->stfd, 0); */ - sqlite3_free( pPager->aInStmt ); - pPager->aInStmt = 0; - }else{ - for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - pNext = pHist->pNextStmt; - assert( pHist->inStmt ); - pHist->inStmt = 0; - pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; - sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt); - pHist->pStmt = 0; - } - } - pPager->stmtNRec = 0; - pPager->stmtInUse = 0; - pPager->pStmt = 0; - } - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; - pagerLeave(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rollback a statement. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHdr *pPg; - PgHistory *pHist; - for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pHist->pNextStmt){ - pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - if( pHist->pStmt ){ - memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize); - sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt); - pHist->pStmt = 0; - } - } - pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager); - } - sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the database file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zFilename; -} - -/* -** Return the VFS structure for the pager. -*/ -const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pVfs; -} - -/* -** Return the file handle for the database file associated -** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has -** not yet been opened. -*/ -sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->fd; -} - -/* -** Return the directory of the database file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zDirectory; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the journal file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zJournal; -} - -/* -** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE -** if fsync()s are executed normally. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->noSync; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Set the codec for this pager -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( - Pager *pPager, - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), - void *pCodecArg -){ - pPager->xCodec = xCodec; - pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. -** -** There must be no references to the page previously located at -** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be -** in cache. If the page previous located at pgno is not already -** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. -** -** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any -** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes -** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. -** -** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be -** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction -** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement -** transaction is active). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ - int h; - Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; - - pagerEnter(pPager); - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - - PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pgno); - IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) - - pager_get_content(pPg); - if( pPg->needSync ){ - needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; - assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - assert( pPg->dirty ); - assert( pPager->needSync ); - } - - /* Unlink pPg from it's hash-chain */ - unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg); - - /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from it's hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained - ** for the page moved there. - */ - pPg->needSync = 0; - pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - if( pPgOld ){ - assert( pPgOld->nRef==0 ); - unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPgOld); - makeClean(pPgOld); - pPg->needSync = pPgOld->needSync; - }else{ - pPg->needSync = 0; - } - if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){ - pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0; - }else{ - pPg->inJournal = 0; - assert( pPg->needSync==0 || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - } - - /* Change the page number for pPg and insert it into the new hash-chain. */ - assert( pgno!=0 ); - pPg->pgno = pgno; - h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); - if( pPager->aHash[h] ){ - assert( pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash==0 ); - pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg; - } - pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h]; - pPager->aHash[h] = pPg; - pPg->pPrevHash = 0; - - makeDirty(pPg); - pPager->dirtyCache = 1; - - if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be - ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the - ** Pager.aInJournal bit has been set. This needs to be remedied by loading - ** the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync flag. - ** - ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make - ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too. - */ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - assert( pPager->needSync ); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pPager->needSync = 1; - pPgHdr->needSync = 1; - pPgHdr->inJournal = 1; - makeDirty(pPgHdr); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - } - - pagerLeave(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ - return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space -** allocated along with the specified page. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - return (pPager?PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager):0); -} - -/* -** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then -** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. -** -** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) -** locking-mode. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); - if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){ - pPager->exclusiveMode = eMode; - } - return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", - pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef); - } -} -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.h deleted file mode 100644 index 731efdeb..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -** -** @(#) $Id$ -*/ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef unsigned int Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following -** routines: -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int,int,int); -void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler); -void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int)); -void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int)); -int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*); -int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); -void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*); -int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno); -int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag); -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno); -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*); -void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*); -void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int); -const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); -const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*); -const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno); -void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); -int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*); -#endif - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); - int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); - void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - int pager3_refinfo_enable; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4fb4866a..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3505 +0,0 @@ -/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -*/ -/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration -** in the input file. */ -#include -#line 56 "parse.y" - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds information about the -** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct LimitVal { - Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ - Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, -** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. -*/ -struct LikeOp { - Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ - int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a -** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, -** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form -** -** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) -** -** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". -*/ -struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. -*/ -struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; - -#line 47 "parse.c" -/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. -** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. -*/ -/* -** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) -** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser -** understands. -** -** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. -*/ -/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. -*/ -#ifndef INTERFACE -# define INTERFACE 1 -#endif -/* The next thing included is series of defines which control -** various aspects of the generated parser. -** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals -** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. -** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds -** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This -** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash -** table. -** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens -** have fall-back values which should be used if the -** original value of the token will not parse. -** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and -** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. -** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given -** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. -** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. -** This is typically a union of many types, one of -** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union -** for base tokens is called "yy0". -** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If -** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() -** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser -** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser -** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. -** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar -** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not -** defined, then do no error processing. -*/ -#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char -#define YYNOCODE 248 -#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int -#define YYWILDCARD 59 -#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token -typedef union { - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; - int yy46; - struct LikeOp yy72; - Expr* yy172; - ExprList* yy174; - Select* yy219; - struct LimitVal yy234; - TriggerStep* yy243; - struct TrigEvent yy370; - SrcList* yy373; - Expr * yy386; - struct {int value; int mask;} yy405; - Token yy410; - IdList* yy432; - int yy495; -} YYMINORTYPE; -#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH -#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 -#endif -#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; -#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse -#define YYNSTATE 586 -#define YYNRULE 311 -#define YYERRORSYMBOL 138 -#define YYERRSYMDT yy495 -#define YYFALLBACK 1 -#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) -#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) -#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) - -/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the -** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement -** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. -** -** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as -** follows -** -** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead -** token onto the stack and goto state N. -** -** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused -** slots in the yy_action[] table. -** -** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. -** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as -** -** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] -** -** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value -** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] -** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table -** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. -** -** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is -** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after -** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of -** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of -** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. -** -** The following are the tables generated in this section: -** -** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. -** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in -** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. -** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting terminals. -** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. -** yy_default[] Default action for each state. -*/ -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { - /* 0 */ 290, 898, 122, 585, 407, 170, 2, 437, 61, 61, - /* 10 */ 61, 61, 517, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, - /* 20 */ 65, 65, 66, 231, 445, 209, 422, 428, 68, 63, - /* 30 */ 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, - /* 40 */ 389, 386, 394, 449, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, - /* 50 */ 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 261, 63, 63, - /* 60 */ 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 290, - /* 70 */ 491, 492, 437, 487, 206, 81, 67, 417, 69, 152, - /* 80 */ 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, - /* 90 */ 231, 67, 460, 69, 152, 422, 428, 571, 262, 58, - /* 100 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 395, 396, 419, - /* 110 */ 419, 419, 290, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, - /* 120 */ 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 315, 63, 63, 63, - /* 130 */ 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 422, 428, - /* 140 */ 93, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 394, 231, 412, 34, - /* 150 */ 56, 296, 440, 441, 408, 486, 60, 59, 295, 432, - /* 160 */ 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 488, - /* 170 */ 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, - /* 180 */ 231, 290, 255, 522, 293, 569, 112, 406, 520, 449, - /* 190 */ 329, 315, 405, 20, 437, 338, 517, 394, 530, 529, - /* 200 */ 503, 445, 209, 568, 567, 206, 528, 422, 428, 147, - /* 210 */ 148, 395, 396, 412, 41, 208, 149, 531, 370, 487, - /* 220 */ 259, 566, 257, 417, 290, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, - /* 230 */ 429, 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 315, 63, - /* 240 */ 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, - /* 250 */ 422, 428, 445, 331, 212, 419, 419, 419, 361, 437, - /* 260 */ 412, 41, 395, 396, 364, 565, 208, 290, 60, 59, - /* 270 */ 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, - /* 280 */ 61, 394, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, - /* 290 */ 65, 66, 231, 422, 428, 489, 298, 522, 472, 66, - /* 300 */ 231, 211, 472, 224, 409, 284, 532, 20, 447, 521, - /* 310 */ 166, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, - /* 320 */ 61, 61, 61, 61, 472, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, - /* 330 */ 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 207, 478, 315, 76, - /* 340 */ 290, 235, 298, 55, 482, 225, 395, 396, 179, 545, - /* 350 */ 492, 343, 346, 347, 67, 150, 69, 152, 337, 522, - /* 360 */ 412, 35, 348, 237, 249, 368, 422, 428, 576, 20, - /* 370 */ 162, 116, 239, 341, 244, 342, 174, 320, 440, 441, - /* 380 */ 412, 3, 79, 250, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, - /* 390 */ 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 172, 63, 63, - /* 400 */ 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 290, - /* 410 */ 249, 548, 232, 485, 508, 351, 315, 116, 239, 341, - /* 420 */ 244, 342, 174, 179, 315, 523, 343, 346, 347, 250, - /* 430 */ 218, 413, 153, 462, 509, 422, 428, 348, 412, 34, - /* 440 */ 463, 208, 175, 173, 158, 233, 412, 34, 336, 547, - /* 450 */ 447, 321, 166, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, - /* 460 */ 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 413, 63, 63, 63, - /* 470 */ 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 290, 540, - /* 480 */ 333, 515, 502, 539, 454, 569, 300, 19, 329, 142, - /* 490 */ 315, 388, 315, 328, 2, 360, 455, 292, 481, 371, - /* 500 */ 267, 266, 250, 568, 422, 428, 586, 389, 386, 456, - /* 510 */ 206, 493, 412, 49, 412, 49, 301, 583, 889, 157, - /* 520 */ 889, 494, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, - /* 530 */ 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 199, 63, 63, 63, 63, - /* 540 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 290, 315, 179, - /* 550 */ 436, 253, 343, 346, 347, 368, 151, 580, 306, 248, - /* 560 */ 307, 450, 75, 348, 77, 380, 208, 423, 424, 413, - /* 570 */ 412, 27, 317, 422, 428, 438, 1, 22, 583, 888, - /* 580 */ 394, 888, 542, 476, 318, 261, 435, 435, 426, 427, - /* 590 */ 413, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, - /* 600 */ 61, 61, 61, 61, 326, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, - /* 610 */ 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 290, 425, 580, 372, - /* 620 */ 219, 92, 515, 9, 334, 394, 555, 394, 454, 67, - /* 630 */ 394, 69, 152, 397, 398, 399, 318, 234, 435, 435, - /* 640 */ 455, 316, 422, 428, 297, 395, 396, 318, 430, 435, - /* 650 */ 435, 579, 289, 456, 220, 325, 5, 217, 544, 290, - /* 660 */ 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, 61, - /* 670 */ 61, 61, 61, 393, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, - /* 680 */ 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 422, 428, 480, 311, 390, - /* 690 */ 395, 396, 395, 396, 205, 395, 396, 821, 271, 515, - /* 700 */ 248, 198, 290, 60, 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, - /* 710 */ 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 468, 63, 63, 63, - /* 720 */ 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 422, 428, - /* 730 */ 169, 158, 261, 261, 302, 413, 274, 117, 272, 261, - /* 740 */ 515, 515, 261, 515, 190, 290, 60, 70, 295, 432, - /* 750 */ 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 377, - /* 760 */ 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, - /* 770 */ 231, 422, 428, 382, 557, 303, 304, 248, 413, 318, - /* 780 */ 558, 435, 435, 559, 538, 358, 538, 385, 290, 194, - /* 790 */ 59, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, 62, 61, 61, - /* 800 */ 61, 61, 369, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, - /* 810 */ 65, 65, 66, 231, 422, 428, 394, 273, 248, 248, - /* 820 */ 170, 246, 437, 413, 384, 365, 176, 177, 178, 467, - /* 830 */ 309, 121, 154, 126, 295, 432, 433, 429, 429, 62, - /* 840 */ 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 315, 63, 63, 63, 63, - /* 850 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 231, 72, 322, 175, - /* 860 */ 4, 315, 261, 315, 294, 261, 413, 412, 28, 315, - /* 870 */ 261, 315, 319, 72, 322, 315, 4, 418, 443, 443, - /* 880 */ 294, 395, 396, 412, 23, 412, 32, 437, 319, 324, - /* 890 */ 327, 412, 53, 412, 52, 315, 156, 412, 97, 449, - /* 900 */ 315, 192, 315, 275, 315, 324, 376, 469, 500, 315, - /* 910 */ 476, 277, 476, 163, 292, 449, 315, 412, 95, 74, - /* 920 */ 73, 467, 412, 100, 412, 101, 412, 111, 72, 313, - /* 930 */ 314, 412, 113, 417, 446, 74, 73, 479, 412, 16, - /* 940 */ 379, 315, 181, 465, 72, 313, 314, 72, 322, 417, - /* 950 */ 4, 206, 315, 184, 294, 315, 497, 498, 474, 206, - /* 960 */ 171, 339, 319, 412, 98, 419, 419, 419, 420, 421, - /* 970 */ 11, 359, 378, 305, 412, 33, 413, 412, 96, 324, - /* 980 */ 458, 419, 419, 419, 420, 421, 11, 413, 411, 449, - /* 990 */ 411, 160, 410, 315, 410, 466, 221, 222, 223, 103, - /* 1000 */ 83, 471, 315, 507, 506, 315, 620, 475, 315, 74, - /* 1010 */ 73, 245, 203, 21, 279, 412, 24, 437, 72, 313, - /* 1020 */ 314, 280, 315, 417, 412, 54, 505, 412, 114, 315, - /* 1030 */ 412, 115, 504, 201, 145, 547, 240, 510, 524, 200, - /* 1040 */ 315, 511, 202, 315, 412, 25, 315, 241, 315, 18, - /* 1050 */ 315, 412, 36, 315, 254, 419, 419, 419, 420, 421, - /* 1060 */ 11, 256, 412, 37, 258, 412, 26, 315, 412, 38, - /* 1070 */ 412, 39, 412, 40, 260, 412, 42, 315, 512, 315, - /* 1080 */ 126, 315, 437, 315, 187, 375, 276, 266, 265, 412, - /* 1090 */ 43, 291, 315, 252, 315, 126, 206, 581, 8, 412, - /* 1100 */ 44, 412, 29, 412, 30, 412, 45, 350, 363, 126, - /* 1110 */ 315, 543, 315, 126, 412, 46, 412, 47, 315, 355, - /* 1120 */ 381, 551, 315, 171, 552, 315, 90, 562, 578, 90, - /* 1130 */ 288, 366, 412, 48, 412, 31, 582, 367, 268, 269, - /* 1140 */ 412, 10, 270, 554, 412, 50, 564, 412, 51, 278, - /* 1150 */ 281, 282, 575, 144, 442, 403, 323, 226, 444, 461, - /* 1160 */ 464, 242, 503, 550, 561, 513, 161, 392, 400, 516, - /* 1170 */ 401, 345, 402, 7, 312, 83, 227, 332, 228, 82, - /* 1180 */ 330, 57, 408, 416, 168, 78, 459, 123, 210, 414, - /* 1190 */ 84, 335, 340, 299, 496, 500, 490, 229, 495, 243, - /* 1200 */ 104, 247, 499, 501, 230, 285, 415, 215, 514, 518, - /* 1210 */ 525, 526, 519, 236, 527, 473, 238, 352, 477, 286, - /* 1220 */ 182, 356, 533, 354, 119, 183, 185, 87, 546, 130, - /* 1230 */ 186, 535, 188, 140, 362, 191, 553, 216, 373, 374, - /* 1240 */ 131, 560, 308, 132, 133, 572, 577, 136, 263, 134, - /* 1250 */ 139, 536, 573, 391, 91, 94, 404, 574, 99, 214, - /* 1260 */ 102, 621, 622, 431, 164, 434, 165, 71, 141, 17, - /* 1270 */ 439, 448, 451, 155, 6, 452, 470, 110, 167, 453, - /* 1280 */ 457, 124, 13, 213, 120, 80, 12, 125, 159, 483, - /* 1290 */ 484, 85, 310, 105, 180, 251, 106, 118, 86, 107, - /* 1300 */ 241, 344, 349, 353, 143, 534, 127, 357, 171, 189, - /* 1310 */ 264, 108, 287, 128, 549, 129, 193, 537, 541, 14, - /* 1320 */ 195, 88, 196, 556, 197, 137, 138, 135, 15, 563, - /* 1330 */ 570, 109, 283, 146, 204, 383, 387, 899, 584, 899, - /* 1340 */ 899, 899, 899, 899, 89, -}; -static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { - /* 0 */ 16, 139, 140, 141, 168, 21, 144, 23, 69, 70, - /* 10 */ 71, 72, 176, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 20 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 78, 79, 42, 43, 73, 74, - /* 30 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, - /* 40 */ 1, 2, 23, 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, - /* 50 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, - /* 60 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, - /* 70 */ 185, 186, 88, 88, 110, 22, 217, 92, 219, 220, - /* 80 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, - /* 90 */ 84, 217, 218, 219, 220, 42, 43, 238, 188, 46, - /* 100 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 88, 89, 124, - /* 110 */ 125, 126, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, - /* 120 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, - /* 130 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, - /* 140 */ 44, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 23, 84, 169, 170, - /* 150 */ 19, 164, 165, 166, 23, 169, 60, 61, 62, 63, - /* 160 */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 169, - /* 170 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, - /* 180 */ 84, 16, 14, 147, 150, 147, 21, 167, 168, 58, - /* 190 */ 211, 147, 156, 157, 23, 216, 176, 23, 181, 176, - /* 200 */ 177, 78, 79, 165, 166, 110, 183, 42, 43, 78, - /* 210 */ 79, 88, 89, 169, 170, 228, 180, 181, 123, 88, - /* 220 */ 52, 98, 54, 92, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, - /* 230 */ 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, - /* 240 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, - /* 250 */ 42, 43, 78, 209, 210, 124, 125, 126, 224, 88, - /* 260 */ 169, 170, 88, 89, 230, 227, 228, 16, 60, 61, - /* 270 */ 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, - /* 280 */ 72, 23, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, - /* 290 */ 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 160, 16, 147, 161, 83, - /* 300 */ 84, 210, 161, 153, 169, 158, 156, 157, 161, 162, - /* 310 */ 163, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, - /* 320 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 161, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 330 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 192, 200, 147, 131, - /* 340 */ 16, 200, 16, 199, 20, 190, 88, 89, 90, 185, - /* 350 */ 186, 93, 94, 95, 217, 22, 219, 220, 147, 147, - /* 360 */ 169, 170, 104, 200, 84, 147, 42, 43, 156, 157, - /* 370 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 164, 165, 166, - /* 380 */ 169, 170, 131, 103, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, - /* 390 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 155, 74, 75, - /* 400 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, - /* 410 */ 84, 11, 221, 20, 30, 16, 147, 91, 92, 93, - /* 420 */ 94, 95, 96, 90, 147, 181, 93, 94, 95, 103, - /* 430 */ 212, 189, 155, 27, 50, 42, 43, 104, 169, 170, - /* 440 */ 34, 228, 43, 201, 202, 147, 169, 170, 206, 49, - /* 450 */ 161, 162, 163, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, - /* 460 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 189, 74, 75, 76, - /* 470 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 25, - /* 480 */ 211, 147, 20, 29, 12, 147, 102, 19, 211, 21, - /* 490 */ 147, 141, 147, 216, 144, 41, 24, 98, 20, 99, - /* 500 */ 100, 101, 103, 165, 42, 43, 0, 1, 2, 37, - /* 510 */ 110, 39, 169, 170, 169, 170, 182, 19, 20, 147, - /* 520 */ 22, 49, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, - /* 530 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 155, 74, 75, 76, 77, - /* 540 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 147, 90, - /* 550 */ 20, 20, 93, 94, 95, 147, 155, 59, 215, 225, - /* 560 */ 215, 20, 130, 104, 132, 227, 228, 42, 43, 189, - /* 570 */ 169, 170, 16, 42, 43, 20, 19, 22, 19, 20, - /* 580 */ 23, 22, 18, 147, 106, 147, 108, 109, 63, 64, - /* 590 */ 189, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, - /* 600 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 186, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 610 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 92, 59, 55, - /* 620 */ 212, 21, 147, 19, 147, 23, 188, 23, 12, 217, - /* 630 */ 23, 219, 220, 7, 8, 9, 106, 147, 108, 109, - /* 640 */ 24, 147, 42, 43, 208, 88, 89, 106, 92, 108, - /* 650 */ 109, 244, 245, 37, 145, 39, 191, 182, 94, 16, - /* 660 */ 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, - /* 670 */ 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, - /* 680 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 80, 142, 143, - /* 690 */ 88, 89, 88, 89, 148, 88, 89, 133, 14, 147, - /* 700 */ 225, 155, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, - /* 710 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 114, 74, 75, 76, - /* 720 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, - /* 730 */ 201, 202, 147, 147, 182, 189, 52, 147, 54, 147, - /* 740 */ 147, 147, 147, 147, 155, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, - /* 750 */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 213, - /* 760 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, - /* 770 */ 84, 42, 43, 188, 188, 182, 182, 225, 189, 106, - /* 780 */ 188, 108, 109, 188, 99, 100, 101, 241, 16, 155, - /* 790 */ 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, - /* 800 */ 71, 72, 213, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 810 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 23, 133, 225, 225, - /* 820 */ 21, 225, 23, 189, 239, 236, 99, 100, 101, 22, - /* 830 */ 242, 243, 155, 22, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, - /* 840 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, - /* 850 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 17, 43, - /* 860 */ 19, 147, 147, 147, 23, 147, 189, 169, 170, 147, - /* 870 */ 147, 147, 31, 16, 17, 147, 19, 147, 124, 125, - /* 880 */ 23, 88, 89, 169, 170, 169, 170, 88, 31, 48, - /* 890 */ 147, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 89, 169, 170, 58, - /* 900 */ 147, 22, 147, 188, 147, 48, 188, 114, 97, 147, - /* 910 */ 147, 188, 147, 19, 98, 58, 147, 169, 170, 78, - /* 920 */ 79, 114, 169, 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 87, 88, - /* 930 */ 89, 169, 170, 92, 161, 78, 79, 80, 169, 170, - /* 940 */ 91, 147, 155, 22, 87, 88, 89, 16, 17, 92, - /* 950 */ 19, 110, 147, 155, 23, 147, 7, 8, 20, 110, - /* 960 */ 22, 80, 31, 169, 170, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, - /* 970 */ 129, 208, 123, 208, 169, 170, 189, 169, 170, 48, - /* 980 */ 147, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 189, 107, 58, - /* 990 */ 107, 5, 111, 147, 111, 203, 10, 11, 12, 13, - /* 1000 */ 121, 147, 147, 91, 92, 147, 112, 147, 147, 78, - /* 1010 */ 79, 147, 26, 19, 28, 169, 170, 23, 87, 88, - /* 1020 */ 89, 35, 147, 92, 169, 170, 178, 169, 170, 147, - /* 1030 */ 169, 170, 147, 47, 113, 49, 92, 178, 147, 53, - /* 1040 */ 147, 178, 56, 147, 169, 170, 147, 103, 147, 19, - /* 1050 */ 147, 169, 170, 147, 147, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, - /* 1060 */ 129, 147, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, - /* 1070 */ 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 147, 20, 147, - /* 1080 */ 22, 147, 88, 147, 232, 99, 100, 101, 147, 169, - /* 1090 */ 170, 105, 147, 20, 147, 22, 110, 20, 68, 169, - /* 1100 */ 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 20, 147, 22, - /* 1110 */ 147, 20, 147, 22, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 233, - /* 1120 */ 134, 20, 147, 22, 20, 147, 22, 20, 20, 22, - /* 1130 */ 22, 147, 169, 170, 169, 170, 59, 147, 147, 147, - /* 1140 */ 169, 170, 147, 147, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 147, - /* 1150 */ 147, 147, 147, 191, 229, 149, 223, 193, 229, 172, - /* 1160 */ 172, 172, 177, 194, 194, 172, 6, 146, 146, 172, - /* 1170 */ 146, 173, 146, 22, 154, 121, 194, 118, 195, 119, - /* 1180 */ 116, 120, 23, 160, 112, 130, 152, 152, 222, 189, - /* 1190 */ 98, 115, 98, 40, 179, 97, 171, 196, 171, 171, - /* 1200 */ 19, 84, 173, 171, 197, 174, 198, 226, 160, 160, - /* 1210 */ 171, 171, 179, 204, 171, 205, 204, 15, 205, 174, - /* 1220 */ 151, 38, 152, 152, 60, 151, 151, 130, 184, 19, - /* 1230 */ 152, 152, 151, 214, 152, 184, 194, 226, 152, 15, - /* 1240 */ 187, 194, 152, 187, 187, 33, 137, 184, 234, 187, - /* 1250 */ 214, 235, 152, 1, 237, 237, 20, 152, 159, 175, - /* 1260 */ 175, 112, 112, 92, 112, 107, 112, 19, 19, 231, - /* 1270 */ 20, 20, 11, 19, 117, 20, 114, 240, 22, 20, - /* 1280 */ 20, 19, 117, 44, 243, 22, 22, 20, 112, 20, - /* 1290 */ 20, 19, 246, 19, 96, 20, 19, 32, 19, 19, - /* 1300 */ 103, 44, 44, 16, 21, 17, 98, 36, 22, 98, - /* 1310 */ 133, 19, 5, 45, 1, 102, 122, 51, 45, 19, - /* 1320 */ 113, 68, 14, 17, 115, 102, 122, 113, 19, 123, - /* 1330 */ 20, 14, 136, 19, 135, 57, 3, 247, 4, 247, - /* 1340 */ 247, 247, 247, 247, 68, -}; -#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-62) -#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 387 -static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 39, 841, 986, -16, 841, 931, 931, 258, 123, -36, - /* 10 */ 96, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, -45, 400, 174, 19, - /* 20 */ 171, -54, -54, 53, 165, 208, 251, 324, 393, 462, - /* 30 */ 531, 600, 643, 686, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, - /* 40 */ 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, - /* 50 */ 643, 643, 729, 772, 772, 857, 931, 931, 931, 931, - /* 60 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, - /* 70 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, - /* 80 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, - /* 90 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, -61, -61, 6, 6, 280, - /* 100 */ 22, 61, 399, 564, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, - /* 110 */ 19, 216, 171, 63, -62, -62, 131, 326, 472, 472, - /* 120 */ 498, 559, 506, 799, 19, 799, 19, 19, 19, 19, - /* 130 */ 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 849, - /* 140 */ 95, -36, -36, -36, -62, -62, -62, -15, -15, 333, - /* 150 */ 459, 478, 557, 530, 541, 616, 602, 793, 604, 607, - /* 160 */ 626, 19, 19, 881, 19, 19, 994, 19, 19, 807, - /* 170 */ 19, 19, 673, 807, 19, 19, 384, 384, 384, 19, - /* 180 */ 19, 673, 19, 19, 673, 19, 454, 685, 19, 19, - /* 190 */ 673, 19, 19, 19, 673, 19, 19, 19, 673, 673, - /* 200 */ 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 468, 883, 921, 754, 754, - /* 210 */ 432, 406, 406, 406, 816, 406, 406, 811, 879, 879, - /* 220 */ 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1151, -36, 1054, 1059, 1060, 1064, - /* 230 */ 1061, 1159, 1055, 1072, 1072, 1092, 1076, 1092, 1076, 1094, - /* 240 */ 1094, 1153, 1094, 1098, 1094, 1181, 1117, 1159, 1117, 1159, - /* 250 */ 1153, 1094, 1094, 1094, 1181, 1202, 1072, 1202, 1072, 1202, - /* 260 */ 1072, 1072, 1183, 1097, 1202, 1072, 1164, 1164, 1210, 1054, - /* 270 */ 1072, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1054, 1164, 1210, 1072, 1212, - /* 280 */ 1212, 1072, 1072, 1109, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, - /* 290 */ 525, 684, 727, 168, 894, 556, 555, 938, 944, 949, - /* 300 */ 912, 1058, 1073, 1087, 1091, 1101, 1104, 1107, 1030, 1108, - /* 310 */ 1077, 1252, 1236, 1149, 1150, 1152, 1154, 1171, 1158, 1248, - /* 320 */ 1250, 1251, 1249, 1261, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1259, 1260, 1263, - /* 330 */ 1157, 1264, 1165, 1263, 1162, 1262, 1267, 1176, 1269, 1270, - /* 340 */ 1265, 1239, 1272, 1257, 1274, 1275, 1277, 1279, 1258, 1280, - /* 350 */ 1198, 1197, 1287, 1288, 1283, 1208, 1271, 1266, 1268, 1286, - /* 360 */ 1273, 1177, 1211, 1292, 1307, 1313, 1213, 1253, 1276, 1194, - /* 370 */ 1300, 1207, 1308, 1209, 1306, 1214, 1223, 1204, 1309, 1206, - /* 380 */ 1310, 1317, 1278, 1199, 1196, 1314, 1333, 1334, -}; -#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-165) -#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 289 -static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ -138, 277, 546, 137, 401, -21, 44, 36, 38, 242, - /* 10 */ -141, 191, 91, 269, 343, 345, -126, 589, 338, 150, - /* 20 */ 147, -13, 213, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, - /* 30 */ 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, - /* 40 */ 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, - /* 50 */ 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 211, 698, 714, 716, 722, - /* 60 */ 724, 728, 748, 753, 755, 757, 762, 769, 794, 805, - /* 70 */ 808, 846, 855, 858, 861, 875, 882, 893, 896, 899, - /* 80 */ 901, 903, 906, 920, 930, 932, 934, 936, 945, 947, - /* 90 */ 963, 965, 971, 975, 978, 412, 412, 412, 412, 20, - /* 100 */ 412, 412, 23, 34, 334, 475, 552, 593, 594, 585, - /* 110 */ 212, 412, 289, 412, 412, 412, 135, -164, -115, 164, - /* 120 */ 407, 407, 350, 141, 436, 163, 596, -90, 763, 218, - /* 130 */ 765, 438, 586, 592, 595, 715, 718, 408, 723, 380, - /* 140 */ 634, 677, 787, 798, 144, 529, 588, -14, 0, 17, - /* 150 */ 244, 155, 298, 155, 155, 418, 372, 477, 490, 494, - /* 160 */ 509, 526, 590, 465, 494, 730, 773, 743, 833, 792, - /* 170 */ 854, 860, 155, 792, 864, 885, 848, 859, 863, 891, - /* 180 */ 907, 155, 914, 917, 155, 927, 852, 886, 941, 961, - /* 190 */ 155, 984, 990, 991, 155, 992, 995, 996, 155, 155, - /* 200 */ 999, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, 962, 964, 925, 929, - /* 210 */ 933, 987, 988, 989, 985, 993, 997, 998, 969, 970, - /* 220 */ 1021, 1022, 1024, 1026, 1020, 1000, 982, 983, 1001, 1007, - /* 230 */ 1008, 1023, 966, 1034, 1035, 1009, 1010, 1012, 1013, 1025, - /* 240 */ 1027, 1015, 1028, 1029, 1032, 1031, 981, 1048, 1011, 1049, - /* 250 */ 1033, 1039, 1040, 1043, 1045, 1069, 1070, 1074, 1071, 1075, - /* 260 */ 1078, 1079, 1014, 1016, 1081, 1082, 1044, 1051, 1019, 1042, - /* 270 */ 1086, 1053, 1056, 1057, 1062, 1047, 1063, 1036, 1090, 1017, - /* 280 */ 1018, 1100, 1105, 1037, 1099, 1084, 1085, 1038, 1041, 1046, -}; -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { - /* 0 */ 592, 816, 897, 707, 897, 816, 897, 897, 843, 711, - /* 10 */ 872, 814, 897, 897, 897, 897, 789, 897, 843, 897, - /* 20 */ 623, 843, 843, 740, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 30 */ 897, 897, 741, 897, 818, 813, 809, 811, 810, 817, - /* 40 */ 742, 731, 738, 745, 723, 856, 747, 748, 754, 755, - /* 50 */ 873, 871, 777, 776, 795, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 60 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 70 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 80 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 90 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 779, 800, 778, 788, 616, - /* 100 */ 780, 781, 676, 611, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 110 */ 897, 782, 897, 783, 796, 797, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 120 */ 897, 897, 592, 707, 897, 707, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 130 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 140 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 701, 711, 890, 897, 897, 667, - /* 150 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 160 */ 599, 597, 897, 699, 897, 897, 625, 897, 897, 709, - /* 170 */ 897, 897, 714, 715, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 180 */ 897, 613, 897, 897, 688, 897, 849, 897, 897, 897, - /* 190 */ 863, 897, 897, 897, 861, 897, 897, 897, 690, 750, - /* 200 */ 830, 897, 876, 878, 897, 897, 699, 708, 897, 897, - /* 210 */ 812, 734, 734, 734, 646, 734, 734, 649, 744, 744, - /* 220 */ 596, 596, 596, 596, 666, 897, 744, 735, 737, 727, - /* 230 */ 739, 897, 897, 716, 716, 724, 726, 724, 726, 678, - /* 240 */ 678, 663, 678, 649, 678, 822, 827, 897, 827, 897, - /* 250 */ 663, 678, 678, 678, 822, 608, 716, 608, 716, 608, - /* 260 */ 716, 716, 853, 855, 608, 716, 680, 680, 756, 744, - /* 270 */ 716, 687, 687, 687, 687, 744, 680, 756, 716, 875, - /* 280 */ 875, 716, 716, 883, 633, 651, 651, 858, 890, 895, - /* 290 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 763, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 300 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 836, 897, - /* 310 */ 897, 897, 897, 768, 764, 897, 765, 897, 693, 897, - /* 320 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 815, - /* 330 */ 897, 728, 897, 736, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 340 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 350 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 851, 852, - /* 360 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 370 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, - /* 380 */ 897, 897, 882, 897, 897, 885, 593, 897, 587, 590, - /* 390 */ 589, 591, 595, 598, 620, 621, 622, 600, 601, 602, - /* 400 */ 603, 604, 605, 606, 612, 614, 632, 634, 618, 636, - /* 410 */ 697, 698, 760, 691, 692, 696, 771, 762, 766, 767, - /* 420 */ 769, 770, 784, 785, 787, 793, 799, 802, 786, 791, - /* 430 */ 792, 794, 798, 801, 694, 695, 805, 619, 626, 627, - /* 440 */ 630, 631, 839, 841, 840, 842, 629, 628, 772, 775, - /* 450 */ 807, 808, 864, 865, 866, 867, 868, 803, 717, 806, - /* 460 */ 790, 729, 732, 733, 730, 700, 710, 719, 720, 721, - /* 470 */ 722, 705, 706, 712, 725, 758, 759, 713, 702, 703, - /* 480 */ 704, 804, 761, 773, 774, 637, 638, 768, 639, 640, - /* 490 */ 641, 679, 682, 683, 684, 642, 661, 664, 665, 643, - /* 500 */ 650, 644, 645, 652, 653, 654, 657, 658, 659, 660, - /* 510 */ 655, 656, 823, 824, 828, 826, 825, 647, 648, 662, - /* 520 */ 635, 624, 617, 668, 671, 672, 673, 674, 675, 677, - /* 530 */ 669, 670, 615, 607, 609, 718, 845, 854, 850, 846, - /* 540 */ 847, 848, 610, 819, 820, 681, 752, 753, 844, 857, - /* 550 */ 859, 757, 860, 862, 887, 685, 686, 689, 829, 869, - /* 560 */ 743, 746, 749, 751, 831, 832, 833, 834, 837, 838, - /* 570 */ 835, 870, 874, 877, 879, 880, 881, 884, 886, 891, - /* 580 */ 892, 893, 896, 894, 594, 588, -}; -#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0])) - -/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct -** like the following: -** -** %fallback ID X Y Z. -** -** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, -** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser -** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and -** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. -*/ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK -static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { - 0, /* $ => nothing */ - 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ - 23, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ - 23, /* QUERY => ID */ - 23, /* PLAN => ID */ - 23, /* BEGIN => ID */ - 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ - 23, /* DEFERRED => ID */ - 23, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ - 23, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ - 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ - 23, /* END => ID */ - 0, /* ROLLBACK => nothing */ - 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ - 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ - 23, /* IF => ID */ - 0, /* NOT => nothing */ - 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ - 23, /* TEMP => ID */ - 0, /* LP => nothing */ - 0, /* RP => nothing */ - 0, /* AS => nothing */ - 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ - 0, /* ID => nothing */ - 23, /* ABORT => ID */ - 23, /* AFTER => ID */ - 23, /* ANALYZE => ID */ - 23, /* ASC => ID */ - 23, /* ATTACH => ID */ - 23, /* BEFORE => ID */ - 23, /* CASCADE => ID */ - 23, /* CAST => ID */ - 23, /* CONFLICT => ID */ - 23, /* DATABASE => ID */ - 23, /* DESC => ID */ - 23, /* DETACH => ID */ - 23, /* EACH => ID */ - 23, /* FAIL => ID */ - 23, /* FOR => ID */ - 23, /* IGNORE => ID */ - 23, /* INITIALLY => ID */ - 23, /* INSTEAD => ID */ - 23, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ - 23, /* MATCH => ID */ - 23, /* KEY => ID */ - 23, /* OF => ID */ - 23, /* OFFSET => ID */ - 23, /* PRAGMA => ID */ - 23, /* RAISE => ID */ - 23, /* REPLACE => ID */ - 23, /* RESTRICT => ID */ - 23, /* ROW => ID */ - 23, /* TRIGGER => ID */ - 23, /* VACUUM => ID */ - 23, /* VIEW => ID */ - 23, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ - 23, /* REINDEX => ID */ - 23, /* RENAME => ID */ - 23, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ - 0, /* ANY => nothing */ - 0, /* OR => nothing */ - 0, /* AND => nothing */ - 0, /* IS => nothing */ - 0, /* BETWEEN => nothing */ - 0, /* IN => nothing */ - 0, /* ISNULL => nothing */ - 0, /* NOTNULL => nothing */ - 0, /* NE => nothing */ - 0, /* EQ => nothing */ - 0, /* GT => nothing */ - 0, /* LE => nothing */ - 0, /* LT => nothing */ - 0, /* GE => nothing */ - 0, /* ESCAPE => nothing */ - 0, /* BITAND => nothing */ - 0, /* BITOR => nothing */ - 0, /* LSHIFT => nothing */ - 0, /* RSHIFT => nothing */ - 0, /* PLUS => nothing */ - 0, /* MINUS => nothing */ - 0, /* STAR => nothing */ - 0, /* SLASH => nothing */ - 0, /* REM => nothing */ - 0, /* CONCAT => nothing */ - 0, /* COLLATE => nothing */ - 0, /* UMINUS => nothing */ - 0, /* UPLUS => nothing */ - 0, /* BITNOT => nothing */ - 0, /* STRING => nothing */ - 0, /* JOIN_KW => nothing */ - 0, /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */ - 0, /* DEFAULT => nothing */ - 0, /* NULL => nothing */ - 0, /* PRIMARY => nothing */ - 0, /* UNIQUE => nothing */ - 0, /* CHECK => nothing */ - 0, /* REFERENCES => nothing */ - 0, /* AUTOINCR => nothing */ - 0, /* ON => nothing */ - 0, /* DELETE => nothing */ - 0, /* UPDATE => nothing */ - 0, /* INSERT => nothing */ - 0, /* SET => nothing */ - 0, /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* FOREIGN => nothing */ - 0, /* DROP => nothing */ - 0, /* UNION => nothing */ - 0, /* ALL => nothing */ - 0, /* EXCEPT => nothing */ - 0, /* INTERSECT => nothing */ - 0, /* SELECT => nothing */ - 0, /* DISTINCT => nothing */ - 0, /* DOT => nothing */ - 0, /* FROM => nothing */ - 0, /* JOIN => nothing */ - 0, /* USING => nothing */ - 0, /* ORDER => nothing */ - 0, /* BY => nothing */ - 0, /* GROUP => nothing */ - 0, /* HAVING => nothing */ - 0, /* LIMIT => nothing */ - 0, /* WHERE => nothing */ - 0, /* INTO => nothing */ - 0, /* VALUES => nothing */ - 0, /* INTEGER => nothing */ - 0, /* FLOAT => nothing */ - 0, /* BLOB => nothing */ - 0, /* REGISTER => nothing */ - 0, /* VARIABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* CASE => nothing */ - 0, /* WHEN => nothing */ - 0, /* THEN => nothing */ - 0, /* ELSE => nothing */ - 0, /* INDEX => nothing */ - 0, /* ALTER => nothing */ - 0, /* TO => nothing */ - 0, /* ADD => nothing */ - 0, /* COLUMNKW => nothing */ -}; -#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ - -/* The following structure represents a single element of the -** parser's stack. Information stored includes: -** -** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. -** -** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. -** (In other words, the "major" token.) -** -** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is -** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. -** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. -*/ -struct yyStackEntry { - int stateno; /* The state-number */ - int major; /* The major token value. This is the code - ** number for the token at this stack level */ - YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This - ** is the value of the token */ -}; -typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; - -/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of -** the following structure */ -struct yyParser { - int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ - int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ - sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ - yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ -#else - yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct yyParser yyParser; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -#include -static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; -static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace -** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. -** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. -**
  • A prefix string written at the beginning of every -** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is -** turned off. -**
-** -** Outputs: -** None. -*/ -void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ - yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; - yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; - if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; - else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals -** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { - "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", - "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", - "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", - "ROLLBACK", "CREATE", "TABLE", "IF", - "NOT", "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", - "RP", "AS", "COMMA", "ID", - "ABORT", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC", - "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "CASCADE", "CAST", - "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", - "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", - "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", - "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", - "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", - "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", - "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", - "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", - "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", - "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT", - "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", - "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", - "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", - "COLLATE", "UMINUS", "UPLUS", "BITNOT", - "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", - "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", - "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", "DELETE", - "UPDATE", "INSERT", "SET", "DEFERRABLE", - "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", "ALL", - "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", "DISTINCT", - "DOT", "FROM", "JOIN", "USING", - "ORDER", "BY", "GROUP", "HAVING", - "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", "VALUES", - "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "REGISTER", - "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", - "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", "TO", - "ADD", "COLUMNKW", "error", "input", - "cmdlist", "ecmd", "cmdx", "cmd", - "explain", "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", - "create_table", "create_table_args", "temp", "ifnotexists", - "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "select", - "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist", - "id", "ids", "typetoken", "typename", - "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", "carg", - "ccons", "term", "expr", "onconf", - "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", "refargs", - "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", "init_deferred_pred_opt", - "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", - "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", "ifexists", - "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", "distinct", - "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", - "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "sclp", - "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", - "on_opt", "using_opt", "seltablist_paren", "joinop2", - "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", "nexprlist", - "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", "itemlist", - "exprlist", "likeop", "escape", "between_op", - "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else", - "uniqueflag", "idxitem", "collate", "nmnum", - "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", - "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", - "trigger_cmd", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", - "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", - "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. -*/ -static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { - /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", - /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", - /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", - /* 3 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", - /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", - /* 5 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", - /* 6 */ "explain ::=", - /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", - /* 8 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", - /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", - /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", - /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", - /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", - /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", - /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", - /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", - /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", - /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", - /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", - /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", - /* 20 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", - /* 21 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", - /* 22 */ "ifnotexists ::=", - /* 23 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", - /* 24 */ "temp ::= TEMP", - /* 25 */ "temp ::=", - /* 26 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", - /* 27 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", - /* 28 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", - /* 29 */ "columnlist ::= column", - /* 30 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", - /* 31 */ "columnid ::= nm", - /* 32 */ "id ::= ID", - /* 33 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", - /* 34 */ "nm ::= ID", - /* 35 */ "nm ::= STRING", - /* 36 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 37 */ "type ::=", - /* 38 */ "type ::= typetoken", - /* 39 */ "typetoken ::= typename", - /* 40 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", - /* 41 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", - /* 42 */ "typename ::= ids", - /* 43 */ "typename ::= typename ids", - /* 44 */ "signed ::= plus_num", - /* 45 */ "signed ::= minus_num", - /* 46 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", - /* 47 */ "carglist ::=", - /* 48 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", - /* 49 */ "carg ::= ccons", - /* 50 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", - /* 51 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", - /* 52 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", - /* 53 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", - /* 54 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", - /* 55 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", - /* 56 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", - /* 57 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", - /* 58 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", - /* 59 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", - /* 60 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", - /* 61 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", - /* 62 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE id", - /* 63 */ "autoinc ::=", - /* 64 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", - /* 65 */ "refargs ::=", - /* 66 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", - /* 67 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", - /* 68 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", - /* 69 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", - /* 70 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", - /* 71 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", - /* 72 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", - /* 73 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", - /* 74 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", - /* 75 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 76 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 77 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", - /* 78 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", - /* 79 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", - /* 80 */ "conslist_opt ::=", - /* 81 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", - /* 82 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", - /* 83 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", - /* 84 */ "conslist ::= tcons", - /* 85 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", - /* 86 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", - /* 87 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", - /* 88 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", - /* 89 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", - /* 90 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", - /* 91 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", - /* 92 */ "onconf ::=", - /* 93 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", - /* 94 */ "orconf ::=", - /* 95 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", - /* 96 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", - /* 97 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", - /* 98 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", - /* 99 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", - /* 100 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", - /* 101 */ "ifexists ::=", - /* 102 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", - /* 103 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", - /* 104 */ "cmd ::= select", - /* 105 */ "select ::= oneselect", - /* 106 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", - /* 107 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", - /* 108 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", - /* 109 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", - /* 110 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", - /* 111 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", - /* 112 */ "distinct ::= ALL", - /* 113 */ "distinct ::=", - /* 114 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", - /* 115 */ "sclp ::=", - /* 116 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", - /* 117 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", - /* 118 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", - /* 119 */ "as ::= AS nm", - /* 120 */ "as ::= ids", - /* 121 */ "as ::=", - /* 122 */ "from ::=", - /* 123 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", - /* 124 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", - /* 125 */ "stl_prefix ::=", - /* 126 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt", - /* 127 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 128 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select", - /* 129 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist", - /* 130 */ "dbnm ::=", - /* 131 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", - /* 132 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", - /* 133 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", - /* 134 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", - /* 135 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", - /* 136 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", - /* 137 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", - /* 138 */ "on_opt ::=", - /* 139 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", - /* 140 */ "using_opt ::=", - /* 141 */ "orderby_opt ::=", - /* 142 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", - /* 143 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", - /* 144 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", - /* 145 */ "sortitem ::= expr", - /* 146 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", - /* 147 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", - /* 148 */ "sortorder ::=", - /* 149 */ "groupby_opt ::=", - /* 150 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", - /* 151 */ "having_opt ::=", - /* 152 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", - /* 153 */ "limit_opt ::=", - /* 154 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", - /* 155 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", - /* 156 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", - /* 157 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt", - /* 158 */ "where_opt ::=", - /* 159 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", - /* 160 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt", - /* 161 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", - /* 162 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", - /* 163 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 164 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", - /* 165 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", - /* 166 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", - /* 167 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", - /* 168 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", - /* 169 */ "itemlist ::= expr", - /* 170 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", - /* 171 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", - /* 172 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", - /* 173 */ "inscollist ::= nm", - /* 174 */ "expr ::= term", - /* 175 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", - /* 176 */ "term ::= NULL", - /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID", - /* 178 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 179 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 180 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", - /* 181 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", - /* 182 */ "term ::= STRING", - /* 183 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", - /* 184 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", - /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE id", - /* 186 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", - /* 187 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", - /* 188 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", - /* 189 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", - /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", - /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", - /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", - /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", - /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", - /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", - /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", - /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", - /* 198 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", - /* 199 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", - /* 200 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", - /* 201 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", - /* 202 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr", - /* 203 */ "escape ::=", - /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape", - /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", - /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL", - /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", - /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL", - /* 209 */ "expr ::= NOT|BITNOT expr", - /* 210 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", - /* 211 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", - /* 212 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", - /* 213 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", - /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", - /* 215 */ "in_op ::= IN", - /* 216 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", - /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", - /* 218 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", - /* 219 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", - /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", - /* 221 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", - /* 222 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", - /* 223 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 225 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", - /* 226 */ "case_else ::=", - /* 227 */ "case_operand ::= expr", - /* 228 */ "case_operand ::=", - /* 229 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", - /* 230 */ "exprlist ::=", - /* 231 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", - /* 232 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", - /* 233 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", - /* 234 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", - /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::=", - /* 236 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", - /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", - /* 238 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder", - /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder", - /* 240 */ "idxitem ::= nm", - /* 241 */ "collate ::=", - /* 242 */ "collate ::= COLLATE id", - /* 243 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", - /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", - /* 245 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", - /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", - /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON", - /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", - /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", - /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", - /* 251 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", - /* 252 */ "nmnum ::= nm", - /* 253 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", - /* 254 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", - /* 255 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 256 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", - /* 257 */ "plus_opt ::=", - /* 258 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", - /* 259 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", - /* 260 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", - /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", - /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", - /* 263 */ "trigger_time ::=", - /* 264 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", - /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", - /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", - /* 267 */ "foreach_clause ::=", - /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", - /* 269 */ "when_clause ::=", - /* 270 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", - /* 271 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=", - /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt", - /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select", - /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt", - /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", - /* 278 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", - /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", - /* 280 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", - /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", - /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", - /* 283 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", - /* 284 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", - /* 285 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", - /* 286 */ "key_opt ::=", - /* 287 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", - /* 288 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", - /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", - /* 290 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", - /* 291 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", - /* 292 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", - /* 293 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", - /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", - /* 295 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", - /* 296 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", - /* 297 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", - /* 298 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", - /* 299 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", - /* 300 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", - /* 301 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", - /* 302 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", - /* 303 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", - /* 304 */ "vtabarg ::=", - /* 305 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", - /* 306 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", - /* 307 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", - /* 308 */ "lp ::= LP", - /* 309 */ "anylist ::=", - /* 310 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 -/* -** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. -*/ -static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ - int newSize; - yyStackEntry *pNew; - - newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; - pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); - if( pNew ){ - p->yystack = pNew; - p->yystksz = newSize; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", - yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); - } -#endif - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This function allocates a new parser. -** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like -** malloc. -** -** Inputs: -** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. -** -** Outputs: -** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls -** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. -*/ -void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ - yyParser *pParser; - pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); - if( pParser ){ - pParser->yyidx = -1; -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - yyGrowStack(pParser); -#endif - } - return pParser; -} - -/* The following function deletes the value associated with a -** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. -** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to -** the value. -*/ -static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){ - switch( yymajor ){ - /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a - ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen - ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is - ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. - ** - ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those - ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used - ** inside the C code. - */ - case 155: - case 189: - case 206: -#line 373 "parse.y" -{sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy219));} -#line 1273 "parse.c" - break; - case 169: - case 170: - case 194: - case 196: - case 204: - case 210: - case 218: - case 221: - case 223: - case 235: -#line 633 "parse.y" -{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));} -#line 1287 "parse.c" - break; - case 174: - case 182: - case 192: - case 195: - case 197: - case 199: - case 209: - case 211: - case 212: - case 215: - case 216: - case 222: -#line 887 "parse.y" -{sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));} -#line 1303 "parse.c" - break; - case 188: - case 193: - case 201: - case 202: -#line 490 "parse.y" -{sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));} -#line 1311 "parse.c" - break; - case 205: - case 208: - case 214: -#line 507 "parse.y" -{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy432));} -#line 1318 "parse.c" - break; - case 231: - case 236: -#line 990 "parse.y" -{sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy243));} -#line 1324 "parse.c" - break; - case 233: -#line 976 "parse.y" -{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy370).b);} -#line 1329 "parse.c" - break; - case 238: -#line 1063 "parse.y" -{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy386));} -#line 1334 "parse.c" - break; - default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ - } -} - -/* -** Pop the parser's stack once. -** -** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which -** is popped from the stack, then call it. -** -** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. -*/ -static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ - YYCODETYPE yymajor; - yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; - - if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, - yyTokenName[yytos->major]); - } -#endif - yymajor = yytos->major; - yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor); - pParser->yyidx--; - return yymajor; -} - -/* -** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for -** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer -** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. -**
  • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained -** from malloc. -**
-*/ -void sqlite3ParserFree( - void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ - void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ -){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - if( pParser==0 ) return; - while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - free(pParser->yystack); -#endif - (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); -} - -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_shift_action( - yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; - int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; - - if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } - if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){ - return YY_NO_ACTION; - } - i += iLookAhead; - if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - if( iLookAhead>0 ){ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK - int iFallback; /* Fallback token */ - if( iLookAhead %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); - } -#endif - return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYWILDCARD - { - int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; - if( j>=0 && j %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - return yy_action[j]; - } - } -#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ - } - return yy_default[stateno]; - }else{ - return yy_action[i]; - } -} - -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_reduce_action( - int stateno, /* Current state number */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; - /* int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; */ - - if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX || - (i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno])==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } - if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){ - return YY_NO_ACTION; - } - i += iLookAhead; - if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - }else{ - return yy_action[i]; - } -} - -/* -** The following routine is called if the stack overflows. -*/ -static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - yypParser->yyidx--; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser - ** stack every overflows */ -#line 44 "parse.y" - - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); - pParse->parseError = 1; -#line 1498 "parse.c" - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ -} - -/* -** Perform a shift action. -*/ -static void yy_shift( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ - int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ - int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */ -){ - yyStackEntry *yytos; - yypParser->yyidx++; -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 - if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } -#else - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyGrowStack(yypParser); - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } - } -#endif - yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; - yytos->stateno = yyNewState; - yytos->major = yyMajor; - yytos->minor = *yypMinor; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ - int i; - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); - for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) - fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); - } -#endif -} - -/* The following table contains information about every rule that -** is used during the reduce. -*/ -static const struct { - YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ - unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ -} yyRuleInfo[] = { - { 139, 1 }, - { 140, 2 }, - { 140, 1 }, - { 142, 1 }, - { 141, 1 }, - { 141, 3 }, - { 144, 0 }, - { 144, 1 }, - { 144, 3 }, - { 143, 3 }, - { 146, 0 }, - { 146, 1 }, - { 146, 2 }, - { 145, 0 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 148, 6 }, - { 151, 0 }, - { 151, 3 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 0 }, - { 149, 4 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 153, 3 }, - { 153, 1 }, - { 156, 3 }, - { 157, 1 }, - { 160, 1 }, - { 161, 1 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 158, 0 }, - { 158, 1 }, - { 162, 1 }, - { 162, 4 }, - { 162, 6 }, - { 163, 1 }, - { 163, 2 }, - { 164, 1 }, - { 164, 1 }, - { 159, 2 }, - { 159, 0 }, - { 167, 3 }, - { 167, 1 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 168, 4 }, - { 168, 3 }, - { 168, 3 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 168, 3 }, - { 168, 5 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 168, 4 }, - { 168, 4 }, - { 168, 1 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 173, 0 }, - { 173, 1 }, - { 175, 0 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 177, 2 }, - { 177, 3 }, - { 177, 3 }, - { 177, 3 }, - { 178, 2 }, - { 178, 2 }, - { 178, 1 }, - { 178, 1 }, - { 176, 3 }, - { 176, 2 }, - { 179, 0 }, - { 179, 2 }, - { 179, 2 }, - { 154, 0 }, - { 154, 2 }, - { 180, 3 }, - { 180, 2 }, - { 180, 1 }, - { 181, 2 }, - { 181, 7 }, - { 181, 5 }, - { 181, 5 }, - { 181, 10 }, - { 183, 0 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 171, 0 }, - { 171, 3 }, - { 184, 0 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 143, 4 }, - { 187, 2 }, - { 187, 0 }, - { 143, 8 }, - { 143, 4 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 155, 1 }, - { 155, 3 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 2 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 189, 9 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 0 }, - { 199, 2 }, - { 199, 0 }, - { 192, 3 }, - { 192, 2 }, - { 192, 4 }, - { 200, 2 }, - { 200, 1 }, - { 200, 0 }, - { 193, 0 }, - { 193, 2 }, - { 202, 2 }, - { 202, 0 }, - { 201, 6 }, - { 201, 7 }, - { 206, 1 }, - { 206, 1 }, - { 152, 0 }, - { 152, 2 }, - { 188, 2 }, - { 203, 1 }, - { 203, 2 }, - { 203, 3 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 204, 2 }, - { 204, 0 }, - { 205, 4 }, - { 205, 0 }, - { 197, 0 }, - { 197, 3 }, - { 209, 4 }, - { 209, 2 }, - { 210, 1 }, - { 172, 1 }, - { 172, 1 }, - { 172, 0 }, - { 195, 0 }, - { 195, 3 }, - { 196, 0 }, - { 196, 2 }, - { 198, 0 }, - { 198, 2 }, - { 198, 4 }, - { 198, 4 }, - { 143, 4 }, - { 194, 0 }, - { 194, 2 }, - { 143, 6 }, - { 212, 5 }, - { 212, 3 }, - { 143, 8 }, - { 143, 5 }, - { 143, 6 }, - { 213, 2 }, - { 213, 1 }, - { 215, 3 }, - { 215, 1 }, - { 214, 0 }, - { 214, 3 }, - { 208, 3 }, - { 208, 1 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 5 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 6 }, - { 170, 5 }, - { 170, 4 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 217, 1 }, - { 217, 2 }, - { 217, 1 }, - { 217, 2 }, - { 218, 2 }, - { 218, 0 }, - { 170, 4 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 4 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 219, 1 }, - { 219, 2 }, - { 170, 5 }, - { 220, 1 }, - { 220, 2 }, - { 170, 5 }, - { 170, 3 }, - { 170, 5 }, - { 170, 4 }, - { 170, 4 }, - { 170, 5 }, - { 222, 5 }, - { 222, 4 }, - { 223, 2 }, - { 223, 0 }, - { 221, 1 }, - { 221, 0 }, - { 216, 1 }, - { 216, 0 }, - { 211, 3 }, - { 211, 1 }, - { 143, 11 }, - { 224, 1 }, - { 224, 0 }, - { 174, 0 }, - { 174, 3 }, - { 182, 5 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 225, 1 }, - { 226, 0 }, - { 226, 2 }, - { 143, 4 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 5 }, - { 143, 5 }, - { 143, 5 }, - { 143, 6 }, - { 143, 3 }, - { 227, 1 }, - { 227, 1 }, - { 165, 2 }, - { 166, 2 }, - { 229, 1 }, - { 228, 1 }, - { 228, 0 }, - { 143, 5 }, - { 230, 11 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 2 }, - { 232, 0 }, - { 233, 1 }, - { 233, 1 }, - { 233, 3 }, - { 234, 0 }, - { 234, 3 }, - { 235, 0 }, - { 235, 2 }, - { 231, 3 }, - { 231, 0 }, - { 236, 6 }, - { 236, 8 }, - { 236, 5 }, - { 236, 4 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 170, 4 }, - { 170, 6 }, - { 186, 1 }, - { 186, 1 }, - { 186, 1 }, - { 143, 4 }, - { 143, 6 }, - { 143, 3 }, - { 238, 0 }, - { 238, 2 }, - { 237, 1 }, - { 237, 0 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 143, 3 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 143, 3 }, - { 143, 6 }, - { 143, 6 }, - { 239, 1 }, - { 240, 0 }, - { 240, 1 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 143, 4 }, - { 241, 7 }, - { 242, 1 }, - { 242, 3 }, - { 243, 0 }, - { 243, 2 }, - { 244, 1 }, - { 244, 3 }, - { 245, 1 }, - { 246, 0 }, - { 246, 2 }, -}; - -static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ - -/* -** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately -** follow the reduce. -*/ -static void yy_reduce( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ -){ - int yygoto; /* The next state */ - int yyact; /* The next action */ - YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ - yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ - int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 - && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, - yyRuleName[yyruleno]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized - ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following - ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does - ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the - ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long - ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code - ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. - ** - ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that - ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there - ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report - ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways - ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) - */ - memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor)); - - - switch( yyruleno ){ - /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example - ** follows: - ** case 0: - ** #line - ** { ... } // User supplied code - ** #line - ** break; - */ - case 0: - case 1: - case 2: - case 4: - case 5: - case 10: - case 11: - case 12: - case 20: - case 28: - case 29: - case 37: - case 44: - case 45: - case 46: - case 47: - case 48: - case 49: - case 55: - case 82: - case 83: - case 84: - case 85: - case 256: - case 257: - case 267: - case 268: - case 288: - case 289: - case 297: - case 298: - case 302: - case 303: - case 305: - case 309: -#line 96 "parse.y" -{ -} -#line 1952 "parse.c" - break; - case 3: -#line 99 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } -#line 1957 "parse.c" - break; - case 6: -#line 102 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } -#line 1962 "parse.c" - break; - case 7: -#line 104 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } -#line 1967 "parse.c" - break; - case 8: -#line 105 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } -#line 1972 "parse.c" - break; - case 9: -#line 111 "parse.y" -{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);} -#line 1977 "parse.c" - break; - case 13: -#line 116 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_DEFERRED;} -#line 1982 "parse.c" - break; - case 14: - case 15: - case 16: - case 107: - case 109: -#line 117 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].major;} -#line 1991 "parse.c" - break; - case 17: - case 18: -#line 120 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} -#line 1997 "parse.c" - break; - case 19: -#line 122 "parse.y" -{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} -#line 2002 "parse.c" - break; - case 21: -#line 127 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2009 "parse.c" - break; - case 22: - case 25: - case 63: - case 77: - case 79: - case 90: - case 101: - case 112: - case 113: - case 212: - case 215: -#line 131 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = 0;} -#line 2024 "parse.c" - break; - case 23: - case 24: - case 64: - case 78: - case 100: - case 111: - case 213: - case 216: -#line 132 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = 1;} -#line 2036 "parse.c" - break; - case 26: -#line 138 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); -} -#line 2043 "parse.c" - break; - case 27: -#line 141 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy219); - sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219); -} -#line 2051 "parse.c" - break; - case 30: -#line 153 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z; - yygotominor.yy410.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; -} -#line 2059 "parse.c" - break; - case 31: -#line 157 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410); - yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410; -} -#line 2067 "parse.c" - break; - case 32: - case 33: - case 34: - case 35: - case 36: - case 255: -#line 167 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} -#line 2077 "parse.c" - break; - case 38: -#line 228 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} -#line 2082 "parse.c" - break; - case 39: - case 42: - case 119: - case 120: - case 131: - case 240: - case 242: - case 251: - case 252: - case 253: - case 254: -#line 229 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410;} -#line 2097 "parse.c" - break; - case 40: -#line 230 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z; - yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z; -} -#line 2105 "parse.c" - break; - case 41: -#line 234 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z; - yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z; -} -#line 2113 "parse.c" - break; - case 43: -#line 240 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z; yygotominor.yy410.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z);} -#line 2118 "parse.c" - break; - case 50: - case 52: -#line 251 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);} -#line 2124 "parse.c" - break; - case 51: -#line 252 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);} -#line 2129 "parse.c" - break; - case 53: -#line 254 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); -} -#line 2137 "parse.c" - break; - case 54: -#line 258 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); -} -#line 2145 "parse.c" - break; - case 56: -#line 267 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} -#line 2150 "parse.c" - break; - case 57: -#line 269 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);} -#line 2155 "parse.c" - break; - case 58: -#line 270 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);} -#line 2160 "parse.c" - break; - case 59: -#line 271 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);} -#line 2165 "parse.c" - break; - case 60: -#line 273 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} -#line 2170 "parse.c" - break; - case 61: -#line 274 "parse.y" -{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} -#line 2175 "parse.c" - break; - case 62: -#line 275 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, (char*)yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n);} -#line 2180 "parse.c" - break; - case 65: -#line 288 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; } -#line 2185 "parse.c" - break; - case 66: -#line 289 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 & yymsp[0].minor.yy405.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy405.value; } -#line 2190 "parse.c" - break; - case 67: -#line 291 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy405.value = 0; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x000000; } -#line 2195 "parse.c" - break; - case 68: -#line 292 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x0000ff; } -#line 2200 "parse.c" - break; - case 69: -#line 293 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<8; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x00ff00; } -#line 2205 "parse.c" - break; - case 70: -#line 294 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<16; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0xff0000; } -#line 2210 "parse.c" - break; - case 71: -#line 296 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetNull; } -#line 2215 "parse.c" - break; - case 72: -#line 297 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetDflt; } -#line 2220 "parse.c" - break; - case 73: -#line 298 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Cascade; } -#line 2225 "parse.c" - break; - case 74: -#line 299 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict; } -#line 2230 "parse.c" - break; - case 75: - case 76: - case 91: - case 93: - case 95: - case 96: - case 166: -#line 301 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;} -#line 2241 "parse.c" - break; - case 80: -#line 311 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0; yygotominor.yy410.z = 0;} -#line 2246 "parse.c" - break; - case 81: -#line 312 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} -#line 2251 "parse.c" - break; - case 86: -#line 318 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0);} -#line 2256 "parse.c" - break; - case 87: -#line 320 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);} -#line 2261 "parse.c" - break; - case 88: -#line 321 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172);} -#line 2266 "parse.c" - break; - case 89: -#line 323 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-2].minor.yy174, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); - sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2274 "parse.c" - break; - case 92: - case 94: -#line 337 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Default;} -#line 2280 "parse.c" - break; - case 97: -#line 342 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Ignore;} -#line 2285 "parse.c" - break; - case 98: - case 167: -#line 343 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Replace;} -#line 2291 "parse.c" - break; - case 99: -#line 347 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2298 "parse.c" - break; - case 102: -#line 357 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-6].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2305 "parse.c" - break; - case 103: -#line 360 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2312 "parse.c" - break; - case 104: -#line 367 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219); -} -#line 2320 "parse.c" - break; - case 105: - case 128: -#line 377 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;} -#line 2326 "parse.c" - break; - case 106: -#line 379 "parse.y" -{ - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy219 ){ - yymsp[0].minor.yy219->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46; - yymsp[0].minor.yy219->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy219; - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy219); - } - yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219; -} -#line 2339 "parse.c" - break; - case 108: -#line 390 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_ALL;} -#line 2344 "parse.c" - break; - case 110: -#line 394 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy174,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,yymsp[-4].minor.yy172,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[-7].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pOffset); -} -#line 2351 "parse.c" - break; - case 114: - case 237: -#line 415 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;} -#line 2357 "parse.c" - break; - case 115: - case 141: - case 149: - case 230: - case 236: -#line 416 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = 0;} -#line 2366 "parse.c" - break; - case 116: -#line 417 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:0); -} -#line 2373 "parse.c" - break; - case 117: -#line 420 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, p, 0); -} -#line 2381 "parse.c" - break; - case 118: -#line 424 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0); - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); - Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174, pDot, 0); -} -#line 2391 "parse.c" - break; - case 121: -#line 437 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;} -#line 2396 "parse.c" - break; - case 122: -#line 449 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy373));} -#line 2401 "parse.c" - break; - case 123: -#line 450 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[0].minor.yy373; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy373); -} -#line 2409 "parse.c" - break; - case 124: -#line 458 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy373; - if( yygotominor.yy373 && yygotominor.yy373->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy373->a[yygotominor.yy373->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; -} -#line 2417 "parse.c" - break; - case 125: -#line 462 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy373 = 0;} -#line 2422 "parse.c" - break; - case 126: -#line 463 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432); -} -#line 2429 "parse.c" - break; - case 127: -#line 468 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy373,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy219,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432); - } -#line 2436 "parse.c" - break; - case 129: -#line 479 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[0].minor.yy373); - yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - } -#line 2444 "parse.c" - break; - case 130: -#line 486 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410.z=0; yygotominor.yy410.n=0;} -#line 2449 "parse.c" - break; - case 132: -#line 491 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} -#line 2454 "parse.c" - break; - case 133: -#line 495 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = JT_INNER; } -#line 2459 "parse.c" - break; - case 134: -#line 496 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } -#line 2464 "parse.c" - break; - case 135: -#line 497 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0); } -#line 2469 "parse.c" - break; - case 136: -#line 499 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); } -#line 2474 "parse.c" - break; - case 137: - case 145: - case 152: - case 159: - case 174: - case 202: - case 225: - case 227: -#line 503 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;} -#line 2486 "parse.c" - break; - case 138: - case 151: - case 158: - case 203: - case 226: - case 228: -#line 504 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = 0;} -#line 2496 "parse.c" - break; - case 139: - case 171: -#line 508 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy432 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy432;} -#line 2502 "parse.c" - break; - case 140: - case 170: -#line 509 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy432 = 0;} -#line 2508 "parse.c" - break; - case 142: - case 150: - case 229: -#line 520 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[0].minor.yy174;} -#line 2515 "parse.c" - break; - case 143: -#line 521 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0); - if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; -} -#line 2523 "parse.c" - break; - case 144: -#line 525 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0); - if( yygotominor.yy174 && yygotominor.yy174->a ) yygotominor.yy174->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; -} -#line 2531 "parse.c" - break; - case 146: - case 148: -#line 533 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} -#line 2537 "parse.c" - break; - case 147: -#line 534 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} -#line 2542 "parse.c" - break; - case 153: -#line 560 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;} -#line 2547 "parse.c" - break; - case 154: -#line 561 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;} -#line 2552 "parse.c" - break; - case 155: -#line 563 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;} -#line 2557 "parse.c" - break; - case 156: -#line 565 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;} -#line 2562 "parse.c" - break; - case 157: -#line 569 "parse.y" -{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy373,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);} -#line 2567 "parse.c" - break; - case 160: -#line 579 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2575 "parse.c" - break; - case 161: -#line 588 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);} -#line 2580 "parse.c" - break; - case 162: -#line 590 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);} -#line 2585 "parse.c" - break; - case 163: -#line 596 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);} -#line 2590 "parse.c" - break; - case 164: -#line 598 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);} -#line 2595 "parse.c" - break; - case 165: -#line 600 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy373, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy432, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46);} -#line 2600 "parse.c" - break; - case 168: - case 231: -#line 611 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);} -#line 2606 "parse.c" - break; - case 169: - case 232: -#line 613 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);} -#line 2612 "parse.c" - break; - case 172: -#line 623 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy432,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} -#line 2617 "parse.c" - break; - case 173: -#line 625 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} -#line 2622 "parse.c" - break; - case 175: -#line 636 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy172; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } -#line 2627 "parse.c" - break; - case 176: - case 181: - case 182: -#line 637 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2634 "parse.c" - break; - case 177: - case 178: -#line 638 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2640 "parse.c" - break; - case 179: -#line 640 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); -} -#line 2649 "parse.c" - break; - case 180: -#line 645 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy410); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); - Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); - Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); -} -#line 2660 "parse.c" - break; - case 183: -#line 654 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2665 "parse.c" - break; - case 184: -#line 655 "parse.y" -{ - Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken); - sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr); -} -#line 2674 "parse.c" - break; - case 185: -#line 660 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); -} -#line 2681 "parse.c" - break; - case 186: -#line 664 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2689 "parse.c" - break; - case 187: -#line 669 "parse.y" -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy174 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy174->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - } - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 && yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_Distinct; - } -} -#line 2703 "parse.c" - break; - case 188: -#line 679 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2711 "parse.c" - break; - case 189: -#line 683 "parse.y" -{ - /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are - ** treated as functions that return constants */ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; - yygotominor.yy172->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - } -} -#line 2724 "parse.c" - break; - case 190: - case 191: - case 192: - case 193: - case 194: - case 195: - case 196: - case 197: -#line 692 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);} -#line 2736 "parse.c" - break; - case 198: - case 200: -#line 704 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 0;} -#line 2742 "parse.c" - break; - case 199: - case 201: -#line 705 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 1;} -#line 2748 "parse.c" - break; - case 204: -#line 712 "parse.y" -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0); - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy172 ){ - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); - } - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.not ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ) yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} -#line 2764 "parse.c" - break; - case 205: -#line 725 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2772 "parse.c" - break; - case 206: -#line 729 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2780 "parse.c" - break; - case 207: -#line 733 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2788 "parse.c" - break; - case 208: -#line 737 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2796 "parse.c" - break; - case 209: -#line 741 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); -} -#line 2804 "parse.c" - break; - case 210: -#line 745 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); -} -#line 2812 "parse.c" - break; - case 211: -#line 749 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); -} -#line 2820 "parse.c" - break; - case 214: -#line 756 "parse.y" -{ - ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->pList = pList; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); -} -#line 2836 "parse.c" - break; - case 217: -#line 772 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -#line 2851 "parse.c" - break; - case 218: -#line 783 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219); - } - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -#line 2865 "parse.c" - break; - case 219: -#line 793 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -#line 2880 "parse.c" - break; - case 220: -#line 804 "parse.y" -{ - SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410); - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); - }else{ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); - } - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); - } -#line 2896 "parse.c" - break; - case 221: -#line 816 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219; - sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219); - } - } -#line 2910 "parse.c" - break; - case 222: -#line 829 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy174; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174); - } - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2924 "parse.c" - break; - case 223: -#line 841 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0); - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); -} -#line 2932 "parse.c" - break; - case 224: -#line 845 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0); - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); -} -#line 2940 "parse.c" - break; - case 233: -#line 874 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, - sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[-9].minor.yy46, - &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46); -} -#line 2949 "parse.c" - break; - case 234: - case 281: -#line 881 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Abort;} -#line 2955 "parse.c" - break; - case 235: -#line 882 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_None;} -#line 2960 "parse.c" - break; - case 238: -#line 892 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n); - } - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; -} -#line 2974 "parse.c" - break; - case 239: -#line 902 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n); - } - yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; -} -#line 2988 "parse.c" - break; - case 241: -#line 915 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy410.z = 0; yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;} -#line 2993 "parse.c" - break; - case 243: -#line 921 "parse.y" -{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);} -#line 2998 "parse.c" - break; - case 244: - case 245: -#line 927 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} -#line 3004 "parse.c" - break; - case 246: -#line 935 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0);} -#line 3009 "parse.c" - break; - case 247: -#line 936 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} -#line 3014 "parse.c" - break; - case 248: -#line 937 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,1); -} -#line 3021 "parse.c" - break; - case 249: -#line 940 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0);} -#line 3026 "parse.c" - break; - case 250: -#line 941 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0,0);} -#line 3031 "parse.c" - break; - case 258: -#line 955 "parse.y" -{ - Token all; - all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z; - all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; - sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243, &all); -} -#line 3041 "parse.c" - break; - case 259: -#line 964 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-10].minor.yy46, yymsp[-8].minor.yy46); - yygotominor.yy410 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy410.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy410:yymsp[-6].minor.yy410); -} -#line 3049 "parse.c" - break; - case 260: - case 263: -#line 970 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_BEFORE; } -#line 3055 "parse.c" - break; - case 261: -#line 971 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_AFTER; } -#line 3060 "parse.c" - break; - case 262: -#line 972 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_INSTEAD;} -#line 3065 "parse.c" - break; - case 264: - case 265: -#line 977 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy370.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy370.b = 0;} -#line 3071 "parse.c" - break; - case 266: -#line 979 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy370.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy370.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy432;} -#line 3076 "parse.c" - break; - case 269: -#line 986 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy172 = 0; } -#line 3081 "parse.c" - break; - case 270: -#line 987 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; } -#line 3086 "parse.c" - break; - case 271: -#line 991 "parse.y" -{ - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 ){ - yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; - }else{ - yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; - } - yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; - yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243; -} -#line 3099 "parse.c" - break; - case 272: -#line 1000 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy243 = 0; } -#line 3104 "parse.c" - break; - case 273: -#line 1006 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); } -#line 3109 "parse.c" - break; - case 274: -#line 1011 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);} -#line 3114 "parse.c" - break; - case 275: -#line 1014 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);} -#line 3119 "parse.c" - break; - case 276: -#line 1018 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);} -#line 3124 "parse.c" - break; - case 277: -#line 1021 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy219); } -#line 3129 "parse.c" - break; - case 278: -#line 1024 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ - yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = OE_Ignore; - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -} -#line 3140 "parse.c" - break; - case 279: -#line 1031 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); - if( yygotominor.yy172 ) { - yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy46; - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -} -#line 3151 "parse.c" - break; - case 280: -#line 1041 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Rollback;} -#line 3156 "parse.c" - break; - case 282: -#line 1043 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Fail;} -#line 3161 "parse.c" - break; - case 283: -#line 1048 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); -} -#line 3168 "parse.c" - break; - case 284: -#line 1055 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy386); -} -#line 3175 "parse.c" - break; - case 285: -#line 1058 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy172); -} -#line 3182 "parse.c" - break; - case 286: -#line 1064 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy386 = 0; } -#line 3187 "parse.c" - break; - case 287: -#line 1065 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy386 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; } -#line 3192 "parse.c" - break; - case 290: -#line 1073 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} -#line 3197 "parse.c" - break; - case 291: -#line 1074 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} -#line 3202 "parse.c" - break; - case 292: -#line 1079 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} -#line 3207 "parse.c" - break; - case 293: -#line 1080 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} -#line 3212 "parse.c" - break; - case 294: -#line 1085 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410); -} -#line 3219 "parse.c" - break; - case 295: -#line 1088 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); -} -#line 3226 "parse.c" - break; - case 296: -#line 1091 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373); -} -#line 3233 "parse.c" - break; - case 299: -#line 1100 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} -#line 3238 "parse.c" - break; - case 300: -#line 1101 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 3243 "parse.c" - break; - case 301: -#line 1102 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); -} -#line 3250 "parse.c" - break; - case 304: -#line 1107 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} -#line 3255 "parse.c" - break; - case 306: - case 307: - case 308: - case 310: -#line 1109 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 3263 "parse.c" - break; - }; - yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; - yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; - yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; - yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,yygoto); - if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ -#ifdef NDEBUG - /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least - ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back - ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). - ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ - if( yysize ){ - yypParser->yyidx++; - yymsp -= yysize-1; - yymsp->stateno = yyact; - yymsp->major = yygoto; - yymsp->minor = yygotominor; - }else -#endif - { - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); - } - }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){ - yy_accept(yypParser); - } -} - -/* -** The following code executes when the parse fails -*/ -static void yy_parse_failed( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser fails */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* -** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. -*/ -static void yy_syntax_error( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ - YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) -#line 34 "parse.y" - - if( !pParse->parseError ){ - if( TOKEN.z[0] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement"); - } - pParse->parseError = 1; - } -#line 3331 "parse.c" - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* -** The following is executed when the parser accepts -*/ -static void yy_accept( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser accepts */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* The main parser program. -** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from -** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. -** The second argument is the major token number. The third is -** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the -** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for -** use by the action routines. -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) -**
  • The major token number. -**
  • The minor token number. -**
  • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. -**
-** -** Outputs: -** None. -*/ -void sqlite3Parser( - void *yyp, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ - sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ -){ - YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; - int yyact; /* The parser action. */ - int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ - int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ - yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ - - /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ - yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; - if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ - memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion)); - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); - return; - } -#endif - yypParser->yyidx = 0; - yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; - yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; - yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; - } - yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; - yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - - do{ - yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor); - if( yyactyyerrcnt--; - if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){ - yymajor = 0; - }else{ - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - } - }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ - yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); - }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){ - int yymx; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - /* A syntax error has occurred. - ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". - ** - ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: - ** - ** * Call the %syntax_error function. - ** - ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where - ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift - ** the error symbol. - ** - ** * Set the error count to three. - ** - ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error - ** processing will occur until three tokens have been - ** shifted successfully. - ** - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; - if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", - yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else{ - while( - yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && - yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && - (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( - yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, - YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE - ){ - yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - } - if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ - yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ - YYMINORTYPE u2; - u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); - } - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yyerrorhit = 1; -#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ - /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: - ** - ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. - ** - ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. - ** - ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until - ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion); - if( yyendofinput ){ - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - } - yymajor = YYNOCODE; -#endif - }else{ - yy_accept(yypParser); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - } - }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); - return; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed848ec5..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/parse.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_CREATE 13 -#define TK_TABLE 14 -#define TK_IF 15 -#define TK_NOT 16 -#define TK_EXISTS 17 -#define TK_TEMP 18 -#define TK_LP 19 -#define TK_RP 20 -#define TK_AS 21 -#define TK_COMMA 22 -#define TK_ID 23 -#define TK_ABORT 24 -#define TK_AFTER 25 -#define TK_ANALYZE 26 -#define TK_ASC 27 -#define TK_ATTACH 28 -#define TK_BEFORE 29 -#define TK_CASCADE 30 -#define TK_CAST 31 -#define TK_CONFLICT 32 -#define TK_DATABASE 33 -#define TK_DESC 34 -#define TK_DETACH 35 -#define TK_EACH 36 -#define TK_FAIL 37 -#define TK_FOR 38 -#define TK_IGNORE 39 -#define TK_INITIALLY 40 -#define TK_INSTEAD 41 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 42 -#define TK_MATCH 43 -#define TK_KEY 44 -#define TK_OF 45 -#define TK_OFFSET 46 -#define TK_PRAGMA 47 -#define TK_RAISE 48 -#define TK_REPLACE 49 -#define TK_RESTRICT 50 -#define TK_ROW 51 -#define TK_TRIGGER 52 -#define TK_VACUUM 53 -#define TK_VIEW 54 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 55 -#define TK_REINDEX 56 -#define TK_RENAME 57 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 58 -#define TK_ANY 59 -#define TK_OR 60 -#define TK_AND 61 -#define TK_IS 62 -#define TK_BETWEEN 63 -#define TK_IN 64 -#define TK_ISNULL 65 -#define TK_NOTNULL 66 -#define TK_NE 67 -#define TK_EQ 68 -#define TK_GT 69 -#define TK_LE 70 -#define TK_LT 71 -#define TK_GE 72 -#define TK_ESCAPE 73 -#define TK_BITAND 74 -#define TK_BITOR 75 -#define TK_LSHIFT 76 -#define TK_RSHIFT 77 -#define TK_PLUS 78 -#define TK_MINUS 79 -#define TK_STAR 80 -#define TK_SLASH 81 -#define TK_REM 82 -#define TK_CONCAT 83 -#define TK_COLLATE 84 -#define TK_UMINUS 85 -#define TK_UPLUS 86 -#define TK_BITNOT 87 -#define TK_STRING 88 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 89 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 90 -#define TK_DEFAULT 91 -#define TK_NULL 92 -#define TK_PRIMARY 93 -#define TK_UNIQUE 94 -#define TK_CHECK 95 -#define TK_REFERENCES 96 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 97 -#define TK_ON 98 -#define TK_DELETE 99 -#define TK_UPDATE 100 -#define TK_INSERT 101 -#define TK_SET 102 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 103 -#define TK_FOREIGN 104 -#define TK_DROP 105 -#define TK_UNION 106 -#define TK_ALL 107 -#define TK_EXCEPT 108 -#define TK_INTERSECT 109 -#define TK_SELECT 110 -#define TK_DISTINCT 111 -#define TK_DOT 112 -#define TK_FROM 113 -#define TK_JOIN 114 -#define TK_USING 115 -#define TK_ORDER 116 -#define TK_BY 117 -#define TK_GROUP 118 -#define TK_HAVING 119 -#define TK_LIMIT 120 -#define TK_WHERE 121 -#define TK_INTO 122 -#define TK_VALUES 123 -#define TK_INTEGER 124 -#define TK_FLOAT 125 -#define TK_BLOB 126 -#define TK_REGISTER 127 -#define TK_VARIABLE 128 -#define TK_CASE 129 -#define TK_WHEN 130 -#define TK_THEN 131 -#define TK_ELSE 132 -#define TK_INDEX 133 -#define TK_ALTER 134 -#define TK_TO 135 -#define TK_ADD 136 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 137 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 138 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 139 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 140 -#define TK_TO_INT 141 -#define TK_TO_REAL 142 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 143 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 144 -#define TK_SPACE 145 -#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 146 -#define TK_COMMENT 147 -#define TK_FUNCTION 148 -#define TK_COLUMN 149 -#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 150 -#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 151 -#define TK_CONST_FUNC 152 diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pragma.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pragma.c deleted file mode 100644 index fe3a5acd..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/pragma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1186 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) - -/* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. -*/ -static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( isdigit(*z) ){ - return atoi(z); - } - n = strlen(z); - for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. -*/ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed -*/ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. -*/ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - db->temp_store = ts; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. -*/ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0); - if( pParse->explain==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P3_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS -/* -** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries -** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. -** Also, implement the pragma. -*/ -static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - static const struct sPragmaType { - const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ - int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ - } aPragma[] = { - { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, - { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, - { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, - { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, - { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, - { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, - { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, - { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif - /* The following is VERY experimental */ - { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, - { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, - - /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted - ** flag if there are any active statements. */ - { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, - }; - int i; - const struct sPragmaType *p; - for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); - }else{ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - db->flags |= p->mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~p->mask; - } - } - } - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: -** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] -** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. -** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. -*/ -void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ -){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. - */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); - }else{ - zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); - } - - zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the - ** database file. The cache size is actually the absolute value of - ** this memory location. The sign of meta-value 2 determines the - ** synchronous setting. A negative value means synchronous is off - ** and a positive value means synchronous is on. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 2, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_AbsValue, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Dup, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Ne, 0, 6, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5 */ - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - int addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P3_STATIC); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - if( !zRight ){ - int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). - */ - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), -1) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int newMax = 0; - if( zRight ){ - newMax = atoi(zRight); - } - if( pBt ){ - newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); - - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - db->dfltLockMode = eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - - assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( !zRight ){ - int auto_vacuum = - pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - if( eAuto>=0 ){ - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_If, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 6, 0}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } - } - } - }else -#endif - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ - int iLimit, addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, iLimit, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - }else -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from - ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database - ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent - ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert - ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. - ** N should be a positive integer. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - } - }else{ - if( zRight[0] - && !sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; - } - if( TEMP_STORE==0 - || (TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_temp_directory = zRight; - zRight = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - } - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ - /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code - ** there is nothing more to do here */ - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - const Token *pDflt; - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 0); - if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0); - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pIdx ){ - int i; - pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pIdx = pTab->pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P3_STATIC); - while(pIdx){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); - ++i; - pIdx = pIdx->pNext; - } - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ - int i; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P3_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i++, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ - FKey *pFK; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pFK = pTab->pFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P3_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); - }else{ - sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); - } - } - }else -#endif - - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight)); - } - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){ - int i, j, addr, mxErr; - - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message - */ - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_MemLoad, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Ne, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok"}, - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC); - - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - mxErr = atoi(zRight); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, mxErr, 0); - - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; - - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - */ - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0); - cnt++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0); - cnt++; - } - } - if( cnt==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 0, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P3_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. - */ - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - int loopTop; - - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, 1); - loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 1); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2; - static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { - { OP_MemIncr, -1, 0, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "rowid "}, - { OP_Rowid, 1, 0, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, " missing from index "}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_Concat, 2, 0, 0}, - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1); - jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { - { OP_MemInt, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_MemIncr, 1, 2, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_MemLoad, 1, 0, 0}, - { OP_MemLoad, 2, 0, 0}, - { OP_Eq, 0, 0, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_MemIncr, -1, 0, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "wrong # of entries in index "}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - { OP_Concat, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+9, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - } - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, mxErr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+2); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0); - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 - ){ - - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = 0; - break; - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = 1; - iDb = (-1*(iDb+1)); - assert(iDb<=0); - break; - default: - iCookie = 5; - break; - } - - if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, iCookie); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P3_TRANSIENT); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P3_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - Pager *pPager; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, - SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zState, P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0); - } - }else -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - /* - ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists. Create it - ** if it does not. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){ - extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*); - sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse); - }else -#endif - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight)); - }else -#endif -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*); - sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ - extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*); - sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); - } -#endif - } -#endif - - {} - - if( v ){ - /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause - ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas - ** are only valid for a single execution. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0); - - /* - ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous - ** setting changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, - (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0); - } -#endif - } -pragma_out: - sqlite3_free(zLeft); - sqlite3_free(zRight); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/prepare.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/prepare.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6a548aa4..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/prepare.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,742 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 May 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() -** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema -** from disk. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates -** that the database is corrupt. -*/ -static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){ - if( !pData->db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema", - zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0); - } - pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} - -/* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. -** -** Each callback contains the following information: -** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. -** -*/ -int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - pData->rc = SQLITE_OK; - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - assert( argc==3 ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0); - return 1; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - char *zErr; - int rc; - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr); - db->init.iDb = 0; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ - corruptSchema(pData, zErr); - } - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return 1; - } - }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else{ - pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. -*/ -static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - BtCursor *curMain; - int size; - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[10]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this - */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. - */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; - }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; - } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; - } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pTab ){ - pTab->readOnly = 1; - } - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open - */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - goto error_out; - } - - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Use freelist if 0. Autovacuum if greater than zero. - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] The user cookie. Used by the application. - ** meta[6] Incremental-vacuum flag. - ** meta[7] - ** meta[8] - ** meta[9] - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - } - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - goto error_out; - } - }else{ - memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta)); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0]; - - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlite3.enc. - */ - if( meta[4] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4]; - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0); - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database", (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - size = meta[2]; - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; - } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3_free(zSql); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); - } -#endif - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); */ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occured. In this situation the - ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occured. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table - ** even when it's contents have been corrupted. - */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - -error_out: - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. -** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. -*/ -int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); - } - } - - /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); - } - } -#endif - - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date, return 0. If all schema cookies are current, return 1. -*/ -static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){ - int iDb; - int rc; - BtCursor *curTemp; - int cookie; - int allOk = 1; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; allOk && iDbnDb; iDb++){ - Btree *pBt; - pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBt==0 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - allOk = 0; - } - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - return allOk; -} - -/* -** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates -** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. -** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; - - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). - */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 && inDb ); - } - return i; -} - -/* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -int sqlite3Prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - Parse sParse; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with - ** compilation. Instead return SQLITE_LOCKED immediately. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); - if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - } - } - - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); - sParse.db = db; - if( nBytes>=0 && zSql[nBytes]!=0 ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - if( nBytes>SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ){ - return SQLITE_TOOBIG; - } - zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zSqlCopy); - } - sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; - }else{ - sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - } - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = sParse.zTail; - } - rc = sParse.rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){ - if( sParse.explain==2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P3_STATIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P3_STATIC); - } - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - if( saveSqlFlag ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe; - } - - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - /* sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); */ - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** Return true if the statement was recompiled successfully. -** Return false if there is an error of some kind. -*/ -int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlite3 *db; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlite3VdbeGetSql(p); - if( zSql==0 ){ - return 0; - } - db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - assert( pNew==0 ); - return 0; - }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); - sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return 1; -} - - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); -} -int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. - */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8); - } - - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. - */ - int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); - } - sqlite3_free(zSql8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); -} -int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/printf.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/printf.c deleted file mode 100644 index bea91e21..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/printf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,907 +0,0 @@ -/* -** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. The original comments are included here for -** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as -** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed -** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). -** -************************************************************************** -** -** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines -** found in the standard C library. The following enhancements are -** supported: -** -** + Additional functions. The standard set of "printf" functions -** includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and -** vsprintf. This module adds the following: -** -** * snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument -** which is the size of the buffer written to. -** -** * mprintf -- Similar to sprintf. Writes output to memory -** obtained from malloc. -** -** * xprintf -- Calls a function to dispose of output. -** -** * nprintf -- No output, but returns the number of characters -** that would have been output by printf. -** -** * A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also -** supplied. -** -** + A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported: -** -** * The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be -** be centered in the appropriately sized field. -** -** * The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation. -** -** * The %c field now accepts a precision. The character output -** is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies. -** -** * The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the -** next character of the format string, instead of the next -** argument. For example, printf("%.78'-") prints 78 minus -** signs, the same as printf("%.78c",'-'). -** -** + When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is -** faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1. -** -** + All functions are fully reentrant. -** -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the -** following enumeration. -*/ -#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ -#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ -#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ -#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ -#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ -#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ -#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ -#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ -#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ -/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ -#define etCHARLIT 10 /* Literal characters. %' */ -#define etSQLESCAPE 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ -#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', - NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ -#define etTOKEN 13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ -#define etSRCLIST 14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ -#define etPOINTER 15 /* The %p conversion */ -#define etSQLESCAPE3 16 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ - - -/* -** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. -*/ -typedef unsigned char etByte; - -/* -** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described -** by an instance of the following structure -*/ -typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ - char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ - etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ - etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ - etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ - etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ - etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ -} et_info; - -/* -** Allowed values for et_info.flags -*/ -#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ -#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ -#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ - - -/* -** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the -** most frequently used conversion types first. -*/ -static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; -static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; -static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { - { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, - { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, - { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, - { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, - { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, - { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, - { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, - { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, - { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, - { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, - { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, -#endif - { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, - { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, - { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, - { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, - { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, -}; -#define etNINFO (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0])) - -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point -** conversions will work. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 -** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then -** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. -** -** Example: -** input: *val = 3.14159 -** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' -** -** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds -** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is -** always returned. -*/ -static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ - int digit; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; - if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0'; - digit = (int)*val; - d = digit; - digit += '0'; - *val = (*val - d)*10.0; - return digit; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the -** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350. But beware - for -** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE -# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350 -#endif -#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ - -/* -** The root program. All variations call this core. -** -** INPUTS: -** func This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments -** 1. A pointer to anything. Same as the "arg" parameter. -** 2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output -** (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.) -** 3. An integer number of characters to be output. -** (Note: This number might be zero.) -** -** arg This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the -** first argument to "func". Use it for whatever you like. -** -** fmt This is the format string, as in the usual print. -** -** ap This is a pointer to a list of arguments. Same as in -** vfprint. -** -** OUTPUTS: -** The return value is the total number of characters sent to -** the function "func". Returns -1 on a error. -** -** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below -** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast -** will run. -*/ -static int vxprintf( - void (*func)(void*,const char*,int), /* Consumer of text */ - void *arg, /* First argument to the consumer */ - int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */ - const char *fmt, /* Format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - int c; /* Next character in the format string */ - char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ - int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ - int length; /* Length of the field */ - int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ - int count; /* Total number of characters output */ - int width; /* Width of the current field */ - etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ - etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ - etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ - etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ - etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ - etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ - etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ - etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ - etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ - sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ - const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ - char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ - etByte errorflag = 0; /* True if an error is encountered */ - etByte xtype; /* Conversion paradigm */ - char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */ - static const char spaces[] = - " "; -#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ - double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ - etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ - etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ - etByte flag_exp; /* True to force display of the exponent */ - int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ -#endif - - func(arg,"",0); - count = length = 0; - bufpt = 0; - for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ - if( c!='%' ){ - int amt; - bufpt = (char *)fmt; - amt = 1; - while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++; - (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt); - count += amt; - if( c==0 ) break; - } - if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ - errorflag = 1; - (*func)(arg,"%",1); - count++; - break; - } - /* Find out what flags are present */ - flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = - flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; - done = 0; - do{ - switch( c ){ - case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; - case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; - case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; - case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; - case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; - case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; - default: done = 1; break; - } - }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); - /* Get the field width */ - width = 0; - if( c=='*' ){ - width = va_arg(ap,int); - if( width<0 ){ - flag_leftjustify = 1; - width = -width; - } - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - width = width*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){ - width = etBUFSIZE-10; - } - /* Get the precision */ - if( c=='.' ){ - precision = 0; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='*' ){ - precision = va_arg(ap,int); - if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - }else{ - precision = -1; - } - /* Get the conversion type modifier */ - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_long = 1; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_longlong = 1; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - flag_longlong = 0; - } - }else{ - flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; - } - /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ - infop = 0; - for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ - xtype = infop->type; - }else{ - return -1; - } - break; - } - } - zExtra = 0; - if( infop==0 ){ - return -1; - } - - - /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */ - if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){ - precision = etBUFSIZE-40; - } - - /* - ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: - ** - ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. - ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. - ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. - ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the - ** field width was negative. - ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. - ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. - ** width The specified field width. This is - ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. - ** precision The specified precision. The default - ** is -1. - ** xtype The class of the conversion. - ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. - */ - switch( xtype ){ - case etPOINTER: - flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); - flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); - /* Fall through into the next case */ - case etRADIX: - if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ - i64 v; - if( flag_longlong ) v = va_arg(ap,i64); - else if( flag_long ) v = va_arg(ap,long int); - else v = va_arg(ap,int); - if( v<0 ){ - longvalue = -v; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - longvalue = v; - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - }else{ - if( flag_longlong ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); - else if( flag_long ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); - else longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); - prefix = 0; - } - if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; - if( flag_zeropad && precisioncharset]; - base = infop->base; - do{ /* Convert to ascii */ - *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; - longvalue = longvalue/base; - }while( longvalue>0 ); - } - length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt; - for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ - *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ - } - if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ - if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ - const char *pre; - char x; - pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; - if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){ - for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; - } - } - length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt; - break; - case etFLOAT: - case etEXP: - case etGENERIC: - realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ - if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10; - if( realvalue<0.0 ){ - realvalue = -realvalue; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; -#if 0 - /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */ - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1); -#else - /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */ - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} -#endif - if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; - /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ - exp = 0; - if( sqlite3_isnan(realvalue) ){ - bufpt = "NaN"; - length = 3; - break; - } - if( realvalue>0.0 ){ - while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; } - while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; } - while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } - while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } - if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){ - if( prefix=='-' ){ - bufpt = "-Inf"; - }else if( prefix=='+' ){ - bufpt = "+Inf"; - }else{ - bufpt = "Inf"; - } - length = strlen(bufpt); - break; - } - } - bufpt = buf; - /* - ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP - ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. - */ - flag_exp = xtype==etEXP; - if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ - realvalue += rounder; - if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ - flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; - if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ - xtype = etEXP; - }else{ - precision = precision - exp; - xtype = etFLOAT; - } - }else{ - flag_rtz = 0; - } - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - e2 = 0; - }else{ - e2 = exp; - } - nsd = 0; - flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; - /* The sign in front of the number */ - if( prefix ){ - *(bufpt++) = prefix; - } - /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ - if( e2<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - for(; e2>=0; e2--){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - } - /* The decimal point */ - if( flag_dp ){ - *(bufpt++) = '.'; - } - /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first - ** significant digit of the number */ - for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - } - /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ - while( (precision--)>0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ - if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ - while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; - assert( bufpt>buf ); - if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ - if( flag_altform2 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - *(--bufpt) = 0; - } - } - } - /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ - if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){ - *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; - if( exp<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; - }else{ - *(bufpt++) = '+'; - } - if( exp>=100 ){ - *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0'; /* 100's digit */ - exp %= 100; - } - *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0'; /* 10's digit */ - *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0'; /* 1's digit */ - } - *bufpt = 0; - - /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. - ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with - ** integer conversions. */ - length = bufpt-buf; - bufpt = buf; - - /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is - ** set and we are not left justified */ - if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ - int i; - int nPad = width - length; - for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ - bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; - } - i = prefix!=0; - while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; - length = width; - } -#endif - break; - case etSIZE: - *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count; - length = width = 0; - break; - case etPERCENT: - buf[0] = '%'; - bufpt = buf; - length = 1; - break; - case etCHARLIT: - case etCHARX: - c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt); - if( precision>=0 ){ - for(idx=1; idx=0 && precisionetBUFSIZE ){ - bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( bufpt==0 ) return -1; - }else{ - bufpt = buf; - } - j = 0; - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){ - bufpt[j++] = ch; - if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch; - } - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - bufpt[j] = 0; - length = j; - /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */ - /* if( precision>=0 && precisionz ){ - (*func)(arg, (char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); - } - length = width = 0; - break; - } - case etSRCLIST: { - SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); - int k = va_arg(ap, int); - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; - assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); - if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){ - (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase)); - (*func)(arg, ".", 1); - } - (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName)); - length = width = 0; - break; - } - }/* End switch over the format type */ - /* - ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is - ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do - ** the output. - */ - if( !flag_leftjustify ){ - register int nspace; - nspace = width-length; - if( nspace>0 ){ - count += nspace; - while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){ - (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE); - nspace -= etSPACESIZE; - } - if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace); - } - } - if( length>0 ){ - (*func)(arg,bufpt,length); - count += length; - } - if( flag_leftjustify ){ - register int nspace; - nspace = width-length; - if( nspace>0 ){ - count += nspace; - while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){ - (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE); - nspace -= etSPACESIZE; - } - if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace); - } - } - if( zExtra ){ - sqlite3_free(zExtra); - } - }/* End for loop over the format string */ - return errorflag ? -1 : count; -} /* End of function */ - - -/* This structure is used to store state information about the -** write to memory that is currently in progress. -*/ -struct sgMprintf { - char *zBase; /* A base allocation */ - char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ - int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ - int nTotal; /* Output size if unconstrained */ - int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ - void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Function used to realloc memory */ - int iMallocFailed; /* True if xRealloc() has failed */ -}; - -/* -** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. -** -** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to -** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg". -*/ -static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){ - struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg; - if( pM->iMallocFailed ) return; - pM->nTotal += nNewChar; - if( pM->zText ){ - if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){ - if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){ - nNewChar = pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1; - }else{ - int nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1; - if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){ - pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, nAlloc); - if( pM->zText==0 ){ - pM->nAlloc = 0; - pM->iMallocFailed = 1; - return; - }else if( pM->nChar ){ - memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar); - } - }else{ - char *zNew; - zNew = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, nAlloc); - if( zNew ){ - pM->zText = zNew; - }else{ - pM->iMallocFailed = 1; - pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, 0); - pM->zText = 0; - pM->nAlloc = 0; - return; - } - } - pM->nAlloc = nAlloc; - } - } - if( nNewChar>0 ){ - memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar); - pM->nChar += nNewChar; - } - pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as -** the consumer. -*/ -static char *base_vprintf( - void *(*xRealloc)(void*, int), /* realloc() function. May be NULL */ - int useInternal, /* Use internal %-conversions if true */ - char *zInitBuf, /* Initially write here, before mallocing */ - int nInitBuf, /* Size of zInitBuf[] */ - const char *zFormat, /* format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - struct sgMprintf sM; - sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf; - sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0; - sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf; - sM.xRealloc = xRealloc; - sM.iMallocFailed = 0; - vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap); - assert(sM.iMallocFailed==0 || sM.zText==0); - if( xRealloc && !sM.iMallocFailed ){ - if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){ - sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1); - if( sM.zText ){ - memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1); - } - }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){ - char *zNew; - sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(1); - zNew = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1); - if( zNew ){ - sM.zText = zNew; - } - } - } - return sM.zText; -} - -/* -** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro. -*/ -static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){ - return sqlite3_realloc(old, size); -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); - if( z==0 && db!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( z==0 && db!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - return base_vprintf(sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the -** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we -** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as -** specified by some locales. -*/ -char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - - if( n<=0 ){ - return zBuf; - } - zBuf[0] = 0; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) -/* -** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. -** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld -** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. -*/ -void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - extern int getpid(void); - va_list ap; - char zBuf[500]; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); - fflush(stdout); -} -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/random.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/random.c deleted file mode 100644 index b41b770d..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/random.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number -** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. -** -** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order -** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex -** must be held while executing this routine. -** -** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this? -** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very -** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may -** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some -** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard -** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48() -** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based -** on RC4, which we know works very well. -** -** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of -** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same. -*/ -static int randomByte(void){ - unsigned char t; - - /* All threads share a single random number generator. - ** This structure is the current state of the generator. - */ - static struct { - unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ - unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ - unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ - } prng; - - /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, - ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does - ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not - ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... - ** - ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of - ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random - ** number generator) not as an encryption device. - */ - if( !prng.isInit ){ - int i; - char k[256]; - prng.j = 0; - prng.i = 0; - sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - prng.s[i] = i; - } - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i]; - t = prng.s[prng.j]; - prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i]; - prng.s[i] = t; - } - prng.isInit = 1; - } - - /* Generate and return single random byte - */ - prng.i++; - t = prng.s[prng.i]; - prng.j += t; - prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j]; - prng.s[prng.j] = t; - t += prng.s[prng.i]; - return prng.s[t]; -} - -/* -** Return N random bytes. -*/ -void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ - unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; - static sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0; - if( mutex==0 ){ - mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - while( N-- ){ - *(zBuf++) = randomByte(); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/select.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/select.c deleted file mode 100644 index dfa758dd..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/select.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3539 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate -** the select structure itself. -*/ -static void clearSelect(Select *p){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pOffset); -} - - -/* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. -*/ -Select *sqlite3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( !pOffset || pLimit ); /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0); - } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - pNew->iLimit = -1; - pNew->iOffset = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - if( pNew==&standin) { - clearSelect(pNew); - pNew = 0; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(p); - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. -** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. -*/ -int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - static const struct { - const char zKeyword[8]; - u8 nChar; - u8 code; - } keywords[] = { - { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL }, - { "left", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - { "right", 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - { "full", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - { "outer", 5, JT_OUTER }, - { "inner", 5, JT_INNER }, - { "cross", 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==keywords[j].nChar - && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= keywords[j].code; - break; - } - } - if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; - } - } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp1 = " "; - const char *zSp2 = " "; - if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; } - if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; - } - return jointype; -} - -/* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. -*/ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string. -*/ -static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){ - p->z = (u8*)z; - p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0; - p->dyn = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed -** to by z. For example; -** -** {a"bc} -> {"a""bc"} -*/ -static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){ - p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(0, "\"%w\"", z); - p->dyn = 1; - if( p->z ){ - p->n = strlen((char *)p->z); - }else{ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName -*/ -Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - Token dummy; - setToken(&dummy, zName); - return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy); -} - - -/* -** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the -** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2. -*/ -static void addWhereTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column */ - const Table *pTab1, /* First table */ - const char *zAlias1, /* Alias for first table. May be NULL */ - const Table *pTab2, /* Second table */ - const char *zAlias2, /* Alias for second table. May be NULL */ - int iRightJoinTable, /* VDBE cursor for the right table */ - Expr **ppExpr /* Add the equality term to this expression */ -){ - Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c; - Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c; - Expr *pE; - - pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol); - pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol); - if( zAlias1==0 ){ - zAlias1 = pTab1->zName; - } - pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1); - if( zAlias2==0 ){ - zAlias2 = pTab2->zName; - } - pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2); - pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0); - pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0); - pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0); - if( pE ){ - ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin); - pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable; - } - pE = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE); - if( pE ){ - *ppExpr = pE; - } -} - -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. -** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. -** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 -** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - p->iRightJoinTable = iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; - } -} - -/* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. -** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. -*/ -static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - - pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - - if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue; - - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, - pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, - pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere); - - } - } - } - - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; - } - - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; - } - - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName = pList->a[j].zName; - if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, - pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, - pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the -** stack into the sorter. -*/ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect /* The whole SELECT statement */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr + 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - if( pSelect->iLimit>=0 ){ - int addr1, addr2; - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, pSelect->iLimit+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, pSelect->iLimit+1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - pSelect->iLimit = -1; - } -} - -/* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET -*/ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to skip the current record */ - int nPop /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */ -){ - if( p->iOffset>=0 && iContinue!=0 ){ - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iOffset); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemNeg, p->iOffset, 0); - if( nPop>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } -} - -/* -** Add code that will check to make sure the top N elements of the -** stack are distinct. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. -*/ -static void codeDistinct( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N /* The top N elements of the stack must be distinct */ -){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, -N, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, iTab, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, N+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrRepeat); - VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, 0); -} - -/* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple -** places. -*/ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(Parse *pParse, int eDest, int nExpr){ - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. -** -** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 -** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the -** datatypes for each column. -*/ -static int selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ - int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ - int eDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iParm, /* An argument to the disposal method */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak, /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ - char *aff /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - - if( v==0 ) return 0; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - - /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check - ** to see if this row should be output. - */ - hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList->nExpr>0; - if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, 0); - } - - /* Pull the requested columns. - */ - if( nColumn>0 ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList); - } - - /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement - ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row - ** part of the result. - */ - if( hasDistinct ){ - assert( pEList!=0 ); - assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); - codeDistinct(v, distinct, iContinue, nColumn); - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, nColumn); - } - } - - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - return 0; - } - - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - if( aff ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, 0); - break; - } - - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - int addr; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0); - break; - } -#endif - - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND); - } - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - int addr2; - - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr,(iParm>>16)&0xff); - if( pOrderBy ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - break; - } - - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iParm); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - } - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the - ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for - ** popping the data from the stack. - */ - case SRT_Subroutine: - case SRT_Callback: { - if( pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0); - } - break; - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); - break; - } -#endif - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. -** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. -** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P3 field of an opcode using -** P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. -*/ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pInfo ){ - pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; - pInfo->nField = nExpr; - pInfo->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; - } - } - return pInfo; -} - - -/* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. -*/ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - int eDest, /* Write the sorted results here */ - int iParm /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */ -){ - int brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int addr; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - - iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; - if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pseudoTab, nColumn); - } - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk); - codeOffset(v, p, cont, 0); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1); - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0); - break; - } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - case SRT_Callback: - case SRT_Subroutine: { - int i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, 0); - for(i=0; iiLimit>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, brk); - } - - /* The bottom of the loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); - } - -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. -** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. -** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. -*/ -static const char *columnType( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOriginDb, - const char **pzOriginTab, - const char **pzOriginCol -){ - char const *zType = 0; - char const *zOriginDb = 0; - char const *zOriginTab = 0; - char const *zOriginCol = 0; - int j; - if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* FIX ME: - ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside - ** a trigger. In other words, if you reference the special "new" - ** table in the result set of a select. We do not have a good way - ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT". This is really - ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it. - ** - ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents - ** a segfault. See ticket #1229. - */ - zType = "TEXT"; - break; - } - - assert( pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = 0; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - } - }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOriginCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - zOriginTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - } - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - break; - } -#endif - } - - if( pzOriginDb ){ - assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); - *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; - *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; - *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; - } - return zType; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. -*/ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - const char *zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - - /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P3_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P3_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P3_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P3_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. -*/ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; - } -#endif - - assert( v!=0 ); - if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( p==0 ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName)); - continue; - } - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){} - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n); - }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){ - char *zName = 0; - char *zTab; - - zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias; - if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName; - sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P3_DYNAMIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol)); - } - }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n); - /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */ - }else{ - char zName[30]; - assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 ); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "column%d", i+1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, 0); - } - } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. -*/ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; - } - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int prepSelectStmt(Parse*, Select*); - -/* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. -*/ -Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - int i, j; - ExprList *pEList; - Column *aCol, *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0) ){ - return 0; - } - pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zTabName) : 0; - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr; - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - pTab->aCol = aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol); - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - Expr *p, *pR; - char *zType; - char *zName; - int nName; - CollSeq *pColl; - int cnt; - NameContext sNC; - - /* Get an appropriate name for the column - */ - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 ); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - }else if( p->op==TK_DOT - && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){ - /* For columns of the from A.B use B as the name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &pR->token); - }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &p->span); - }else{ - /* If all else fails, make up a name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1); - } - if( !zName || db->mallocFailed ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(zName); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - return 0; - } - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. - */ - nName = strlen(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; jzName = zName; - - /* Get the typename, type affinity, and collating sequence for the - ** column. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); - pCol->zType = zType; - pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); - } - } - pTab->iPKey = -1; - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Prepare a SELECT statement for processing by doing the following -** things: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. -** -** Return 0 on success. If there are problems, leave an error message -** in pParse and return non-zero. -*/ -static int prepSelectStmt(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - int i, j, k, rc; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ - return 1; - } - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); - - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. - */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); - return 0; - } - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 ); - if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){ - pFrom->zAlias = - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect); - } - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 1; - } - /* The isEphem flag indicates that the Table structure has been - ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time. In other words, - ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines - ** part of the schema. */ - pTab->isEphem = 1; -#endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 1; - } - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - return 1; - } - /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a - ** view within a view. The SELECT structure has already been - ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here - ** in the inner view. - */ - if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){ - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect); - } - } -#endif - } - } - - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1; - - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. - */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL - && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break; - } - rc = 0; - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 && - (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; - - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && - (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - a[k].zName = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){ - zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token); - }else{ - zTName = 0; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || - sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){ - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - Expr *pExpr, *pRight; - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } - - if( i>0 ){ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1]; - if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && - columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table on the right */ - continue; - } - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); - if( pRight==0 ) break; - setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName); - if( zTabName && (longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1) ){ - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( pExpr==0 ) break; - setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName); - setToken(&pExpr->span, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName)); - pExpr->span.dyn = 1; - pExpr->token.z = 0; - pExpr->token.n = 0; - pExpr->token.dyn = 0; - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - pExpr->span = pExpr->token; - pExpr->span.dyn = 0; - } - if( longNames ){ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token); - } - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - rc = 1; - } - sqlite3_free(zTName); - } - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; - } - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with -** columns in a result. For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of -** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of -** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable -** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter. -** -** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first. A match -** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT. -** -** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error. The number -** of errors is returned. -*/ -static int matchOrderbyToColumn( - Parse *pParse, /* A place to leave error messages */ - Select *pSelect, /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */ - int iTable, /* Insert this value in iTable */ - int mustComplete /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */ -){ - int nErr = 0; - int i, j; - ExprList *pEList; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1; - if( mustComplete ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; } - } - if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){ - return 1; - } - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - int iCol = -1; - char *zLabel; - - if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d", - iCol, pEList->nExpr); - nErr++; - break; - } - if( !mustComplete ) continue; - iCol--; - } - if( iCol<0 && (zLabel = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token))!=0 ){ - for(j=0, pItem=pEList->a; jnExpr; j++, pItem++){ - char *zName; - int isMatch; - if( pItem->zName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pItem->zName); - }else{ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pItem->pExpr->token); - } - isMatch = zName && sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0; - sqlite3_free(zName); - if( isMatch ){ - iCol = j; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_free(zLabel); - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pE->op = TK_COLUMN; - pE->iColumn = iCol; - pE->iTable = iTable; - pE->iAgg = -1; - pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1; - }else if( mustComplete ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1); - nErr++; - break; - } - } - return nErr; -} -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. -*/ -Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); - } - return v; -} - - -/* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values -** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. -*/ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1, addr2; - - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. - */ - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += 2; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, iLimit, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iLimit, 0); - } - if( p->pOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = pParse->nMem++; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iOffset, p->pLimit==0); - VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iOffset, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - if( p->pLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Add, 0, 0); - } - } - if( p->pLimit ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iLimit, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, -1, iLimit+1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit+1, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT+OFFSET")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - } -} - -/* -** Allocate a virtual index to use for sorting. -*/ -static void createSortingIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, ExprList *pOrderBy){ - if( pOrderBy ){ - int addr; - assert( pOrderBy->iECursor==0 ); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_OpenEphemeral, - pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+1); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addr; - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. -*/ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); - }else{ - pRet = 0; - } - if( pRet==0 ){ - pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); - } - return pRet; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union -** or intersection of two or more separate queries. -** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. -** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. -** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. -** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 -** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: -** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 -** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. -** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. -*/ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - int eDest, /* \___ Store query results as specified */ - int iParm, /* / by these two parameters. */ - char *aff /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause on p */ - int aSetP2[2]; /* Set P2 value of these op to number of columns */ - int nSetP2 = 0; /* Number of slots in aSetP2[] used */ - - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. - */ - if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); - assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Make sure we have a valid query engine. If not, create a new one. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary - */ - if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - assert( nSetP2pOrderBy; - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - int addr = 0; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit>=0 ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); - } - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff); - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( addr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - break; - } - /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */ - } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - int op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - - priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union; - if( eDest==priorOp && pOrderBy==0 && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. - */ - unionTab = iParm; - }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. - */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, pOrderBy, unionTab,1) ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - if( priorOp==SRT_Table ){ - assert( nSetP2addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1; - } - createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy); - assert( p->pEList ); - } - - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left - */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT statement - */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_EXCEPT: op = SRT_Except; break; - case TK_UNION: op = SRT_Union; break; - case TK_ALL: op = SRT_Table; break; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->disallowOrderBy = pOrderBy!=0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy); - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = -1; - p->iOffset = -1; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. - */ - if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, - pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, - iCont, iBreak, 0); - if( rc ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTERSECT: { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. - */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy); - - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1; - assert( p->pEList ); - - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". - */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff); - p->pPrior = pPrior; - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. - */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont); - rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, - pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, - iCont, iBreak, 0); - if( rc ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; - } - } - - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. - */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables - */ - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - while( nSetP2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aSetP2[--nSetP2], nCol); - } - - /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or - ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. Invoke the - ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. - */ - if( pOrderBy || p->usesEphm ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - int nKeyCol; /* Number of entries in pKeyInfo->aCol[] */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - CollSeq **aCopy; /* A copy of pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - nKeyCol = nCol + (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); - pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, - sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nKeyCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(pParse->db); - pKeyInfo->nField = nCol; - - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; idb->pDfltColl; - } - } - - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; - } - } - - if( pOrderBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pOTerm = pOrderBy->a; - int nOrderByExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; - int addr; - u8 *pSortOrder; - - /* Reuse the same pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY as was used above for - ** the compound select statements. Except we have to change out the - ** pKeyInfo->aColl[] values. Some of the aColl[] values will be - ** reused when constructing the pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY, so make - ** a copy. Sufficient space to hold both the nCol entries for - ** the compound select and the nOrderbyExpr entries for the ORDER BY - ** was allocated above. But we need to move the compound select - ** entries out of the way before constructing the ORDER BY entries. - ** Move the compound select entries into aCopy[] where they can be - ** accessed and reused when constructing the ORDER BY entries. - ** Because nCol might be greater than or less than nOrderByExpr - ** we have to use memmove() when doing the copy. - */ - aCopy = &pKeyInfo->aColl[nOrderByExpr]; - pSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&aCopy[nCol]; - memmove(aCopy, pKeyInfo->aColl, nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*)); - - apColl = pKeyInfo->aColl; - for(i=0; ipExpr; - if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ){ - assert( pExpr->pColl!=0 ); - *apColl = pExpr->pColl; - }else{ - *apColl = aCopy[pExpr->iColumn]; - } - *pSortOrder = pOTerm->sortOrder; - } - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2]>=0 ); - addr = p->addrOpenEphm[2]; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, p->pOrderBy->nExpr+2); - pKeyInfo->nField = nOrderByExpr; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - pKeyInfo = 0; - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm); - } - - sqlite3_free(pKeyInfo); - } - -multi_select_end: - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); - -/* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) -** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. -*/ -static void substExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ -){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 ); - pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr; - assert( pNew!=0 ); - pExpr->op = pNew->op; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 ); - pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pLeft); - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pRight); - assert( pExpr->pList==0 ); - pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pNew->pList); - pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable; - pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab; - pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn; - pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg; - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->token, &pNew->token); - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->span, &pNew->span); - pExpr->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pNew->pSelect); - pExpr->flags = pNew->flags; - } - }else{ - substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, pExpr->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substExprList( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substSelect( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ - int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - if( !p ) return; - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed -** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening -** occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or -** the subquery is not itself a join. (Ticket #306) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (5) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (12) The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the -** subquery has no WHERE clause. (added by ticket #350) -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339) -** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. -** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. -** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. -*/ -static int flattenSubquery( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ -){ - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->pLimit) - && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */ - return 0; - } - if( p->isDistinct && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - if( (p->disallowOrderBy || p->pOrderBy) && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ - } - - /* Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - */ - if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the - ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query. - */ - - /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. - */ - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - { - int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; - int jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSubitem->pTab); - sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zName); - sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zAlias); - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - int extra = nSubSrc - 1; - for(i=1; ipSrc = pSrc; - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){ - pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra]; - } - } - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); - } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; - } - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = p->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){ - pList->a[i].zName = - sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n); - } - } - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( p->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( p->pHaving==0 ); - p->pHaving = p->pWhere; - p->pWhere = pWhere; - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, p->pHaving, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving)); - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy); - }else{ - substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, p->pWhere, pWhere); - } - - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct; - - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - p->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; - } - - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub); - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it -** is a simple min() or max() query. If it is and this query can be -** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index, -** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1. If this is not a -** simple min() or max() query, then return 0; -** -** A simply min() or max() query looks like this: -** -** SELECT min(a) FROM table; -** SELECT max(a) FROM table; -** -** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument. There -** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses. The result set must -** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table. The column -** in the min() or max() function must be indexed. -** -** The parameters to this routine are the same as for sqlite3Select(). -** See the header comment on that routine for additional information. -*/ -static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){ - Expr *pExpr; - int iCol; - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - int base; - Vdbe *v; - int seekOp; - ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList; - struct ExprList_item eListItem; - SrcList *pSrc; - int brk; - int iDb; - - /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query. Return - ** zero if it is not. - */ - if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - pList = pExpr->pList; - if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){ - seekOp = OP_Rewind; - }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){ - seekOp = OP_Last; - }else{ - return 0; - } - pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; - iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; - - /* This optimization cannot be used with virtual tables. */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - - /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form. - ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the - ** appropriate index. If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY - ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL. If no - ** usable index is found, return 0. - */ - if( iCol<0 ){ - pIdx = 0; - }else{ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); - if( pColl==0 ) return 0; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[0], pColl->zName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( pIdx==0 ) return 0; - } - - /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback. This - ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell. - ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return 0; - - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, 1); - } - - /* Generating code to find the min or the max. Basically all we have - ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index. If - ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first - ** or last entry in the main table. - */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 || pTab->isEphem ); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; - brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, brk); - if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - if( pIdx==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0); - }else{ - /* Even though the cursor used to open the index here is closed - ** as soon as a single value has been read from it, allocate it - ** using (pParse->nTab++) to prevent the cursor id from being - ** reused. This is important for statements of the form - ** "INSERT INTO x SELECT max() FROM x". - */ - int iIdx; - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - iIdx = pParse->nTab++; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdx, pIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0); - seekOp = OP_MoveGt; - } - if( pIdx->aSortOrder[0]==SQLITE_SO_DESC ){ - /* Ticket #2514: invert the seek operator if we are using - ** a descending index. */ - if( seekOp==OP_Last ){ - seekOp = OP_Rewind; - }else{ - assert( seekOp==OP_MoveGt ); - seekOp = OP_MoveLt; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - eList.nExpr = 1; - memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem)); - eList.a = &eListItem; - eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr; - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, brk, brk, 0); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); - - return 1; -} - -/* -** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement. Return -** the number of errors seen. -** -** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions. If any expression -** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the -** corresponding entry in the result set. -*/ -static int processOrderGroupBy( - NameContext *pNC, /* Name context of the SELECT statement. */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ - const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ -){ - int i; - ExprList *pEList = pNC->pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - assert( pEList ); - - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); - return 1; - } - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - int iCol; - Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){ - CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl; - int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate; - sqlite3ExprDelete(pE); - pE = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr); - pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = pE; - if( pColl && flags ){ - pE->pColl = pColl; - pE->flags |= flags; - } - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be " - "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - } - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pNC, pE) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine resolves any names used in the result set of the -** supplied SELECT statement. If the SELECT statement being resolved -** is a sub-select, then pOuterNC is a pointer to the NameContext -** of the parent SELECT. -*/ -int sqlite3SelectResolve( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* The outer name context. May be NULL. */ -){ - ExprList *pEList; /* Result set. */ - int i; /* For-loop variable used in multiple places */ - NameContext sNC; /* Local name-context */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ - - /* If this routine has run before, return immediately. */ - if( p->isResolved ){ - assert( !pOuterNC ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - p->isResolved = 1; - - /* If there have already been errors, do nothing. */ - if( pParse->nErr>0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Prepare the select statement. This call will allocate all cursors - ** required to handle the tables and subqueries in the FROM clause. - */ - if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, p) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These - ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || - sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Set up the local name-context to pass to ExprResolveNames() to - ** resolve the expression-list. - */ - sNC.allowAgg = 1; - sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - - /* Resolve names in the result set. */ - pEList = p->pEList; - if( !pEList ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pX) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY - ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. - */ - assert( !p->isAgg ); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){ - p->isAgg = 1; - }else{ - sNC.allowAgg = 0; - } - - /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the - ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that - ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by - ** aliases in the result set. - ** - ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be - ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. - */ - sNC.pEList = p->pEList; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) || - sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( p->pPrior==0 ){ - if( processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") || - processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, pGroupBy, "GROUP") ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Make sure the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " - "the GROUP BY clause"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - } - - /* If this is one SELECT of a compound, be sure to resolve names - ** in the other SELECTs. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - return sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p->pPrior, pOuterNC); - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. -** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. -*/ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ - return; - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem, 0); - } - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pFunc->iMem, 0); - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed " - "by an expression"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. -*/ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); - } -} - -/* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. -*/ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; - - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList; - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList); - }else{ - nArg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(v, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1); - } - if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); - } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggStep, pF->iMem, nArg, (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - } - } - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pC->iMem, 1); - } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; -} - - -/* -** Generate code for the given SELECT statement. -** -** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the -** value of eDest and iParm. -** -** eDest Value Result -** ------------ ------------------------------------------- -** SRT_Callback Invoke the callback for each row of the result. -** -** SRT_Mem Store first result in memory cell iParm -** -** SRT_Set Store results as keys of table iParm. -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table iParm. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table iParm -** -** The table above is incomplete. Additional eDist value have be added -** since this comment was written. See the selectInnerLoop() function for -** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. -** -** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this -** SELECT is a subquery. This routine may try to combine this SELECT -** with its parent to form a single flat query. In so doing, it might -** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query. -** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it -** can be changed. -** -** Example 1: The meaning of the pParent parameter. -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3; -** \ \_______ subquery _______/ / -** \ / -** \____________________ outer query ___________________/ -** -** This routine is called for the outer query first. For that call, -** pParent will be NULL. During the processing of the outer query, this -** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery. For the recursive -** call, pParent will point to the outer query. Because the subquery is -** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will -** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.) -*/ -int sqlite3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - int eDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iParm, /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ - Select *pParent, /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */ - int parentTab, /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */ - int *pParentAgg, /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */ - char *aff /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ - Select *pLoop; - int cnt = 0; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pRightmost = p; - } - if( SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT>0 && cnt>SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - return 1; - } - } - return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff); - } -#endif - - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ - p->pOrderBy = 0; - } - if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0) ){ - goto select_end; - } - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - - /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query. - */ - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isAgg = p->isAgg; - isDistinct = p->isDistinct; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* - ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen - ** errors before this routine starts. - */ - if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end; - - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; - } -#endif - - /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations. - */ - if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ - pOrderBy = 0; - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0; - int needRestoreContext; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - - if( pItem->pSelect==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue; - if( pItem->zName!=0 ){ - zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; - needRestoreContext = 1; - }else{ - needRestoreContext = 0; - } -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression - ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select - ** may contain expression trees of at most - ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit - ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing - ** an exact limit. - */ - pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); -#endif - sqlite3Select(pParse, pItem->pSelect, SRT_EphemTab, - pItem->iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); -#endif - if( needRestoreContext ){ - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; - } - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pWhere = p->pWhere; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - } - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isDistinct = p->isDistinct; - } -#endif - - /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself - ** in the result set. - */ - if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){ - rc = 0; - goto select_end; - } - - /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent. - ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pParent && pParentAgg && - flattenSubquery(db, pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){ - if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1; - goto select_end; - } -#endif - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - if( pParse->nErr ){ - goto select_end; - } - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - addrSortIndex = -1; - } - - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, pEList->nExpr); - } - - /* Set the limiter. - */ - iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); - - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. - */ - if( isDistinct ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - distinct = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - distinct = -1; - } - - /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* This case is for non-aggregate queries - ** Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - } - - /* Use the standard inner loop - */ - if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest, - iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){ - goto select_end; - } - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - - - /* The following variables hold addresses or labels for parts of the - ** virtual machine program we are putting together */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrInitializeLoop; /* Start of code that initializes the input loop */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrGroupByChange; /* Code that runs when any GROUP BY term changes */ - int addrProcessRow; /* Code to process a single input row */ - int addrEnd; /* End of all processing */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - - addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList) ){ - goto select_end; - } - if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy) ){ - goto select_end; - } - if( pHaving && sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving) ){ - goto select_end; - } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ipList) ){ - goto select_end; - } - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; - - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex tha aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - - /* Create labels that we will be needing - */ - - addrInitializeLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrGroupByChange = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrProcessRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - addrSortingIdx = - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = pParse->nMem++; - iAbortFlag = pParse->nMem++; - iAMem = pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# clear abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# indicate accumulator empty")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrInitializeLoop); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# set abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); - VdbeComment((v, "# Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, 1); - } - rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, - distinct, eDest, iParm, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort, aff); - if( rc ){ - goto select_end; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# end groupby result generator")); - - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - addrReset = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrInitializeLoop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - groupBySort = 1; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0); - j = pGroupBy->nExpr+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumnpTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable); - j++; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, j, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "# GROUP BY sort")); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - } - - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iBMem+j, jnExpr-1); - } - for(j=pGroupBy->nExpr-1; j>=0; j--){ - if( jnExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iBMem+j, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iAMem+j, 0); - if( j==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0x200, addrProcessRow); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x200, addrGroupByChange); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (void*)pKeyInfo->aColl[j], P3_COLLSEQ); - } - - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Change in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGroupByChange); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemMove, iAMem+j, iBMem+j); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "# output one row")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "# check abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "# reset accumulator")); - - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrProcessRow); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# indicate data in accumulator")); - - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1); - } - - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "# output final row")); - - } /* endif pGroupBy */ - else { - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pOrderBy = 0; - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, 1); - } - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, - eDest, iParm, addrEnd, addrEnd, aff); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - - } /* endif aggregate query */ - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results - ** and send them to the callback one by one. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a - ** temporary table. So set the SrcList_item.isPopulated flag to prevent - ** this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the use of - ** the temporary table. - */ - if( pParent ){ - assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab ); - assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p ); - pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].isPopulated = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Jump here to skip this query - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. - */ - rc = 0; - - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. - */ -select_end: - - /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback. This - ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eDest==SRT_Callback ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); - } - - sqlite3_free(sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlite3_free(sAggInfo.aFunc); - return rc; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -******************************************************************************* -** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code -** that follows does not appear in normal builds. -** -** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a -** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful -** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator -** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. -** -** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal -** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger -** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. -*/ -void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ - if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z); - }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); - } - if( p->pLeft ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); - } - if( p->pRight ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); -} -void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); - } - } -} -void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - if( p->pSrc ){ - char *zPrefix; - int i; - zPrefix = "FROM"; - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); - zPrefix = ""; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); - sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); - } - if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } -} -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f69816e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqlite3.c @@ -0,0 +1,138243 @@ +/****************************************************************************** +** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite +** version 3.7.13. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation +** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be +** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements +** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single +** translation unit. +** +** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other +** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within +** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start +** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed +** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming +** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a +** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE +# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. +** +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ +#define _SQLITEINT_H_ + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** +** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any +** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first +** code in all source files. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +*/ + +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. +** +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database +** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 +#endif + +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap +** is used internally to track attached databases. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#endif + + +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +#endif + +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + + +/* +** The default size of a database page. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + + +/* +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* Needed for various definitions... */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +#if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +#else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +#endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. +** It determines whether or not the features related to +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can +** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've +** pared it down to just these three.) +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\ + is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. +** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, +** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. +** +** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly +** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all +** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are +** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681. +** +** See also ticket #2741. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ +#endif + +/* +** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) +# include +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster by disabling the +** number assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to +** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 +# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) +# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) +#else +# define likely(X) !!(X) +# define unlikely(X) !!(X) +#endif + +/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Add the ability to override 'extern' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif + + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Fossil configuration management +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 +** hash of the entire source tree. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.13" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007013 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2012-06-11 02:05:22 f5b5a13f7394dc143aa136f1d4faba6839eaa6dc" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** 
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is +** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. +** +** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] +** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with +** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns +** SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a +** harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +**
    +**
  • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +**
  • The application must not close [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
+*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** +** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. +** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand +** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect +** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. +** +** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always +** be exactly zero. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +**
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +**
+** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST +** is defined. +**
    +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for +** additional information. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by +** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method +** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ +** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly +** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most +** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. +** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this +** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes +** that do require it. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in +** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this +** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between +** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not +** modified. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +**
)^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +**
+** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a +** directory. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
+** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given no the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, +** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
+**
^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the +** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +**
    +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_used()] +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +**
  • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +**
  • [sqlite3_status()] +**
)^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be +** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), +** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz +** argument must be a multiple of 16. +** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer +** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So +** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. +** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then +** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. +** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. +** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned +** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each +** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on +** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** to make sz a little too large. The first +** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its +** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then +** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. +** The pointer in the first argument must +** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite +** will be undefined.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use +** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided +** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place +** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default +** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each +** [database connection]. The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the +** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface +** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current +** page cache implementation into that object.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
+**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
+** +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
+** +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
+** +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** +** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent +** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] +** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines +** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s +** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed +** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement +** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. +** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], +** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes +** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. +** +** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] +** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. +** +** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table +** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that +** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, +** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other +** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ +** +** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** Most SQL statements are +** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" +** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a +** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one +** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. +** +** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does +** not create a new trigger context. +** +** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the +** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same +** trigger context. +** +** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the +** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, +** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of +** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** statement within the body of the same trigger. +** However, the number returned does not include changes +** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ +** +** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], +** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. +** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes +** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by +** [foreign key actions]. However, +** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, +** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The +** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** are counted.)^ +** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as +** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle +** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). +** +** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +** +** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] +** is running then bad things will likely happen. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** +** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever +** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread +** or process has locked. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the +** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will +** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs +** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache +** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent +** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory +** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error +** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to +** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion +** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the +** +** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why +** this is important. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** 
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** +** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** 
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. +** +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should +** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. +** +** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the +** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without +** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the +** addition that after the string has been read and copied into +** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the +** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first +** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation +** is not freed. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define +** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in +** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability +** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. +** +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called +** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting +** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite +** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** +** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by +** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained +** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] +** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and +** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of +** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ +** +**
+** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
+**
The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.
)^ +** +** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
+**
The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
)^ +** +** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
+**
The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
)^ +**
+** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection +** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread +** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens +** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was +** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be +** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared +** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not +** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

URI Filenames

+** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
    +**
  • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
  • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
  • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +**
+** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

URI filename examples

+** +**
+**
URI filenames Results +**
file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db
+** file:///home/fred/data.db
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
+** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". +**
file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
+** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** +** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or +** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call +** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed +** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from +** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. +** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a +** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** +** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** +**
    +**
  1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related +** function. +**
  2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +**
  3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +**
  4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +**
  5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +**
+** +** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional +** information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+**
The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
+**
The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
+**
The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
+**
The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+**
The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
+**
The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
+**
The maximum number of arguments on a function.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
+**
The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+**
The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+**
The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+**
The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
)^ +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the +** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or +** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows +** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small +** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that +** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including +** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to +** make a copy of the input string. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +**
    +**
  1. +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. +**
    2. +** +**
  2. +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +**
    3. +** +**
  3. +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. +** the +**
    4. +**
+*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** +** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original +** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was +** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** 
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+**
+** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with +** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +**
    +**
  • ? +**
  • ?NNN +**
  • :VVV +**
  • @VVV +**
  • $VVV +**
+** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and +** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), +** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL +** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same +** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are +** undefined. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +**
    +**
  • 64-bit signed integer +**
  • 64-bit IEEE floating point number +**
  • string +**
  • BLOB +**
  • NULL +**
)^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** +** These routines form the "result set" interface. +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object +** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +**
+** +**
Internal
Type 		Requested
Type 		Conversion +** +**
NULL INTEGER Result is 0 +**
NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 +**
NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer +**
NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer +**
INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float +**
INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer +**
INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT +**
FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer +**
FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float +**
FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT +**
TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() +**
TEXT FLOAT Use atof() +**
TEXT BLOB No change +**
BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() +**
BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() +**
BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed +**
+**
)^ +** +** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() +** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its +** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are +** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most +** C programmers. +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +**
    +**
  • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.
    • +**
  • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.
    • +**
  • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.
    • +**
+** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +**
    +**
  • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
    • +**
+** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any +** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value +** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL +** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return +** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work +** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be +** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may +** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple +** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text +** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid +** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** object results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite +** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is +** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** +** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may +** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as +** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression +** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string +** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever +** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding +** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set, +** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata +** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has +** not been destroyed. +** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor +** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on +** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes +** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first. +** +** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any +** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that +** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal +** values and [parameters].)^ +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of +** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero +** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native +** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error +** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error +** indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF8], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16], or +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +**
)^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +**
    +**
  1. If A==B then B==A. +**
  2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. +**
  3. If A<B THEN B>A. +**
  4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. +**
+** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] +** interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in +** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared +** cache setting should set it explicitly. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even +** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +**
    +**
  • The soft heap limit is set to zero. +**
  • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +**
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). +**
  • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +**
)^ +** +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** +** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific +** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle +** passed as the first function argument. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters +** may be NULL. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(
+** +**
Parameter Output
Type 		Description +** +**
5th const char* Data type +**
6th const char* Name of default collation sequence +**
7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +**
8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +**
9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +**
+**
)^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output +** parameters are set as follows: +** +** 
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+**
)^ +** +** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an +** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column +** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left +** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ +** +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point +** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling +** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** 
+**    int xEntryPoint(
+**      sqlite3 *db,
+**      const char **pzErrMsg,
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+**    );
+**
)^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +**
column OP expr
+** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the +** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have +** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a +** cost of approximately log(N). +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** 
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+**
)^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. +** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary +** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is +** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. +** +** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains +** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that +** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. +** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". +** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written +** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set +** to be a null pointer.)^ +** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message +** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related +** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a +** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob +** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, +** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using +** this interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** +** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. +** +** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit +** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the +** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. +** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache +** until the close operation if they will fit. +** +** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes +** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur +** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during +** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ +** +** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns +** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ +** +** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned +** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is +** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +**
)^ +** +** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2, +** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations +** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows. +** +** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
)^ +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in +** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates +** a static mutex. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other +** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** SQLite will never exhibit +** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will +** never do either.)^ +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +**
    +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
    • +**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
    • +**
)^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be +** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite +** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and +** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time +** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter +** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
+**
This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory +** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
+**
This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
+**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the +** [scratch memory allocator] configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not +** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation +** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads +** using scratch memory at the same time.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
+**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values +** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too +** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the +** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer +** slots were available. +**
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
+**
This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
)^ +**
+** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+**
This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
+**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 9 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
+**
^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
+**
^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
+**
^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
+**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** +**
createFlag Behaviour when page is not already in cache +**
0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +**
1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +**
2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +**
+** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +**
    +**
  1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the +** backup, +**
  2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +**
  3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +**
)^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +**
    +**
  1. the destination database was opened read-only, or +**
  2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +**
  3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +**
)^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** +** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside +** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed +** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. +** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces +** retrieve these two values, respectively. +** +** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup +** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra +** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file +** changing. +** +** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** Callback Invocation Details +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** Deadlock Detection +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** The "DROP TABLE" Exception +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a +** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in +** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** +** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X +** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an +** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of +** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in +** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** +** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be +** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
+**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
+** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#if 0 +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif + +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes), +#else + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes), +#endif + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + + +/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation +** used in SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +** +** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. +** Hash.first points to the head of this list. +** +** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in +** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the +** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +** +** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements +** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage +** the hash table. +*/ +struct Hash { + unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ +/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ + +#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_COMMA 25 +#define TK_ID 26 +#define TK_INDEXED 27 +#define TK_ABORT 28 +#define TK_ACTION 29 +#define TK_AFTER 30 +#define TK_ANALYZE 31 +#define TK_ASC 32 +#define TK_ATTACH 33 +#define TK_BEFORE 34 +#define TK_BY 35 +#define TK_CASCADE 36 +#define TK_CAST 37 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 38 +#define TK_CONFLICT 39 +#define TK_DATABASE 40 +#define TK_DESC 41 +#define TK_DETACH 42 +#define TK_EACH 43 +#define TK_FAIL 44 +#define TK_FOR 45 +#define TK_IGNORE 46 +#define TK_INITIALLY 47 +#define TK_INSTEAD 48 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 49 +#define TK_MATCH 50 +#define TK_NO 51 +#define TK_KEY 52 +#define TK_OF 53 +#define TK_OFFSET 54 +#define TK_PRAGMA 55 +#define TK_RAISE 56 +#define TK_REPLACE 57 +#define TK_RESTRICT 58 +#define TK_ROW 59 +#define TK_TRIGGER 60 +#define TK_VACUUM 61 +#define TK_VIEW 62 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 63 +#define TK_REINDEX 64 +#define TK_RENAME 65 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 66 +#define TK_ANY 67 +#define TK_OR 68 +#define TK_AND 69 +#define TK_IS 70 +#define TK_BETWEEN 71 +#define TK_IN 72 +#define TK_ISNULL 73 +#define TK_NOTNULL 74 +#define TK_NE 75 +#define TK_EQ 76 +#define TK_GT 77 +#define TK_LE 78 +#define TK_LT 79 +#define TK_GE 80 +#define TK_ESCAPE 81 +#define TK_BITAND 82 +#define TK_BITOR 83 +#define TK_LSHIFT 84 +#define TK_RSHIFT 85 +#define TK_PLUS 86 +#define TK_MINUS 87 +#define TK_STAR 88 +#define TK_SLASH 89 +#define TK_REM 90 +#define TK_CONCAT 91 +#define TK_COLLATE 92 +#define TK_BITNOT 93 +#define TK_STRING 94 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 95 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 +#define TK_DEFAULT 97 +#define TK_NULL 98 +#define TK_PRIMARY 99 +#define TK_UNIQUE 100 +#define TK_CHECK 101 +#define TK_REFERENCES 102 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 103 +#define TK_ON 104 +#define TK_INSERT 105 +#define TK_DELETE 106 +#define TK_UPDATE 107 +#define TK_SET 108 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 +#define TK_FOREIGN 110 +#define TK_DROP 111 +#define TK_UNION 112 +#define TK_ALL 113 +#define TK_EXCEPT 114 +#define TK_INTERSECT 115 +#define TK_SELECT 116 +#define TK_DISTINCT 117 +#define TK_DOT 118 +#define TK_FROM 119 +#define TK_JOIN 120 +#define TK_USING 121 +#define TK_ORDER 122 +#define TK_GROUP 123 +#define TK_HAVING 124 +#define TK_LIMIT 125 +#define TK_WHERE 126 +#define TK_INTO 127 +#define TK_VALUES 128 +#define TK_INTEGER 129 +#define TK_FLOAT 130 +#define TK_BLOB 131 +#define TK_REGISTER 132 +#define TK_VARIABLE 133 +#define TK_CASE 134 +#define TK_WHEN 135 +#define TK_THEN 136 +#define TK_ELSE 137 +#define TK_INDEX 138 +#define TK_ALTER 139 +#define TK_ADD 140 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 141 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 142 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 +#define TK_TO_INT 144 +#define TK_TO_REAL 145 +#define TK_ISNOT 146 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 147 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 148 +#define TK_SPACE 149 +#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 +#define TK_FUNCTION 151 +#define TK_COLUMN 152 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 +#define TK_CONST_FUNC 155 +#define TK_UMINUS 156 +#define TK_UPLUS 157 + +/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif + +/* +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif + +/* +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#endif + +/* +** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be +** changed at run-time using a pragma. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#endif + +/* +** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +#endif + +/* +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. +*/ +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif + +/* +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +*/ +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif + +/* +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +*/ +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T +# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t +# else +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T +# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t +# else +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T +# define INT16_TYPE int16_t +# else +# define INT16_TYPE short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T +# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t +# else +# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T +# define INT8_TYPE int8_t +# else +# define INT8_TYPE signed char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ +typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value +** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value +** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we +** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) + +/* +** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a +** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of +** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer +** can be used at compile-time if desired. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +#else + typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ +#endif + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** evaluated at runtime. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; +#endif +#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ + || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE +#else +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +#endif + +/* +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. +*/ +#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) + +/* +** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used +** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. +*/ +#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) + +/* +** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 +*/ +#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) + +/* +** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This +** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets +** all alignment restrictions correct. +** +** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the +** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned +** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) +#else +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) +#endif + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler +** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** +** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy +** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite +** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler +** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. +*/ +typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; +struct BusyHandler { + int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ +}; + +/* +** Name of the master database table. The master database table +** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all +** user tables and indices. +*/ +#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" +#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" + +/* +** The root-page of the master database table. +*/ +#define MASTER_ROOT 1 + +/* +** The name of the schema table. +*/ +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) + +/* +** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in +** an array. +*/ +#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + +/* +** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC +** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) + +/* +** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does +** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. +** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from +** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered +** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD +** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable +** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated +** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer +** for the run-time allocated buffer. +** +** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL +** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD const + #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +#else + #define SQLITE_WSD + #define GLOBAL(t,v) v + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the +** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, +** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. +** +** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, +** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. +** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to +** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. +** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these +** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) + +/* +** Forward references to structures +*/ +typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; +typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; +typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; +typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; +typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; +typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct Schema Schema; +typedef struct Expr Expr; +typedef struct ExprList ExprList; +typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; +typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; +typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; +typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; +typedef struct IdList IdList; +typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; +typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; +typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; +typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; +typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; +typedef struct Module Module; +typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct RowSet RowSet; +typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; +typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SrcList SrcList; +typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; +typedef struct Table Table; +typedef struct TableLock TableLock; +typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct Trigger Trigger; +typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; +typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; +typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; +typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; +typedef struct Walker Walker; +typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan; +typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; + +/* +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque +** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. +*/ +/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file +** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description +** of what each interface routine does. +*/ +#ifndef _BTREE_H_ +#define _BTREE_H_ + +/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It +** needs to be revisited. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 + +/* +** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise +** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ + +/* +** Forward declarations of structure +*/ +typedef struct Btree Btree; +typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; +typedef struct BtShared BtShared; + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ +); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the +** following values. +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in +** pager.h. +*/ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR +** of the flags shown below. +** +** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. +** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data +** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With +** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored +** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL +** indices.) +*/ +#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ +#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); + +/* +** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an +** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: +** +** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) +** +** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of +** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at +** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). +*/ +#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 +#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 +#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 +#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 +#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 +#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 +#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 +#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ + int iTable, /* Index of root page */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ + struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ + BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor*, + UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, + i64 intKey, + int bias, + int *pRes +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, + const void *pData, int nData, + int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); + +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + +/* +** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to +** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the +** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); +#endif +#else + +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 +# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) + +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 +#endif + + +#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ + +/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) +** +** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine +** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a +** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +/* #include */ + +/* +** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines +** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides +** of this structure. +*/ +typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; + +/* +** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required +** for the VdbeOp definition. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc; +typedef struct Mem Mem; +typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; + +/* +** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode +** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded +** as an instance of the following structure: +*/ +struct VdbeOp { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ + u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ + u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ + int p1; /* First operand */ + int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + int p3; /* The third parameter */ + union { /* fourth parameter */ + int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ + void *p; /* Generic pointer */ + char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ + i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ + double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ + VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ + VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ + int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); + } p4; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ + u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; + + +/* +** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. +*/ +struct SubProgram { + VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ + int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ + int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ + void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ + SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ +}; + +/* +** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because +** it takes up less space. +*/ +struct VdbeOpList { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p1; /* First operand */ + signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; + +/* +** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type +*/ +#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ +#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ +#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ +#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ +#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ +#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ +#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */ +#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ +#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ +#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ +#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ +#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ + +/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure +** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the +** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still +** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained +** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling +** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. +*/ +#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16) +#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) + +/* +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** number of columns of data returned by the statement. +*/ +#define COLNAME_NAME 0 +#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 +#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 +#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 +#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ +# else +# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field +** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that +** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling +** the macro again restores the address. +*/ +#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) + +/* +** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" +** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. +*/ +/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ +#define OP_Goto 1 +#define OP_Gosub 2 +#define OP_Return 3 +#define OP_Yield 4 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 5 +#define OP_Halt 6 +#define OP_Integer 7 +#define OP_Int64 8 +#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ +#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ +#define OP_String 9 +#define OP_Null 10 +#define OP_Blob 11 +#define OP_Variable 12 +#define OP_Move 13 +#define OP_Copy 14 +#define OP_SCopy 15 +#define OP_ResultRow 16 +#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ +#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */ +#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */ +#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */ +#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */ +#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */ +#define OP_CollSeq 17 +#define OP_Function 18 +#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */ +#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ +#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ +#define OP_AddImm 20 +#define OP_MustBeInt 21 +#define OP_RealAffinity 22 +#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ +#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ +#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ +#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ +#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ +#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */ +#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */ +#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */ +#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */ +#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */ +#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */ +#define OP_Permutation 23 +#define OP_Compare 24 +#define OP_Jump 25 +#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */ +#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ +#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ +#define OP_Once 26 +#define OP_If 27 +#define OP_IfNot 28 +#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ +#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ +#define OP_Column 29 +#define OP_Affinity 30 +#define OP_MakeRecord 31 +#define OP_Count 32 +#define OP_Savepoint 33 +#define OP_AutoCommit 34 +#define OP_Transaction 35 +#define OP_ReadCookie 36 +#define OP_SetCookie 37 +#define OP_VerifyCookie 38 +#define OP_OpenRead 39 +#define OP_OpenWrite 40 +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 41 +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 42 +#define OP_SorterOpen 43 +#define OP_OpenPseudo 44 +#define OP_Close 45 +#define OP_SeekLt 46 +#define OP_SeekLe 47 +#define OP_SeekGe 48 +#define OP_SeekGt 49 +#define OP_Seek 50 +#define OP_NotFound 51 +#define OP_Found 52 +#define OP_IsUnique 53 +#define OP_NotExists 54 +#define OP_Sequence 55 +#define OP_NewRowid 56 +#define OP_Insert 57 +#define OP_InsertInt 58 +#define OP_Delete 59 +#define OP_ResetCount 60 +#define OP_SorterCompare 61 +#define OP_SorterData 62 +#define OP_RowKey 63 +#define OP_RowData 64 +#define OP_Rowid 65 +#define OP_NullRow 66 +#define OP_Last 67 +#define OP_SorterSort 70 +#define OP_Sort 71 +#define OP_Rewind 72 +#define OP_SorterNext 81 +#define OP_Prev 92 +#define OP_Next 95 +#define OP_SorterInsert 96 +#define OP_IdxInsert 97 +#define OP_IdxDelete 98 +#define OP_IdxRowid 99 +#define OP_IdxLT 100 +#define OP_IdxGE 101 +#define OP_Destroy 102 +#define OP_Clear 103 +#define OP_CreateIndex 104 +#define OP_CreateTable 105 +#define OP_ParseSchema 106 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 107 +#define OP_DropTable 108 +#define OP_DropIndex 109 +#define OP_DropTrigger 110 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 111 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 112 +#define OP_RowSetRead 113 +#define OP_RowSetTest 114 +#define OP_Program 115 +#define OP_Param 116 +#define OP_FkCounter 117 +#define OP_FkIfZero 118 +#define OP_MemMax 119 +#define OP_IfPos 120 +#define OP_IfNeg 121 +#define OP_IfZero 122 +#define OP_AggStep 123 +#define OP_AggFinal 124 +#define OP_Checkpoint 125 +#define OP_JournalMode 126 +#define OP_Vacuum 127 +#define OP_IncrVacuum 128 +#define OP_Expire 129 +#define OP_TableLock 131 +#define OP_VBegin 132 +#define OP_VCreate 133 +#define OP_VDestroy 134 +#define OP_VOpen 135 +#define OP_VFilter 136 +#define OP_VColumn 137 +#define OP_VNext 138 +#define OP_VRename 139 +#define OP_VUpdate 140 +#define OP_Pagecount 146 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 147 +#define OP_Trace 148 +#define OP_Noop 149 +#define OP_Explain 150 + + +/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in +** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c +** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: +*/ +#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ +#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\ +/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\ +/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\ +/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 32 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11,\ +/* 48 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\ +/* 56 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 64 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 72 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ +/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ +/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01,\ +/* 96 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\ +/* 104 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 112 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ +/* 120 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00,\ +/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 136 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ +/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} + +/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ + +/* +** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation +** for a description of what each of these routines does. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +#endif + + +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +#else +# define VdbeComment(X) +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +*/ + +#ifndef _PAGER_H_ +#define _PAGER_H_ + +/* +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#endif + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef u32 Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c +** for details. +*/ +#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +*/ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. +*/ + +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs*, + Pager **ppPager, + const char*, + int, + int, + int, + void(*)(DbPage*) +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); + +/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); + +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); + +/* Operations on page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); + +/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); + +/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); + +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); +#endif + +/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); + void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ + +/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. +*/ + +#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ + +typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; +typedef struct PCache PCache; + +/* +** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following +** structure. +*/ +struct PgHdr { + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ + void *pData; /* Page data */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ + Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ +#endif + u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ + + /********************************************************************** + ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c + ** and should not be accessed by other modules. + */ + i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ + PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ + + PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ + PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ +}; + +/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ +#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before + ** writing this page to the database */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ +#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ +#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ + +/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); + +/* Page cache buffer management: +** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); + +/* Create a new pager cache. +** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. +** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +); + +/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); + +/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate +** storage space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); + +/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. +** Reference counted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ + +/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); + +/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); + +/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); + +/* Reset and close the cache object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); + +/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); + +/* Discard the contents of the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); + +/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); + +/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); + +/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** library is built. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); +#endif + +/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit +** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum +** of the suggested cache-sizes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); +#endif + +/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); + +#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ + +/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file +** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that +** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. +** +** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up +** being included by every source file. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ +#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other +** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, +** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER +** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other +** three will be 0. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_OS2 +# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 +# else +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 +# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 +# endif +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 +# endif +#else +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# endif +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN +# include +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_OS2 +# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) +# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ +# endif +# define INCL_DOSDATETIME +# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR +# define INCL_DOSERRORS +# define INCL_DOSMISC +# define INCL_DOSPROCESS +# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR +# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES +# include +# include +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. +** +** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for win98 or winNT +** using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: +** +** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +** #else +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 +** #endif +** +** However, vs2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as it ought to, +** so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that everything is +** winNT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise by setting +** SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much +** reduced API. +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsRT (Metro) as this has a different and +** incompatible API from win32. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 +#endif + +/* +** When compiled for WinCE or WinRT, there is no concept of the current +** directory. + */ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT +# define SQLITE_CURDIR 1 +#endif + +/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it +** a no-op +*/ +#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC +# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** The default size of a disk sector +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 +#endif + +/* +** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random +** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the +** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. +** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the +** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits +** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done +** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. +** +** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then +** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it +** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the +** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but +** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart +** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid +** of the file. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX +# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" +#endif + +/* +** The following values may be passed as the second argument to +** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: +** +** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. +** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at +** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. +** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at +** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new +** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. +** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. +** +** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a +** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING +** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to +** sqlite3OsLock(). +*/ +#define NO_LOCK 0 +#define SHARED_LOCK 1 +#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 +#define PENDING_LOCK 3 +#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 + +/* +** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) +** +** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because +** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and +** UnlockFile(). +** +** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. +** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. +** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking +** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. +** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from +** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. +** +** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, +** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks +** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used +** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme +** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. +** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single +** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. +** +** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. +** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which +** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** +** The same locking strategy and +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having +** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file +** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever +** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between +** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by +** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. +** +** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store +** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates +** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so +** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. +** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE +** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. +** +** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible +** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice +** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. +** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the +** 1GB boundary. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) +#else +# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte +#endif +#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) +#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) +#define SHARED_SIZE 510 + +/* +** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); + + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); + +/* +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); + +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ + +/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. +** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available +** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code +** better organized. +** +** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. +** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file +** include this one indirectly. +*/ + + +/* +** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The +** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden +** at start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No +** mutual exclusion is provided. But this +** implementation can be overridden at +** start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. +*/ +#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) +# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +# elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 +# else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. +*/ +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3MutexEnd() +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) +#else +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + + +/* +** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance +** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures +** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and +** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional +** databases may be attached. +*/ +struct Db { + char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ + u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ + u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. +** +** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is +** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. +** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple +** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. +** +** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that +** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by +** sqlite3_close(). +* +** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order +** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be +** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. +** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. +*/ +struct Schema { + int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ + Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ + Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ + Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ + Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ + Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ + u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ + u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ +}; + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Db.pSchema->flags field. +*/ +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) + +/* +** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. +** +** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been +** read into internal hash tables. +** +** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that +** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might +** changes and so the view will need to be reset. +*/ +#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ +#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ +#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ + +/* +** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited +** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) + +/* +** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used +** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects +** associated with a particular database connection. The use of +** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement +** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing +** SQL statements. +** +** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the +** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in +** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot +** objects. +** +** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated +** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot +** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information +** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing +** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that +** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. +*/ +struct Lookaside { + u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ + u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ + u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ + int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ + int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ + int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ + LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ + void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ + void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ +}; +struct LookasideSlot { + LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ +}; + +/* +** A hash table for function definitions. +** +** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. +** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. +*/ +struct FuncDefHash { + FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ +}; + +/* +** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3 { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ + Db *aDb; /* All backends */ + int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ + int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ + i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ + unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ + int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ + u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ + u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ + u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ + signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ + u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ + u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ + u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ + int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ + int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ + int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ + int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ + struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ + int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ + u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ + u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + } init; + int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */ + int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */ + int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ + int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ + void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ + void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ + void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ + void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pUpdateArg; + void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); + void *pWalArg; +#endif + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); + void *pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ + char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ + union { + volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ + double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ + } u1; + Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + /* Access authorization function */ + void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ + void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ + int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ + Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ + VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ + VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ + VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ +#endif + FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ + Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ + BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ + Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ + Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ + int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ + int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ + int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + ** + ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to + ** unlock so that it can proceed. + ** + ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried + ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks + ** held by Y. + */ + sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ + sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ + void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ + sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. +*/ +#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000100 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000200 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000400 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000800 /* Show short columns names */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00001000 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ + /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ + /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00002000 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ + /* result set is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ + /* 0x00020000 Unused */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */ +#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ +#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ +#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x40000000 /* True to enable triggers */ + +/* +** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the +** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface. +** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field. +*/ +#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x01 /* Disable query flattening */ +#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x02 /* Disable the column cache */ +#define SQLITE_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */ +#define SQLITE_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */ +#define SQLITE_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */ +#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x80 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x80 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */ + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. +** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other +** than being distinct from one another. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ + +/* +** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc +** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table +** points to a linked list of these structures. +*/ +struct FuncDef { + i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ + u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ + FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ + char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ + FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as +** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When +** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether +** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor +** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated +** FuncDestructor. +** +** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference +** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor +** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. +*/ +struct FuncDestructor { + int nRef; + void (*xDestroy)(void *); + void *pUserData; +}; + +/* +** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There +** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x10 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x20 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x40 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x80 /* Built-in typeof() function */ + +/* +** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are +** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. +** +** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The +** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. +** +** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) +** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by +** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters +** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to +** FUNCTION(). +** +** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made +** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The +** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags +** parameter. +*/ +#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} + +/* +** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at +** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently +** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe +** OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +struct Savepoint { + char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ + Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ +}; + +/* +** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), +** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 +#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 +#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 + + +/* +** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an +** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule +** hash table. +*/ +struct Module { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ + const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ + void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance +** of this structure. +*/ +struct Column { + char *zName; /* Name of this column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ + char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ + char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ + char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ + u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ + u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ + char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and +** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. +** +** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one +** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that +** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine +** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects +** the version that will require the least expensive encoding +** translations, if any. +** +** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in +** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. +** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, +** xCmp16. +** +** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the +** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined +** collating sequence may not be read or written. +*/ +struct CollSeq { + char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ + void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ + int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); + void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ +}; + +/* +** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ + +/* +** Column affinity types. +** +** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and +** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, +** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and +** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. +** +** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' + +#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) + +/* +** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an +** affinity value. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 + +/* +** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without +** changing the affinity. +*/ +#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ +#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ +#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ + +/* +** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in +** the database schema. +** +** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this +** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared +** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database +** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method +** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. +** +** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared +** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by +** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. +** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual +** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the +** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct +** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. +** +** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to +** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done +** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. +** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an +** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect +** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. +** +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** the first argument. +*/ +struct VTable { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ + Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ + VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ +}; + +/* +** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the +** following structure. +** +** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original +** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for +** comparisons. +** +** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a +** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. +** +** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of +** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note +** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to +** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of +** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid +** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if +** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. +** +** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the +** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend +** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that +** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set +** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted +** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum +** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root +** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a +** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause +** of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct Table { + char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ + int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ + Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ + Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ + tRowcnt nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ + u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ + int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ + char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ +#endif + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ + Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. +*/ +#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ +#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ +#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ +#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ +#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ + + +/* +** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is +** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual +** table support is omitted from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) +#else +# define IsVirtual(X) 0 +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. +** +** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is +** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign +** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. +** Consider this example: +** +** CREATE TABLE ex1( +** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, +** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) +** ); +** +** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** +** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure +** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when +** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +*/ +struct FKey { + Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ + char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ + /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ +}; + +/* +** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint +** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation +** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction +** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process +** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, +** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that +** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior +** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback +** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint +** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error +** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused +** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or +** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. +** +** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. +** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the +** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign +** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the +** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the +** foreign key. +** +** The following symbolic values are used to record which type +** of action to take. +*/ +#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ +#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ +#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ +#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ +#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ +#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ + +#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ +#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ +#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ +#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ + +#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** comparison of the two index keys. +*/ +struct KeyInfo { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */ + CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds information about a +** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual +** values. +** +** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. +** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store +** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by +** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the +** OP_Column opcode. +** +** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled +** into its constituent fields. +*/ +struct UnpackedRecord { + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ + u8 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ + i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */ + Mem *aMem; /* Values */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags +*/ +#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x01 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ +#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x02 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ +#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x04 /* Ignore final (rowid) field */ + +/* +** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an +** instance of the following structure. +** +** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described +** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose +** we have the following table and index: +** +** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); +** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); +** +** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are +** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing +** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. +** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in +** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. +** +** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns +** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, +** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique +** element. +*/ +struct Index { + char *zName; /* Name of this index */ + int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ + char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ + int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ + u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ + u8 bUnordered; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 + int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ + tRowcnt avgEq; /* Average nEq value for key values not in aSample */ + IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the +** analyze.c source file for additional information. +*/ +struct IndexSample { + union { + char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */ + double r; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT */ + i64 i; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_INTEGER */ + } u; + u8 eType; /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */ + int nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */ + tRowcnt nEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt nLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt nDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ +}; + +/* +** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of +** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. +** +** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and +** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn +** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +*/ +struct Token { + const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ + unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate +** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. +** +** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate +** code for that node. +** +** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the +** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These +** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. +*/ +struct AggInfo { + u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly + ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ + u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather + ** than the source table */ + int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ + int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ + int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ + Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ + int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + } *aCol; + int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ + int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. + ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to + ** aggregate functions */ + struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ + } *aFunc; + int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ +}; + +/* +** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. +** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater +** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because +** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user +** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications +** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want +** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them +** the option is available (at compile-time). +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 +typedef i16 ynVar; +#else +typedef int ynVar; +#endif + +/* +** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance +** of this structure. +** +** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused +** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer +** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused +** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression +** tree. +** +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), +** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. +** +** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a +** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. +** +** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, +** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". +** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of +** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** valid. +** +** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. +** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is +** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and +** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the +** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the +** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that +** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. +** +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** number for that variable. +** +** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer +** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the +** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery +** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing +** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. +** +** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from +** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the +** corresponding table definition. +** +** ALLOCATION NOTES: +** +** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To +** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be +** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes +** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, +** together with Expr.zToken strings. +** +** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when +** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all +** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees +** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that +** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately +** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. +*/ +struct Expr { + u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ + char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ + u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + union { + char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ + int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ + } u; + + /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + + Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ + Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ + union { + ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN ()" */ - Table *pTab; /* Table for OP_Column expressions. */ -/* Schema *pSchema; */ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. -*/ -#define EP_FromJoin 0x01 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */ -#define EP_Agg 0x02 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ -#define EP_Resolved 0x04 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */ -#define EP_Error 0x08 /* Expression contains one or more errors */ -#define EP_Distinct 0x10 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ -#define EP_VarSelect 0x20 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ -#define EP_Dequoted 0x40 /* True if the string has been dequoted */ -#define EP_InfixFunc 0x80 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ -#define EP_ExpCollate 0x100 /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */ - -/* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the -** Expr.flags field. -*/ -#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) -#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) -#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) - -/* -** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a -** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such -** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the -** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can -** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName -** field is not used. -*/ -struct ExprList { - int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ - int nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated below */ - int iECursor; /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */ - struct ExprList_item { - Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */ - char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ - u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ - u8 isAgg; /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */ - u8 done; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ - } *a; /* One entry for each expression */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, -** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: -** -** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; -** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); -** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; -** -** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of -** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement -** -** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... -** -** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. -*/ -struct IdList { - struct IdList_item { - char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ - int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ - } *a; - int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ - int nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */ -}; - -/* -** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. -** -** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of -** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size -** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. -*/ -typedef u64 Bitmask; - -/* -** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. -** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of -** the SrcList.a[] array. -** -** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure -** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that -** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, -** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can -** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. -** -** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table -** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. -** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each -** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. -*/ -struct SrcList { - i16 nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ - i16 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ - struct SrcList_item { - char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ - char *zName; /* Name of the table */ - char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ - Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ - Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ - u8 isPopulated; /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */ - u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ - int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ - Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ - Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<useSharedData is true). They are -** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being -** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the -** list. -*/ -struct Parse { - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - int rc; /* Return code from execution */ - char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ - Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ - u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ - u8 nameClash; /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */ - u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ - u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ - u8 parseError; /* True after a parsing error. Ticket #1794 */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ - int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ - int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */ - int ckOffset; /* Stack offset to data used by CHECK constraints */ - u32 writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ - u32 cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ - int cookieGoto; /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */ - int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ - TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ -#endif - - /* Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after - ** each recursion */ - - int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ - int nVarExpr; /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */ - int nVarExprAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */ - Expr **apVarExpr; /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */ - u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ - Token sErrToken; /* The token at which the error occurred */ - Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ - Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ - const char *zSql; /* All SQL text */ - const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ - Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ - Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ - TriggerStack *trigStack; /* Trigger actions being coded */ - const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ - u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ - Table *pVirtualLock; /* Require virtual table lock on this table */ -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ -#endif -}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 -#else - #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab) -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used -** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. -*/ -struct AuthContext { - const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ - Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ -}; - -/* -** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete -*/ -#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 1 /* Set to update db->nChange */ -#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ -#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 4 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ -#define OPFLAG_APPEND 8 /* This is likely to be an append */ - -/* - * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of - * struct Trigger. - * - * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. - * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the - * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. - * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the - * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the - * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated - * struct Table. - * - * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list - * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. - */ -struct Trigger { - char *name; /* The name of the trigger */ - char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ - u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ - u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */ - IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF trigger, - the is stored here */ - Token nameToken; /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ - Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ - TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ - Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ -}; - -/* -** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants -** determine which. -** -** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. -** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. -*/ -#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 -#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 - -/* - * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement - * that is a part of a trigger-program. - * - * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked - * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the - * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is - * the first step of the trigger-program. - * - * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or - * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the - * value of "op" as follows: - * - * (op == TK_INSERT) - * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm - * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then - * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. - * target -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into. - * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then - * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. - * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... - * statement, then this stores the column-names to be - * inserted into. - * - * (op == TK_DELETE) - * target -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from. - * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. - * Otherwise NULL. - * - * (op == TK_UPDATE) - * target -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of. - * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. - * Otherwise NULL. - * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update - * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" - * argument. - * - */ -struct TriggerStep { - int op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ - int orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ - Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ - - Select *pSelect; /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes - INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */ - Token target; /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */ - Expr *pWhere; /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */ - ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes - INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0) */ - IdList *pIdList; /* Valid for INSERT statements only */ - TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ - TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ -}; - -/* - * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code - * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being - * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the - * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure. - * - * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The - * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp - * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid - * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx - * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references. - * - * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored - * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause - * specified for individual triggers steps is used. - * - * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be - * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers) - * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" - * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored - * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent - * trigger continues. - * - * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the - * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded - * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded. - */ -struct TriggerStack { - Table *pTab; /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */ - int newIdx; /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */ - int oldIdx; /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */ - int orconf; /* Current orconf policy */ - int ignoreJump; /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* The trigger currently being coded */ - TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */ -}; - -/* -** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... -** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references -** explicit. -*/ -typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; -struct DbFixer { - Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ - const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ - const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ - const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ -}; - -/* -** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information -** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. -*/ -typedef struct { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ - int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ - char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ - int rc; /* Result code stored here */ -} InitData; - -/* -** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, -** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ - if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ - while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ - } \ -} - -/* -** The SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT macro can be either a constant (for production -** builds) or a function call (for debugging). If it is a function call, -** it allows the operator to set a breakpoint at the spot where database -** corruption is first detected. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - int sqlite3Corrupt(void); -# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3Corrupt() -#else -# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT SQLITE_CORRUPT -#endif - -/* -** Internal function prototypes -*/ -int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *); -int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int); -int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8); - -void *sqlite3MallocZero(unsigned); -void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, unsigned); -void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, unsigned); -char *sqlite3StrDup(const char*); -char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int); -char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); -char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int); -void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int); -void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int); - -char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); -char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); - void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*); -#endif -void sqlite3SetString(char **, ...); -void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); -void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*); -void sqlite3Dequote(char*); -void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3*, Expr*); -int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); -int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); -void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); -Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); -Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); -Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse*,Token*); -Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); -void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*); -Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*); -void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*); -void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*); -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*,Token*); -void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*); -int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); -int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); -void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); -void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int); -void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int); -void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); -Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*); -void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); -void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); -void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*); -void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); -void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); -void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); -void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*); -void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*); -void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, const char*, int); -void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*); - -void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); -#else -# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 -#endif - -void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); -void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*); -void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int); -void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*); -IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*); -int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*, - Select*, Expr*, IdList*); -void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); -void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); -void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*); -void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*); -void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, - Token*, int, int); -void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); -int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, int, int, Select*, int, int*, char *aff); -Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, - Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*); -void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*); -Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); -int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); -void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); -void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); -void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); -WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**); -void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); -void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int); -void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*); -void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*); -int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*); -void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); -void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); -Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); -Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,const char*, const char*); -Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); -int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); -char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); -int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*); -int sqlite3ExprResolveNames(NameContext *, Expr *); -int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); -int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); -Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); -Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *, const char*); -void sqlite3Randomness(int, void*); -void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*); -void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); -void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); -void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); -void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); -int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*); -int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); -int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); -void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, int); -void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Vdbe*, Table*, int, char*); -void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Vdbe*, Index*, int); -void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,char*,int,int,int,int); -void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, char*, int, int, int, int); -void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int); -void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); -Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*); -void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3*,Token*, Token*); -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*); -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*); -IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*); -FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int); -void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); -void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*); -int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*); -int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*); -int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*); -void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, - Expr*,int, int); - void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); - void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); - void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); - int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*); - int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, - int, int); - void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); - void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*); - TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*); - TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*, - ExprList*,Select*,int); - TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, int); - TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*); - void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*); - void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -#else -# define sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0 -# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A) -# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) -# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) -# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) 0 -#endif - -int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); -void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); -void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); - int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); - void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); - void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); -#else -# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c) -# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) -# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) -#endif -void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); -void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); -int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename, - int omitJournal, int nCache, int flags, Btree **ppBtree); -int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); -int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); -int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); -int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); -int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); -int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); -int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*); -char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...); -int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); -int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *); -int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); -int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); -int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8*, const u8**); -int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *, u64); -int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); -int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); -int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); -void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *); -void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *); -char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); -int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); -char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); -int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*); -void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); -void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z); -int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); -const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); -int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); -CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int); -CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName); -CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); -Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *); -int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); -int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); -void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); - -const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); -int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); -void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, - void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); -sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); -char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int); -int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); -void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; -#endif -void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int); -void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); -void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3*); -void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); -int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); -void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); -void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*); -void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *); -int sqlite3SelectResolve(Parse *, Select *, NameContext *); -void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int); -void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); -void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); -CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char *, int); -char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token*); -void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); -int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); -int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); -int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); -void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); -void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); -int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); -void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *); -void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int); -void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *); -Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); -int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); -KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *); -int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*)); -int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); -void sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(sqlite3 *, Vdbe *); -int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); - - -/* -** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser -*/ -void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t)); -void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); - int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); -#else -# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) -# define sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(X) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); -#else - #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); -#endif - -/* -** The MallocDisallow() and MallocAllow() routines are like asserts. -** Call them around a section of code that you do not expect to do -** any memory allocation. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG - void sqlite3MallocDisallow(void); - void sqlite3MallocAllow(void); - void sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(int); - void sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock(int isBenign); - void sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock(); -#else -# define sqlite3MallocDisallow() -# define sqlite3MallocAllow() -# define sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(x) -# define sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock(x); -# define sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock(); -#endif - - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlite3VtabClear(X) -# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) (Y) -# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) -# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) -#else - void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*); - int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, int rc); - int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); - int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); -#endif -void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab*); -void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3*, sqlite3_vtab*); -void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); -void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); -void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); -void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); -int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); -int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); -int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); -int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *); -FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); -void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); -int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, int, const char*); -CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); - int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); - int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); -#else - #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile) -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *); - int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); -#else - #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x) -#endif - -u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); -void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE -#include "sseInt.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); -#endif - -/* -** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable -** sqlite3_io_trace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to -** print I/O tracing messages. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3_io_trace ){ sqlite3_io_trace A; } - void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); -#else -# define IOTRACE(A) -# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) -#endif -SQLITE_EXTERN void (*sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*,...); - -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteLimit.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteLimit.h deleted file mode 100644 index 429066b9..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/sqliteLimit.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 May 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. -** -** @(#) $Id$ -*/ - -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement -** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** The hard limit here is the same as SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. A value of 0 (the default) means do not enforce -** any limitation on expression tree depth. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 100 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database -** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be at least 2 -** in order to support the main database file (0) and the file used to -** hold temporary tables (1). And it must be less than 32 because -** we use a bitmask of databases with a u32 in places (for example -** the Parse.cookieMask field). -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 -#endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 -#endif - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 -#endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on it's own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 -#endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 32768. This a limit -** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer -** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/table.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/table.c deleted file mode 100644 index a79a6aca..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/table.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() -** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main -** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). -** -** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked -** if they are not used. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE - -/* -** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through -** to the callback function is uses to build the result. -*/ -typedef struct TabResult { - char **azResult; - char *zErrMsg; - int nResult; - int nAlloc; - int nRow; - int nColumn; - int nData; - int rc; -} TabResult; - -/* -** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job -** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new -** memory as necessary. -*/ -static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ - TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; - int need; - int i; - char *z; - - /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything - ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ - need = nCol*2; - }else{ - need = nCol; - } - if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){ - char **azNew; - p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); - if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; - p->azResult = azNew; - } - - /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing - ** the names of all columns. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 ){ - p->nColumn = nCol; - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; - } - }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, - "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries", - (char*)0); - p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return 1; - } - - /* Copy over the row data - */ - if( argv!=0 ){ - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; - } - p->nRow++; - } - return 0; - -malloc_failed: - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, -** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results -** at the conclusion of the call. -** -** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. -** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when -** the calling procedure is finished using it. -*/ -int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ - int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc; - TabResult res; - if( pazResult==0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } - *pazResult = 0; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; - res.zErrMsg = 0; - res.nResult = 0; - res.nRow = 0; - res.nColumn = 0; - res.nData = 1; - res.nAlloc = 20; - res.rc = SQLITE_OK; - res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); - if( res.azResult==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - res.azResult[0] = 0; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); -#ifndef NDEBUG - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert((rc&db->errMask)==rc && (res.rc&db->errMask)==res.rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); -#endif - if( res.azResult ){ - assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); - res.azResult[0] = (char*)res.nData; - } - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - if( res.zErrMsg ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errCode = res.rc; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return res.rc; - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - return rc; - } - if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ - char **azNew; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) ); - if( azNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.nAlloc = res.nData+1; - res.azResult = azNew; - } - *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. -*/ -void sqlite3_free_table( - char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ -){ - if( azResult ){ - int i, n; - azResult--; - if( azResult==0 ) return; - n = (int)azResult[0]; - for(i=1; i -#include - -/* -** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their -** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just -** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need -** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores -** need to be translated. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] -const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { -/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#endif - -/* -** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if -** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is -** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. -** -** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, -** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. -** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file -** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by -** the #include below. -*/ -#include "keywordhash.h" - - -/* -** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then -** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. -** -** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, -** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. -** -** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same -** end result. -** -** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. -** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. -** But the feature is undocumented. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ -}; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20])) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ - 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif - - -/* -** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. -** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. -*/ -static int getToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ - int i, c; - switch( *z ){ - case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { - for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; - return i; - } - case '-': { - if( z[1]=='-' ){ - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} - *tokenType = TK_COMMENT; - return i; - } - *tokenType = TK_MINUS; - return 1; - } - case '(': { - *tokenType = TK_LP; - return 1; - } - case ')': { - *tokenType = TK_RP; - return 1; - } - case ';': { - *tokenType = TK_SEMI; - return 1; - } - case '+': { - *tokenType = TK_PLUS; - return 1; - } - case '*': { - *tokenType = TK_STAR; - return 1; - } - case '/': { - if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_SLASH; - return 1; - } - for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - if( c ) i++; - *tokenType = TK_COMMENT; - return i; - } - case '%': { - *tokenType = TK_REM; - return 1; - } - case '=': { - *tokenType = TK_EQ; - return 1 + (z[1]=='='); - } - case '<': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='<' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_LT; - return 1; - } - } - case '>': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_GE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_GT; - return 1; - } - } - case '!': { - if( z[1]!='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - } - } - case '|': { - if( z[1]!='|' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BITOR; - return 1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; - return 2; - } - } - case ',': { - *tokenType = TK_COMMA; - return 1; - } - case '&': { - *tokenType = TK_BITAND; - return 1; - } - case '~': { - *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; - return 1; - } - case '`': - case '\'': - case '"': { - int delim = z[0]; - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( c==delim ){ - if( z[i+1]==delim ){ - i++; - }else{ - break; - } - } - } - if( c ){ - *tokenType = TK_STRING; - return i+1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } - } - case '.': { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( !isdigit(z[1]) ) -#endif - { - *tokenType = TK_DOT; - return 1; - } - /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point - ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { - *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; - for(i=0; isdigit(z[i]); i++){} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( z[i]=='.' ){ - i++; - while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } - if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && - ( isdigit(z[i+1]) - || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2])) - ) - ){ - i += 2; - while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } -#endif - while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - i++; - } - return i; - } - case '[': { - for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - *tokenType = TK_ID; - return i; - } - case '?': { - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - return i; - } - case '#': { - for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - if( i>1 ){ - /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used - ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */ - *tokenType = TK_REGISTER; - return i; - } - /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by - ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - case '$': -#endif - case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ - case ':': { - int n = 0; - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( IdChar(c) ){ - n++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ - do{ - i++; - }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' ); - if( c==')' ){ - i++; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - } - break; - }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ - i++; -#endif - }else{ - break; - } - } - if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case 'x': case 'X': { - if( (c=z[1])=='\'' || c=='"' ){ - int delim = c; - *tokenType = TK_BLOB; - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( c==delim ){ - if( i%2 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - break; - } - if( !isxdigit(c) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } - } - if( c ) i++; - return i; - } - /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ - } -#endif - default: { - if( !IdChar(*z) ){ - break; - } - for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); - return i; - } - } - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 1; -} -int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ - return getToken(z, tokenType); -} - -/* -** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is -** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs -** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into -** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that -** error message. Or maybe not. -*/ -int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ - int nErr = 0; - int i; - void *pEngine; - int tokenType; - int lastTokenParsed = -1; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - i = 0; - pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3_malloc); - if( pEngine==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 ); - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 ); - assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 ); - pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql; - while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ - assert( i>=0 ); - pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i]; - assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 ); - pParse->sLastToken.n = getToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); - i += pParse->sLastToken.n; - if( i>SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - break; - } - switch( tokenType ){ - case TK_SPACE: - case TK_COMMENT: { - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0); - goto abort_parse; - } - break; - } - case TK_ILLEGAL: { - if( pzErrMsg ){ - sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", - &pParse->sLastToken); - } - nErr++; - goto abort_parse; - } - case TK_SEMI: { - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - /* Fall thru into the default case */ - } - default: { - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - lastTokenParsed = tokenType; - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_parse; - } - break; - } - } - } -abort_parse: - if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - } - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - } - sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc), (char*)0); - } - if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ - if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){ - *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pParse->zErrMsg); - } - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - if( !nErr ) nErr++; - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); - pParse->pVdbe = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pParse->aTableLock); - pParse->aTableLock = 0; - pParse->nTableLock = 0; - } -#endif - - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table - ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) - ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. - */ - sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); - } - - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger); - sqlite3_free(pParse->apVarExpr); - if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return nErr; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/trigger.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/trigger.c deleted file mode 100644 index 252dd7b4..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/trigger.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,839 +0,0 @@ -/* -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -* -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* -** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ - while( pTriggerStep ){ - TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; - pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; - - if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTmp->target.z); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList); - - sqlite3_free(pTmp); - } -} - -/* -** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement -** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger -** structure is generated based on the information available and stored -** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the -** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger -** construction process. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ - Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ - int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ - IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ - SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ - Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ - int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ - int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ -){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - Table *pTab; - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ - Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ - DbFixer sFix; - int iTabDb; - - assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ - assert( pName2!=0 ); - if( isTemp ){ - /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ - if( pName2->n>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iDb = 1; - pName = pName1; - }else{ - /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - } - - /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, - ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. - ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not - ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. - */ - if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } - - /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; - assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( !pTab ){ - /* The table does not exist. */ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the - ** specified name exists */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName,strlen(zName)) ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); - pParse->nErr++; - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD - ** of triggers. - */ - if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", - (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" - " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; - const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; - if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - } -#endif - - /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers - ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every - ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code - ** elsewhere. - */ - if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ - tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; - } - - /* Build the Trigger object */ - pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); - if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; - pTrigger->name = zName; - zName = 0; - pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); - pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->op = op; - pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen); - pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pTrigger->nameToken,pName); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; - -trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3_free(zName); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen); - if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger); - }else{ - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed -** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. -*/ -void sqlite3FinishTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ - Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ -){ - Trigger *pTrig = 0; /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - DbFixer sFix; - int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ - - pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; - pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; - if( pParse->nErr || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - pTrig->step_list = pStepList; - while( pStepList ){ - pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; - pStepList = pStepList->pNext; - } - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &pTrig->nameToken) - && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){ - goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - } - - /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, - ** build the sqlite_master entry - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - static const VdbeOpList insertTrig[] = { - { OP_NewRowid, 0, 0, 0 }, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "trigger" }, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 2: trigger name */ - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 3: table name */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0 }, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE TRIGGER "}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 6: SQL */ - { OP_Concat, 0, 0, 0 }, - { OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "aaada" }, - { OP_Insert, 0, 0, 0 }, - }; - int addr; - Vdbe *v; - - /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(insertTrig), insertTrig); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+2, pTrig->name, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+3, pTrig->table, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+6, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, sqlite3MPrintf( - db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P3_DYNAMIC - ); - } - - if( db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Table *pTab; - Trigger *pDel; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash, - pTrig->name, strlen(pTrig->name), pTrig); - if( pDel ){ - assert( pDel==pTrig ); - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - } - n = strlen(pTrig->table) + 1; - pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pTrig->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrig->table, n); - assert( pTab!=0 ); - pTrig->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; - pTab->pTrigger = pTrig; - pTrig = 0; - } - -triggerfinish_cleanup: - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrig); - assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList); -} - -/* -** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step. This has -** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained -** from sqlite3_malloc(). As initially created, the Expr.token.z values -** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser. But that -** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec() -** call that started the parser exits. This routine makes a persistent -** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure -** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns. -*/ -static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *p){ - if( p->target.z ){ - p->target.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->target.z, p->target.n); - p->target.dyn = 1; - } - if( p->pSelect ){ - Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect); - sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect); - p->pSelect = pNew; - } - if( p->pWhere ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere); - p->pWhere = pNew; - } - if( p->pExprList ){ - ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pExprList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList); - p->pExprList = pNew; - } - if( p->pIdList ){ - IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(db, p->pIdList); - sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList); - p->pIdList = pNew; - } -} - -/* -** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into -** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. -*/ -TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return 0; - } - - pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; - pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep); - - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer -** to the new trigger step. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the -** body of a trigger. -*/ -TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ - IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ - int orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - - assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0); - assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); - - pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT; - pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; - pTriggerStep->target = *pTableName; - pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; - pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList; - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; - sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep); - }else{ - sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - } - - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - int orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere); - return 0; - } - - pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE; - pTriggerStep->target = *pTableName; - pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList; - pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; - sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep); - - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere); - return 0; - } - - pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE; - pTriggerStep->target = *pTableName; - pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep); - - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Recursively delete a Trigger structure -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ - if( pTrigger==0 ) return; - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list); - sqlite3_free(pTrigger->name); - sqlite3_free(pTrigger->table); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns); - if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z); - sqlite3_free(pTrigger); -} - -/* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. -** -** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies -** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the -** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger -** instead of the trigger name. -**/ -void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - int i; - const char *zDb; - const char *zName; - int nName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - } - - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; - zName = pName->a[0].zName; - nName = strlen(zName); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; - pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); - if( pTrigger ) break; - } - if( !pTrigger ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); - } - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - } - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - -drop_trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger -** is set on. -*/ -static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ - int n = strlen(pTrigger->table) + 1; - return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); -} - - -/* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. -*/ -void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ - Table *pTable; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - assert( pTable ); - assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) || - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - return; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. - */ - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int base; - static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { - { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Column, 0, 1, 0}, - { OP_Ne, 0, ADDR(8), 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "trigger"}, - { OP_Column, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Ne, 0, ADDR(8), 0}, - { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ - }; - - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, pTrigger->name, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - int nName = strlen(zName); - pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), - zName, nName, 0); - if( pTrigger ){ - Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){ - pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - }else{ - Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger; - while( cc ){ - if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){ - cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext; - break; - } - cc = cc->pNext; - } - assert(cc); - } - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger); - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - } -} - -/* -** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry -** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries -** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, -** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a -** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then -** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only -** if there is no match. -*/ -static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ - int e; - if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1; - for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a bit vector to indicate what kind of triggers exist for operation -** "op" on table pTab. If pChanges is not NULL then it is a list of columns -** that are being updated. Triggers only match if the ON clause of the -** trigger definition overlaps the set of columns being updated. -** -** The returned bit vector is some combination of TRIGGER_BEFORE and -** TRIGGER_AFTER. -*/ -int sqlite3TriggersExist( - Parse *pParse, /* Used to check for recursive triggers */ - Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ - int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ - ExprList *pChanges /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ -){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - int mask = 0; - - pTrigger = IsVirtual(pTab) ? 0 : pTab->pTrigger; - while( pTrigger ){ - if( pTrigger->op==op && checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){ - mask |= pTrigger->tr_tm; - } - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } - return mask; -} - -/* -** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer -** to that SrcList. -** -** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when -** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from -** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the -** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it -** wants. -*/ -static SrcList *targetSrcList( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ -){ - Token sDb; /* Dummy database name token */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); - if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ - assert( iDbdb->nDb ); - sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - sDb.n = strlen((char*)sDb.z); - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &sDb, &pStep->target); - } else { - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); - } - return pSrc; -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a -** trigger. -*/ -static int codeTriggerProgram( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconfin /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList; - int orconf; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - assert( pTriggerStep!=0 ); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name)); - while( pTriggerStep ){ - orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin; - pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf; - switch( pTriggerStep->op ){ - case TK_SELECT: { - Select *ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect); - if( ss ){ - sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, ss, 0); - sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, SRT_Discard, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDelete(ss); - } - break; - } - case TK_UPDATE: { - SrcList *pSrc; - pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0); - sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc, - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0); - break; - } - case TK_INSERT: { - SrcList *pSrc; - pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0); - sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc, - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList), - sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect), - sqlite3IdListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0); - break; - } - case TK_DELETE: { - SrcList *pSrc; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0); - pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep); - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0); - break; - } - default: - assert(0); - } - pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name)); - - return 0; -} - -/* -** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers. -** -** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following -** must be true: -** -** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database. (But newIdx and oldIdx -** can be indices of cursors in temporary tables. See below.) -** -** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then -** a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at -** a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the -** trigger program(s). -** -** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then -** a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at -** a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the -** trigger program(s). -** -*/ -int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int newIdx, /* The indice of the "new" row to access */ - int oldIdx, /* The indice of the "old" row to access */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Trigger *p; - TriggerStack trigStackEntry; - - assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE); - assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER ); - - assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1); - - for(p=pTab->pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - int fire_this = 0; - - /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( - p->op==op && - p->tr_tm==tr_tm && - (p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema) && - (op!=TK_UPDATE||!p->pColumns||checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns,pChanges)) - ){ - TriggerStack *pS; /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */ - for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){} - if( !pS ){ - fire_this = 1; - } -#if 0 /* Give no warning for recursive triggers. Just do not do them */ - else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)", - p->name); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } -#endif - } - - if( fire_this ){ - int endTrigger; - Expr * whenExpr; - AuthContext sContext; - NameContext sNC; - - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - - /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */ - trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p; - trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx; - trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx; - trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab; - trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack; - trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump; - pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry; - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name); - - /* code the WHEN clause */ - endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe); - whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, p->pWhen); - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){ - pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext; - sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr); - return 1; - } - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, 1); - sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr); - - codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf); - - /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */ - pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext; - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger); - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/update.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/update.c deleted file mode 100644 index e6075558..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/update.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,630 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle UPDATE statements. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Forward declaration */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ -); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P3 parameter of the -** OP_Column to the default value, if any. -** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the -** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table -** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE -** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk -** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken -** from the P3 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. -** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value -** for the column and the P3 value is not required. -** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have -** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated -** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written -** into the sqlite_master table.) -** -** Therefore, the P3 parameter is only required if the default value for -** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() -** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into -** sqlite3_value objects. -*/ -void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){ - if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3_value *pValue; - u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; - assert( inCol ); - sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue); - if( pValue ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P3_MEM); - }else{ - VdbeComment((v, "# %s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); - } - } -} - -/* -** Process an UPDATE statement. -** -** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; -** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ -* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere -*/ -void sqlite3Update( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ - int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ - int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ - int nIdxTotal; /* Total number of indices */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ - Index **apIdx = 0; /* An array of indices that need updating too */ - char *aIdxUsed = 0; /* aIdxUsed[i]==1 if the i-th index is used */ - int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the - ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. - ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ - int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */ - Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ - int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */ - AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ - int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for counting rows changed */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* Trying to update a view */ - int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any row triggers exist */ -#endif - - int newIdx = -1; /* index of trigger "new" temp table */ - int oldIdx = -1; /* index of trigger "old" temp table */ - - sContext.pParse = 0; - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to update. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** updated is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define triggers_exist 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol ); - if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; - - /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the - ** special OLD and NEW tables - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - newIdx = pParse->nTab++; - oldIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. - ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they - ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and - ** allocate enough space, just in case. - */ - pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Initialize the name-context */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the - ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index - ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each - ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change - ** that column. - */ - chngRowid = 0; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; - } - aXRef[j] = i; - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); - goto update_cleanup; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int rc; - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto update_cleanup; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - aXRef[j] = -1; - } - } -#endif - } - - /* Allocate memory for the array apIdx[] and fill it with pointers to every - ** index that needs to be updated. Indices only need updating if their - ** key includes one of the columns named in pChanges or if the record - ** number of the original table entry is changing. - */ - for(nIdx=nIdxTotal=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdxTotal++){ - if( chngRowid ){ - i = 0; - }else { - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break; - } - } - if( inColumn ) nIdx++; - } - if( nIdxTotal>0 ){ - apIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx + nIdxTotal ); - if( apIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - aIdxUsed = (char*)&apIdx[nIdx]; - } - for(nIdx=j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - if( chngRowid ){ - i = 0; - }else{ - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break; - } - } - if( inColumn ){ - apIdx[nIdx++] = pIdx; - aIdxUsed[j] = 1; - }else{ - aIdxUsed[j] = 0; - } - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, - pWhere); - pWhere = 0; - pTabList = 0; - goto update_cleanup; - } -#endif - - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the - ** WHERE clause. - */ - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ - if( isView ){ - Select *pView; - pView = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pView); - } - - /* Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0); - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - - /* Initialize the count of updated rows - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){ - memCnt = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt); - } - - if( triggers_exist ){ - /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol); - - /* The top of the update loop for when there are triggers. - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, 0); - - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - /* Open a cursor and make it point to the record that is - ** being updated. - */ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0); - - /* Generate the OLD table - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0); - - /* Generate the NEW table - */ - if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - continue; - } - j = aXRef[i]; - if( j<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } - if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - - /* Fire the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers - */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, - newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - } - - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* - ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any - ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution - ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need - ** to be deleting some records. - */ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); - if( onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - }else{ - openAll = 0; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - break; - } - } - } - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 ); - } - } - - /* Loop over every record that needs updating. We have to load - ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns - ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value. - ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries. - ** So make the cursor point at the old record. - */ - if( !triggers_exist ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr); - - /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it - ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently - ** on top of the stack.) - */ - if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - } - - /* Compute new data for this record. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - continue; - } - j = aXRef[i]; - if( j<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr); - } - } - - /* Do constraint checks - */ - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRowid, 1, - onError, addr); - - /* Delete the old indices for the current record. - */ - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed); - - /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. - */ - if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0); - } - - /* Create the new index entries and the new record. - */ - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRowid, 1, -1, 0); - } - - /* Increment the row counter - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); - } - - /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration - ** through the loop. The fire the after triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - if( !isView ){ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ) - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, - newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - } - - /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until - ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Close all tables if there were no FOR EACH ROW triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist ){ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0); - } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", P3_STATIC); - } - -update_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3_free(apIdx); - sqlite3_free(aXRef); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere); - return; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. -** -** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains -** for each row to be changed: -** -** (A) The original rowid of that row. -** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) -** (C) The content of every column in the row. -** -** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in -** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. -** -** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. -** -** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same -** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling -** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. -*/ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ - ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ - int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - - /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for - ** all updated rows. - */ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, - sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, "_rowid_"), 0); - if( pRowid ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid), 0); - } - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ - pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr); - }else{ - pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].zName); - } - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr, 0); - } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will - ** be stored. - */ - assert( v ); - ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); - - /* fill the ephemeral table - */ - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, ephemTab, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* - ** Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VDelete and - ** VInsert - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0); - if( pRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0)); - } - pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, - (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr-1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - - /* Cleanup */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/utf.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/utf.c deleted file mode 100644 index 76c98e70..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/utf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,545 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 13 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, -** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. -** -** $Id$ -** -** Notes on UTF-8: -** -** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value -** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx -** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx -** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** -** -** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) -** -** Word-0 Word-1 Value -** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** -** -** BOM or Byte Order Mark: -** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows -** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows -** -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -/* -** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and -** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. -*/ -const int sqlite3one = 1; - -/* -** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of -** a multi-byte UTF8 character. -*/ -static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = { - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, - 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, -}; - - -#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<0x00080 ){ \ - *zOut++ = (c&0xFF); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F); \ - } \ -} - -#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ - *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ - *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ - } \ -} - -#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ - *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ - *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){ \ - c = (*zIn++); \ - c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){ \ - int c2 = (*zIn++); \ - c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD; \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){ \ - c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c += (*zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){ \ - int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c2 += (*zIn++); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD; \ - } \ -} - -/* -** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. -** -** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points -** is a 0x00. -** -** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. -** -** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: -** -** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to -** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that -** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. -** -** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. -** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between -** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. -** -** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first -** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters -** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically -** invalid characters. -** -** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings -** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length -** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. -*/ -int sqlite3Utf8Read( - const unsigned char *z, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */ - const unsigned char *zTerm, /* Pretend this byte is 0x00 */ - const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */ -){ - int c = *(z++); - if( c>=0xc0 ){ - c = sqlite3UtfTrans1[c-0xc0]; - while( z!=zTerm && (*z & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ - c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(z++)); - } - if( c<0x80 - || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 - || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } - } - *pzNext = z; - return c; -} - - - -/* -** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is -** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). -*/ -/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to -** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired -** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ - unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */ - int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ - unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ - unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ - unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ - unsigned int c; - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); - assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); - assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); - assert( pMem->n>=0 ); - -#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { - char zBuf[100]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); - fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); - } -#endif - - /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then - ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled - ** differently from the others. - */ - if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - u8 temp; - int rc; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; - zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; - while( zInenc = desiredEnc; - goto translate_out; - } - - /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ - if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from - ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. - ** A single byte is required for the output string - ** nul-terminator. - */ - len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; - }else{ - /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused - ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 - ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the - ** nul-terminator. - */ - len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; - } - - /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 - ** byte past the end. - ** - ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space - ** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and - ** not in use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above). - */ - zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; - zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; - if( len>NBFS ){ - zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); - if( !zOut ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - zOut = zShort; - } - z = zOut; - - if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ - /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ - while( zIn UTF-16 Big-endian */ - while( zInn = z - zOut; - *z++ = 0; - }else{ - assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ - /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ - while( zIn UTF-8 */ - while( zInn = z - zOut; - } - *z = 0; - assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); - - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short); - pMem->enc = desiredEnc; - if( zOut==zShort ){ - memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len); - zOut = (u8*)pMem->zShort; - pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short); - }else{ - pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn); - } - pMem->z = (char*)zOut; - -translate_out: -#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { - char zBuf[100]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); - fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the -** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and -** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any -** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. -** -** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be -** changed by this function. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 bom = 0; - - if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){ - u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; - u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); - if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ - bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } - if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ - bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - } - } - - if( bom ){ - /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*, - ** from within sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible - ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored - ** in dynamic memory with no destructor. - */ - assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) ); - assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){ - void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel; - char *z = pMem->z; - pMem->z = 0; - pMem->xDel = 0; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, - SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - xDel(z); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, - SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - } - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, -** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) -** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the -** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to -** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). -*/ -int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ - int r = 0; - const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; - const u8 *zTerm; - if( nByte>=0 ){ - zTerm = &z[nByte]; - }else{ - zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); - } - assert( z<=zTerm ); - while( *z!=0 && zmallocFailed ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - m.z = 0; - } - assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); - assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); - return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z); -} - -/* -** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero, -** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair -** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero, -** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters -** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first). -*/ -int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ - unsigned int c = 1; - char const *z = zIn; - int n = 0; - if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ - /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here - ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will - ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage - ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and - ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE - ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine - ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime - ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement. - */ - while( c && ((nChar<0) || n=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; - if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; - assert( c==t ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } - for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ - if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; - z = zBuf; - WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); - n = z-zBuf; - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - READ_UTF16LE(z, c); - assert( c==i ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } - for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ - if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; - z = zBuf; - WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); - n = z-zBuf; - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - READ_UTF16BE(z, c); - assert( c==i ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/util.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/util.c deleted file mode 100644 index a4869ac7..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/util.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,706 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. -** -** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing -** strings, and stuff like that. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - - -/* -** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite -** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". -** -** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the -** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following -** format characters are allowed: -** -** %s Insert a string -** %z A string that should be freed after use -** %d Insert an integer -** %T Insert a token -** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList -** -** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be -** encoded in UTF-8. -** -** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error -** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set -** to NULL. -*/ -void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ - if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){ - db->errCode = err_code; - if( zFormat ){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); - }else{ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - } - } -} - -/* -** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. -** The following formatting characters are allowed: -** -** %s Insert a string -** %z A string that should be freed after use -** %d Insert an integer -** %T Insert a token -** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList -** -** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst -** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The -** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error -** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). -** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution -** (sqlite3_step() etc.). -*/ -void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - pParse->nErr++; - sqlite3_free(pParse->zErrMsg); - va_start(ap, zFormat); - pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(pParse->db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } -} - -/* -** Clear the error message in pParse, if any -*/ -void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3_free(pParse->zErrMsg); - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - pParse->nErr = 0; -} - -/* -** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing -** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the -** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine -** is a no-op. -** -** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style -** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes -** "a-b-c". -*/ -void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ - int quote; - int i, j; - if( z==0 ) return; - quote = z[0]; - switch( quote ){ - case '\'': break; - case '"': break; - case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */ - case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */ - default: return; - } - for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( z[i]==quote ){ - if( z[i+1]==quote ){ - z[j++] = quote; - i++; - }else{ - z[j++] = 0; - break; - } - }else{ - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - } -} - -/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding -** lower-case character. -*/ -const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, - 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, - 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, - 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, - 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, - 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, - 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, - 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, - 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, - 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, - 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, - 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, - 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, - 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, - 252,253,254,255 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ - 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ - 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ - 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ - 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ - 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ - 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ - 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ - 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ - 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */ - 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ - 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ - 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ - 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ - 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */ - 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */ -#endif -}; -#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower - -/* -** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because -** there is no consistency, we will define our own. -*/ -int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - register unsigned char *a, *b; - a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; - b = (unsigned char *)zRight; - while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } - return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; -} -int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ - register unsigned char *a, *b; - a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; - b = (unsigned char *)zRight; - while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } - return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string. Return FALSE if the -** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If -** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum -** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE). -** -** An empty string is considered non-numeric. -*/ -int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){ - int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++; - if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr; - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ - return 0; - } - z += incr; - if( realnum ) *realnum = 0; - while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; } - if( *z=='.' ){ - z += incr; - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; } - if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; - } - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z += incr; - if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr; - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; } - if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; - } - return *z==0; -} - -/* -** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number. -** Convert this string to a double. -** -** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number. If it -** is not, the result is undefined. -** -** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because -** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead -** of "." depending on how locale is set. But that would cause problems -** for SQL. So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale. -*/ -int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int sign = 1; - const char *zBegin = z; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0; - while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++; - if( *z=='-' ){ - sign = -1; - z++; - }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z++; - } - while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ - v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0'); - z++; - } - if( *z=='.' ){ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0; - z++; - while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ - v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0'); - divisor *= 10.0; - z++; - } - v1 /= divisor; - } - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - int esign = 1; - int eval = 0; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; - z++; - if( *z=='-' ){ - esign = -1; - z++; - }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z++; - } - while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ - eval = eval*10 + *z - '0'; - z++; - } - while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; } - while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; } - while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; } - while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; } - if( esign<0 ){ - v1 /= scale; - }else{ - v1 *= scale; - } - } - *pResult = sign<0 ? -v1 : v1; - return z - zBegin; -#else - return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ -} - -/* -** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation -** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive -** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. -** -** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference -** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the -** last digit. So, for example, -** -** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800") -** -** will return -8. -*/ -static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){ - int c; - c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18); - if( c==0 ){ - c = zNum[18] - '8'; - } - return c; -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write -** the value of the integer into *pNum. If zNum is not an integer -** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits, -** then return false. -** -** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only -** 32-bit numbers. At that time, it was much faster than the -** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2. -*/ -int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){ - i64 v = 0; - int neg; - int i, c; - while( isspace(*(u8*)zNum) ) zNum++; - if( *zNum=='-' ){ - neg = 1; - zNum++; - }else if( *zNum=='+' ){ - neg = 0; - zNum++; - }else{ - neg = 0; - } - while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */ - for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - } - *pNum = neg ? -v : v; - if( c!=0 || i==0 || i>19 ){ - /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer - ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */ - return 0; - }else if( i<19 ){ - /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ - return 1; - }else{ - /* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive - ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative. Note that 9223372036854665808 - ** is 2^63. */ - return compare2pow63(zNum)='0' && c<='9'; i++){} - if( i<19 ){ - /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */ - return 1; - }else if( i>19 ){ - /* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */ - return 0; - }else{ - /* Compare against 2^63. */ - return compare2pow63(zNum)=0 && c<=9; i++){ - v = v*10 + c; - } - - /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: - ** - ** 1234567890 - ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 - */ - if( i>10 ){ - return 0; - } - if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ - return 0; - } - if( neg ){ - v = -v; - } - *pValue = (int)v; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer. This test is not -** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against -** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are -** NULL or which have been previously closed. If this routine returns -** TRUE it means that the db pointer is invalid and should not be -** dereferenced for any reason. The calling function should invoke -** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately. -*/ -int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3 *db){ - int magic; - if( db==0 ) return 1; - magic = db->magic; - if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && - magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && - magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** 28 bits - BBBA -** 35 bits - BBBBA -** 42 bits - BBBBBA -** 49 bits - BBBBBBA -** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA -** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC -*/ - -/* -** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. -** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number -** of bytes written is returned. -** -** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte -** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th -** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full -** 8 bits and is the last byte. -*/ -int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ - int i, j, n; - u8 buf[10]; - if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ - p[8] = v; - v >>= 8; - for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ - p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80; - v >>= 7; - } - return 9; - } - n = 0; - do{ - buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80; - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 ); - buf[0] &= 0x7f; - assert( n<=9 ); - for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ - p[i] = buf[j]; - } - return n; -} - -/* -** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. -*/ -int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ - u32 x; - u64 x64; - int n; - unsigned char c; - if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){ - *v = c; - return 1; - } - x = c & 0x7f; - if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){ - *v = (x<<7) | c; - return 2; - } - x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f); - if( ((c = p[2]) & 0x80)==0 ){ - *v = (x<<7) | c; - return 3; - } - x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f); - if( ((c = p[3]) & 0x80)==0 ){ - *v = (x<<7) | c; - return 4; - } - x64 = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f); - n = 4; - do{ - c = p[n++]; - if( n==9 ){ - x64 = (x64<<8) | c; - break; - } - x64 = (x64<<7) | (c&0x7f); - }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 ); - *v = x64; - return n; -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. -*/ -int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ - u32 x; - int n; - unsigned char c; - if( ((signed char*)p)[0]>=0 ){ - *v = p[0]; - return 1; - } - x = p[0] & 0x7f; - if( ((signed char*)p)[1]>=0 ){ - *v = (x<<7) | p[1]; - return 2; - } - x = (x<<7) | (p[1] & 0x7f); - n = 2; - do{ - x = (x<<7) | ((c = p[n++])&0x7f); - }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 && n<9 ); - *v = x; - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given -** 64-bit integer. -*/ -int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ - int i = 0; - do{ - i++; - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 && i<9 ); - return i; -} - - -/* -** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. -*/ -u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ - return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; -} -void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ - p[0] = v>>24; - p[1] = v>>16; - p[2] = v>>8; - p[3] = v; -} - - - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) \ - || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. -*/ -static int hexToInt(int h){ - if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){ - return h - '0'; - }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){ - return h - 'a' + 10; - }else{ - assert( h>='A' && h<='F' ); - return h - 'A' + 10; - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_TEST */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) -/* -** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary -** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the -** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by -** the calling routine. -*/ -void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ - char *zBlob; - int i; - int n = strlen(z); - if( n%2 ) return 0; - - zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2); - if( zBlob ){ - for(i=0; imagic is not a valid open value, take care not -** to modify the db structure at all. It could be that db is a stale -** pointer. In other words, it could be that there has been a prior -** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated. And we do -** not want to write into deallocated memory. -*/ -int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - return 0; - }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN. -** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY -** when this routine is called. -*/ -int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - return 0; - }else { - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; - return 1; - } -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vacuum.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vacuum.c deleted file mode 100644 index ebfd47b6..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vacuum.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. -** -** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the -** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. -*/ -static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ - return sqlite3_errcode(db); - } - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){} - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly -** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. -*/ -static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return rc; - } - } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -/* -** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, -** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command -** in PostgreSQL. -** -** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call -** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning -** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has -** become a no-op. -*/ -void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); - } - return; -} - -/* -** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. -*/ -int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ - Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ - Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ - char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ - int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ - Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ - - /* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */ - saved_flags = db->flags; - db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks; - - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", - (char*)0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; - - /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma - ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash - ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a - ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before - ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. - ** - ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. - */ - zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; - rc = execSql(db, zSql); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; - assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); - pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), - sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain)); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - assert( sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp)==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) ); - rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction */ - rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema - ** in the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, - "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, - "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000)" - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, - "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21,100000000) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do - ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy - ** the contents to the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'" - "FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " - " AND rootpage>0" - - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Copy over the sequence table - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, - "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - - /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database - ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any - ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries - ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. - */ - rc = execSql(db, - "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " - " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" - " FROM sqlite_master" - " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" - " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" - ); - if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a - ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database. - ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a - ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level - ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was - ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the - ** temporary database never needs to be committed. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u32 meta; - int i; - - /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the - ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries - ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. - ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other - ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. - */ - static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { - 1, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ - 3, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ - 5, 0, /* Preserve the default text encoding */ - 6, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ - }; - - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); - - /* Copy Btree meta values */ - for(i=0; iflags */ - db->flags = saved_flags; - - /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum - ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file - ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction - ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the - ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager - ** is closed by the DETACH. - */ - db->autoCommit = 1; - - if( pDb ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.c deleted file mode 100644 index a9940d93..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5279 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** The code in this file implements execution method of the -** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c") -** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting -** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing -** the VDBE program. -** -** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer -** to a VDBE. -** -** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by -** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are -** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of -** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode -** and 3 operands. Operands P1 and P2 are integers. Operand P3 -** is a null-terminated string. The P2 operand must be non-negative. -** Opcodes will typically ignore one or more operands. Many opcodes -** ignore all three operands. -** -** Computation results are stored on a stack. Each entry on the -** stack is either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point -** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An inplicit conversion from one -** type to the other occurs as necessary. -** -** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec() -** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program. -** But other routines are also provided to help in building up -** a program instruction by instruction. -** -** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML -** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting -** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments -** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing -** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor -** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test -** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are -** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_search_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before -** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted -** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt. -** -** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function -** in an ordinary build. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode -** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that -** sorting is occurring or not occuring at appropriate times. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob -** or MEM_Str that has appeared on the VDBE stack. The test procedures -** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality -** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Release the memory associated with the given stack level. This -** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state. -*/ -#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); } - -/* -** Convert the given stack entity into a string if it isn't one -** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. -*/ -#define Stringify(P, enc) \ - if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ - { goto no_mem; } - -/* -** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers. -** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte. -** The following macro takes advantage this fact to provide a fast decode -** of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common case -** where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the -** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster. -** -** The following expressions are equivalent: -** -** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B ); -** -** x = GetVarint( A, B ); -** -*/ -#define GetVarint(A,B) ((B = *(A))<=0x7f ? 1 : sqlite3GetVarint32(A, &B)) - -/* -** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains -** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity -** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the stack entry -** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the stack -** entry knowing it. -** -** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated -** string that the stack entry itself controls. In other words, it -** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string. -*/ -#define Deephemeralize(P) \ - if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ - && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} - -/* -** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) -** P if required. -*/ -#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) - -/* -** Argument pMem points at a memory cell that will be passed to a -** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query. -** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for -** stack variables. This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type -** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines. -*/ -#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A) -static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Null ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; - } - else if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - } - else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; - } - else if( flags & MEM_Str ){ - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - }else{ - pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; - } -} - -/* -** Pop the stack N times. -*/ -static void popStack(Mem **ppTos, int N){ - Mem *pTos = *ppTos; - while( N>0 ){ - N--; - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - } - *ppTos = pTos; -} - -/* -** Allocate cursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL -** if we run out of memory. -*/ -static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur, int iDb){ - Cursor *pCx; - assert( iCurnCursor ); - if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); - } - p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(Cursor) ); - if( pCx ){ - pCx->iDb = iDb; - } - return pCx; -} - -/* -** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can -** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string -** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not -** look like a number, leave it alone. -*/ -static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ - if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ - int realnum; - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec); - if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str) - && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){ - i64 value; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRec); - pRec->u.i = value; - pRec->flags = MEM_Int; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: -** -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: -** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: -** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a -** floating-point representation if an integer representation -** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is -** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because -** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. -** -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: -** Convert pRec to a text representation. -** -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE: -** No-op. pRec is unchanged. -*/ -static void applyAffinity( - Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ - char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ - u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ -){ - if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real - ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string - ** representation. - */ - if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); - } - pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); - }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL - || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - applyNumericAffinity(pRec); - if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); - } - } -} - -/* -** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column -** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever -** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without -** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. -** -** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal. -*/ -int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; - applyNumericAffinity(pMem); - storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0); - return pMem->type; -} - -/* -** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, -** not the internal Mem* type. -*/ -void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( - sqlite3_value *pVal, - u8 affinity, - u8 enc -){ - applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem -** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ - char *zCsr = zBuf; - int f = pMem->flags; - - static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; - - if( f&MEM_Blob ){ - int i; - char c; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - c = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - c = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - c = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - c = 's'; - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); - zCsr += strlen(zCsr); - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); - zCsr += strlen(zCsr); - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); - zCsr += strlen(zCsr); - } - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - char z = pMem->z[i]; - if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; - else *zCsr++ = z; - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); - zCsr += strlen(zCsr); - if( f & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%lldz",pMem->u.i); - zCsr += strlen(zCsr); - } - *zCsr = '\0'; - }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ - int j, k; - zBuf[0] = ' '; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - zBuf[1] = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - zBuf[1] = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - zBuf[1] = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - zBuf[1] = 's'; - } - k = 2; - sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); - k += strlen(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = '['; - for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ - u8 c = pMem->z[j]; - if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ - zBuf[k++] = c; - }else{ - zBuf[k++] = '.'; - } - } - zBuf[k++] = ']'; - sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); - k += strlen(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = 0; - } -} -#endif - - -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE -/* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. -*/ -__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long int x; - __asm__("rdtsc\n\t" - "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t" - :"=A" (x)); - return x; -} -#endif - -/* -** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the -** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then -** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted. -** -** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to -** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction, -** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the -** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement. -*/ -#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \ - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; - - -/* -** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return. -** -** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to -** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks -** and the error message pointer. -** -** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either -** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with -** SQLITE_ROW. -** -** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine -** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will -** return SQLITE_BUSY. -** -** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained -** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory. -** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR. -** -** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits -** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is -** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR. -** -** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this -** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR. -** -** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR. -** -** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be -** used to clean up the mess that was left behind. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeExec( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ -){ - int pc; /* The program counter */ - Op *pOp; /* Current operation */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ - u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ - Mem *pTos; /* Top entry in the operand stack */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - unsigned long long start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ - int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */ -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - Mem *pStackLimit; -#endif - - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE; - assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ); - pTos = p->pTos; - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex); - if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or - ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( p->explain==0 ); - if( p->popStack ){ - popStack(&pTos, p->popStack); - p->popStack = 0; - } - p->resOnStack = 0; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0 - || sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_explain", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) - ){ - int i; - printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); - sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]); - } - } - if( sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){ - p->trace = stdout; - } -#endif - for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){ - assert( pc>=0 && pcnOp ); - assert( pTos<=&p->aStack[pc] ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - origPc = pc; - start = hwtime(); -#endif - pOp = &p->aOp[pc]; - - /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - if( pc==0 ){ - printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n"); - sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); - } - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp); - } - if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 - && sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_sqltrace", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){ - sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); - } -#endif - - - /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens - ** if we have a special test build. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){ - sqlite3_interrupt_count--; - if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){ - sqlite3_interrupt(db); - } - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number - ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of - ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). - ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with - ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT. - */ - if( db->xProgress ){ - if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){ - int prc; - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - if( prc!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - goto vdbe_halt; - } - nProgressOps = 0; - } - nProgressOps++; - } -#endif - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* This is to check that the return value of static function - ** opcodeNoPush() (see vdbeaux.c) returns values that match the - ** implementation of the virtual machine in this file. If - ** opcodeNoPush() returns non-zero, then the stack is guarenteed - ** not to grow when the opcode is executed. If it returns zero, then - ** the stack may grow by at most 1. - ** - ** The global wrapper function sqlite3VdbeOpcodeUsesStack() is not - ** available if NDEBUG is defined at build time. - */ - pStackLimit = pTos; - if( !sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(pOp->opcode) ){ - pStackLimit++; - } -#endif - - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - -/***************************************************************************** -** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a -** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual -** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But -** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within -** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another -** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where -** we transition back to normal indentation. -** -** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite -** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this -** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files -** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each -** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where -** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the -** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" -** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. -** -** If a comment on the same line as the "case OP_" construction contains -** the word "no-push", then the opcode is guarenteed not to grow the -** vdbe stack when it is executed. See function opcode() in -** vdbeaux.c for details. -** -** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file -** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent -** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation -** file. -** -** SUMMARY: -** -** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. -** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. -** -*****************************************************************************/ - -/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * -** -** An unconditional jump to address P2. -** The next instruction executed will be -** the one at index P2 from the beginning of -** the program. -*/ -case OP_Goto: { /* no-push */ - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Gosub * P2 * -** -** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack -** and then jump to address P2. -** -** The return address stack is of limited depth. If too many -** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then -** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort -** with a fatal error. -*/ -case OP_Gosub: { /* no-push */ - assert( p->returnDepthreturnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) ); - p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1; - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Return * * * -** -** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned -** OP_Gosub. If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then -** processing aborts with a fatal error. -*/ -case OP_Return: { /* no-push */ - assert( p->returnDepth>0 ); - p->returnDepth--; - pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 P3 -** -** Exit immediately. All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed -** automatically. -** -** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(), -** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0). -** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine -** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback -** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, -** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the -** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. -** -** If P3 is not null then it is an error message string. -** -** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of -** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program -** is the same as executing Halt. -*/ -case OP_Halt: { /* no-push */ - p->pTos = pTos; - p->rc = pOp->p1; - p->pc = pc; - p->errorAction = pOp->p2; - if( pOp->p3 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0); - } - rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE; - } - goto vdbe_return; -} - -/* Opcode: Integer P1 * * -** -** The 32-bit integer value P1 is pushed onto the stack. -*/ -case OP_Integer: { - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - pTos->u.i = pOp->p1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Int64 * * P3 -** -** P3 is a string representation of an integer. Convert that integer -** to a 64-bit value and push it onto the stack. -*/ -case OP_Int64: { - pTos++; - assert( pOp->p3!=0 ); - pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pTos->z = pOp->p3; - pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z); - pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pTos->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos); - pTos->flags |= MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Real * * P3 -** -** The string value P3 is converted to a real and pushed on to the stack. -*/ -case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, */ - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pTos->z = pOp->p3; - pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z); - pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pTos->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos); - pTos->flags |= MEM_Real; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, encoding); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: String8 * * P3 -** -** P3 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed -** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time. -*/ -case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING */ - assert( pOp->p3!=0 ); - pOp->opcode = OP_String; - pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3); - assert( SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - assert( pOp->p1 < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - pTos++; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, encoding) ) goto no_mem; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pTos) ) goto no_mem; - pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn); - pTos->flags |= MEM_Static; - if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3_free(pOp->p3); - } - pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC; - pOp->p3 = pTos->z; - pOp->p1 = pTos->n; - assert( pOp->p1 < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); /* Due to SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH */ - break; - } -#endif - /* Otherwise fall through to the next case, OP_String */ -} - -/* Opcode: String P1 * P3 -** -** The string value P3 of length P1 (bytes) is pushed onto the stack. -*/ -case OP_String: { - assert( pOp->p1 < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); /* Due to SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH */ - pTos++; - assert( pOp->p3!=0 ); - pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pTos->z = pOp->p3; - pTos->n = pOp->p1; - pTos->enc = encoding; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Null * * * -** -** Push a NULL onto the stack. -*/ -case OP_Null: { - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - pTos->n = 0; - break; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL -/* Opcode: HexBlob * * P3 -** -** P3 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is pushed onto the -** vdbe stack. -** -** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a -** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P3. -*/ -case OP_HexBlob: { /* same as TK_BLOB */ - pOp->opcode = OP_Blob; - pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3)/2; - assert( SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - assert( pOp->p1 < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - if( pOp->p1 ){ - char *zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(db, pOp->p3); - if( !zBlob ) goto no_mem; - if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3_free(pOp->p3); - } - pOp->p3 = zBlob; - pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC; - }else{ - if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3_free(pOp->p3); - } - pOp->p3type = P3_STATIC; - pOp->p3 = ""; - } - - /* Fall through to the next case, OP_Blob. */ -} - -/* Opcode: Blob P1 * P3 -** -** P3 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Push this -** value onto the stack. This instruction is not coded directly -** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies -** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of -** the blob as P3. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob -** the first time it is executed. -*/ -case OP_Blob: { - pTos++; - assert( pOp->p1 < SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); /* Due to SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH */ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, pOp->p1, 0, 0); - pTos->enc = encoding; - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */ - -/* Opcode: Variable P1 * * -** -** Push the value of variable P1 onto the stack. A variable is -** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile(). -** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered -** a variable. Variables in the SQL string are number from left to -** right beginning with 1. The values of variables are set using the -** sqlite3_bind() API. -*/ -case OP_Variable: { - int j = pOp->p1 - 1; - Mem *pVar; - assert( j>=0 && jnVar ); - - pVar = &p->aVar[j]; - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){ - goto too_big; - } - pTos++; - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Pop P1 * * -** -** P1 elements are popped off of the top of stack and discarded. -*/ -case OP_Pop: { /* no-push */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1); - assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] ); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Dup P1 P2 * -** -** A copy of the P1-th element of the stack -** is made and pushed onto the top of the stack. -** The top of the stack is element 0. So the -** instruction "Dup 0 0 0" will make a copy of the -** top of the stack. -** -** If the content of the P1-th element is a dynamically -** allocated string, then a new copy of that string -** is made if P2==0. If P2!=0, then just a pointer -** to the string is copied. -** -** Also see the Pull instruction. -*/ -case OP_Dup: { - Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1]; - assert( pFrom<=pTos && pFrom>=p->aStack ); - pTos++; - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, pFrom, MEM_Ephem); - if( pOp->p2 ){ - Deephemeralize(pTos); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Pull P1 * * -** -** The P1-th element is removed from its current location on -** the stack and pushed back on top of the stack. The -** top of the stack is element 0, so "Pull 0 0 0" is -** a no-op. "Pull 1 0 0" swaps the top two elements of -** the stack. -** -** See also the Dup instruction. -*/ -case OP_Pull: { /* no-push */ - Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1]; - int i; - Mem ts; - - ts = *pFrom; - Deephemeralize(pTos); - for(i=0; ip1; i++, pFrom++){ - Deephemeralize(&pFrom[1]); - assert( (pFrom[1].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 ); - *pFrom = pFrom[1]; - if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){ - assert( pFrom->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - assert( pFrom->z==pFrom[1].zShort ); - pFrom->z = pFrom->zShort; - } - } - *pTos = ts; - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Short ){ - assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - assert( pTos->z==pTos[-pOp->p1].zShort ); - pTos->z = pTos->zShort; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Push P1 * * -** -** Overwrite the value of the P1-th element down on the -** stack (P1==0 is the top of the stack) with the value -** of the top of the stack. Then pop the top of the stack. -*/ -case OP_Push: { /* no-push */ - Mem *pTo = &pTos[-pOp->p1]; - - assert( pTo>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTo, pTos); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Callback P1 * * -** -** The top P1 values on the stack represent a single result row from -** a query. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate -** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt -** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result -** row. When the sqlite3_step() function is run again, the top P1 -** values will be automatically popped from the stack before the next -** instruction executes. -*/ -case OP_Callback: { /* no-push */ - Mem *pMem; - Mem *pFirstColumn; - assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p1 ); - - /* Data in the pager might be moved or changed out from under us - ** in between the return from this sqlite3_step() call and the - ** next call to sqlite3_step(). So deephermeralize everything on - ** the stack. Note that ephemeral data is never stored in memory - ** cells so we do not have to worry about them. - */ - pFirstColumn = &pTos[0-pOp->p1]; - for(pMem = p->aStack; pMemcacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; - - /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated - ** and have an assigned type. The results are deephemeralized as - ** as side effect. - */ - for(; pMem<=pTos; pMem++ ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem); - storeTypeInfo(pMem, encoding); - } - - /* Set up the statement structure so that it will pop the current - ** results from the stack when the statement returns. - */ - p->resOnStack = 1; - p->nCallback++; - p->popStack = pOp->p1; - p->pc = pc + 1; - p->pTos = pTos; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; - goto vdbe_return; -} - -/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 * -** -** Look at the first P1+2 elements of the stack. Append them all -** together with the lowest element first. The original P1+2 elements -** are popped from the stack if P2==0 and retained if P2==1. If -** any element of the stack is NULL, then the result is NULL. -** -** When P1==1, this routine makes a copy of the top stack element -** into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT */ - char *zNew; - i64 nByte; - int nField; - int i, j; - Mem *pTerm; - - /* Loop through the stack elements to see how long the result will be. */ - nField = pOp->p1 + 2; - pTerm = &pTos[1-nField]; - nByte = 0; - for(i=0; ip2==0 || (pTerm->flags&MEM_Str) ); - if( pTerm->flags&MEM_Null ){ - nByte = -1; - break; - } - ExpandBlob(pTerm); - Stringify(pTerm, encoding); - nByte += pTerm->n; - } - - if( nByte<0 ){ - /* If nByte is less than zero, then there is a NULL value on the stack. - ** In this case just pop the values off the stack (if required) and - ** push on a NULL. - */ - if( pOp->p2==0 ){ - popStack(&pTos, nField); - } - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - /* Otherwise malloc() space for the result and concatenate all the - ** stack values. - */ - if( nByte+2>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - goto too_big; - } - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte+2 ); - if( zNew==0 ) goto no_mem; - j = 0; - pTerm = &pTos[1-nField]; - for(i=j=0; in; - assert( pTerm->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - memcpy(&zNew[j], pTerm->z, n); - j += n; - } - zNew[j] = 0; - zNew[j+1] = 0; - assert( j==nByte ); - - if( pOp->p2==0 ){ - popStack(&pTos, nField); - } - pTos++; - pTos->n = j; - pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - pTos->xDel = 0; - pTos->enc = encoding; - pTos->z = zNew; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Add * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack, add them together, -** and push the result back onto the stack. If either element -** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof() -** function before the addition. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Multiply * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack, multiply them together, -** and push the result back onto the stack. If either element -** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof() -** function before the multiplication. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Subtract * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack, subtract the -** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the -** next on stack) -** and push the result back onto the stack. If either element -** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof() -** function before the subtraction. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Divide * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the -** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the -** next on stack) -** and push the result back onto the stack. If either element -** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof() -** function before the division. Division by zero returns NULL. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Remainder * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the -** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the -** next on stack) -** and push the remainder after division onto the stack. If either element -** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof() -** function before the division. Division by zero returns NULL. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, no-push */ -case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, no-push */ -case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, no-push */ -case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, no-push */ -case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, no-push */ - Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1]; - int flags; - assert( pNos>=p->aStack ); - flags = pTos->flags | pNos->flags; - if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - Release(pTos); - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else if( (pTos->flags & pNos->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){ - i64 a, b; - a = pTos->u.i; - b = pNos->u.i; - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: b += a; break; - case OP_Subtract: b -= a; break; - case OP_Multiply: b *= a; break; - case OP_Divide: { - if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero; - /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by - ** -1 returns an integer to large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On - ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others, - ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this - ** behaviour so that all architectures behave as if integer - ** overflow occured. - */ - if( a==-1 && b==(((i64)1)<<63) ) a = 1; - b /= a; - break; - } - default: { - if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero; - if( a==-1 ) a = 1; - b %= a; - break; - } - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - Release(pTos); - pTos->u.i = b; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - }else{ - double a, b; - a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos); - b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pNos); - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: b += a; break; - case OP_Subtract: b -= a; break; - case OP_Multiply: b *= a; break; - case OP_Divide: { - if( a==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero; - b /= a; - break; - } - default: { - i64 ia = (i64)a; - i64 ib = (i64)b; - if( ia==0 ) goto divide_by_zero; - if( ia==-1 ) ia = 1; - b = ib % ia; - break; - } - } - if( sqlite3_isnan(b) ){ - goto divide_by_zero; - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - Release(pTos); - pTos->r = b; - pTos->flags = MEM_Real; - if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pTos); - } - } - break; - -divide_by_zero: - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - Release(pTos); - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P3 -** -** P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function -** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will -** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() -** functions. -** -** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions -** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available -** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c. -*/ -case OP_CollSeq: { /* no-push */ - assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ ); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 -** -** Invoke a user function (P3 is a pointer to a Function structure that -** defines the function) with P2 arguments taken from the stack. Pop all -** arguments from the stack and push back the result. -** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the -** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first -** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine -** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the -** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next -** invocation of this opcode. -** -** See also: AggStep and AggFinal -*/ -case OP_Function: { - int i; - Mem *pArg; - sqlite3_context ctx; - sqlite3_value **apVal; - int n = pOp->p2; - - apVal = p->apArg; - assert( apVal || n==0 ); - - pArg = &pTos[1-n]; - for(i=0; ip3type==P3_FUNCDEF || pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC ); - if( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF ){ - ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3; - ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0; - }else{ - ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p3; - ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc; - } - - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.z = 0; - ctx.s.xDel = 0; - ctx.s.db = db; - ctx.isError = 0; - if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){ - assert( pOp>p->aOp ); - assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3; - } - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the - ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function - ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources - ** associated with such a value. - ** - ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn() - ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are - ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); - goto no_mem; - } - popStack(&pTos, n); - - /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function, - ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values. - */ - if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){ - sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1); - pOp->p3 = (char *)ctx.pVdbeFunc; - pOp->p3type = P3_VDBEFUNC; - } - - /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ - if( ctx.isError ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding); - pTos++; - pTos->flags = 0; - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &ctx.s); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) ){ - goto too_big; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: BitAnd * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack. Convert both elements -** to integers. Push back onto the stack the bit-wise AND of the -** two elements. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: BitOr * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack. Convert both elements -** to integers. Push back onto the stack the bit-wise OR of the -** two elements. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: ShiftLeft * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack. Convert both elements -** to integers. Push back onto the stack the second element shifted -** left by N bits where N is the top element on the stack. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: ShiftRight * * * -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack. Convert both elements -** to integers. Push back onto the stack the second element shifted -** right by N bits where N is the top element on the stack. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, no-push */ -case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, no-push */ -case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, no-push */ -case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, no-push */ - Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1]; - i64 a, b; - - assert( pNos>=p->aStack ); - if( (pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null ){ - popStack(&pTos, 2); - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - } - a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pNos); - b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos); - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_BitAnd: a &= b; break; - case OP_BitOr: a |= b; break; - case OP_ShiftLeft: a <<= b; break; - case OP_ShiftRight: a >>= b; break; - default: /* CANT HAPPEN */ break; - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - Release(pTos); - pTos->u.i = a; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AddImm P1 * * -** -** Add the value P1 to whatever is on top of the stack. The result -** is always an integer. -** -** To force the top of the stack to be an integer, just add 0. -*/ -case OP_AddImm: { /* no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - pTos->u.i += pOp->p1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 * -** -** Convert the top of the stack into an integer. If the current top of -** the stack is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that -** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then pop the -** stack and jump to P2. If the top of the stack is numeric then -** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its -** current value if P1==0, or to the least integer that is strictly -** greater than its current value if P1==1. -*/ -case OP_ForceInt: { /* no-push */ - i64 v; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); - if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){ - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){ - v = pTos->u.i + (pOp->p1!=0); - }else{ - /* FIX ME: should this not be assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ) ??? */ - sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pTos); - v = (int)pTos->r; - if( pTos->r>(double)v ) v++; - if( pOp->p1 && pTos->r==(double)v ) v++; - } - Release(pTos); - pTos->u.i = v; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * -** -** Force the top of the stack to be an integer. If the top of the -** stack is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer -** with out data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 -** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception. -** -** If the top of the stack is not an integer and P2 is not zero and -** P1 is 1, then the stack is popped. In all other cases, the depth -** of the stack is unchanged. -*/ -case OP_MustBeInt: { /* no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); - if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - if( pOp->p2==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; - goto abort_due_to_error; - }else{ - if( pOp->p1 ) popStack(&pTos, 1); - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - }else{ - Release(pTos); - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: RealAffinity * * * -** -** If the top of the stack is an integer, convert it to a real value. -** -** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that -** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as -** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them -** to have only a real value. -*/ -case OP_RealAffinity: { /* no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pTos); - } - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST -/* Opcode: ToText * * * -** -** Force the value on the top of the stack to be text. -** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the -** equivalent of printf(). Blob values are unchanged and -** are afterwards simply interpreted as text. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break; - assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); - pTos->flags |= (pTos->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; - applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); - rc = ExpandBlob(pTos); - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Str ); - pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ToBlob * * * -** -** Force the value on the top of the stack to be a BLOB. -** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first. -** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change -** to the underlying data. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break; - if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ - applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Str ); - pTos->flags |= MEM_Blob; - } - pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ToNumeric * * * -** -** Force the value on the top of the stack to be numeric (either an -** integer or a floating-point number.) -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the -** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion -** is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pTos); - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - -/* Opcode: ToInt * * * -** -** Force the value on the top of the stack to be an integer. If -** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part. -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the -** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - } - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST -/* Opcode: ToReal * * * -** -** Force the value on the top of the stack to be a floating point number. -** If The value is currently an integer, convert it. -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the -** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pTos); - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - -/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 -** -** Pop the top two elements from the stack. If they are equal, then -** jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, continue to the next instruction. -** -** If the 0x100 bit of P1 is true and either operand is NULL then take the -** jump. If the 0x100 bit of P1 is clear then fall thru if either operand -** is NULL. -** -** If the 0x200 bit of P1 is set and either operand is NULL then -** both operands are converted to integers prior to comparison. -** NULL operands are converted to zero and non-NULL operands are -** converted to 1. Thus, for example, with 0x200 set, NULL==NULL is true -** whereas it would normally be NULL. Similarly, NULL==123 is false when -** 0x200 is set but is NULL when the 0x200 bit of P1 is clear. -** -** The least significant byte of P1 (mask 0xff) must be an affinity character - -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made -** to coerce both values -** according to the affinity before the comparison is made. If the byte is -** 0x00, then numeric affinity is used. -** -** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, -** the values are compared. If both values are blobs, or both are text, -** then memcmp() is used to determine the results of the comparison. If -** both values are numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the -** two values are of different types, then they are inequal. -** -** If P2 is zero, do not jump. Instead, push an integer 1 onto the -** stack if the jump would have been taken, or a 0 if not. Push a -** NULL if either operand was NULL. -** -** If P3 is not NULL it is a pointer to a collating sequence (a CollSeq -** structure) that defines how to compare text. -*/ -/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 -** -** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the operands from the stack are not equal. See the Eq opcode for -** additional information. -*/ -/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 -** -** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than the top of the stack. -** See the Eq opcode for additional information. -*/ -/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 -** -** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than or equal to the -** top of the stack. See the Eq opcode for additional information. -*/ -/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 -** -** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than the top of the stack. -** See the Eq opcode for additional information. -*/ -/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 -** -** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than or equal to the -** top of the stack. See the Eq opcode for additional information. -*/ -case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, no-push */ -case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, no-push */ -case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, no-push */ -case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, no-push */ -case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, no-push */ -case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, no-push */ - Mem *pNos; - int flags; - int res; - char affinity; - - pNos = &pTos[-1]; - flags = pTos->flags|pNos->flags; - - /* If either value is a NULL P2 is not zero, take the jump if the least - ** significant byte of P1 is true. If P2 is zero, then push a NULL onto - ** the stack. - */ - if( flags&MEM_Null ){ - if( (pOp->p1 & 0x200)!=0 ){ - /* The 0x200 bit of P1 means, roughly "do not treat NULL as the - ** magic SQL value it normally is - treat it as if it were another - ** integer". - ** - ** With 0x200 set, if either operand is NULL then both operands - ** are converted to integers prior to being passed down into the - ** normal comparison logic below. NULL operands are converted to - ** zero and non-NULL operands are converted to 1. Thus, for example, - ** with 0x200 set, NULL==NULL is true whereas it would normally - ** be NULL. Similarly, NULL!=123 is true. - */ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pTos, (pTos->flags & MEM_Null)==0); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pNos, (pNos->flags & MEM_Null)==0); - }else{ - /* If the 0x200 bit of P1 is clear and either operand is NULL then - ** the result is always NULL. The jump is taken if the 0x100 bit - ** of P1 is set. - */ - popStack(&pTos, 2); - if( pOp->p2 ){ - if( pOp->p1 & 0x100 ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - }else{ - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - } - break; - } - } - - affinity = pOp->p1 & 0xFF; - if( affinity ){ - applyAffinity(pNos, affinity, encoding); - applyAffinity(pTos, affinity, encoding); - } - - assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ || pOp->p3==0 ); - ExpandBlob(pNos); - ExpandBlob(pTos); - res = sqlite3MemCompare(pNos, pTos, (CollSeq*)pOp->p3); - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break; - case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break; - case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break; - case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break; - case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break; - default: res = res>=0; break; - } - - popStack(&pTos, 2); - if( pOp->p2 ){ - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - }else{ - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - pTos->u.i = res; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: And * * * -** -** Pop two values off the stack. Take the logical AND of the -** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the -** stack. -*/ -/* Opcode: Or * * * -** -** Pop two values off the stack. Take the logical OR of the -** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the -** stack. -*/ -case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, no-push */ -case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, no-push */ - Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1]; - int v1, v2; /* 0==TRUE, 1==FALSE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ - - assert( pNos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){ - v1 = 2; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - v1 = pTos->u.i==0; - } - if( pNos->flags & MEM_Null ){ - v2 = 2; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pNos); - v2 = pNos->u.i==0; - } - if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ - static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; - v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2]; - }else{ - static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; - v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2]; - } - popStack(&pTos, 2); - pTos++; - if( v1==2 ){ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - pTos->u.i = v1==0; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Negative * * * -** -** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity. Replace it -** with its additive inverse. If the top of the stack is NULL -** its value is unchanged. -*/ -/* Opcode: AbsValue * * * -** -** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity. Replace it -** with its absolute value. If the top of the stack is NULL -** its value is unchanged. -*/ -case OP_Negative: /* same as TK_UMINUS, no-push */ -case OP_AbsValue: { - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int|MEM_Null))==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pTos); - } - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ){ - Release(pTos); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){ - pTos->r = -pTos->r; - } - pTos->flags = MEM_Real; - }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){ - Release(pTos); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->u.i<0 ){ - pTos->u.i = -pTos->u.i; - } - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Not * * * -** -** Interpret the top of the stack as a boolean value. Replace it -** with its complement. If the top of the stack is NULL its value -** is unchanged. -*/ -case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break; /* Do nothing to NULLs */ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos->u.i = !pTos->u.i; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: BitNot * * * -** -** Interpret the top of the stack as an value. Replace it -** with its ones-complement. If the top of the stack is NULL its -** value is unchanged. -*/ -case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break; /* Do nothing to NULLs */ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos->u.i = ~pTos->u.i; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Noop * * * -** -** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump -** destination. -*/ -/* -** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which -** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) -** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the -** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. -*/ -case OP_Explain: -case OP_Noop: { /* no-push */ - break; -} - -/* Opcode: If P1 P2 * -** -** Pop a single boolean from the stack. If the boolean popped is -** true, then jump to p2. Otherwise continue to the next instruction. -** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise. A string is -** false if it has zero length and true otherwise. -** -** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1 -** is true and fall through if P1 is false. -*/ -/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 * -** -** Pop a single boolean from the stack. If the boolean popped is -** false, then jump to p2. Otherwise continue to the next instruction. -** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise. A string is -** false if it has zero length and true otherwise. -** -** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1 -** is true and fall through if P1 is false. -*/ -case OP_If: /* no-push */ -case OP_IfNot: { /* no-push */ - int c; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){ - c = pOp->p1; - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos); -#else - c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos)!=0.0; -#endif - if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c; - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - if( c ) pc = pOp->p2-1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * -** -** Check the top of the stack and jump to P2 if the top of the stack -** is NULL. If P1 is positive, then pop P1 elements from the stack -** regardless of whether or not the jump is taken. If P1 is negative, -** pop -P1 elements from the stack only if the jump is taken and leave -** the stack unchanged if the jump is not taken. -*/ -case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, no-push */ - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - if( pOp->p1<0 ){ - popStack(&pTos, -pOp->p1); - } - } - if( pOp->p1>0 ){ - popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * -** -** Jump to P2 if the top abs(P1) values on the stack are all not NULL. -** Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, pop the stack -** P1 times if P1 is greater than zero. But if P1 is negative, -** leave the stack unchanged. -*/ -case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, no-push */ - int i, cnt; - cnt = pOp->p1; - if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt; - assert( &pTos[1-cnt] >= p->aStack ); - for(i=0; i=cnt ) pc = pOp->p2-1; - if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 * -** -** Before the OP_Column opcode can be executed on a cursor, this -** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table. -** -** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2. -** -** If OP_KeyAsData is to be applied to cursor P1, it must be executed -** before this op-code. -*/ -case OP_SetNumColumns: { /* no-push */ - Cursor *pC; - assert( (pOp->p1)nCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - pC->nField = pOp->p2; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 -** -** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using -** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional -** information about the format of the data.) Push onto the stack the value -** of the P2-th column contained in the data. If there are less that (P2+1) -** values in the record, push a NULL onto the stack. -** -** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the -** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data. -** -** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then push a NULL. Or -** if P3 is of type P3_MEM, then push the P3 value. The P3 value will -** be default value for a column that has been added using the ALTER TABLE -** ADD COLUMN command. If P3 is an ordinary string, just push a NULL. -** When P3 is a string it is really just a comment describing the value -** to be pushed, not a default value. -*/ -case OP_Column: { - u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */ - int p1 = pOp->p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */ - int p2 = pOp->p2; /* column number to retrieve */ - Cursor *pC = 0; /* The VDBE cursor */ - char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */ - BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ - u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ - u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ - u32 nField; /* number of fields in the record */ - int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ - Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ - - sMem.flags = 0; - assert( p1nCursor ); - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - - /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of - ** bytes in the record. - ** - ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available. - ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables - ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text - ** might be available in the pC->aRow cache. Or it might not be. - ** If the data is unavailable, zRec is set to NULL. - ** - ** We also compute the number of columns in the record. For cursors, - ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element. For - ** records on the stack, the next entry down on the stack is an integer - ** which is the number of records. - */ - pC = p->apCsr[p1]; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); -#endif - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){ - /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - zRec = 0; - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - if( pC->nullRow ){ - payloadSize = 0; - }else if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){ - payloadSize = pC->payloadSize; - zRec = (char*)pC->aRow; - }else if( pC->isIndex ){ - i64 payloadSize64; - sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64); - payloadSize = payloadSize64; - }else{ - sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize); - } - nField = pC->nField; - }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){ - /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */ - payloadSize = pC->nData; - zRec = pC->pData; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 ); - nField = pC->nField; - pCrsr = 0; - }else{ - zRec = 0; - payloadSize = 0; - pCrsr = 0; - nField = 0; - } - - /* If payloadSize is 0, then just push a NULL onto the stack. */ - if( payloadSize==0 ){ - assert( pTos->flags==MEM_Null ); - break; - } - if( payloadSize>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - goto too_big; - } - - assert( p2cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){ - aType = pC->aType; - aOffset = pC->aOffset; - }else{ - u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */ - u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ - u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ - int szHdrSz; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ - int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ - - aType = pC->aType; - if( aType==0 ){ - pC->aType = aType = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 2*nField*sizeof(aType) ); - } - if( aType==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pC->aOffset = aOffset = &aType[nField]; - pC->payloadSize = payloadSize; - pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; - - /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */ - if( zRec ){ - zData = zRec; - }else{ - if( pC->isIndex ){ - zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail); - }else{ - zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail); - } - /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload, - ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache. That will save us from - ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of - ** the record. - */ - if( avail>=payloadSize ){ - zRec = zData; - pC->aRow = (u8*)zData; - }else{ - pC->aRow = 0; - } - } - /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when - ** the database file has been corrupted externally. - ** assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */ - szHdrSz = GetVarint((u8*)zData, offset); - - /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire - ** record header in most cases. But they will fail to get the complete - ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page - ** in the B-Tree. When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to - ** acquire the complete header text. - */ - if( !zRec && availisIndex, &sMem); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto op_column_out; - } - zData = sMem.z; - } - zEndHdr = (u8 *)&zData[offset]; - zIdx = (u8 *)&zData[szHdrSz]; - - /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[] - ** arrays. aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th - ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning - ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column - */ - for(i=0; izEndHdr || offset>payloadSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto op_column_out; - } - } - - /* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then - ** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero, - ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the - ** request. In this case, set the value NULL or to P3 if P3 is - ** a pointer to a Mem object. - */ - if( aOffset[p2] ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( zRec ){ - zData = &zRec[aOffset[p2]]; - }else{ - len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->isIndex, &sMem); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto op_column_out; - } - zData = sMem.z; - } - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)zData, aType[p2], pTos); - pTos->enc = encoding; - }else{ - if( pOp->p3type==P3_MEM ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, (Mem *)(pOp->p3), MEM_Static); - }else{ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - } - } - - /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the - ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that - ** dynamically allocated space over to the pTos structure. - ** This prevents a memory copy. - */ - if( (sMem.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){ - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Ephem ); - assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - assert( pTos->z==sMem.z ); - assert( sMem.flags & MEM_Term ); - pTos->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem; - pTos->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - } - - /* pTos->z might be pointing to sMem.zShort[]. Fix that so that we - ** can abandon sMem */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTos); - -op_column_out: - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 -** -** Convert the top abs(P1) entries of the stack into a single entry -** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key -** in an index. The details of the format are irrelavant as long as -** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the -** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded -** records. Refer to source code comments for the details of the record -** format. -** -** The original stack entries are popped from the stack if P1>0 but -** remain on the stack if P1<0. -** -** If P2 is not zero and one or more of the entries are NULL, then jump -** to the address given by P2. This feature can be used to skip a -** uniqueness test on indices. -** -** P3 may be a string that is P1 characters long. The nth character of the -** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth -** field of the index key (i.e. the first character of P3 corresponds to the -** lowest element on the stack). -** -** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_ -** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. -** -** If P3 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE. -** -** See also OP_MakeIdxRec -*/ -/* Opcode: MakeIdxRec P1 P2 P3 -** -** This opcode works just OP_MakeRecord except that it reads an extra -** integer from the stack (thus reading a total of abs(P1+1) entries) -** and appends that extra integer to the end of the record as a varint. -** This results in an index key. -*/ -case OP_MakeIdxRec: -case OP_MakeRecord: { - /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks - ** like this: - ** - ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | - ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** - ** Data(0) is taken from the lowest element of the stack and data(N-1) is - ** the top of the stack. - ** - ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the - ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The - ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning - ** of the record to data0. - */ - u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ - Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ - Mem *pRowid = 0; /* Rowid appended to the new record */ - u64 nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ - int nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - u64 nByte = 0; /* Data space required for this record */ - int nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ - int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ - u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ - int containsNull = 0; /* True if any of the data fields are NULL */ - Mem *pData0; /* Bottom of the stack */ - int leaveOnStack; /* If true, leave the entries on the stack */ - int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ - int jumpIfNull; /* Jump here if non-zero and any entries are NULL. */ - int addRowid; /* True to append a rowid column at the end */ - char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ - int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ - int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */ - char zTemp[NBFS]; /* Space to hold small records */ - - leaveOnStack = ((pOp->p1<0)?1:0); - nField = pOp->p1 * (leaveOnStack?-1:1); - jumpIfNull = pOp->p2; - addRowid = pOp->opcode==OP_MakeIdxRec; - zAffinity = pOp->p3; - - pData0 = &pTos[1-nField]; - assert( pData0>=p->aStack ); - containsNull = 0; - file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; - - /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure - ** out how much space is required for the new record. - */ - for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){ - int len; - if( zAffinity ){ - applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding); - } - if( pRec->flags&MEM_Null ){ - containsNull = 1; - } - if( pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && pRec->n>0 ){ - ExpandBlob(pRec); - } - serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format); - len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - nData += len; - nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); - if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode. - ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */ - nZero += pRec->u.i; - }else if( len ){ - nZero = 0; - } - } - - /* If we have to append a varint rowid to this record, set pRowid - ** to the value of the rowid and increase nByte by the amount of space - ** required to store it. - */ - if( addRowid ){ - pRowid = &pTos[0-nField]; - assert( pRowid>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pRowid); - serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid, 0); - nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); - nZero = 0; - } - - /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */ - nHdr += nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr); - if( nVarintSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - goto too_big; - } - - /* Allocate space for the new record. */ - if( nByte>sizeof(zTemp) ){ - zNewRecord = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte); - if( !zNewRecord ){ - goto no_mem; - } - }else{ - zNewRecord = (u8*)zTemp; - } - - /* Write the record */ - i = sqlite3PutVarint(zNewRecord, nHdr); - for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){ - serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format); - i += sqlite3PutVarint(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */ - } - if( addRowid ){ - i += sqlite3PutVarint(&zNewRecord[i], sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid, 0)); - } - for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){ /* serial data */ - i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRec, file_format); - } - if( addRowid ){ - i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRowid, 0); - } - assert( i==nByte ); - - /* Pop entries off the stack if required. Push the new record on. */ - if( !leaveOnStack ){ - popStack(&pTos, nField+addRowid); - } - pTos++; - pTos->n = nByte; - if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){ - assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp ); - pTos->z = pTos->zShort; - memcpy(pTos->zShort, zTemp, nByte); - pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short; - }else{ - assert( zNewRecord!=(unsigned char *)zTemp ); - pTos->z = (char*)zNewRecord; - pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn; - pTos->xDel = 0; - } - if( nZero ){ - pTos->u.i = nZero; - pTos->flags |= MEM_Zero; - } - pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */ - - /* If a NULL was encountered and jumpIfNull is non-zero, take the jump. */ - if( jumpIfNull && containsNull ){ - pc = jumpIfNull - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * -** -** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger -** BEGIN..COMMIT transaction. This is needed so that the statement -** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the -** entire transaction. The statement transaction will automatically -** commit when the VDBE halts. -** -** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1. The main -** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables -** has an index of 1. -*/ -case OP_Statement: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Btree *pBt; - if( i>=0 && inDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && !(db->autoCommit) ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<openedStatement = 1; - } - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * -** -** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll -** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active -** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails. -** -** This instruction causes the VM to halt. -*/ -case OP_AutoCommit: { /* no-push */ - u8 i = pOp->p1; - u8 rollback = pOp->p2; - - assert( i==1 || i==0 ); - assert( i==1 || rollback==0 ); - - assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ - - if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){ - /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are - ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating - ** that the other VMs must complete first. - */ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "cannot ", rollback?"rollback":"commit", - " transaction - SQL statements in progress", (char*)0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){ - if( pOp->p2 ){ - assert( i==1 ); - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - }else{ - db->autoCommit = i; - if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->pTos = pTos; - p->pc = pc; - db->autoCommit = 1-i; - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - } - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - goto vdbe_return; - }else{ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, - (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( - (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": - "cannot commit - no transaction is active"), (char*)0); - - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * -** -** Begin a transaction. The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback -** opcode is encountered. Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the -** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered. -** -** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is -** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the -** file used for temporary tables. -** -** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started. A RESERVED lock is -** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started. No -** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is -** underway. Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A -** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the -** database. If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained -** on the file. -** -** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file. -*/ -case OP_Transaction: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Btree *pBt; - - assert( i>=0 && inDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[i].pBt; - - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - p->pTos = pTos; - goto vdbe_return; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 * -** -** Read cookie number P2 from database P1 and push it onto the stack. -** P2==0 is the schema version. P2==1 is the database format. -** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is -** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store -** temporary tables. -** -** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a -** databases free-list. P2 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual -** database accessed is ((P1+1)*-1). For example, a P1 parameter of -1 -** corresponds to database 0 ("main"), a P1 of -2 is database 1 ("temp"). -** -** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction -** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before -** executing this instruction. -*/ -case OP_ReadCookie: { - int iMeta; - int iDb = pOp->p1; - int iCookie = pOp->p2; - - assert( pOp->p2=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[iDb].pBt, 1 + iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta); - pTos++; - pTos->u.i = iMeta; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 * -** -** Write the top of the stack into cookie number P2 of database P1. -** P2==0 is the schema version. P2==1 is the database format. -** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is -** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store -** temporary tables. -** -** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. -*/ -case OP_SetCookie: { /* no-push */ - Db *pDb; - assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); - pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pTos->u.i); - if( pOp->p2==0 ){ - /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pTos->u.i; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - }else if( pOp->p2==1 ){ - /* Record changes in the file format */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = pTos->u.i; - } - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos--; - if( pOp->p1==1 ){ - /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database - ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 * -** -** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the -** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2. -** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file -** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number -** for auxiliary databases. -** -** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. -** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed -** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. -** -** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs -** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is -** invoked. -*/ -case OP_VerifyCookie: { /* no-push */ - int iMeta; - Btree *pBt; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - iMeta = 0; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){ - sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); - /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie - ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do - ** not reload the schema from the database file. - ** - ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimisation. - ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which - ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using - ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to - ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the - ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself - ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within - ** a v-table method. - */ - if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1); - } - - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 -** -** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is -** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by an -** integer from the top of the stack. 0 means the main database and -** 1 means the database used for temporary tables. Give the new -** cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 values need not be contiguous -** but all P1 values should be small integers. It is an error for -** P1 to be negative. -** -** If P2==0 then take the root page number from the next of the stack. -** -** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an -** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction -** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read -** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits -** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is -** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts -** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an -** SQLITE_BUSY error code. -** -** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the -** content and collating sequence of indices. P3 is NULL for cursors -** that are not pointing to indices. -** -** See also OpenWrite. -*/ -/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 -** -** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root -** page is P2. If P2==0 then take the root page number from the stack. -** -** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the -** content and collating sequence of indices. P3 is NULL for cursors -** that are not pointing to indices. -** -** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor -** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only -** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both. -** -** See also OpenRead. -*/ -case OP_OpenRead: /* no-push */ -case OP_OpenWrite: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - int p2 = pOp->p2; - int wrFlag; - Btree *pX; - int iDb; - Cursor *pCur; - Db *pDb; - - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - iDb = pTos->u.i; - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos--; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[iDb]; - pX = pDb->pBt; - assert( pX!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ - wrFlag = 1; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ - p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format; - } - }else{ - wrFlag = 0; - } - if( p2<=0 ){ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - p2 = pTos->u.i; - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos--; - assert( p2>=2 ); - } - assert( i>=0 ); - pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, iDb); - if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCur->nullRow = 1; - if( pX==0 ) break; - /* We always provide a key comparison function. If the table being - ** opened is of type INTKEY, the comparision function will be ignored. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, - sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pOp->p3, - &pCur->pCursor); - if( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO ){ - pCur->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3; - pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey; - pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); - }else{ - pCur->pKeyInfo = 0; - pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey; - } - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_BUSY: { - p->pc = pc; - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - p->pTos = &pTos[1 + (pOp->p2<=0)]; /* Operands must remain on stack */ - goto vdbe_return; - } - case SQLITE_OK: { - int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor); - /* Sanity checking. Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should - ** be used. Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpreditable. The lower 3 bits - ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or - ** 2 (zerodata for indices). If these conditions are not met it can - ** only mean that we are dealing with a corrupt database file - */ - if( (flags & 0xf0)!=0 || ((flags & 0x07)!=5 && (flags & 0x07)!=2) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pCur->isTable = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0; - pCur->isIndex = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0; - /* If P3==0 it means we are expected to open a table. If P3!=0 then - ** we expect to be opening an index. If this is not what happened, - ** then the database is corrupt - */ - if( (pCur->isTable && pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO) - || (pCur->isIndex && pOp->p3type!=P3_KEYINFO) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_EMPTY: { - pCur->isTable = pOp->p3type!=P3_KEYINFO; - pCur->isIndex = !pCur->isTable; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - break; - } - default: { - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 P3 -** -** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. -** The cursor is always opened read/write even if -** the main database is read-only. The transient or virtual -** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. -** -** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table. -** The cursor points to a BTree table if P3==0 and to a BTree index -** if P3 is not 0. If P3 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure -** that defines the format of keys in the index. -** -** This opcode was once called OpenTemp. But that created -** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either -** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by -** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But -** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea. -*/ -case OP_OpenEphemeral: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pCx; - static const int openFlags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; - - assert( i>=0 ); - pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, -1); - if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCx->nullRow = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags, - &pCx->pBt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling - ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before - ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the - ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table). - */ - if( pOp->p3 ){ - int pgno; - assert( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, - pOp->p3, &pCx->pCursor); - pCx->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3; - pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); - pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey; - } - pCx->isTable = 0; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, 0, &pCx->pCursor); - pCx->isTable = 1; - pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey; - } - } - pCx->nField = pOp->p2; - pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 * * -** -** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single -** row of data. Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the -** first row to be deleted. All data is deleted when the cursor is -** closed. -** -** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the -** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger. Also used to hold the a single -** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into -** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. -*/ -case OP_OpenPseudo: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pCx; - assert( i>=0 ); - pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, -1); - if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCx->nullRow = 1; - pCx->pseudoTable = 1; - pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey; - pCx->isTable = 1; - pCx->isIndex = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Close P1 * * -** -** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not -** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. -*/ -case OP_Close: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - if( i>=0 && inCursor ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]); - p->apCsr[i] = 0; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 * -** -** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key. Reposition -** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater -** than or equal to the key that was popped ffrom the stack. -** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 -** is not zero, then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe -*/ -/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 * -** -** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key. Reposition -** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater -** than the key from the stack. -** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero, -** then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe -*/ -/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 * -** -** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key. Reposition -** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less -** than the key from the stack. -** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero, -** then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe -*/ -/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 * -** -** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key. Reposition -** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than -** or equal to the key that was popped from the stack. -** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero, -** then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt -*/ -case OP_MoveLt: /* no-push */ -case OP_MoveLe: /* no-push */ -case OP_MoveGe: /* no-push */ -case OP_MoveGt: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){ - int res, oc; - oc = pOp->opcode; - pC->nullRow = 0; - *pC->pIncrKey = oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe; - if( pC->isTable ){ - i64 iKey; - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - iKey = intToKey(pTos->u.i); - if( pOp->p2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe ){ - pC->movetoTarget = iKey; - pC->deferredMoveto = 1; - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos--; - break; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pC->lastRowid = pTos->u.i; - pC->rowidIsValid = res==0; - }else{ - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob ); - ExpandBlob(pTos); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, 0, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - } - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - *pC->pIncrKey = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){ - if( res<0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - }else{ - res = 0; - } - }else{ - assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe ); - if( res>=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - }else{ - /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to - ** see if this is the case. - */ - res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor); - } - } - if( res ){ - if( pOp->p2>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - pC->nullRow = 1; - } - } - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Distinct P1 P2 * -** -** Use the top of the stack as a record created using MakeRecord. P1 is a -** cursor on a table that declared as an index. If that table contains an -** entry that matches the top of the stack fall thru. If the top of the stack -** matches no entry in P1 then jump to P2. -** -** The cursor is left pointing at the matching entry if it exists. The -** record on the top of the stack is not popped. -** -** This instruction is similar to NotFound except that this operation -** does not pop the key from the stack. -** -** The instruction is used to implement the DISTINCT operator on SELECT -** statements. The P1 table is not a true index but rather a record of -** all results that have produced so far. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists -*/ -/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 * -** -** Top of the stack holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is an index. -** If an entry that matches the top of the stack exists in P1 then -** jump to P2. If the top of the stack does not match any entry in P1 -** then fall thru. The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry -** if it exists. The blob is popped off the top of the stack. -** -** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the -** left-hand side is a SELECT statement. P1 is not a true index but -** is instead a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT -** statement. This instruction just checks to see if the left-hand side -** of the IN operator (stored on the top of the stack) exists in the -** result of the SELECT statement. -** -** See also: Distinct, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists -*/ -/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 * -** -** The top of the stack holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is -** an index. If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump -** to P2. If an entry does existing, fall through. The cursor is left -** pointing to the entry that matches. The blob is popped from the stack. -** -** The difference between this operation and Distinct is that -** Distinct does not pop the key from the stack. -** -** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique -*/ -case OP_Distinct: /* no-push */ -case OP_NotFound: /* no-push */ -case OP_Found: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - int alreadyExists = 0; - Cursor *pC; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){ - int res; - assert( pC->isTable==0 ); - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob ); - Stringify(pTos, encoding); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, 0, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - break; - } - alreadyExists = (res==0); - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ - if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - if( pOp->opcode!=OP_Distinct ){ - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 * -** -** The top of the stack is an integer record number. Call this -** record number R. The next on the stack is an index key created -** using MakeIdxRec. Call it K. This instruction pops R from the -** stack but it leaves K unchanged. -** -** P1 is an index. So it has no data and its key consists of a -** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the -** rowid of the entry that the index refers to. -** -** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the -** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R. -** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate -** jump to P2. If any entry does exist where the index string -** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record -** number for that entry is pushed onto the stack and control -** falls through to the next instruction. -** -** See also: Distinct, NotFound, NotExists, Found -*/ -case OP_IsUnique: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1]; - Cursor *pCx; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - i64 R; - - /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack - */ - assert( pNos>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - R = pTos->u.i; - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos--; - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pCx = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pCx!=0 ); - pCrsr = pCx->pCursor; - if( pCrsr!=0 ){ - int res; - i64 v; /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */ - char *zKey; /* The value of K */ - int nKey; /* Number of bytes in K */ - int len; /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */ - int szRowid; /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */ - - /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K - */ - assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Blob ); - Stringify(pNos, encoding); - zKey = pNos->z; - nKey = pNos->n; - - szRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)zKey); - len = nKey-szRowid; - - /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K. - ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2. - */ - assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 ); - pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, 0, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( res<0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res); - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } - } - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, len, (u8*)zKey, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( res>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } - - /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but - ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K. Check to see if the - ** final rowid column is different from R. If it equals R then jump - ** immediately to P2. - */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( v==R ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } - - /* The final varint of the key is different from R. Push it onto - ** the stack. (The record number of an entry that violates a UNIQUE - ** constraint.) - */ - pTos++; - pTos->u.i = v; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 * -** -** Use the top of the stack as a integer key. If a record with that key -** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. If the record -** does exist, then fall thru. The cursor is left pointing to the -** record if it exists. The integer key is popped from the stack. -** -** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this -** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas -** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and -** P1 is an index. -** -** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique -*/ -case OP_NotExists: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){ - int res; - u64 iKey; - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable ); - iKey = intToKey(pTos->u.i); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0,&res); - pC->lastRowid = pTos->u.i; - pC->rowidIsValid = res==0; - pC->nullRow = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - /* res might be uninitialized if rc!=SQLITE_OK. But if rc!=SQLITE_OK - ** processing is about to abort so we really do not care whether or not - ** the following jump is taken. (In other words, do not stress over - ** the error that valgrind sometimes shows on the next statement when - ** running ioerr.test and similar failure-recovery test scripts.) */ - if( res!=0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - } - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Sequence P1 * * -** -** Push an integer onto the stack which is the next available -** sequence number for cursor P1. The sequence number on the -** cursor is incremented after the push. -*/ -case OP_Sequence: { - int i = pOp->p1; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - pTos++; - pTos->u.i = p->apCsr[i]->seqCount++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - - -/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 * -** -** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. -** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database -** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is pushed -** onto the stack. -** -** If P2>0 then P2 is a memory cell that holds the largest previously -** generated record number. No new record numbers are allowed to be less -** than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL -** error is generated. The P2 memory cell is updated with the generated -** record number. This P2 mechanism is used to help implement the -** AUTOINCREMENT feature. -*/ -case OP_NewRowid: { - int i = pOp->p1; - i64 v = 0; - Cursor *pC; - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){ - /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ - }else{ - /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same - ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. - ** - ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one - ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum - ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second - ** probabilistic algorithm - ** - ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if - ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have - ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one - ** and try again, up to 1000 times. - ** - ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability - ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300. This is a - ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should - ** never cause a problem. You are much, much more likely to have a - ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail. - ** - ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good - ** source of random numbers. Is a library function like lrand48() - ** good enough? Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there - ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that - ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own - ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm. - ** - ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the - ** first few attempts at chosing a random rowid pick values just a little - ** larger than the previous rowid. This has been shown experimentally - ** to double the speed of the COPY operation. - */ - int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt; - i64 x; - cnt = 0; - if( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor)&(BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_ZERODATA)) != - BTREE_INTKEY ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 ); - assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID -# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff -#else - /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. - ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems - ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. - */ -# define MAX_ROWID ( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) -#endif - - if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){ - if( pC->nextRowidValid ){ - v = pC->nextRowid; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( res ){ - v = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); - v = keyToInt(v); - if( v==MAX_ROWID ){ - pC->useRandomRowid = 1; - }else{ - v++; - } - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( pOp->p2 ){ - Mem *pMem; - assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nMem ); /* P2 is a valid memory cell */ - pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2]; - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P2) holds an integer */ - if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( vu.i+1 ){ - v = pMem->u.i + 1; - } - pMem->u.i = v; - } -#endif - - if( vnextRowidValid = 1; - pC->nextRowid = v+1; - }else{ - pC->nextRowidValid = 0; - } - } - if( pC->useRandomRowid ){ - assert( pOp->p2==0 ); /* SQLITE_FULL must have occurred prior to this */ - v = db->priorNewRowid; - cnt = 0; - do{ - if( v==0 || cnt>2 ){ - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(v), &v); - if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff; - }else{ - unsigned char r; - sqlite3Randomness(1, &r); - v += r + 1; - } - if( v==0 ) continue; - x = intToKey(v); - rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, 0, &res); - cnt++; - }while( cnt<1000 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ); - db->priorNewRowid = v; - if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - pTos++; - pTos->u.i = v; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 -** -** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is -** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing -** entry is overwritten. The data is the value on the top of the -** stack. The key is the next value down on the stack. The key must -** be an integer. The stack is popped twice by this instruction. -** -** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is -** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P2 is set, -** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the -** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it's unmodified). -** -** Parameter P3 may point to a string containing the table-name, or -** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook -** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. -** -** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction -** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. -*/ -case OP_Insert: { /* no-push */ - Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1]; - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - assert( pNos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - if( ((pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable) ){ - i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ - - assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Int ); - assert( pC->isTable ); - iKey = intToKey(pNos->u.i); - - if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pNos->u.i; - if( pC->nextRowidValid && pNos->u.i>=pC->nextRowid ){ - pC->nextRowidValid = 0; - } - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){ - pTos->z = 0; - pTos->n = 0; - }else{ - assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); - } - if( pC->pseudoTable ){ - sqlite3_free(pC->pData); - pC->iKey = iKey; - pC->nData = pTos->n; - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn ){ - pC->pData = pTos->z; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - pC->pData = sqlite3_malloc( pC->nData+2 ); - if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem; - memcpy(pC->pData, pTos->z, pC->nData); - pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0; - pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0; - } - pC->nullRow = 0; - }else{ - int nZero; - if( pTos->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - nZero = pTos->u.i; - }else{ - nZero = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey, - pTos->z, pTos->n, nZero, - pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_APPEND); - } - - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - - /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; - const char *zTbl = pOp->p3; - int op = ((pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); - assert( pC->isTable ); - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey); - assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); - } - } - popStack(&pTos, 2); - - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 P3 -** -** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. -** -** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous -** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then -** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete -** a record from within an Next loop. -** -** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is -** incremented (otherwise not). -** -** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op. -*/ -case OP_Delete: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){ - i64 iKey; - - /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the - ** row being deleted. - */ - if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){ - assert( pC->isTable ); - if( pC->rowidIsValid ){ - iKey = pC->lastRowid; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &iKey); - if( rc ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - iKey = keyToInt(iKey); - } - } - - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor); - pC->nextRowidValid = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - - /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; - const char *zTbl = pOp->p3; - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey); - assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); - } - } - if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * * -** -** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true, -** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle -** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()) -** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs. -*/ -case OP_ResetCount: { /* no-push */ - if( pOp->p1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - } - p->nChange = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: RowData P1 * * -** -** Push onto the stack the complete row data for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. It is just copied -** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file. -** -** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed -** onto the stack. -*/ -/* Opcode: RowKey P1 * * -** -** Push onto the stack the complete row key for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the key. It is just copied -** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file. -** -** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed -** onto the stack. -*/ -case OP_RowKey: -case OP_RowData: { - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - u32 n; - - /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ - pTos++; - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ); - assert( pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( pC->nullRow ){ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){ - BtCursor *pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( pC->nullRow ){ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - }else if( pC->isIndex ){ - i64 n64; - assert( !pC->isTable ); - sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64); - if( n64>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - goto too_big; - } - n = n64; - }else{ - sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n); - } - if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - goto too_big; - } - pTos->n = n; - if( n<=NBFS ){ - pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short; - pTos->z = pTos->zShort; - }else{ - char *z = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( z==0 ) goto no_mem; - pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn; - pTos->xDel = 0; - pTos->z = z; - } - if( pC->isIndex ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z); - } - }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){ - pTos->n = pC->nData; - assert( pC->nData<=SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - pTos->z = pC->pData; - pTos->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; - }else{ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - } - pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Rowid P1 * * -** -** Push onto the stack an integer which is the key of the table entry that -** P1 is currently point to. -*/ -case OP_Rowid: { - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - i64 v; - - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - pTos++; - if( pC->rowidIsValid ){ - v = pC->lastRowid; - }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){ - v = keyToInt(pC->iKey); - }else if( pC->nullRow || pC->pCursor==0 ){ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - }else{ - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); - v = keyToInt(v); - } - pTos->u.i = v; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * -** -** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations -** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always push -** a NULL onto the stack. -*/ -case OP_NullRow: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - pC->nullRow = 1; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * -** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 -** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. -** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. -** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through -** to the following instruction. -*/ -case OP_Last: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){ - int res; - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res); - pC->nullRow = res; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - }else{ - pC->nullRow = 0; - } - break; -} - - -/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * -** -** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that -** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. -** -** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, -** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to -** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the -** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and -** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is -** correctly optimizing out sorts. -*/ -case OP_Sort: { /* no-push */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_sort_count++; - sqlite3_search_count--; -#endif - /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ -} -/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * -** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 -** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. -** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. -** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through -** to the following instruction. -*/ -case OP_Rewind: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[i]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); - pC->atFirst = res==0; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - }else{ - res = 1; - } - pC->nullRow = res; - if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * -** -** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its -** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through -** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, -** jump immediately to P2. -** -** See also: Prev -*/ -/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * -** -** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its -** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through -** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, -** jump immediately to P2. -*/ -case OP_Prev: /* no-push */ -case OP_Next: { /* no-push */ - Cursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - if( pC==0 ){ - break; /* See ticket #2273 */ - } - if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){ - int res; - if( pC->nullRow ){ - res = 1; - }else{ - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) : - sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res); - pC->nullRow = res; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - if( res==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - } - }else{ - pC->nullRow = 1; - } - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 * -** -** The top of the stack holds a SQL index key made using either the -** MakeIdxRec or MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key -** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. -** -** P2 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this -** insert is likely to be an append. -** -** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction -** for tables is OP_Insert. -*/ -case OP_IdxInsert: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob ); - if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){ - assert( pC->isTable==0 ); - rc = ExpandBlob(pTos); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nKey = pTos->n; - const char *zKey = pTos->z; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p2); - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 * * -** -** The top of the stack is an index key built using the either the -** MakeIdxRec or MakeRecord opcodes. -** This opcode removes that entry from the index. -*/ -case OP_IdxDelete: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob ); - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){ - int res; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, pTos->z, pTos->n, 0, &res); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr); - } - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 * * -** -** Push onto the stack an integer which is the last entry in the record at -** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be -** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. -** -** See also: Rowid, MakeIdxRec. -*/ -case OP_IdxRowid: { - int i = pOp->p1; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - Cursor *pC; - - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){ - i64 rowid; - - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( pC->isTable==0 ); - if( pC->nullRow ){ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - pTos->u.i = rowid; - } - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 * -** -** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID. Compare -** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to. -** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** The top of the stack might have fewer columns that P1. -** -** If the P1 index entry is greater than the top of the stack -** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -** In either case, the stack is popped once. -*/ -/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 -** -** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID. Compare -** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to. -** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the top of the stack -** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -** In either case, the stack is popped once. -** -** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the -** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by -** an epsilon prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work -** like IdxGT except that if the key from the stack is a prefix of -** the key in the cursor, the result is false whereas it would be -** true with IdxGT. -*/ -/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 -** -** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID. Compare -** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to. -** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** If the P1 index entry is less than the top of the stack -** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -** In either case, the stack is popped once. -** -** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the -** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by -** an epsilon prior to the comparison. This makes the opcode work -** like IdxLE. -*/ -case OP_IdxLT: /* no-push */ -case OP_IdxGT: /* no-push */ -case OP_IdxGE: { /* no-push */ - int i= pOp->p1; - Cursor *pC; - - assert( i>=0 && inCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 ); - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){ - int res; - - assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob ); /* Created using OP_MakeRecord */ - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - ExpandBlob(pTos); - *pC->pIncrKey = pOp->p3!=0; - assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->opcode!=OP_IdxGT ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, pTos->n, (u8*)pTos->z, &res); - *pC->pIncrKey = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - break; - } - if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){ - res = -res; - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ){ - res++; - } - if( res>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; - } - } - Release(pTos); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 * -** -** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database -** file is given by P1. -** -** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P2==0. If -** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file -** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page -** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all -** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former -** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - -** is pushed onto the stack. If no page movement was required (because -** the table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then -** a zero is pushed onto the stack. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled -** then a zero is pushed onto the stack. -** -** See also: Clear -*/ -case OP_Destroy: { - int iMoved; - int iCnt; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Vdbe *pVdbe; - iCnt = 0; - for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ - if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 ){ - iCnt++; - } - } -#else - iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt; -#endif - if( iCnt>1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; - }else{ - assert( iCnt==1 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p2))!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved); - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - pTos->u.i = iMoved; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){ - sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[pOp->p2], iMoved, pOp->p1); - } -#endif - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 * -** -** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page -** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not -** remove the table or index from the database file. -** -** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If -** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file -** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. -** -** See also: Destroy -*/ -case OP_Clear: { /* no-push */ - - /* For consistency with the way other features of SQLite operate - ** with a truncate, we will also skip the update callback. - */ -#if 0 - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt; - if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[pOp->p2].zName; - const char *zTbl = pOp->p3; - BtCursor *pCur = 0; - int fin = 0; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, pOp->p1, 0, 0, 0, &pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - for( - rc=sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCur, &fin); - rc==SQLITE_OK && !fin; - rc=sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, &fin) - ){ - i64 iKey; - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &iKey); - if( rc ){ - break; - } - iKey = keyToInt(iKey); - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey); - } - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } -#endif - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p2))!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 * * -** -** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P2==0 or in the -** auxiliary database file if P2==1. Push the page number -** for the root page of the new table onto the stack. -** -** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must -** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index -** has an arbitrary key but no data. -** -** See also: CreateIndex -*/ -/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 * * -** -** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P2==0 or in the -** auxiliary database file if P2==1. Push the page number of the -** root page of the new index onto the stack. -** -** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. -*/ -case OP_CreateIndex: -case OP_CreateTable: { - int pgno; - int flags; - Db *pDb; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); - pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ - /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ - flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY; - }else{ - flags = BTREE_ZERODATA; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags); - pTos++; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pTos->u.i = pgno; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - }else{ - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 P3 -** -** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 -** that match the WHERE clause P3. P2 is the "force" flag. Always do -** the parsing if P2 is true. If P2 is false, then this routine is a -** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded. In other words, if P2 -** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the -** schema is already loaded into the symbol table. -** -** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, -** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a reentrant opcode. -*/ -case OP_ParseSchema: { /* no-push */ - char *zSql; - int iDb = pOp->p1; - const char *zMaster; - InitData initData; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - break; - } - zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = pOp->p1; - initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p3); - if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem; - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - assert( db->init.busy==0 ); - db->init.busy = 1; - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3_free(zSql); - db->init.busy = 0; - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - goto no_mem; - } - break; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) -/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * -** -** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content -** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause -** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. -*/ -case OP_LoadAnalysis: { /* no-push */ - int iDb = pOp->p1; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); - break; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) */ - -/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * P3 -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the table named P3 in database P1. This is called after a table -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. -*/ -case OP_DropTable: { /* no-push */ - sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * P3 -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the index named P3 in database P1. This is called after an index -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. -*/ -case OP_DropIndex: { /* no-push */ - sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * P3 -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the trigger named P3 in database P1. This is called after a trigger -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. -*/ -case OP_DropTrigger: { /* no-push */ - sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3); - break; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 * -** -** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Push onto the -** stack the text of an error message describing any problems. -** If no problems are found, push a NULL onto the stack. -** -** P1 is the address of a memory cell that contains the maximum -** number of allowed errors. At most mem[P1] errors will be reported. -** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as mem[P1] errors are -** seen. Mem[P1] is updated with the number of errors remaining. -** -** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer -** values on the stack. This opcode pulls as many integers as it -** can off of the stack and uses those numbers as the root pages. -** -** If P2 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database -** file, not the main database file. -** -** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. -*/ -case OP_IntegrityCk: { - int nRoot; - int *aRoot; - int j; - int nErr; - char *z; - Mem *pnErr; - - for(nRoot=0; &pTos[-nRoot]>=p->aStack; nRoot++){ - if( (pTos[-nRoot].flags & MEM_Int)==0 ) break; - } - assert( nRoot>0 ); - aRoot = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) ); - if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; - j = pOp->p1; - assert( j>=0 && jnMem ); - pnErr = &p->aMem[j]; - assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - for(j=0; ju.i; - } - aRoot[j] = 0; - popStack(&pTos, nRoot); - pTos++; - assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p2))!=0 ); - z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, aRoot, nRoot, - pnErr->u.i, &nErr); - pnErr->u.i -= nErr; - if( nErr==0 ){ - assert( z==0 ); - pTos->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - pTos->z = z; - pTos->n = strlen(z); - pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Dyn | MEM_Term; - pTos->xDel = 0; - } - pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, encoding); - sqlite3_free(aRoot); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* Opcode: FifoWrite * * * -** -** Write the integer on the top of the stack -** into the Fifo. -*/ -case OP_FifoWrite: { /* no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, pTos->u.i)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pTos--; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: FifoRead * P2 * -** -** Attempt to read a single integer from the Fifo -** and push it onto the stack. If the Fifo is empty -** push nothing but instead jump to P2. -*/ -case OP_FifoRead: { - i64 v; - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(&p->sFifo, &v)==SQLITE_DONE ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - pTos++; - pTos->u.i = v; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - } - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * -** -** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop -** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change -** count, and the current statement change count. -*/ -case OP_ContextPush: { /* no-push */ - int i = p->contextStackTop++; - Context *pContext; - - assert( i>=0 ); - /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */ - if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){ - p->contextStackDepth = i+1; - p->contextStack = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->contextStack, - sizeof(Context)*(i+1)); - if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem; - } - pContext = &p->contextStack[i]; - pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid; - pContext->nChange = p->nChange; - pContext->sFifo = p->sFifo; - sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(&p->sFifo); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * -** -** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last -** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement -** change count, and the current statement change count. -*/ -case OP_ContextPop: { /* no-push */ - Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop]; - assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 ); - db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid; - p->nChange = pContext->nChange; - sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo); - p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo; - break; -} -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* Opcode: MemStore P1 P2 * -** -** Write the top of the stack into memory location P1. -** P1 should be a small integer since space is allocated -** for all memory locations between 0 and P1 inclusive. -** -** After the data is stored in the memory location, the -** stack is popped once if P2 is 1. If P2 is zero, then -** the original data remains on the stack. -*/ -case OP_MemStore: { /* no-push */ - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nMem ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], pTos); - pTos--; - - /* If P2 is 0 then fall thru to the next opcode, OP_MemLoad, that will - ** restore the top of the stack to its original value. - */ - if( pOp->p2 ){ - break; - } -} -/* Opcode: MemLoad P1 * * -** -** Push a copy of the value in memory location P1 onto the stack. -** -** If the value is a string, then the value pushed is a pointer to -** the string that is stored in the memory location. If the memory -** location is subsequently changed (using OP_MemStore) then the -** value pushed onto the stack will change too. -*/ -case OP_MemLoad: { - int i = pOp->p1; - assert( i>=0 && inMem ); - pTos++; - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem); - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* Opcode: MemMax P1 * * -** -** Set the value of memory cell P1 to the maximum of its current value -** and the value on the top of the stack. The stack is unchanged. -** -** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially -** an integer. -*/ -case OP_MemMax: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Mem *pMem; - assert( pTos>=p->aStack ); - assert( i>=0 && inMem ); - pMem = &p->aMem[i]; - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos); - if( pMem->u.iu.i){ - pMem->u.i = pTos->u.i; - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - -/* Opcode: MemIncr P1 P2 * -** -** Increment the integer valued memory cell P2 by the value in P1. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_MemIncr: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p2; - Mem *pMem; - assert( i>=0 && inMem ); - pMem = &p->aMem[i]; - assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int ); - pMem->u.i += pOp->p1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IfMemPos P1 P2 * -** -** If the value of memory cell P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfMemPos: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Mem *pMem; - assert( i>=0 && inMem ); - pMem = &p->aMem[i]; - assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int ); - if( pMem->u.i>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IfMemNeg P1 P2 * -** -** If the value of memory cell P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfMemNeg: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Mem *pMem; - assert( i>=0 && inMem ); - pMem = &p->aMem[i]; - assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int ); - if( pMem->u.i<0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IfMemZero P1 P2 * -** -** If the value of memory cell P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfMemZero: { /* no-push */ - int i = pOp->p1; - Mem *pMem; - assert( i>=0 && inMem ); - pMem = &p->aMem[i]; - assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int ); - if( pMem->u.i==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MemNull P1 * * -** -** Store a NULL in memory cell P1 -*/ -case OP_MemNull: { - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nMem ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&p->aMem[pOp->p1]); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MemInt P1 P2 * -** -** Store the integer value P1 in memory cell P2. -*/ -case OP_MemInt: { - assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2nMem ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aMem[pOp->p2], pOp->p1); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MemMove P1 P2 * -** -** Move the content of memory cell P2 over to memory cell P1. -** Any prior content of P1 is erased. Memory cell P2 is left -** containing a NULL. -*/ -case OP_MemMove: { - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nMem ); - assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2nMem ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], &p->aMem[pOp->p2]); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AggStep P1 P2 P3 -** -** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The -** function has P2 arguments. P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef -** structure that specifies the function. Use memory location -** P1 as the accumulator. -** -** The P2 arguments are popped from the stack. -*/ -case OP_AggStep: { /* no-push */ - int n = pOp->p2; - int i; - Mem *pMem, *pRec; - sqlite3_context ctx; - sqlite3_value **apVal; - - assert( n>=0 ); - pRec = &pTos[1-n]; - assert( pRec>=p->aStack ); - apVal = p->apArg; - assert( apVal || n==0 ); - for(i=0; ip3; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nMem ); - ctx.pMem = pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1]; - pMem->n++; - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.z = 0; - ctx.s.xDel = 0; - ctx.s.db = db; - ctx.isError = 0; - ctx.pColl = 0; - if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){ - assert( pOp>p->aOp ); - assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3; - } - (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); - popStack(&pTos, n); - if( ctx.isError ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 P3 -** -** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is -** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. -** -** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and -** P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 -** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate -** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The -** P3 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where -** the step function was not previously called. -*/ -case OP_AggFinal: { /* no-push */ - Mem *pMem; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nMem ); - pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, (FuncDef*)pOp->p3); - if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pMem), (char*)0); - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){ - goto too_big; - } - break; -} - - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * -** -** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual -** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within -** a transaction. -*/ -case OP_Vacuum: { /* no-push */ - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - break; -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) -/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * -** -** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on -** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction -** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* no-push */ - Btree *pBt; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 ); - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - break; -} -#endif - -/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * -** -** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement -** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed -** (via sqlite3_step()). -** -** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, -** then only the currently executing statement is affected. -*/ -case OP_Expire: { /* no-push */ - if( !pOp->p1 ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - }else{ - p->expired = 1; - } - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 -** -** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when -** the shared-cache feature is enabled. -** -** If P1 is not negative, then it is the index of the database -** in sqlite3.aDb[] and a read-lock is required. If P1 is negative, a -** write-lock is required. In this case the index of the database is the -** absolute value of P1 minus one (iDb = abs(P1) - 1;) and a write-lock is -** required. -** -** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. -** -** P3 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only -** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. -*/ -case OP_TableLock: { /* no-push */ - int p1 = pOp->p1; - u8 isWriteLock = (p1<0); - if( isWriteLock ){ - p1 = (-1*p1)-1; - } - assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); - if( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - const char *z = (const char *)pOp->p3; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database table is locked: ", z, (char*)0); - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VBegin * * P3 -** -** P3 a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Call the xBegin method -** for that table. -*/ -case OP_VBegin: { /* no-push */ - rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, (sqlite3_vtab *)pOp->p3); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * P3 -** -** P3 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method -** for that table. -*/ -case OP_VCreate: { /* no-push */ - rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, &p->zErrMsg); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * P3 -** -** P3 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method -** of that table. -*/ -case OP_VDestroy: { /* no-push */ - p->inVtabMethod = 2; - rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * P3 -** -** P3 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. -** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual -** table and stores that cursor in P1. -*/ -case OP_VOpen: { /* no-push */ - Cursor *pCur = 0; - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0; - - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)(pOp->p3); - sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - - assert(pVtab && pModule); - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - /* Initialise sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ - pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab; - - /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */ - pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, -1); - if( pCur ){ - pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor; - pCur->pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); - } - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 -** -** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if -** the filtered result set is empty. -** -** P3 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex -** method of the module. The interpretation of the P3 string is left -** to the module implementation. -** -** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified -** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is the top of the -** stack. Next down on the stack is the argc parameter. Beneath the -** next of stack are argc additional parameters which are passed to -** xFilter as argv. The topmost parameter (i.e. 3rd element popped from -** the stack) becomes argv[argc-1] when passed to xFilter. -** -** The integer query plan parameter, argc, and all argv stack values -** are popped from the stack before this instruction completes. -** -** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be -** empty. -*/ -case OP_VFilter: { /* no-push */ - int nArg; - - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - - Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - - /* Grab the index number and argc parameters off the top of the stack. */ - assert( (&pTos[-1])>=p->aStack ); - assert( (pTos[0].flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pTos[-1].flags==MEM_Int ); - nArg = pTos[-1].u.i; - - /* Invoke the xFilter method */ - { - int res = 0; - int i; - Mem **apArg = p->apArg; - for(i = 0; iinVtabMethod = 1; - rc = pModule->xFilter(pCur->pVtabCursor, pTos->u.i, pOp->p3, nArg, apArg); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor); - } - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - } - - /* Pop the index number, argc value and parameters off the stack */ - popStack(&pTos, 2+nArg); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VRowid P1 * * -** -** Push an integer onto the stack which is the rowid of -** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to. -*/ -case OP_VRowid: { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - - Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - if( pModule->xRowid==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "Unsupported module operation: xRowid", 0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } else { - sqlite_int64 iRow; - - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - - pTos++; - pTos->flags = MEM_Int; - pTos->u.i = iRow; - } - - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 * -** -** Push onto the stack the value of the P2-th column of -** the row of the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to. -*/ -case OP_VColumn: { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - - Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - if( pModule->xColumn==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "Unsupported module operation: xColumn", 0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } else { - sqlite3_context sContext; - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - sContext.s.flags = MEM_Null; - sContext.s.db = db; - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2); - - /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack. We - ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any - ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. - */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding); - pTos++; - pTos->flags = 0; - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &sContext.s); - - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - goto abort_due_to_misuse; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) ){ - goto too_big; - } - } - - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * -** -** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and -** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached -** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -case OP_VNext: { /* no-push */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - int res = 0; - - Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - if( pModule->xNext==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "Unsupported module operation: xNext", 0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } else { - /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the - ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during - ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that - ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or - ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. - */ - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor); - } - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - - if( !res ){ - /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - } - - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VRename * * P3 -** -** P3 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. -** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value -** on the top of the stack is popped and passed as the zName argument -** to the xRename method. -*/ -case OP_VRename: { /* no-push */ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)(pOp->p3); - assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename ); - - Stringify(pTos, encoding); - - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab); - rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pTos->z); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - - popStack(&pTos, 1); - break; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 -** -** P3 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. -** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values -** are taken from the stack to pass to the xUpdate invocation. The -** value on the top of the stack corresponds to the p2th element -** of the argv array passed to xUpdate. -** -** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. -** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to the P2-th element down -** on the stack) is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is -** NULL then no deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid -** of the new row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table -** select the new rowid for itself. The higher elements in the -** stack are the values of columns in the new row. -** -** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of -** a row to delete. -** -** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call -** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() -** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. -*/ -case OP_VUpdate: { /* no-push */ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)(pOp->p3); - sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - int nArg = pOp->p2; - assert( pOp->p3type==P3_VTAB ); - if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "read-only table", 0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - int i; - sqlite_int64 rowid; - Mem **apArg = p->apArg; - Mem *pX = &pTos[1-nArg]; - for(i = 0; ixUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; - if( pOp->p1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); - db->lastRowid = rowid; - } - } - popStack(&pTos, nArg); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* An other opcode is illegal... -*/ -default: { - assert( 0 ); - break; -} - -/***************************************************************************** -** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented -** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the -** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are -** restored. -*****************************************************************************/ - } - - /* Make sure the stack limit was not exceeded */ - assert( pTos<=pStackLimit ); - -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - long long elapse = hwtime() - start; - pOp->cycles += elapse; - pOp->cnt++; -#if 0 - fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse); - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]); -#endif - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* Keep track of the size of the largest BLOB or STR that has appeared - ** on the top of the VDBE stack. - */ - if( pTos>=p->aStack && (pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 - && pTos->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ - sqlite3_max_blobsize = pTos->n; - } -#endif - - /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality - ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. - ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through - ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* Sanity checking on the top element of the stack. If the previous - ** instruction was VNoChange, then the flags field of the top - ** of the stack is set to 0. This is technically invalid for a memory - ** cell, so avoid calling MemSanity() in this case. - */ - if( pTos>=p->aStack && pTos->flags ){ - assert( pTos->db==db ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(pTos); - assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) ); - } - assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Code for tracing the vdbe stack. */ - if( p->trace && pTos>=p->aStack ){ - int i; - fprintf(p->trace, "Stack:"); - for(i=0; i>-5 && &pTos[i]>=p->aStack; i--){ - if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ - fprintf(p->trace, " NULL"); - }else if( (pTos[i].flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ - fprintf(p->trace, " si:%lld", pTos[i].u.i); - }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Int ){ - fprintf(p->trace, " i:%lld", pTos[i].u.i); - }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Real ){ - fprintf(p->trace, " r:%g", pTos[i].r); - }else{ - char zBuf[200]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(&pTos[i], zBuf); - fprintf(p->trace, " "); - fprintf(p->trace, "%s", zBuf); - } - } - if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace," rc=%d",rc); - fprintf(p->trace,"\n"); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ - - /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished. - */ -vdbe_halt: - if( rc ){ - p->rc = rc; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - p->pTos = pTos; - - /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to - ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the - ** top. */ -vdbe_return: - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); - return rc; - - /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH - ** is encountered. - */ -too_big: - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "string or blob too big", (char*)0); - rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - goto vdbe_halt; - - /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. - */ -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto vdbe_halt; - - /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error. - */ -abort_due_to_misuse: - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */ - - /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable - ** should hold the error number. - */ -abort_due_to_error: - if( p->zErrMsg==0 ){ - if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); - } - goto vdbe_halt; - - /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt - ** flag. - */ -abort_due_to_interrupt: - assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); - if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - } - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); - goto vdbe_halt; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.h deleted file mode 100644 index d0774d8c..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbe.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) -** -** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine -** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a -** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -#include - -/* -** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines -** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides -** of this structure. -*/ -typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; - -/* -** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode -** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded -** as an instance of the following structure: -*/ -struct VdbeOp { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - int p1; /* First operand */ - int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - char *p3; /* Third parameter */ - int p3type; /* One of the P3_xxx constants defined below */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ - long long cycles; /* Total time spend executing this instruction */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; - -/* -** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because -** it takes up less space. -*/ -struct VdbeOpList { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p1; /* First operand */ - short int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - char *p3; /* Third parameter */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; - -/* -** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type -*/ -#define P3_NOTUSED 0 /* The P3 parameter is not used */ -#define P3_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ -#define P3_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ -#define P3_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ -#define P3_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P3 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ -#define P3_KEYINFO (-6) /* P3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ -#define P3_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P3 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */ -#define P3_MEM (-8) /* P3 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ -#define P3_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P3 is a pointer to a transient string */ -#define P3_VTAB (-10) /* P3 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ -#define P3_MPRINTF (-11) /* P3 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ - -/* When adding a P3 argument using P3_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure -** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the -** argument is P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still -** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained -** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling -** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. -*/ -#define P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-9) - -/* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the -** number of columns of data returned by the statement. -*/ -#define COLNAME_NAME 0 -#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 -#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 -#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 -#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 -#define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ - -/* -** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field -** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that -** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling -** the macro again restores the address. -*/ -#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) - -/* -** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" -** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. -*/ -#include "opcodes.h" - -/* -** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation -** for a description of what each of these routines does. -*/ -Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); -int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe*,int,int,int); -int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,const char *zP3,int); -int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); -void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1); -void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2); -void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N); -void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP1, int N); -void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); -VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); -int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); -int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); -int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); -#endif -void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); -int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); -int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int); -void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); -sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n); -const char *sqlite3VdbeGetSql(Vdbe*); -void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); - -#ifndef NDEBUG - void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X -#else -# define VdbeComment(X) -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeInt.h b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeInt.h deleted file mode 100644 index a807bdda..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeInt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,427 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 September 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for information that is private to the -** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single -** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over -** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and -** this header information was factored out. -*/ -#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_ -#define _VDBEINT_H_ - -/* -** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid. But with -** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops. -*/ -#define keyToInt(X) (X) -#define intToKey(X) (X) - - -/* -** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be -** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance -** of the following structure. -*/ -typedef struct VdbeOp Op; - -/* -** Boolean values -*/ -typedef unsigned char Bool; - -/* -** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file. -** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or -** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree -** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor -** is currently pointing to. -** -** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an -** instance of the following structure. -** -** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is -** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of -** a row trigger. The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and -** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey. -*/ -struct Cursor { - BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */ - int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */ - i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */ - i64 nextRowid; /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */ - Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */ - Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ - Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */ - Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ - Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ - Bool nextRowidValid; /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */ - Bool pseudoTable; /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */ - Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ - Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ - Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */ - u8 bogusIncrKey; /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */ - i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ - Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ - int nData; /* Number of bytes in pData */ - char *pData; /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */ - i64 iKey; /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */ - u8 *pIncrKey; /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */ - int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */ - i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */ - - /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the - ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheValid is true. - ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might - ** be NULL. - */ - int cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ - int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ - u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ - u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */ - u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ -}; -typedef struct Cursor Cursor; - -/* -** Number of bytes of string storage space available to each stack -** layer without having to malloc. NBFS is short for Number of Bytes -** For Strings. -*/ -#define NBFS 32 - -/* -** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. -*/ -#define CACHE_STALE 0 - -/* -** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem -** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, -** integer etc.) of the same value. A value (and therefore Mem structure) -** has the following properties: -** -** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored -** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is -** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or -** SQLITE_BLOB. -*/ -struct Mem { - union { - i64 i; /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ - } u; - double r; /* Real value */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ - char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ - int n; /* Number of characters in string value, including '\0' */ - u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ - u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */ - u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ - void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ - char zShort[NBFS]; /* Space for short strings */ -}; -typedef struct Mem Mem; - -/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK -** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. -** -** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. -** No other flags may be set in this case. -** -** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. -** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main -** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also -** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real -** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. -** -** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags. But only one -** at a time can appear in Mem.type. -*/ -#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ -#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ -#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ -#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ -#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ - -/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of -** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management -** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the -** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated -*/ -#define MEM_Term 0x0020 /* String rep is nul terminated */ -#define MEM_Dyn 0x0040 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */ -#define MEM_Static 0x0080 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ -#define MEM_Ephem 0x0100 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ -#define MEM_Short 0x0200 /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort */ -#define MEM_Agg 0x0400 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ -#define MEM_Zero 0x0800 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - #undef MEM_Zero - #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 -#endif - - -/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains -** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments -** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata() -** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data -** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This -** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular -** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple -** invocations. -*/ -struct VdbeFunc { - FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */ - int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */ - struct AuxData { - void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */ - void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ - } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc; - -/* -** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an -** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used -** implement the SQL functions. -** -** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, -** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. -** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this -** structure are known. -** -** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures -** (Mem) which are only defined there. -*/ -struct sqlite3_context { - FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */ - Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ - Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ - u8 isError; /* Set to true for an error */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ -}; - -/* -** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value -** is part of a small set. Sets are used to implement code like -** this: -** x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum') -*/ -typedef struct Set Set; -struct Set { - Hash hash; /* A set is just a hash table */ - HashElem *prev; /* Previously accessed hash elemen */ -}; - -/* -** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves. Pages are arranged -** in a list. -*/ -typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage; -struct FifoPage { - int nSlot; /* Number of entries aSlot[] */ - int iWrite; /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */ - int iRead; /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */ - FifoPage *pNext; /* Next page in the fifo */ - i64 aSlot[1]; /* One or more slots for rowid values */ -}; - -/* -** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h. But the implementation -** of that structure is private to this file. -** -** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo. -*/ -typedef struct Fifo Fifo; -struct Fifo { - int nEntry; /* Total number of entries */ - FifoPage *pFirst; /* First page on the list */ - FifoPage *pLast; /* Last page on the list */ -}; - -/* -** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count, -** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement). -** The current keylist is also stored in the context. -** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is -** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers). -** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the -** trigger finishes. -*/ -typedef struct Context Context; -struct Context { - i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ - int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ - Fifo sFifo; /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete -** state of the virtual machine. -** -** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile() -** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. -** -** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of -** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is -** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This -** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute -** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of -** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table -** method function. -*/ -struct Vdbe { - sqlite3 *db; /* The whole database */ - Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ - int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ - int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */ - Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ - int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ - int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */ - int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ - Mem *aStack; /* The operand stack, except string values */ - Mem *pTos; /* Top entry in the operand stack */ - Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ - Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ - int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ - Cursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ - int nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ - Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ - char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ - int okVar; /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */ - int magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ - Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ - int nCallback; /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */ - int cacheCtr; /* Cursor row cache generation counter */ - Fifo sFifo; /* A list of ROWIDs */ - int contextStackTop; /* Index of top element in the context stack */ - int contextStackDepth; /* The size of the "context" stack */ - Context *contextStack; /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/ - int pc; /* The program counter */ - int rc; /* Value to return */ - unsigned uniqueCnt; /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */ - int errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ - int inTempTrans; /* True if temp database is transactioned */ - int returnStack[25]; /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */ - int returnDepth; /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */ - int nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ - char **azResColumn; /* Values for one row of result */ - int popStack; /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ - u8 resOnStack; /* True if there are result values on the stack */ - u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ - u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */ - u8 aborted; /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */ - u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ - u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ - u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */ - int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ - i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ - int btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ - BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */ - int nSql; /* Number of bytes in zSql */ - char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */ -#endif - int openedStatement; /* True if this VM has opened a statement journal */ -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - int fetchId; /* Statement number used by sqlite3_fetch_statement */ - int lru; /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic -*/ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ - -/* -** Function prototypes -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*); -void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); -int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*); -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) -void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); -#endif -int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); -u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); -int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int); -int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); -void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int); - -int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); -int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*,int,const unsigned char*,int*); -int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *); -int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); -int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(void*,int,const void*,int, const void*); -int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8*); -int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); -int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); -int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); -int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); -int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); -void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); -int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); -int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); -i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); -double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); -void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); -int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*); -void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); -int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); -const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); - -#ifndef NDEBUG - void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*); - int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(u8); -#endif -int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); - void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); -#endif -int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); -void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*); -int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64); -int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*); -void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); -#else - #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9445c768..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1066 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the -** VDBE. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -/* -** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs -** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the -** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program -** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or -** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is -** added or changed. -*/ -int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p==0 || p->expired; -} - -/* -** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by -** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ -** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual -** machine. -** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). -*/ -int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it -** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from -** the prior execution is returned. -** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). -*/ -int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0); - assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. -*/ -int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); i++){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); - return rc; -} - - -/**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* -** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value -** structure. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); - p->flags &= ~MEM_Str; - p->flags |= MEM_Blob; - return p->z; - }else{ - return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); - } -} -int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); -} -const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ - return pVal->type; -} - -/**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify -** the function result. -*/ -void sqlite3_result_blob( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( n>=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel); -} -void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); -} -void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif -void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); -} -void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); -} -void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); -} -void sqlite3_result_text( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -void sqlite3_result_text16( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); -} -void sqlite3_result_text16be( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); -} -void sqlite3_result_text16le( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); -} -void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); -} - -/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ -void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH+1); -} - -/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ -void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); - pCtx->isError = 1; - pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; -} - -/* -** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the -** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. -** -** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() -** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a -** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the -** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. -*/ -static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - - /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */ - db = p->db; - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - - if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( p->aborted ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto end_of_step; - } - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( p->pc<0 ){ - /* If there are no other statements currently running, then - ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt - ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. - */ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - /* Invoke the trace callback if there is one - */ - if( db->xTrace && !db->init.busy ){ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop ); - assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 ); - assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3); - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - } - if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ - double rNow; - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow); - p->startTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0; - } -#endif - - /* Print a copy of SQL as it is executed if the SQL_TRACE pragma is turned - ** on in debugging mode. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - - db->activeVdbeCnt++; - p->pc = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( p->explain ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - { - rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); - } - - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ - double rNow; - u64 elapseTime; - - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow); - elapseTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0 - p->startTime; - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop ); - assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 ); - assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ); - db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3, elapseTime); - } -#endif - - sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); - p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); -end_of_step: - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - if( p->zSql && (rc&0xff)db, p->rc, 0); - return p->rc; - }else{ - /* This is for legacy sqlite3_prepare() builds and when the code - ** is SQLITE_ROW or SQLITE_DONE */ - return rc; - } -} - -/* -** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call -** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, -** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER -int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - Vdbe *v; - v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3Step(v); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#else -int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int cnt = 0; - int rc; - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA - && cnt++ < 5 - && sqlite3Reprepare(v) ){ - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - v->expired = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. -*/ -void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->pFunc->pUserData; -} - -/* -** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always -** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the -** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct -** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist -** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction -** method of virtual tables. -*/ -void sqlite3InvalidFunction( - sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ - int argc, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - sqlite3_value **argv /* Value of each argument */ -){ - const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; - char *zErr; - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(0, - "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); -} - -/* -** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new -** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the -** same context that was returned on prior calls. -*/ -void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ - Mem *pMem; - assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); - pMem = p->pMem; - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ - if( nByte==0 ){ - assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Null ); - pMem->z = 0; - }else{ - pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; - pMem->xDel = sqlite3_free; - pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; - if( nByte<=NBFS ){ - pMem->z = pMem->zShort; - memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); - }else{ - pMem->z = sqlite3DbMallocZero(p->s.db, nByte); - } - } - } - return (void*)pMem->z; -} - -/* -** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to -** the user-function defined by pCtx. -*/ -void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; - if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){ - return 0; - } - return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux; -} - -/* -** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th -** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is -** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. -*/ -void sqlite3_set_auxdata( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - int iArg, - void *pAux, - void (*xDelete)(void*) -){ - struct AuxData *pAuxData; - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; - if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; - if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){ - int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0); - int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg; - pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc); - if( !pVdbeFunc ){ - goto failed; - } - pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc; - memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux)); - pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1; - pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc; - } - - pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg]; - if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){ - pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); - } - pAuxData->pAux = pAux; - pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; - return; - -failed: - if( xDelete ){ - xDelete(pAux); - } -} - -/* -** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been -** called. -** -** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is -** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function -** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate -** context. -*/ -int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - return p->pMem->n; -} - -/* -** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. -*/ -int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; -} - -/* -** Return the number of values available from the current row of the -** currently executing statement pStmt. -*/ -int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm==0 || !pVm->resOnStack ) return 0; - return pVm->nResColumn; -} - - -/* -** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If -** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. -** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value -** of NULL. -*/ -static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *pVm; - int vals; - Mem *pOut; - - pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm && pVm->resOnStack && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt); - pOut = &pVm->pTos[(1-vals)+i]; - }else{ - static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, 0.0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL }; - if( pVm->db ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); - } - pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem; - } - return pOut; -} - -/* -** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a -** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the -** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If -** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result -** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -** -** Specifically, this is called from within: -** -** sqlite3_column_int() -** sqlite3_column_int64() -** sqlite3_column_text() -** sqlite3_column_text16() -** sqlite3_column_real() -** sqlite3_column_bytes() -** sqlite3_column_bytes16() -** -** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc(). -*/ -static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) -{ - /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an - ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to - ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR - ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. - */ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( p ){ - p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } -} - -/**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row -** in the result set. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val; - val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might - ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() - ** expression. - */ - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - sqlite3_value *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return pOut; -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return iType; -} - -/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or -** removal */ -/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ -** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); -**} -*/ - -/* -** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using -** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. -** -** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which -** name is returned. Here are the names: -** -** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output -** 1 The datatype name for the column -** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from -** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from -** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from -** -** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression -** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. -*/ -static const void *columnName( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int N, - const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), - int useType -){ - const void *ret = 0; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - int n; - - - if( p!=0 ){ - n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - if( N=0 ){ - N += useType*n; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); - - /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this - ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. - */ - if( p->db && p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->db->mallocFailed = 0; - ret = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL -** statement pStmt. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column -** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -/* -** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ - - -/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** -** -** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. -*/ -/* -** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the -** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is -** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. -** -** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return -** value in any case. -*/ -static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ - Mem *pVar; - if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ - if( p ) sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); - return SQLITE_RANGE; - } - i--; - pVar = &p->aVar[i]; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); - pVar->flags = MEM_Null; - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Bind a text or BLOB value. -*/ -static int bindText( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ - int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ - const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ - int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ - void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ - int encoding /* Encoding for the data */ -){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - Mem *pVar; - int rc; - - if( p==0 ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zData!=0 ){ - pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); - } - sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. -*/ -int sqlite3_bind_blob( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); -} -int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ - return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); -} -int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3_bind_text( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -int sqlite3_bind_text16( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. -** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. -*/ -int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p ? p->nVar : 0; -} - -/* -** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names -** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already -** exist. -*/ -static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){ - if( !p->okVar ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - if( !p->okVar ){ - int j; - Op *pOp; - for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; jnOp; j++, pOp++){ - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){ - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); - p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p3; - } - } - p->okVar = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } -} - -/* -** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index -** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. -** -** The result is always UTF-8. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ - return 0; - } - createVarMap(p); - return p->azVar[i-1]; -} - -/* -** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable -** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, -** return 0. -*/ -int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - int i; - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; - } - createVarMap(p); - if( zName ){ - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - const char *z = p->azVar[i]; - if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){ - return i+1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. -** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then -** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ - Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; - Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; - int i, rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( (pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT) - || (pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT) - || pTo->db!=pFrom->db ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVar; i++){ - sqlite3MallocDisallow(); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); - sqlite3MallocAllow(); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given -** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was -** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create -** the statement in the first place. -*/ -sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8a618721..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2243 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 September 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating -** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior -** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. -** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - - - -/* -** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can -** set the sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed -** as they are added to the instruction stream. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -int sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Create a new virtual database engine. -*/ -Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); - if( p==0 ) return 0; - p->db = db; - if( db->pVdbe ){ - db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; - } - p->pNext = db->pVdbe; - p->pPrev = 0; - db->pVdbe = p; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - return p; -} - -/* -** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n){ - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( p->zSql==0 ); - p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); -} - -/* -** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement -*/ -const char *sqlite3VdbeGetSql(Vdbe *p){ - return p->zSql; -} - -/* -** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ - Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; - char *zTmp; - int nTmp; - tmp = *pA; - *pA = *pB; - *pB = tmp; - pTmp = pA->pNext; - pA->pNext = pB->pNext; - pB->pNext = pTmp; - pTmp = pA->pPrev; - pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; - pB->pPrev = pTmp; - zTmp = pA->zSql; - pA->zSql = pB->zSql; - pB->zSql = zTmp; - nTmp = pA->nSql; - pA->nSql = pB->nSql; - pB->nSql = nTmp; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Turn tracing on or off -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){ - p->trace = trace; -} -#endif - -/* -** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N -** elements. If the Vdbe is in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN state, then -** the Vdbe.aOp array will be sized to contain exactly N -** elements. Vdbe.nOpAlloc is set to reflect the new size of -** the array. -** -** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, -** Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain unchanged (this is so that -** any opcodes already allocated can be correctly deallocated -** along with the rest of the Vdbe). -*/ -static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){ - int runMode = p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - if( runMode || p->nOpAllocnOpAlloc; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); - if( pNew ){ - p->nOpAlloc = nNew; - p->aOp = pNew; - if( nNew>oldSize ){ - memset(&p->aOp[oldSize], 0, (nNew-oldSize)*sizeof(Op)); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the -** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. -** -** Parameters: -** -** p Pointer to the VDBE -** -** op The opcode for this instruction -** -** p1, p2 First two of the three possible operands. -** -** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and -** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP3() function to change the value of the P3 -** operand. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ - int i; - VdbeOp *pOp; - - i = p->nOp; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){ - resizeOpArray(p, i+1); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } - } - p->nOp++; - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - pOp->opcode = op; - pOp->p1 = p1; - pOp->p2 = p2; - pOp->p3 = 0; - pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED; - p->expired = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); -#endif - return i; -} - -/* -** Add an opcode that includes the p3 value. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, const char *zP3,int p3type){ - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(p, op, p1, p2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, addr, zP3, p3type); - return addr; -} - -/* -** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be -** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The -** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when -** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan -** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match -** the label into the resolved address. -** -** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are -** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. -** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. -** -** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - i = p->nLabel++; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){ - p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10; - p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, - p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); - } - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[i] = -1; - } - return -1-i; -} - -/* -** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to -** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from -** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){ - int j = -1-x; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( j>=0 && jnLabel ); - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp; - } -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if opcode 'op' is guarenteed not to push more values -** onto the VDBE stack than it pops off. -*/ -static int opcodeNoPush(u8 op){ - /* The 10 NOPUSH_MASK_n constants are defined in the automatically - ** generated header file opcodes.h. Each is a 16-bit bitmask, one - ** bit corresponding to each opcode implemented by the virtual - ** machine in vdbe.c. The bit is true if the word "no-push" appears - ** in a comment on the same line as the "case OP_XXX:" in - ** sqlite3VdbeExec() in vdbe.c. - ** - ** If the bit is true, then the corresponding opcode is guarenteed not - ** to grow the stack when it is executed. Otherwise, it may grow the - ** stack by at most one entry. - ** - ** NOPUSH_MASK_0 corresponds to opcodes 0 to 15. NOPUSH_MASK_1 contains - ** one bit for opcodes 16 to 31, and so on. - ** - ** 16-bit bitmasks (rather than 32-bit) are specified in opcodes.h - ** because the file is generated by an awk program. Awk manipulates - ** all numbers as floating-point and we don't want to risk a rounding - ** error if someone builds with an awk that uses (for example) 32-bit - ** IEEE floats. - */ - static const u32 masks[5] = { - NOPUSH_MASK_0 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_1)<<16), - NOPUSH_MASK_2 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_3)<<16), - NOPUSH_MASK_4 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_5)<<16), - NOPUSH_MASK_6 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_7)<<16), - NOPUSH_MASK_8 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_9)<<16) - }; - assert( op<32*5 ); - return (masks[op>>5] & (1<<(op&0x1F))); -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(u8 op){ - return opcodeNoPush(op); -} -#endif - -/* -** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative. -** Each such value is a label. Resolve the label by setting the P2 -** value to its correct non-zero value. -** -** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. -** -** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument -** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by -** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. -** -** The integer *pMaxStack is set to the maximum number of vdbe stack -** entries that static analysis reveals this program might need. -** -** This routine also does the following optimization: It scans for -** Halt instructions where P1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT or P2==OE_Abort or for -** IdxInsert instructions where P2!=0. If no such instruction is -** found, then every Statement instruction is changed to a Noop. In -** this way, we avoid creating the statement journal file unnecessarily. -*/ -static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs, int *pMaxStack){ - int i; - int nMaxArgs = 0; - int nMaxStack = p->nOp; - Op *pOp; - int *aLabel = p->aLabel; - int doesStatementRollback = 0; - int hasStatementBegin = 0; - for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ - u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; - - if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - || opcode==OP_VUpdate -#endif - ){ - if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; - } - if( opcode==OP_Halt ){ - if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){ - doesStatementRollback = 1; - } - }else if( opcode==OP_Statement ){ - hasStatementBegin = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){ - doesStatementRollback = 1; - }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){ - int n; - assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); - assert( pOp[-2].opcode==OP_Integer ); - n = pOp[-2].p1; - if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; -#endif - } - if( opcodeNoPush(opcode) ){ - nMaxStack--; - } - - if( pOp->p2>=0 ) continue; - assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel ); - pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; - } - sqlite3_free(p->aLabel); - p->aLabel = 0; - - *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; - *pMaxStack = nMaxStack; - - /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement - ** transactions are not needed. So change every OP_Statement - ** opcode into an OP_Noop. This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive() - ** which can be expensive on some platforms. - */ - if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){ - for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){ - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - return p->nOp; -} - -/* -** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the -** address of the first operation added. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){ - int addr; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp + nOp); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } - addr = p->nOp; - if( nOp>0 ){ - int i; - VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; - for(i=0; ip2; - VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; - pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; - pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; - pOut->p2 = p2<0 ? addr + ADDR(p2) : p2; - pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; - pOut->p3type = pIn->p3 ? P3_STATIC : P3_NOTUSED; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ){ - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); - } -#endif - } - p->nOp += nOp; - } - return addr; -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){ - assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){ - p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){ - assert( val>=0 ); - assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){ - p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; - } -} - -/* -** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to -** the address of the next instruction to be coded. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); -} - - -/* -** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If -** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. -*/ -static void freeEphemeralFunction(FuncDef *pDef){ - if( pDef && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pDef); - } -} - -/* -** Delete a P3 value if necessary. -*/ -static void freeP3(int p3type, void *p3){ - if( p3 ){ - switch( p3type ){ - case P3_DYNAMIC: - case P3_KEYINFO: - case P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: { - sqlite3_free(p3); - break; - } - case P3_MPRINTF: { - sqlite3_free(p3); - break; - } - case P3_VDBEFUNC: { - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p3; - freeEphemeralFunction(pVdbeFunc->pFunc); - sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0); - sqlite3_free(pVdbeFunc); - break; - } - case P3_FUNCDEF: { - freeEphemeralFunction((FuncDef*)p3); - break; - } - case P3_MEM: { - sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p3); - break; - } - } - } -} - - -/* -** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){ - if( p && p->aOp ){ - VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - while( N-- ){ - freeP3(pOp->p3type, pOp->p3); - memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; - pOp++; - } - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. -** -** If n>=0 then the P3 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of -** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP3 up to and including the -** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP3. -** -** If n==P3_KEYINFO it means that zP3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure. -** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized. -** n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP3 points to a KeyInfo structure -** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The -** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is -** finalized. -** -** Other values of n (P3_STATIC, P3_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP3 points -** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of -** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. -** -** If addr<0 then change P3 on the most recently inserted instruction. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP3, int n){ - Op *pOp; - assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p==0 || p->aOp==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ){ - if (n != P3_KEYINFO) { - freeP3(n, (void*)*(char**)&zP3); - } - return; - } - if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){ - addr = p->nOp - 1; - if( addr<0 ) return; - } - pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - freeP3(pOp->p3type, pOp->p3); - pOp->p3 = 0; - if( zP3==0 ){ - pOp->p3 = 0; - pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED; - }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int nField, nByte; - - nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP3)->nField; - nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3_malloc( nByte ); - pOp->p3 = (char*)pKeyInfo; - if( pKeyInfo ){ - unsigned char *aSortOrder; - memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP3, nByte); - aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder; - if( aSortOrder ){ - pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField]; - memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField); - } - pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO; - }else{ - p->db->mallocFailed = 1; - pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED; - } - }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){ - pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3; - pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO; - }else if( n<0 ){ - pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3; - pOp->p3type = n; - }else{ - if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP3); - pOp->p3 = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP3, n); - pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC; - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Replace the P3 field of the most recently coded instruction with -** comment text. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); - assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); - va_start(ap, zFormat); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, -1, sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap), P3_DYNAMIC); - va_end(ap); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the opcode for a given address. -*/ -VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); - return ((addr>=0 && addrnOp)?(&p->aOp[addr]):0); -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ - || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Compute a string that describes the P3 parameter for an opcode. -** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. -*/ -static char *displayP3(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ - char *zP3; - assert( nTemp>=20 ); - switch( pOp->p3type ){ - case P3_KEYINFO: { - int i, j; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); - i = strlen(zTemp); - for(j=0; jnField; j++){ - CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; - if( pColl ){ - int n = strlen(pColl->zName); - if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ - memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); - break; - } - zTemp[i++] = ','; - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ - zTemp[i++] = '-'; - } - memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1); - i += n; - }else if( i+4p3; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName); - zP3 = zTemp; - break; - } - case P3_FUNCDEF: { - FuncDef *pDef = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); - zP3 = zTemp; - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - case P3_VTAB: { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pOp->p3; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); - zP3 = zTemp; - break; - } -#endif - default: { - zP3 = pOp->p3; - if( zP3==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_Noop ){ - zP3 = ""; - } - } - } - assert( zP3!=0 ); - return zP3; -} -#endif - -/* -** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. -** -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ - int mask; - assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb ); - assert( ibtreeMask)*8 ); - mask = 1<btreeMask & mask)==0 ){ - p->btreeMask |= mask; - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt); - } -} - - -#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ - char *zP3; - char zPtr[50]; - static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %s\n"; - if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; - zP3 = displayP3(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); - fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, - pc, sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, zP3); - fflush(pOut); -} -#endif - -/* -** Release an array of N Mem elements -*/ -static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ - if( p ){ - while( N-->0 ){ - assert( N<2 || p[0].db==p[1].db ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p++); - } - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN -/* -** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. -** -** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of -** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. -** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeList( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( p->explain ); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE; - assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ); - assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); - - /* Even though this opcode does not put dynamic strings onto the - ** the stack, they may become dynamic if the user calls - ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. - */ - if( p->pTos==&p->aStack[4] ){ - releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 5); - } - p->resOnStack = 0; - - do{ - i = p->pc++; - }while( inOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); - if( i>=p->nOp ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0); - }else{ - Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - Mem *pMem = p->aStack; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z); - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; /* P3 */ - pMem->z = displayP3(pOp, pMem->zShort, sizeof(pMem->zShort)); - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z); - pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - - p->nResColumn = 5 - 2*(p->explain-1); - p->pTos = pMem; - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - p->resOnStack = 1; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; - } - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){ - const char *z = pOp->p3; - while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++; - printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); - } -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) -/* -** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( sqlite3_io_trace==0 ) return; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){ - int i, j; - char z[1000]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p3); - for(i=0; isspace((unsigned char)z[i]); i++){} - for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( isspace((unsigned char)z[i]) ){ - if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ - z[j++] = ' '; - } - }else{ - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_io_trace("SQL %s\n", z); - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ - - -/* -** Prepare a virtual machine for execution. This involves things such -** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. -** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more -** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). -** -** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to -** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( - Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ - int nVar, /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */ - int nMem, /* Number of memory cells to allocate */ - int nCursor, /* Number of cursors to allocate */ - int isExplain /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */ -){ - int n; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - - /* There should be at least one opcode. - */ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - - /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This - * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the - * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN - * state. - */ - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - - /* No instruction ever pushes more than a single element onto the - ** stack. And the stack never grows on successive executions of the - ** same loop. So the total number of instructions is an upper bound - ** on the maximum stack depth required. (Added later:) The - ** resolveP2Values() call computes a tighter upper bound on the - ** stack size. - ** - ** Allocation all the stack space we will ever need. - */ - if( p->aStack==0 ){ - int nArg; /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */ - int nStack; /* Maximum number of stack entries required */ - resolveP2Values(p, &nArg, &nStack); - resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp); - assert( nVar>=0 ); - assert( nStacknOp ); - if( isExplain ){ - nStack = 10; - } - p->aStack = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - nStack*sizeof(p->aStack[0]) /* aStack */ - + nArg*sizeof(Mem*) /* apArg */ - + nVar*sizeof(Mem) /* aVar */ - + nVar*sizeof(char*) /* azVar */ - + nMem*sizeof(Mem) /* aMem */ - + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*) /* apCsr */ - ); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - p->aMem = &p->aStack[nStack]; - p->nMem = nMem; - p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem]; - p->nVar = nVar; - p->okVar = 0; - p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar]; - p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg]; - p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar]; - p->nCursor = nCursor; - for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aVar[n].db = db; - } - for(n=0; naStack[n].db = db; - } - } - } - for(n=0; nnMem; n++){ - p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aMem[n].db = db; - } - - p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1]; - p->pc = -1; - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - p->uniqueCnt = 0; - p->returnDepth = 0; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - p->popStack = 0; - p->explain |= isExplain; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - p->nChange = 0; - p->cacheCtr = 1; - p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; - p->openedStatement = 0; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - int i; - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; - p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor happens -** to hold. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, Cursor *pCx){ - if( pCx==0 ){ - return; - } - if( pCx->pCursor ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); - } - if( pCx->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; - const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule; - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db); - pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); - sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - } -#endif - sqlite3_free(pCx->pData); - sqlite3_free(pCx->aType); - sqlite3_free(pCx); -} - -/* -** Close all cursors except for VTab cursors that are currently -** in use. -*/ -static void closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - if( p->apCsr==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ - Cursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; - if( pC && (!p->inVtabMethod || !pC->pVtabCursor) ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); - p->apCsr[i] = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Clean up the VM after execution. -** -** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or -** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of -** variables in the aVar[] array. -*/ -static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - if( p->aStack ){ - releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 1 + (p->pTos - p->aStack)); - p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1]; - } - closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p); - releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo); - if( p->contextStack ){ - for(i=0; icontextStackTop; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo); - } - sqlite3_free(p->contextStack); - } - p->contextStack = 0; - p->contextStackDepth = 0; - p->contextStackTop = 0; - sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - p->resOnStack = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL -** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during -** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can -** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ - Mem *pColName; - int n; - - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - sqlite3_free(p->aColName); - n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; - p->nResColumn = nResColumn; - p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(p->db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); - if( p->aColName==0 ) return; - while( n-- > 0 ){ - pColName->flags = MEM_Null; - pColName->db = p->db; - pColName++; - } -} - -/* -** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. -** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. -** -** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). -** -** If N==P3_STATIC it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static -** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P3_DYNAMIC, then -** the string is freed using sqlite3_free() when the vdbe is finished with -** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, int var, const char *zName, int N){ - int rc; - Mem *pColName; - assert( idxnResColumn ); - assert( vardb->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - assert( p->aColName!=0 ); - pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); - if( N==P3_DYNAMIC || N==P3_STATIC ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P3_DYNAMIC ){ - pColName->flags = (pColName->flags&(~MEM_Static))|MEM_Dyn; - pColName->xDel = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle -** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a -** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine -** takes care of the master journal trickery. -*/ -static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int needXcommit = 0; - - /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any - ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to - ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is - ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database - ** to the transaction. - */ - rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and - ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not - ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than - ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal - ** file is required for an atomic commit. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - needXcommit = 1; - if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; - } - } - - /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ - if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - } - } - - /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the - ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the - ** master-journal. - ** - ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length - ** string, it means the main database is :memory:. In that case we do - ** not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the simple case then - ** too. - */ - if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); - } - } - - /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. - ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an - ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, - ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VtabCommit(db); - } - } - - /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. - ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is - ** committed atomicly. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO - else{ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - int needSync = 0; - char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ - char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); - sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; - i64 offset = 0; - - /* Select a master journal file name */ - do { - u32 random; - sqlite3_free(zMaster); - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(random), &random); - zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff); - if( !zMaster ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }while( sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ); - - /* Open the master journal. */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new - ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close - ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files - ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll - ** back independently if a failure occurs. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Ignore the TEMP database */ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); - if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue; /* Ignore :memory: databases */ - if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ - needSync = 1; - } - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1, offset); - offset += strlen(zFile)+1; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3_free(zMaster); - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device - ** flag is set this is not required. - */ - zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt); - if( (needSync - && (0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)) - && (rc=sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))!=SQLITE_OK) ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3_free(zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call - ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If - ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. - ** - ** If the error occurs during the first call to - ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the - ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, - ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal - ** file before the failure occured. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); - } - } - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After - ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual - ** transaction files are deleted. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); - sqlite3_free(zMaster); - zMaster = 0; - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following - ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and - ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while - ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the - ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals - ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. - */ - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt); - } - } - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - - sqlite3VtabCommit(db); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable -** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are -** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. -** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing -** step. -** -** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - int cnt = 0; - p = db->pVdbe; - while( p ){ - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ - cnt++; - } - p = p->pNext; - } - assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt ); -} -#else -#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) -#endif - -/* -** For every Btree that in database connection db which -** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in -** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor -** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback -*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even -** cursor from other VMs in different database connections, -** so that none of them try to use the data at which they -** were pointing and which now may have been changed due -** to the rollback. -** -** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and -** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save -** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor -** so that it is never used again. -*/ -void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT); - } - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE -** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those -** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. -** -** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from -** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to -** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. -** -** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of -** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it -** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - int i; - int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0; /* Function to call on each btree backend */ - int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if SQLITE_NOMEM or IOERR */ - - /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or - ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the - ** execution of this virtual machine. - ** - ** If any of the following errors occur: - ** - ** SQLITE_NOMEM - ** SQLITE_IOERR - ** SQLITE_FULL - ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT - ** - ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent - ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is - ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. - */ - - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - - /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ - - /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex); - - /* Check for one of the special errors */ - mrc = p->rc & 0xff; - isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR - || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL ; - if( isSpecialError ){ - /* This loop does static analysis of the query to see which of the - ** following three categories it falls into: - ** - ** Read-only - ** Query with statement journal - ** Query without statement journal - ** - ** We could do something more elegant than this static analysis (i.e. - ** store the type of query as part of the compliation phase), but - ** handling malloc() or IO failure is a fairly obscure edge case so - ** this is probably easier. Todo: Might be an opportunity to reduce - ** code size a very small amount though... - */ - int notReadOnly = 0; - int isStatement = 0; - assert(p->aOp || p->nOp==0); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - switch( p->aOp[i].opcode ){ - case OP_Transaction: - notReadOnly |= p->aOp[i].p2; - break; - case OP_Statement: - isStatement = 1; - break; - } - } - - - /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise, - ** proceed with the special handling. - */ - if( notReadOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED && isStatement ){ - xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt; - p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && isStatement ){ - xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt; - }else{ - /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing - ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. - */ - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active vdbe, then - ** we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. - ** - ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled - ** above has occured. - */ - if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ - /* The auto-commit flag is true, and the vdbe program was - ** successful or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit - ** is required. - */ - int rc = vdbeCommit(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - }else{ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - }else{ - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - } - }else if( !xFunc ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ - if( p->openedStatement ){ - xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt; - } - }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ - xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt; - }else{ - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlite3RollbackAll(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - - /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or - ** sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on each backend. If an error occurs - ** and the return code is still SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new - ** error value. - */ - assert(!xFunc || - xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt || - xFunc==sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt - ); - for(i=0; xFunc && inDb; i++){ - int rc; - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = xFunc(pBt); - if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, 0); - } - } - } - - /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and the statement was committed, - ** set the change counter. - */ - if( p->changeCntOn && p->pc>=0 ){ - if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); - } - p->nChange = 0; - } - - /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */ - if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); - } - - /* Release the locks */ - sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex); - } - - /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - db->activeVdbeCnt--; - } - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call -** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. -** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -** -** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed -** again. -** -** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the -** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to -** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - db = p->db; - - /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an - ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt - ** it now. - */ - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - - /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code - ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But - ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any - ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. - */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - if( p->zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,sqlite3_free); - db->errCode = p->rc; - p->zErrMsg = 0; - }else if( p->rc ){ - sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - } - }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ - /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call - ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was - ** called), set the database error in this case as well. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); - } - - /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE - */ - Cleanup(p); - - /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. - */ - assert( p->pTos<&p->aStack[p->pc<0?0:p->pc] || !p->aStack ); -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); - if( out ){ - int i; - fprintf(out, "---- "); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ", - p->aOp[i].cnt, - p->aOp[i].cycles, - p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 - ); - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); - } - fclose(out); - } - } -#endif - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - p->aborted = 0; - return p->rc & db->errMask; -} - -/* -** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is -** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); - assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); - }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which -** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31 -** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this -** routine with mask==0. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){ - int i; - for(i=0; inAux; i++){ - struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i]; - if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<pAux ){ - if( pAux->xDelete ){ - pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); - } - pAux->pAux = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire VDBE. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - if( p==0 ) return; - Cleanup(p); - if( p->pPrev ){ - p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - }else{ - assert( p->db->pVdbe==p ); - p->db->pVdbe = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; - } - if( p->aOp ){ - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - freeP3(pOp->p3type, pOp->p3); - } - sqlite3_free(p->aOp); - } - releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); - sqlite3_free(p->aLabel); - sqlite3_free(p->aStack); - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - sqlite3_free(p->aColName); - sqlite3_free(p->zSql); - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that -** MoveTo now. Return an error code. If no MoveTo is pending, this -** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){ - if( p->deferredMoveto ){ - int res, rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - extern int sqlite3_search_count; -#endif - assert( p->isTable ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); - if( rc ) return rc; - *p->pIncrKey = 0; - p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget); - p->rowidIsValid = res==0; - if( res<0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - p->deferredMoveto = 0; - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The following functions: -** -** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialRead() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialWrite() -** -** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite -** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a -** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned -** integer, stored as a varint. -** -** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before -** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial -** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at -** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the -** serial-type and data blob seperately. -** -** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: -** -** serial type bytes of data type -** -------------- --------------- --------------- -** 0 0 NULL -** 1 1 signed integer -** 2 2 signed integer -** 3 3 signed integer -** 4 4 signed integer -** 5 6 signed integer -** 6 8 signed integer -** 7 8 IEEE float -** 8 0 Integer constant 0 -** 9 0 Integer constant 1 -** 10,11 reserved for expansion -** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB -** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text -** -** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions -** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. -*/ - -/* -** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. -*/ -u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - int n; - - if( flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - if( flags&MEM_Int ){ - /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ -# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00001000)<<32)-1) - i64 i = pMem->u.i; - u64 u; - if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){ - return 8+i; - } - u = i<0 ? -i : i; - if( u<=127 ) return 1; - if( u<=32767 ) return 2; - if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; - if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; - if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; - return 6; - } - if( flags&MEM_Real ){ - return 7; - } - assert( flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - n = pMem->n; - if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += pMem->u.i; - } - assert( n>=0 ); - return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); -} - -/* -** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - return (serial_type-12)/2; - }else{ - static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - return aSize[serial_type]; - } -} - -/* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the -** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. -** -** For most architectures, this is a no-op. -** -** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem -** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems -** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit -** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated -** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. -** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. -** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different -** ABI get the byte order right. -** -** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their -** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG -** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of -** floating point values is correct. -** -** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely -** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank -** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full -** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the -** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point -** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, -** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer -** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here -** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently -** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about -** so we trust him. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ - union { - u64 r; - u32 i[2]; - } u; - u32 t; - - u.r = in; - t = u.i[0]; - u.i[0] = u.i[1]; - u.i[1] = t; - return u.r; -} -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) -#else -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) -#endif - -/* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into -** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. -** Return the number of bytes written. -** -** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be -** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is -** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right -** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[] -** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that -** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the -** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all -** zeros. -** -** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number -** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only -** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format); - int len; - - /* Integer and Real */ - if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ - u64 v; - int i; - if( serial_type==7 ){ - assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); - memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); - swapMixedEndianFloat(v); - }else{ - v = pMem->u.i; - } - len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - assert( len<=nBuf ); - while( i-- ){ - buf[i] = (v&0xFF); - v >>= 8; - } - return len; - } - - /* String or blob */ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.i:0) - == sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); - assert( pMem->n<=nBuf ); - len = pMem->n; - memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - len += pMem->u.i; - if( len>nBuf ){ - len = nBuf; - } - memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n); - } - return len; - } - - /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type -** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( - const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ - u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ - Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ -){ - switch( serial_type ){ - case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 0: { /* NULL */ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - } - case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 1; - } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 2; - } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 3; - } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 4; - } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; - u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5]; - x = (x<<32) | y; - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 6; - } - case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ - case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ - u64 x; - u32 y; -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) - /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same - ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is - ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed - ** endian. - */ - static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; - static const double r1 = 1.0; - u64 t2 = t1; - swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); - assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); -#endif - - x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; - y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7]; - x = (x<<32) | y; - if( serial_type==6 ){ - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - }else{ - assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); - swapMixedEndianFloat(x); - memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - } - return 8; - } - case 8: /* Integer 0 */ - case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ - pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 0; - } - default: { - int len = (serial_type-12)/2; - pMem->z = (char *)buf; - pMem->n = len; - pMem->xDel = 0; - if( serial_type&0x01 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem; - }else{ - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem; - } - return len; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers. -** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte. -** The following macro takes advantage this fact to provide a fast decode -** of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common case -** where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the -** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster. -** -** The following expressions are equivalent: -** -** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B ); -** -** x = GetVarint( A, B ); -** -*/ -#define GetVarint(A,B) ((B = *(A))<=0x7f ? 1 : sqlite3GetVarint32(A, &B)) - -/* -** This function compares the two table rows or index records specified by -** {nKey1, pKey1} and {nKey2, pKey2}, returning a negative, zero -** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or -** greater than {nKey2, pKey2}. Both Key1 and Key2 must be byte strings -** composed by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( - void *userData, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)userData; - u32 d1, d2; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ - u32 idx1, idx2; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ - u32 szHdr1, szHdr2; /* Number of bytes in header */ - int i = 0; - int nField; - int rc = 0; - const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; - const unsigned char *aKey2 = (const unsigned char *)pKey2; - - Mem mem1; - Mem mem2; - mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; - mem2.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem2.db = pKeyInfo->db; - - idx1 = GetVarint(aKey1, szHdr1); - d1 = szHdr1; - idx2 = GetVarint(aKey2, szHdr2); - d2 = szHdr2; - nField = pKeyInfo->nField; - while( idx1=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break; - idx2 += GetVarint( aKey2+idx2, serial_type2 ); - if( d2>=nKey2 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type2)>0 ) break; - - /* Extract the values to be compared. - */ - d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); - d2 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey2[d2], serial_type2, &mem2); - - /* Do the comparison - */ - rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &mem2, iaColl[i] : 0); - if( mem1.flags & MEM_Dyn ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1); - if( mem2.flags & MEM_Dyn ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem2); - if( rc!=0 ){ - break; - } - i++; - } - - /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point - ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is - ** treated as larger. - */ - if( rc==0 ){ - if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( d1aSortOrder && inField - && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ - rc = -rc; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. -** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically -** an integer rowid). This routine returns the number of bytes in -** that integer. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8 *aKey){ - u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ - u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ - - sqlite3GetVarint32(aKey, &szHdr); - sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], &typeRowid); - return sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); -} - - -/* -** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. -** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ - u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ - u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ - Mem m, v; - - sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - if( nCellKey<=0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - sqlite3GetVarint32((u8*)m.z, &szHdr); - sqlite3GetVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], &typeRowid); - lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v); - *rowid = v.u.i; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against -** the key string in pKey (of length nKey). Write into *pRes a number -** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to, -** or greater than pKey. Return SQLITE_OK on success. -** -** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it -** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry -** is ignored as well. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( - Cursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */ - int nKey, const u8 *pKey, /* The key to compare */ - int *res /* Write the comparison result here */ -){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor; - int lenRowid; - Mem m; - - sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - if( nCellKey<=0 ){ - *res = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)m.z); - *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pC->pKeyInfo, m.n-lenRowid, m.z, nKey, pKey); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - db->nChange = nChange; - db->nTotalChange += nChange; -} - -/* -** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised -** or reset. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ - v->changeCntOn = 1; -} - -/* -** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection -** as expired. -** -** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is -** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their -** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating -** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of -** things that make prepared statements obsolete. -*/ -void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ - p->expired = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. -*/ -sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ - return v->db; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c deleted file mode 100644 index eb2e33a4..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbeblob.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 May 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. -** -** $Id$ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - -/* -** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. -*/ -typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; -struct Incrblob { - int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ - int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ - int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ - BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ -}; - -/* -** Open a blob handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_open( - sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ - const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ - const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ - sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ - int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ - sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ -){ - int nAttempt = 0; - int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ - - /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified - ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead - ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the - ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, - ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. - ** - ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_Callback. - ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and - ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and - ** blob_bytes() functions. - ** - ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, - ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the - ** transaction. - */ - static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { - {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */ - {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */ - {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Database number */ - - /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an - ** OP_Noop before exection. - */ - {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */ - {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ - {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5: Num cols for cursor */ - - {OP_Variable, 1, 0, 0}, /* 6: Push the rowid to the stack */ - {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 0}, /* 7: Seek the cursor */ - {OP_Column, 0, 0, 0}, /* 8 */ - {OP_Callback, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ - {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */ - }; - - Vdbe *v = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char zErr[128]; - - zErr[0] = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - do { - Parse sParse; - Table *pTab; - - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); - sParse.db = db; - - rc = sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; - } - - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, zTable, zDb); - if( !pTab ){ - if( sParse.zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg); - } - sqlite3_free(sParse.zErrMsg); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } - - /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ - for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) { - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } - - /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the - ** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an - ** indexed column for writing. - */ - if( flags ){ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot open indexed column for writing"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } - } - } - } - - v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); - if( v ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob); - - /* Configure the OP_Transaction */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0)); - - /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie); - - /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - - /* Configure the db number pushed onto the stack */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb); - - /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 - ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. - */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 3 : 4), 1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 4 : 3), pTab->tnum); - - /* Configure the OP_SetNumColumns. Configure the cursor to - ** think that the table has one more column than it really - ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will - ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means - ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type - ** and offset cache without causing any IO. - */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 5, pTab->nCol+1); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 0, 1, 0); - } - } - - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto blob_open_out; - } - - sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow); - rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - nAttempt++; - rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - v = 0; - } - } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the - ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains - ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right. - */ - Incrblob *pBlob; - u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol]; - - if( type<12 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s", - type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" - ); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto blob_open_out; - } - pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_free(pBlob); - goto blob_open_out; - } - pBlob->flags = flags; - pBlob->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor; - sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr); - sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr); - pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v; - pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol]; - pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); - pBlob->db = db; - *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - -blob_open_out: - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0'; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v); - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==SQLITE_OK?0:zErr)); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a blob handle that was previously created using -** sqlite3_blob_open(). -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); - sqlite3_free(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Perform a read or write operation on a blob -*/ -static int blobReadWrite( - sqlite3_blob *pBlob, - void *z, - int n, - int iOffset, - int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) -){ - int rc; - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ - if( (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - - /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has - ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. - */ - v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; - if( v==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - }else{ - /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is - ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. - */ - assert( db == v->db ); - sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); - rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); - p->pStmt = 0; - }else{ - db->errCode = rc; - v->rc = rc; - } - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read data from a blob handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ - return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData); -} - -/* -** Write data to a blob handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ - return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); -} - -/* -** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. -** -** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob -** so no mutex is required for access. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - return p->nByte; -} - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c deleted file mode 100644 index f03f5c6e..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 June 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a FIFO queue of rowids used for processing -** UPDATE and DELETE statements. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -/* -** Allocate a new FifoPage and return a pointer to it. Return NULL if -** we run out of memory. Leave space on the page for nEntry entries. -*/ -static FifoPage *allocateFifoPage(int nEntry){ - FifoPage *pPage; - if( nEntry>32767 ){ - nEntry = 32767; - } - pPage = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(FifoPage) + sizeof(i64)*(nEntry-1) ); - if( pPage ){ - pPage->nSlot = nEntry; - pPage->iWrite = 0; - pPage->iRead = 0; - pPage->pNext = 0; - } - return pPage; -} - -/* -** Initialize a Fifo structure. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo *pFifo){ - memset(pFifo, 0, sizeof(*pFifo)); -} - -/* -** Push a single 64-bit integer value into the Fifo. Return SQLITE_OK -** normally. SQLITE_NOMEM is returned if we are unable to allocate -** memory. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo *pFifo, i64 val){ - FifoPage *pPage; - pPage = pFifo->pLast; - if( pPage==0 ){ - pPage = pFifo->pLast = pFifo->pFirst = allocateFifoPage(20); - if( pPage==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else if( pPage->iWrite>=pPage->nSlot ){ - pPage->pNext = allocateFifoPage(pFifo->nEntry); - if( pPage->pNext==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pPage = pFifo->pLast = pPage->pNext; - } - pPage->aSlot[pPage->iWrite++] = val; - pFifo->nEntry++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract a single 64-bit integer value from the Fifo. The integer -** extracted is the one least recently inserted. If the Fifo is empty -** return SQLITE_DONE. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo *pFifo, i64 *pVal){ - FifoPage *pPage; - if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 ); - pPage = pFifo->pFirst; - assert( pPage!=0 ); - assert( pPage->iWrite>pPage->iRead ); - assert( pPage->iWrite<=pPage->nSlot ); - assert( pPage->iReadnSlot ); - assert( pPage->iRead>=0 ); - *pVal = pPage->aSlot[pPage->iRead++]; - pFifo->nEntry--; - if( pPage->iRead>=pPage->iWrite ){ - pFifo->pFirst = pPage->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pPage); - if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){ - assert( pFifo->pLast==pPage ); - pFifo->pLast = 0; - }else{ - assert( pFifo->pFirst!=0 ); - } - }else{ - assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from a Fifo object. Free all memory held -** by the Fifo. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo *pFifo){ - FifoPage *pPage, *pNextPage; - for(pPage=pFifo->pFirst; pPage; pPage=pNextPage){ - pNextPage = pPage->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pPage); - } - sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(pFifo); -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbemem.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbemem.c deleted file mode 100644 index 58e29467..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vdbemem.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1017 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" -** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible -** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the -** name sqlite_value -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -/* -** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) -** P if required. -*/ -#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) - -/* -** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine -** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is -** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. -** -** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string -** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this -** routine is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). -** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion -** between formats. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ - int rc; - if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - return SQLITE_ERROR; -#else - - /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, - ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. - */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem *pMem){ - int n; - u8 *z; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - expandBlob(pMem); - if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short))==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - n = pMem->n; - assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n+2 ); - if( z==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - pMem->xDel = 0; - memcpy(z, pMem->z, n ); - z[n] = 0; - z[n+1] = 0; - pMem->z = (char*)z; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary -** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - char *pNew; - int nByte; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 ); - nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.i; - if( nByte<=0 ) nByte = 1; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, nByte); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pNew, pMem->z, pMem->n); - memset(&pNew[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.i); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = pNew; - pMem->n += pMem->u.i; - pMem->u.i = 0; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short|MEM_Term); - pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Make the given Mem object either MEM_Short or MEM_Dyn so that bytes -** of the Mem.z[] array can be modified. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ - int n; - u8 *z; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - expandBlob(pMem); - if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - if( (n = pMem->n)+2zShort) ){ - z = (u8*)pMem->zShort; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Short|MEM_Term; - }else{ - z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n+2 ); - if( z==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - pMem->xDel = 0; - } - memcpy(z, pMem->z, n ); - z[n] = 0; - z[n+1] = 0; - pMem->z = (char*)z; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); - assert(0==(1&(int)pMem->z)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ - } - if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem) ){ - return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); - }else{ - char *z; - sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pMem); - z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, pMem->n+2); - if( !z ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(z, pMem->z, pMem->n); - z[pMem->n] = 0; - z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - if( pMem->xDel ){ - pMem->xDel(pMem->z); - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pMem->z); - } - pMem->xDel = 0; - pMem->z = z; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers -** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string -** is a no-op. -** -** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. -** -** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is -** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via -** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree -** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the -** user and the later is an internal programming error. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int fg = pMem->flags; - char *z = pMem->zShort; - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); - assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); - assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); - - /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8 - ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding - ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. - ** - ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. - */ - if( fg & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else{ - assert( fg & MEM_Real ); - sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); - } - pMem->n = strlen(z); - pMem->z = z; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str | MEM_Short | MEM_Term; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. -** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The -** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. -** -** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK -** otherwise. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize ){ - sqlite3_context ctx; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort; - ctx.s.db = pMem->db; - ctx.pMem = pMem; - ctx.pFunc = pFunc; - ctx.isError = 0; - pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); - if( pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){ - sqlite3_free( pMem->z ); - } - *pMem = ctx.s; - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Short ){ - pMem->z = pMem->zShort; - } - rc = (ctx.isError?SQLITE_ERROR:SQLITE_OK); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an -** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and -** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT). -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - if( p->flags & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Agg) ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Agg ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); - assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else{ - p->xDel((void *)p->z); - } - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p->z); - } - p->z = 0; - p->xDel = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do -** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. -** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is -** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. -** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert -** it into a integer and return that. If pMem is NULL, return 0. -** -** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed. -*/ -i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ - int flags; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - return pMem->u.i; - }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - return (i64)pMem->r; - }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - i64 value; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8) - || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){ - return 0; - } - assert( pMem->z ); - sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value); - return value; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a -** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its -** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. -** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. -*/ -double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - return pMem->r; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - return (double)pMem->u.i; - }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - double val = 0.0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8) - || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){ - return 0.0; - } - assert( pMem->z ); - sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val); - return val; - }else{ - return 0.0; - } -} - -/* -** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a -** MEM_Int if we can. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - pMem->u.i = pMem->r; - if( ((double)pMem->u.i)==pMem->r ){ - pMem->flags |= MEM_Int; - } -} - -/* -** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ - double r1, r2; - i64 i; - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - r1 = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - i = (i64)r1; - r2 = (double)i; - if( r1==r2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); - }else{ - pMem->r = r1; - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; - pMem->n = 0; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length -** n containing all zeros. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero|MEM_Short; - pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; - pMem->n = 0; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - pMem->u.i = n; - pMem->z = pMem->zShort; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type INTEGER. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->u.i = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type REAL. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ - if( sqlite3_isnan(val) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->r = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; - } -} - -/* -** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is -** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ - if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - int n = p->n; - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += p->u.i; - } - return n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of -** pTo are overwritten. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If -** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z -** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(*pFrom)-sizeof(pFrom->zShort)); - pTo->xDel = 0; - if( pTo->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Short|MEM_Ephem); - assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); - pTo->flags |= srcType; - } -} - -/* -** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are -** freed before the copy is made. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ - int rc; - if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - } - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, MEM_Ephem); - if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is -** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. -** -** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. SQLITE_NOMEM -** might be returned if pFrom held ephemeral data and we were unable -** to allocate enough space to make a copy. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ - int rc; - assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); - assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); - assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); - if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - } - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); - if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){ - pTo->z = pTo->zShort; - } - pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; - pFrom->xDel = 0; - if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( - Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - if( !z ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pMem->z = (char *)z; - if( xDel==SQLITE_STATIC ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Static; - }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem; - }else{ - pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn; - pMem->xDel = xDel; - } - - pMem->enc = enc; - pMem->type = enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT; - pMem->n = n; - - assert( enc==0 || enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE - || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - switch( enc ){ - case 0: - pMem->flags |= MEM_Blob; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - break; - - case SQLITE_UTF8: - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( n<0 ){ - pMem->n = strlen(z); - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - } - break; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - case SQLITE_UTF16LE: - case SQLITE_UTF16BE: - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( pMem->n<0 ){ - pMem->n = sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(pMem->z,-1); - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - } - if( pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem ){ - return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning -** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater -** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers -** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating -** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). -** -** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. -*/ -int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ - int rc; - int f1, f2; - int combined_flags; - - /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies - ** DESC order. - */ - f1 = pMem1->flags; - f2 = pMem2->flags; - combined_flags = f1|f2; - - /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values - ** are NULL, return 0. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ - return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); - } - - /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. - ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers - ** if both values are integers. - */ - if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ - if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ - return 1; - } - if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ - return -1; - } - if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - double r1, r2; - if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){ - r1 = pMem1->u.i; - }else{ - r1 = pMem1->r; - } - if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){ - r2 = pMem2->u.i; - }else{ - r2 = pMem2->r; - } - if( r1r2 ) return 1; - return 0; - }else{ - assert( f1&MEM_Int ); - assert( f2&MEM_Int ); - if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; - if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; - return 0; - } - } - - /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. - ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ - if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return 1; - } - if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return -1; - } - - assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); - assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || - pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - - /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if - ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is - ** compiled (this was not always the case). - */ - assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); - - if( pColl ){ - if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ - /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the - ** comparison function directly */ - return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); - }else{ - u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc; - const void *v1, *v2; - int n1, n2; - /* Convert the strings into the encoding that the comparison - ** function expects */ - v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc); - n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : pMem1->n; - assert( n1==sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc) ); - v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc); - n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : pMem2->n; - assert( n2==sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc) ); - /* Do the comparison */ - rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); - /* Convert the strings back into the database encoding */ - sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc); - sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc); - return rc; - } - } - /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through - ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ - } - - /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ - rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. -** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing -** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. -** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written -** into the pMem element. -** -** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content -** is overwritten without being freed. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable -** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. -*/ -int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ - int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ - Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ -){ - char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ - int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - db = sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(pCur); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( key ){ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); - }else{ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); - } - assert( zData!=0 ); - - pMem->db = db; - pMem->n = amt; - if( offset+amt<=available ){ - pMem->z = &zData[offset]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; - }else{ - int rc; - if( amt>NBFS-2 ){ - zData = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, amt+2); - if( !zData ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - pMem->xDel = 0; - }else{ - zData = &(pMem->zShort[0]); - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Short|MEM_Term; - } - pMem->z = zData; - pMem->enc = 0; - pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; - - if( key ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, zData); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, zData); - } - zData[amt] = 0; - zData[amt+1] = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( amt>NBFS-2 ){ - assert( zData!=pMem->zShort ); - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ); - sqlite3_free(zData); - } else { - assert( zData==pMem->zShort ); - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Short ); - } - return rc; - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will -** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent. -*/ -void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - assert( flags!=0 ); /* Must define some type */ - if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - int x = flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short); - assert( x!=0 ); /* Strings must define a string subtype */ - assert( (x & (x-1))==0 ); /* Only one string subtype can be defined */ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); /* Strings must have a value */ - /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */ - assert( (x & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort ); - assert( (x & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ); - /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */ - assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ); - - if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){ - assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || - pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE || - pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE - ); - /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n - ** must be the length of the string. (Later:) If the database file - ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted - ** into the middle of the string. In that case, the strlen() might - ** be less. - */ - if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ - assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n ); - assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 ); - } - } - }else{ - /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */ - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 ); - assert( pMem->xDel==0 ); - } - /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */ - assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0 - || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 ); - /* If the MEM is both real and integer, the values are equal */ - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) - || pMem->r==pMem->u.i ); -} -#endif - -/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the -** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), -** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second -** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or -** SQLITE_UTF8. -** -** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. -** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte -** boundary. -*/ -const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ - if( !pVal ) return 0; - - assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); - assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); - - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); - pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; - expandBlob(pVal); - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); - if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&(int)pVal->z) ){ - assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return 0; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); - }else{ - assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); - assert( 0==(1&(int)pVal->z) ); - } - assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 - || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ - return pVal->z; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Create a new sqlite3_value object. -*/ -sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ - Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); - if( p ){ - p->flags = MEM_Null; - p->type = SQLITE_NULL; - p->db = db; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. -** -** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant -** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "NULL", "'a string'"). If the expression can -** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and -** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating -** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression -** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. -*/ -int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ - sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ -){ - int op; - char *zVal = 0; - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; - - if( !pExpr ){ - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - op = pExpr->op; - - if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ - zVal = sqlite3StrNDup((char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem; - sqlite3Dequote(zVal); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); - if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, enc); - }else{ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); - } - }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){ - pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i; - pVal->r = -1.0 * pVal->r; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ - int nVal; - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - zVal = sqlite3StrNDup((char*)pExpr->token.z+1, pExpr->token.n-1); - if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem; - sqlite3Dequote(zVal); - nVal = strlen(zVal)/2; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal), nVal,0,sqlite3_free); - sqlite3_free(zVal); - } -#endif - - *ppVal = pVal; - return SQLITE_OK; - -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(zVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -} - -/* -** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object -*/ -void sqlite3ValueSetStr( - sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ - int n, /* Length of string z */ - const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ -){ - if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); -} - -/* -** Free an sqlite3_value object -*/ -void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ - if( !v ) return; - sqlite3ValueSetStr(v, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_free(v); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming -** that it uses the encoding "enc" -*/ -int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - return p->n+p->u.i; - }else{ - return p->n; - } - } - return 0; -} diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vtab.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vtab.c deleted file mode 100644 index 29dffa39..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/vtab.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,797 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 June 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -static int createModule( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -) { - int rc, nName; - Module *pMod; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - nName = strlen(zName); - pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); - if( pMod ){ - char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); - memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); - pMod->zName = zCopy; - pMod->pModule = pModule; - pMod->pAux = pAux; - pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pMod = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod); - if( pMod && pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3_free(pMod); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); -} - -/* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); -} - -/* -** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. -** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. -** -** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, -** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - pVtab->nRef++; -} - -/* -** Unlock a virtual table. When the last lock is removed, -** disconnect the virtual table. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - pVtab->nRef--; - assert(db); - assert(!sqlite3SafetyCheck(db)); - if( pVtab->nRef==0 ){ - if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab); - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - } else { - pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab); - } - } -} - -/* -** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. -** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table -** record. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = p->pVtab; - if( pVtab ){ - assert( p->pMod && p->pMod->pModule ); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p->pSchema->db, pVtab); - p->pVtab = 0; - } - if( p->azModuleArg ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ - sqlite3_free(p->azModuleArg[i]); - } - sqlite3_free(p->azModuleArg); - } -} - -/* -** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. -** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The -** string will be freed automatically when the table is -** deleted. -*/ -static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ - int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; - int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); - char **azModuleArg; - azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); - if( azModuleArg==0 ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); - } - sqlite3_free(zArg); - sqlite3_free(pTable->azModuleArg); - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - }else{ - azModuleArg[i] = zArg; - azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; - } - pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list -** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ - Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ - Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ -){ - int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ - Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_SharedCache ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot use virtual tables in shared-cache mode"); - return; - } - - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0); - pTable = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTable==0 || pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); - - db = pParse->db; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - - pTable->isVirtual = 1; - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); - pParse->sNameToken.n = pModuleName->z + pModuleName->n - pName1->z; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. - ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the - ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). - ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. - */ - if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, - pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating -** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the -** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. -*/ -static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ - const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; - int n = pParse->sArg.n; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); - } -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement -** has been completely parsed. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ - Table *pTab; /* The table being constructed */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - char *zModule; /* The module name of the table: USING modulename */ - Module *pMod = 0; - - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - - /* Lookup the module name. */ - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTab==0 ) return; - db = pParse->db; - if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module *)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule, strlen(zModule)); - pTab->pMod = pMod; - - /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the - ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being - ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then - ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text - ** in the sqlite_master table. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - char *zStmt; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; - Vdbe *v; - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ - if( pEnd ){ - pParse->sNameToken.n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + pEnd->n; - } - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - ** - ** The top of the stack is the rootpage allocated by sqlite3StartTable(). - ** This value is always 0 and is ignored, a virtual table does not have a - ** rootpage. The next entry on the stack is the rowid of the record - ** in the sqlite_master table. - */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#1", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pTab->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3_free(zStmt); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1); - } - - /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory - ** record of the table. If the module has already been registered, - ** also call the xConnect method here. - */ - else { - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - const char *zName = pTab->zName; - int nName = strlen(zName) + 1; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); - if( pOld ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - return; - } - pSchema->db = pParse->db; - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - } -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token -** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - pParse->sArg.n = 0; -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token -** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ - Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; - if( pArg->z==0 ){ - pArg->z = p->z; - pArg->n = p->n; - }else{ - assert(pArg->z < p->z); - pArg->n = (p->z + p->n - pArg->z); - } -} - -/* -** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The -** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter -** to this procedure. -*/ -static int vtabCallConstructor( - sqlite3 *db, - Table *pTab, - Module *pMod, - int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), - char **pzErr -){ - int rc; - int rc2; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = 0; - const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; - int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; - char *zErr = 0; - char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); - - if( !zModuleName ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - assert( !db->pVTab ); - assert( xConstruct ); - - db->pVTab = pTab; - rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVtab, &zErr); - rc2 = sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVtab ){ - pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; - pVtab->nRef = 1; - pTab->pVtab = pVtab; - } - - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( zErr==0 ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); - }else { - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - } - }else if( db->pVTab ){ - const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - db->pVTab = 0; - sqlite3_free(zModuleName); - - /* If everything went according to plan, loop through the columns - ** of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". - ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from - ** the type string. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iCol; - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - int nType; - int i = 0; - if( !zType ) continue; - nType = strlen(zType); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6) || (zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ - for(i=0; i0 ){ - assert(zType[i-1]==' '); - zType[i-1] = '\0'; - } - pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned -** and an error left in pParse. -** -** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Module *pMod; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pTab || !pTab->isVirtual || pTab->pVtab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - pMod = pTab->pMod; - if( !pMod ){ - const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } else { - char *zErr = 0; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); - } - sqlite3_free(zErr); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add the virtual table pVtab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. -*/ -static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; - - /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ - if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ - sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans; - int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); - aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); - if( !aVTrans ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - } - - /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ - db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVtab; - sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. -** -** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language -** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. -** In this case the caller must call sqlite3_free() on *pzErr. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - Module *pMod; - const char *zModule; - - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert(pTab && pTab->isVirtual && !pTab->pVtab); - pMod = pTab->pMod; - zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an - ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. - */ - if( !pMod ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zModule); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab->pVtab ){ - rc = addToVTrans(db, pTab->pVtab); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only -** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a -** virtual table module. -*/ -int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ - Parse sParse; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - char *zErr = 0; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pTab = db->pVTab; - if( !pTab ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - assert(pTab->isVirtual && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0); - - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); - sParse.declareVtab = 1; - sParse.db = db; - - if( - SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && - sParse.pNewTable && - !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect && - !sParse.pNewTable->isVirtual - ){ - pTab->aCol = sParse.pNewTable->aCol; - pTab->nCol = sParse.pNewTable->nCol; - sParse.pNewTable->nCol = 0; - sParse.pNewTable->aCol = 0; - db->pVTab = 0; - } else { - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sParse.declareVtab = 0; - - sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe); - sqlite3DeleteTable(sParse.pNewTable); - sParse.pNewTable = 0; - - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs -** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. -** -** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert(pTab); - if( pTab->pVtab ){ - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab) = pTab->pMod->pModule->xDestroy; - rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( xDestroy ){ - rc = xDestroy(pTab->pVtab); - } - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pTab->pVtab = 0; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method -** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method -** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is -** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. -** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. -*/ -static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ - int i; - if( db->aVTrans ){ - for(i=0; inVTrans && db->aVTrans[i]; i++){ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = db->aVTrans[i]; - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)pVtab->pModule + offset); - if( x ) x(pVtab); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab); - } - sqlite3_free(db->aVTrans); - db->nVTrans = 0; - db->aVTrans = 0; - } -} - -/* -** If argument rc2 is not SQLITE_OK, then return it and do nothing. -** Otherwise, invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Return the error code for the first error -** that occurs, or SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, int rc2){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int rcsafety; - sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc2; - - rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - db->aVTrans = 0; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans && aVTrans[i]; i++){ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]; - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - x = pVtab->pModule->xSync; - if( x ){ - rc = x(pVtab); - } - } - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - rcsafety = sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rcsafety; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, (int)(&((sqlite3_module *)0)->xRollback)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, (int)(&((sqlite3_module *)0)->xCommit)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface -** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is -** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. -** -** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer -** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. -*/ -int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - - /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater - ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to - ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. - */ - if( 0==db->aVTrans && db->nVTrans>0 ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - if( !pVtab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pModule = pVtab->pModule; - - if( pModule->xBegin ){ - int i; - - - /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ - for(i=0; (inVTrans) && 0!=db->aVTrans[i]; i++){ - if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVtab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Invoke the xBegin method */ - rc = pModule->xBegin(pVtab); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - rc = addToVTrans(db, pVtab); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The -** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. -** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual -** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. -** -** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to -** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. -** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a -** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the -** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. -*/ -FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ - FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ -){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlite3_module *pMod; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - void *pArg; - FuncDef *pNew; - int rc = 0; - char *zLowerName; - unsigned char *z; - - - /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ - if( pExpr==0 ) return pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; - pTab = pExpr->pTab; - if( pTab==0 ) return pDef; - if( !pTab->isVirtual ) return pDef; - pVtab = pTab->pVtab; - assert( pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); - pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - - /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation - ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function - */ - zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); - if( zLowerName ){ - for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ - *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; - } - rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); - sqlite3_free(zLowerName); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - - /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded - ** function */ - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + strlen(pDef->zName) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - *pNew = *pDef; - memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, strlen(pDef->zName)+1); - pNew->xFunc = xFunc; - pNew->pUserData = pArg; - pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; - return pNew; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ diff --git a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/where.c b/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/where.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1a9697e2..00000000 --- a/extensions/sqlite/sqlite-source/where.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2773 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process -** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is reponsible for -** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable -** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing -** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting -** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". -** -** $Id$ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". -*/ -#define BMS (sizeof(Bitmask)*8) - -/* -** Trace output macros -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -int sqlite3_where_trace = 0; -# define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlite3_where_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define WHERETRACE(X) -#endif - -/* Forward reference -*/ -typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; -typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet; - -/* -** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to -** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE -** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator. -** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. -** The following identity holds: -** -** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm -** -** When a term is of the form: -** -** X -** -** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, -** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.leftColumn record the -** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.operator records -** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The -** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search -** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. -** -** prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, -** but they do so indirectly. A single ExprMaskSet structure translates -** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq -** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of -** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be -** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor -** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The ExprMaskSet -** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers -** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available -** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers -** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. -*/ -typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; -struct WhereTerm { - Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression */ - i16 iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ - i16 leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ - i16 leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ - u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ - u8 flags; /* Bit flags. See below */ - u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ - Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pRight */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values of WhereTerm.flags -*/ -#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr) */ -#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ -#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ -#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ -#define TERM_OR_OK 0x10 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a -** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. -*/ -struct WhereClause { - Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */ - ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table indices to bitmasks */ - int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ - int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ - WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ - WhereTerm aStatic[10]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping -** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. -** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE -** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might -** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum -** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping -** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning -** with 0. -** -** If ExprMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask -** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, -** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It -** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor -** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain -** no gaps. -*/ -struct ExprMaskSet { - int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ - int ix[sizeof(Bitmask)*8]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ -}; - - -/* -** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An -** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for -** terms in the where clause. -*/ -#define WO_IN 1 -#define WO_EQ 2 -#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_MATCH 64 -#define WO_ISNULL 128 - -/* -** Value for flags returned by bestIndex(). -** -** The least significant byte is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above. -** The WhereLevel.flags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL. -** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.flags -** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.flags field can then be used as -** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints. -** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left -** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189. -*/ -#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x000100 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x000200 /* rowidEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x001000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x002000 /* xEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x004000 /* x IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x010000 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ -#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x080000 /* Use index only - omit table */ -#define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x100000 /* Output will appear in correct order */ -#define WHERE_REVERSE 0x200000 /* Scan in reverse order */ -#define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x400000 /* Selects no more than one row */ -#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x800000 /* Use virtual-table processing */ - -/* -** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. -*/ -static void whereClauseInit( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet /* Mapping from table indices to bitmasks */ -){ - pWC->pParse = pParse; - pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet; - pWC->nTerm = 0; - pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); - pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; -} - -/* -** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure -** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). -*/ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ - int i; - WhereTerm *a; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ - if( a->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(a->pExpr); - } - } - if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3_free(pWC->a); - } -} - -/* -** Add a new entries to the WhereClause structure. Increase the allocated -** space as necessary. -** -** If the flags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility -** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object. -** -** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store -** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalided after -** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing -** the pWC->a[] array. -*/ -static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, int flags){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int idx; - if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ - WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; - pWC->a = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); - if( pWC->a==0 ){ - pWC->pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - if( flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(p); - } - return 0; - } - memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); - if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3_free(pOld); - } - pWC->nSlot *= 2; - } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm]; - pWC->nTerm++; - pTerm->pExpr = p; - pTerm->flags = flags; - pTerm->pWC = pWC; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - return idx; -} - -/* -** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where -** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other -** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure -** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: -** -** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) -** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ -** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] -** -** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine -** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. -** -** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to -** the WhereClause.a[] array. This array grows as needed to contain -** all terms of the WHERE clause. -*/ -static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=op ){ - whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); - }else{ - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); - } -} - -/* -** Initialize an expression mask set -*/ -#define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P)) - -/* -** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if -** iCursor is not in the set. -*/ -static Bitmask getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - int i; - for(i=0; in; i++){ - if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ - return ((Bitmask)1)<ix[] -** array will never overflow. -*/ -static void createMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); - pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; -} - -/* -** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates -** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression -** tree. -** -** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have -** previously invoked sqlite3ExprResolveNames() on the expression. See -** the header comment on that routine for additional information. -** The sqlite3ExprResolveNames() routines looks for column names and -** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to -** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to -** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all -** the bitmasks together. -*/ -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, ExprList*); -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, Select*); -static Bitmask exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); - return mask; - } - mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList); - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pSelect); - return mask; -} -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - return mask; -} -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - while( pS ){ - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); - pS = pS->pPrior; - } - return mask; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is -** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are -** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN". -*/ -static int allowedOp(int op){ - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; -} - -/* -** Swap two objects of type T. -*/ -#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} - -/* -** Commute a comparision operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" -** are converted into "Y op X". -** -** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right -** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after -** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes -** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on -** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence -** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag -** is not commuted. -*/ -static void exprCommute(Expr *pExpr){ - u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); - SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl); - pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft; - pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight; - SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); - assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); - assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); - pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; - } -} - -/* -** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. -*/ -static int operatorMask(int op){ - int c; - assert( allowedOp(op) ); - if( op==TK_IN ){ - c = WO_IN; - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - c = WO_ISNULL; - }else{ - c = WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ); - } - assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); - assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); - assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); - assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); - assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); - assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); - assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); - return c; -} - -/* -** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " -** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of -** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. -** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. -*/ -static WhereTerm *findTerm( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ - int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ - Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ - u16 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ - Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int k; - for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur - && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 - && pTerm->leftColumn==iColumn - && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0 - ){ - if( iCur>=0 && pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - CollSeq *pColl; - char idxaff; - int j; - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; - - idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue; - - /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for - ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this - ** value in variable pColl. - */ - assert(pX->pLeft); - pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - } - - for(j=0; jnColumn && pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){} - assert( jnColumn ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue; - } - return pTerm; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); - -/* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. -** -** -*/ -static void exprAnalyzeAll( - SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ -){ - int i; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ - exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION -/* -** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that -** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is -** so and false if not. -** -** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string -** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. -*/ -static int isLikeOrGlob( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ - int *pnPattern, /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ - int *pisComplete /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ -){ - const char *z; - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; - ExprList *pList; - int c, cnt; - int noCase; - char wc[3]; - CollSeq *pColl; - - if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, &noCase, wc) ){ - return 0; - } - pList = pExpr->pList; - pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING ){ - return 0; - } - pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ - return 0; - } - pColl = pLeft->pColl; - if( pColl==0 ){ - /* TODO: Coverage testing doesn't get this case. Is it actually possible - ** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN to not have an assigned collation - ** sequence at this point? - */ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || noCase) && - (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !noCase) ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pRight); - z = (char *)pRight->token.z; - for(cnt=0; (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2]; cnt++){} - if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt] ){ - return 0; - } - *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; - *pnPattern = cnt; - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Check to see if the given expression is of the form -** -** column MATCH expr -** -** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. -*/ -static int isMatchOfColumn( - Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ -){ - ExprList *pList; - - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->token.n!=5 || - sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pExpr->token.z,"match",5)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - pList = pExpr->pList; - if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; - } - if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ - return 0; - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of -** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. -*/ -static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ - pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; - pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -/* -** Return TRUE if the given term of an OR clause can be converted -** into an IN clause. The iCursor and iColumn define the left-hand -** side of the IN clause. -** -** The context is that we have multiple OR-connected equality terms -** like this: -** -** a= OR a= OR b= OR ... -** -** The pOrTerm input to this routine corresponds to a single term of -** this OR clause. In order for the term to be a condidate for -** conversion to an IN operator, the following must be true: -** -** * The left-hand side of the term must be the column which -** is identified by iCursor and iColumn. -** -** * If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities -** of both right and left sides must be such that no type -** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) -** -** If both of these conditions are true, then return true. Otherwise -** return false. -*/ -static int orTermIsOptCandidate(WhereTerm *pOrTerm, int iCursor, int iColumn){ - int affLeft, affRight; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ - return 0; - } - if( pOrTerm->leftColumn!=iColumn ){ - return 0; - } - affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); - if( affRight==0 ){ - return 1; - } - affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); - if( affRight!=affLeft ){ - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Return true if the given term of an OR clause can be ignored during -** a check to make sure all OR terms are candidates for optimization. -** In other words, return true if a call to the orTermIsOptCandidate() -** above returned false but it is not necessary to disqualify the -** optimization. -** -** Suppose the original OR phrase was this: -** -** a=4 OR a=11 OR a=b -** -** During analysis, the third term gets flipped around and duplicate -** so that we are left with this: -** -** a=4 OR a=11 OR a=b OR b=a -** -** Since the last two terms are duplicates, only one of them -** has to qualify in order for the whole phrase to qualify. When -** this routine is called, we know that pOrTerm did not qualify. -** This routine merely checks to see if pOrTerm has a duplicate that -** might qualify. If there is a duplicate that has not yet been -** disqualified, then return true. If there are no duplicates, or -** the duplicate has also been disqualifed, return false. -*/ -static int orTermHasOkDuplicate(WhereClause *pOr, WhereTerm *pOrTerm){ - if( pOrTerm->flags & TERM_COPIED ){ - /* This is the original term. The duplicate is to the left had - ** has not yet been analyzed and thus has not yet been disqualified. */ - return 1; - } - if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 - && (pOr->a[pOrTerm->iParent].flags & TERM_OR_OK)!=0 ){ - /* This is a duplicate term. The original qualified so this one - ** does not have to. */ - return 1; - } - /* This is either a singleton term or else it is a duplicate for - ** which the original did not qualify. Either way we are done for. */ - return 0; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the -** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the -** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm -** structure. -** -** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted -** to the standard form of "X ". If the expression is of -** the form "X Y" where both X and Y are columns, then the original -** expression is unchanged and a new virtual expression of the form -** "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and analyzed separately. -*/ -static void exprAnalyze( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - Bitmask prereqLeft; - Bitmask prereqAll; - int nPattern; - int isComplete; - int op; - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_IN ){ - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pList) - | exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pSelect); - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = 0; - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); - } - prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - prereqAll |= getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); - } - pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pTerm->leftCursor = -1; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - pTerm->eOperator = 0; - if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op); - } - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - WhereTerm *pNew; - Expr *pDup; - if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ - int idxNew; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pDup); - return; - } - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - if( idxNew==0 ) return; - pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNew->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED; - }else{ - pDup = pExpr; - pNew = pTerm; - } - exprCommute(pDup); - pLeft = pDup->pLeft; - pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNew->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft; - pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op); - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION - /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms - ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. - */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; - int i; - static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - } - pTerm->nChild = 2; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* Attempt to convert OR-connected terms into an IN operator so that - ** they can make use of indices. Example: - ** - ** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 - ** - ** is converted into - ** - ** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) - ** - ** This optimization must be omitted if OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined because - ** the compiler for the the IN operator is part of sub-queries. - */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ - int ok; - int i, j; - int iColumn, iCursor; - WhereClause sOr; - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; - - assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC)==0 ); - whereClauseInit(&sOr, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); - whereSplit(&sOr, pExpr, TK_OR); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, &sOr); - assert( sOr.nTerm>=2 ); - j = 0; - do{ - assert( j=0; - for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){ - goto or_not_possible; - } - if( orTermIsOptCandidate(pOrTerm, iCursor, iColumn) ){ - pOrTerm->flags |= TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( orTermHasOkDuplicate(&sOr, pOrTerm) ){ - pOrTerm->flags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else{ - ok = 0; - } - } - }while( !ok && (sOr.a[j++].flags & TERM_COPIED)!=0 && j<2 ); - if( ok ){ - ExprList *pList = 0; - Expr *pNew, *pDup; - Expr *pLeft = 0; - for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup, 0); - pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; - } - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft); - pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pNew ){ - int idxNew; - transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); - pNew->pList = pList; - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - } - } -or_not_possible: - whereClauseClear(&sOr); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB - ** operator. - */ - if( isLikeOrGlob(db, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete) ){ - Expr *pLeft, *pRight; - Expr *pStr1, *pStr2; - Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2; - int idxNew1, idxNew2; - - pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; - pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; - pStr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, 0); - if( pStr1 ){ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pStr1->token, &pRight->token); - pStr1->token.n = nPattern; - pStr1->flags = EP_Dequoted; - } - pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1); - if( pStr2 ){ - assert( pStr2->token.dyn ); - ++*(u8*)&pStr2->token.z[nPattern-1]; - } - pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr1, 0); - idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); - pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr2, 0); - idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - if( isComplete ){ - pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; - pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 2; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the - ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. - ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of - ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt - ** to do anything with MATCH functions. - */ - if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ - int idxNew; - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; - - pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; - pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; - prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); - prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); - if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain -** a reference to any table other than the iBase table. -*/ -static int referencesOtherTables( - ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */ - ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ - int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */ - int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */ -){ - Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase); - while( iFirstnExpr ){ - if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY -** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the -** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0. -** -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the -** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and -** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab. -** -** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality -** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY -** clause and the match can still be a success. -** -** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either -** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE -** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is -** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if -** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC. -*/ -static int isSortingIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table indices to bitmaps */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */ - int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */ - int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */ - int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */ - struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); - nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr; - assert( nTerm>0 ); - - /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of - ** the index. - ** - ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus - ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column - ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY - ** clause. - */ - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */ - int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */ - int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */ - int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */ - const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */ - - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){ - /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the - ** left-most table of the FROM clause */ - break; - } - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - if( inColumn ){ - iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ - iColumn = -1; - } - iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; - }else{ - iColumn = -1; - iSortOrder = 0; - zColl = pColl->zName; - } - if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ - /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */ - if( iaSortOrder!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 ); - assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 ); - termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder; - if( i>nEqCol ){ - if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){ - /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the - ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */ - return 0; - } - }else{ - sortOrder = termSortOrder; - } - j++; - pTerm++; - if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches - ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other - ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used - ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other - ** columns will make any difference - */ - j = nTerm; - } - } - - *pbRev = sortOrder!=0; - if( j>=nTerm ){ - /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so - ** this index can be used for sorting. */ - return 1; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn - && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause - ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY - ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then - ** the order by clause is superfluous. */ - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Check table to see if the ORDER BY clause in pOrderBy can be satisfied -** by sorting in order of ROWID. Return true if so and set *pbRev to be -** true for reverse ROWID and false for forward ROWID order. -*/ -static int sortableByRowid( - int base, /* Cursor number for table to be sorted */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ - int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ -){ - Expr *p; - - assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); - assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 ); - p = pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==base && p->iColumn==-1 - && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, 1, base) ){ - *pbRev = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder; - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value. -** The results need not be exact. This is only used for estimating -** the total cost of performing operatings with O(logN) or O(NlogN) -** complexity. Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if -** logN is a little off. -*/ -static double estLog(double N){ - double logN = 1; - double x = 10; - while( N>x ){ - logN += 1; - x *= 10; - } - return logN; -} - -/* -** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info -** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither -** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines -** are no-ops. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_where_trace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, - p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, - p->aConstraint[i].op, - p->aConstraint[i].usable); - } - for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", - i, - p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, - p->aOrderBy[i].desc); - } -} -static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_where_trace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); -} -#else -#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) -#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Compute the best index for a virtual table. -** -** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual -** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up -** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with -** xBestIndex. -** -** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the -** same virtual table. The sqlite3_index_info structure is created -** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent -** invocations. The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when -** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete() -** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after -** everybody has finished with it. -*/ -static double bestVirtualIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ - int orderByUsable, /* True if we can potential sort */ - sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */ -){ - Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int i, j; - int nOrderBy; - int rc; - - /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously - ** allocated and initialized for this virtual table, then allocate - ** and initialize it now - */ - pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int nTerm; - WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pTab->zName)); - - /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring - ** to this virtual table */ - for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ) continue; - nTerm++; - } - - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current - ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of - ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. - */ - nOrderBy = 0; - if( pOrderBy ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; - } - if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){ - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - } - } - - /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure - */ - pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) - + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm - + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); - return 0.0; - } - *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo; - - /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains - ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from - ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to - ** initialize those fields. - */ - pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; - pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; - pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; - *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = - pUsage; - - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ) continue; - pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->leftColumn; - pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; - pIdxCons[j].op = pTerm->eOperator; - /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because - ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The - ** following asserts verify this fact. */ - assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); - assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); - assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); - assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); - assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); - assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); - j++; - } - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; - } - } - - /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points - ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or - ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the - ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to - ** xBestIndex. - */ - - /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must - ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise - ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. - */ - assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] ); - assert( pTab->pVtab ); -#if 0 - if( pTab->pVtab==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "undefined module %s for table %s", - pTab->azModuleArg[0], pTab->zName); - return 0.0; - } -#endif - - /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all - ** output variables to zero. - ** - ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand - ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current - ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form: - ** - ** column = expr - ** - ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is - ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left - ** of the table containing column. - ** - ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints - ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once - ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times. - ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the - ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag - ** each time. - */ - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ - j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; - pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; - pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0; - } - memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); - if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); - } - pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / 2.0; - nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy; - if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy && !orderByUsable ){ - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0; - } - - sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db); - WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName)); - TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(pIdxInfo); - rc = pTab->pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pTab->pVtab, pIdxInfo); - TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(pIdxInfo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - } - sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db); - } - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - - return pIdxInfo->estimatedCost; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** Find the best index for accessing a particular table. Return a pointer -** to the index, flags that describe how the index should be used, the -** number of equality constraints, and the "cost" for this index. -** -** The lowest cost index wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of -** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected index. -** Factors that influence cost include: -** -** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The -** fewer the better.) -** -** * Whether or not sorting must occur. -** -** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the -** index and in the main table. -** -*/ -static double bestIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ - Index **ppIndex, /* Make *ppIndex point to the best index */ - int *pFlags, /* Put flags describing this choice in *pFlags */ - int *pnEq /* Put the number of == or IN constraints here */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - Index *bestIdx = 0; /* Index that gives the lowest cost */ - double lowestCost; /* The cost of using bestIdx */ - int bestFlags = 0; /* Flags associated with bestIdx */ - int bestNEq = 0; /* Best value for nEq */ - int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ - int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */ - int flags; /* Flags associated with pProbe */ - int nEq; /* Number of == or IN constraints */ - int eqTermMask; /* Mask of valid equality operators */ - double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */ - - WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%x\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, notReady)); - lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; - pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; - - /* If the table has no indices and there are no terms in the where - ** clause that refer to the ROWID, then we will never be able to do - ** anything other than a full table scan on this table. We might as - ** well put it first in the join order. That way, perhaps it can be - ** referenced by other tables in the join. - */ - if( pProbe==0 && - findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 && - (pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){ - *pFlags = 0; - *ppIndex = 0; - *pnEq = 0; - return 0.0; - } - - /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints - */ - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); - if( pTerm ){ - Expr *pExpr; - *ppIndex = 0; - bestFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ; - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){ - /* Rowid== is always the best pick. Look no further. Because only - ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */ - *pFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE; - *pnEq = 1; - WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n")); - return 0.0; - }else if( (pExpr = pTerm->pExpr)->pList!=0 ){ - /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list - ** elements. */ - lowestCost = pExpr->pList->nExpr; - lowestCost *= estLog(lowestCost); - }else{ - /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows - ** in the result of the inner select. We have no way to estimate - ** that value so make a wild guess. */ - lowestCost = 200; - } - WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", lowestCost)); - } - - /* Estimate the cost of a table scan. If we do not know how many - ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess. - */ - cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000; - WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost)); - flags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE; - - /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan. - */ - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); - if( pTerm ){ - if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){ - flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; - cost /= 3; /* Guess that rowidEXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */ - } - WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost)); - }else{ - flags = 0; - } - - /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase - ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){ - flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE; - if( rev ){ - flags |= WHERE_REVERSE; - } - }else{ - cost += cost*estLog(cost); - WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost)); - } - } - if( costjointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - }else{ - eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL; - } - - /* Look at each index. - */ - for(; pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - double inMultiplier = 1; - - WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName)); - - /* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied - ** by x=EXPR constraints or x IN (...) constraints. - */ - flags = 0; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pProbe); - if( pTerm==0 ) break; - flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; - if( pExpr->pSelect!=0 ){ - inMultiplier *= 25; - }else if( pExpr->pList!=0 ){ - inMultiplier *= pExpr->pList->nExpr + 1; - } - } - } - cost = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier * estLog(inMultiplier); - nEq = i; - if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 - && nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){ - flags |= WHERE_UNIQUE; - } - WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g cost=%.9g\n",nEq,inMultiplier,cost)); - - /* Look for range constraints - */ - if( nEqnColumn ){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe); - if( pTerm ){ - flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE; - if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pProbe) ){ - flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; - cost /= 3; - } - if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe) ){ - flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; - cost /= 3; - } - WHERETRACE(("...... range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost)); - } - } - - /* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - if( (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 && - isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) ){ - if( flags==0 ){ - flags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE; - } - flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY; - if( rev ){ - flags |= WHERE_REVERSE; - } - }else{ - cost += cost*estLog(cost); - WHERETRACE(("...... orderby increases cost to %.9g\n", cost)); - } - } - - /* Check to see if we can get away with using just the index without - ** ever reading the table. If that is the case, then halve the - ** cost of this index. - */ - if( flags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ - Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed; - int j; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - int x = pProbe->aiColumn[j]; - if( xzName : "(none)", lowestCost, bestFlags, bestNEq)); - *pFlags = bestFlags | eqTermMask; - *pnEq = bestNEq; - return lowestCost; -} - - -/* -** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term -** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON -** or USING clause of that join. -** -** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: -** -** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' -** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** -** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates -** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part -** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. -** -** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop -** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied -** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner -** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, -** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much -** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get -** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. -*/ -static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ - if( pTerm - && (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 - && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - ){ - pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED; - if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; - if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ - disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that builds a probe for an index. -** -** There should be nColumn values on the stack. The index -** to be probed is pIdx. Pop the values from the stack and -** replace them all with a single record that is the index -** problem. -*/ -static void buildIndexProbe( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - int nColumn, /* The number of columns to check for NULL */ - Index *pIdx /* Index that we will be searching */ -){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); -} - - -/* -** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be -** coded. -** -** The current value for the constraint is left on the top of the stack. -** -** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its -** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) -** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. -*/ -static void codeEqualityTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ - WhereLevel *pLevel /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */ -){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight); - }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - }else{ - int iTab; - struct InLoop *pIn; - - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX); - iTab = pX->iTable; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %.*s", pX->span.n, pX->span.z)); - if( pLevel->nIn==0 ){ - pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - } - pLevel->nIn++; - pLevel->aInLoop = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->aInLoop, - sizeof(pLevel->aInLoop[0])*pLevel->nIn); - pIn = pLevel->aInLoop; - if( pIn ){ - pIn += pLevel->nIn - 1; - pIn->iCur = iTab; - pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -1, 0); - }else{ - pLevel->nIn = 0; - } -#endif - } - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an -** index. The values for all constraints are left on the stack. -** -** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). -** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 -** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two -** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate -** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be left -** on the stack - a is the deepest and b the shallowest. -** -** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value -** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. -** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell. -** -** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and puts -** the address of that memory cell in pLevel->iMem. The code that -** calls this routine will use pLevel->iMem to store the termination -** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then -** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal -** use. -*/ -static void codeAllEqualityTerms( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - Bitmask notReady /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */ -){ - int nEq = pLevel->nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ - int termsInMem = 0; /* If true, store value in mem[] cells */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ - int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. - ** We always need at least one used to store the loop terminator - ** value. If there are IN operators we'll need one for each == or - ** IN constraint. - */ - pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ){ - pParse->nMem += pLevel->nEq; - termsInMem = 1; - } - - /* Evaluate the equality constraints - */ - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq ); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->flags, pIdx); - if( pTerm==0 ) break; - assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 ); - codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, termsInMem ? -1 : -(j+1), pLevel->brk); - } - if( termsInMem ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem+j+1, 1); - } - } - - /* Make sure all the constraint values are on the top of the stack - */ - if( termsInMem ){ - for(j=0; jiMem+j+1, 0); - } - } -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated -** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin -** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and -** analysis only. -*/ -char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */ -static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */ - -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - - -/* -** Free a WhereInfo structure -*/ -static void whereInfoFree(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - if( pWInfo ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ - sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo; - if( pInfo ){ - if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - /* Coverage: Don't think this can be reached. By the time this - ** function is called, the index-strings have been passed - ** to the vdbe layer for deletion. - */ - sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr); - } - sqlite3_free(pInfo); - } - } - sqlite3_free(pWInfo); - } -} - - -/* -** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. -** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains -** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine -** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function -** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. -** -** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. -** -** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in -** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the -** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For -** example, if the SQL is this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; -** -** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated -** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() -** foreach row3 in t3 do / -** ... -** end \ Code generated -** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() -** end / -** -** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they -** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make -** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in -** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for -** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. -** -** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor -** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. -** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors -** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. -** -** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named -** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code -** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract -** data from the various tables of the loop. -** -** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their -** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if -** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that -** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the -** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking -** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. -** -** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually -** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", -** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer -** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent -** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- -** most loop) -** -** OUTER JOINS -** -** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do -** flag = 0 -** foreach row2 in t2 do -** start: -** ... -** flag = 1 -** end -** if flag==0 then -** move the row2 cursor to a null row -** goto start -** fi -** end -** -** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING -** -** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement, -** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine -** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL. -** -** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table -** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and -** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an -** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the -** ORDER BY clause already exists. -** -** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct -** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged. -*/ -WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList **ppOrderBy /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ - int brk, cont = 0; /* Addresses used during code generation */ - Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term in the WHERE clause */ - ExprMaskSet maskSet; /* The expression mask set */ - WhereClause wc; /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */ - int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */ - int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all wc.a[].flags */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask - */ - if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); - return 0; - } - - /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each - ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. - */ - initMaskSet(&maskSet); - whereClauseInit(&wc, pParse, &maskSet); - whereSplit(&wc, pWhere, TK_AND); - - /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the - ** return value. - */ - db = pParse->db; - pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel)); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginNoMem; - } - pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc; - pWInfo->pParse = pParse; - pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; - pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the - ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. - */ - if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, 1); - pWhere = 0; - } - - /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might - ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not - ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end - ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. - */ - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - createMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - } - exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &wc); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginNoMem; - } - - /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause. - ** - ** This loop fills in the following fields: - ** - ** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop. - ** pWInfo->a[].flags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx - ** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints - ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom When term of the FROM clause is being coded - ** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table - ** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index - ** - ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM - ** clause. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - pTabItem = pTabList->a; - pLevel = pWInfo->a; - andFlags = ~0; - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); - for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){ - Index *pIdx; /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */ - int flags; /* Flags asssociated with pIdx */ - int nEq; /* Number of == or IN constraints */ - double cost; /* The cost for pIdx */ - int j; /* For looping over FROM tables */ - Index *pBest = 0; /* The best index seen so far */ - int bestFlags = 0; /* Flags associated with pBest */ - int bestNEq = 0; /* nEq associated with pBest */ - double lowestCost; /* Cost of the pBest */ - int bestJ = 0; /* The value of j */ - Bitmask m; /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */ - int once = 0; /* True when first table is seen */ - sqlite3_index_info *pIndex; /* Current virtual index */ - - lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; - for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; jnSrc; j++, pTabItem++){ - int doNotReorder; /* True if this table should not be reordered */ - - doNotReorder = (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0; - if( once && doNotReorder ) break; - m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); - if( (m & notReady)==0 ){ - if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++; - continue; - } - assert( pTabItem->pTab ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){ - sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo; - cost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady, - ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0, - ppIdxInfo); - flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; - pIndex = *ppIdxInfo; - if( pIndex && pIndex->orderByConsumed ){ - flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY; - } - pIdx = 0; - nEq = 0; - if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0)pBestIdx never set. - */ - cost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0); - } - }else -#endif - { - cost = bestIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady, - (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0, - &pIdx, &flags, &nEq); - pIndex = 0; - } - if( costpBestIdx = pIndex; - } - if( doNotReorder ) break; - } - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer choose table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ, - pLevel-pWInfo->a)); - if( (bestFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){ - *ppOrderBy = 0; - } - andFlags &= bestFlags; - pLevel->flags = bestFlags; - pLevel->pIdx = pBest; - pLevel->nEq = bestNEq; - pLevel->aInLoop = 0; - pLevel->nIn = 0; - if( pBest ){ - pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pLevel->iIdxCur = -1; - } - notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor); - pLevel->iFrom = bestJ; - } - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); - - /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY - ** clause is irrelevant. - */ - if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){ - *ppOrderBy = 0; - } - - /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for - ** searching those tables. - */ - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */ - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){ - Table *pTab; /* Table to open */ - Index *pIx; /* Index used to access pTab (if any) */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */ - int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - char *zMsg; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "TABLE %s", pItem->zName); - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); - } - if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z WITH INDEX %s", zMsg, pIx->zName); - }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - else if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){ - sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx; - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg, - pBestIdx->idxNum, pBestIdx->idxStr); - } -#endif - if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z ORDER BY", zMsg); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){ - int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - }else -#endif - if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - if( pTab->nCol<(sizeof(Bitmask)*8) ){ - Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed; - int n = 0; - for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, n); - assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); - } - }else{ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - } - pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx); - assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - if( (pLevel->flags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE))!=0 ){ - /* Only call OP_SetNumColumns on the index if we might later use - ** OP_Column on the index. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, pIx->nColumn+1); - } - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - } - pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - - /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for - ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM - ** program. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){ - int j; - int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ - int nxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ - int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ - int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ - int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ - - pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - pIdx = pLevel->pIdx; - iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - bRev = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0; - omitTable = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0; - - /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions - ** for the current loop. Jump to brk to break out of a loop. - ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the - ** loop. - ** - ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "nxt" label that - ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When - ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "nxt" label - ** is the same as "brk". - */ - brk = pLevel->brk = pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and - ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any - ** row of the left table of the join. - */ - if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - if( !pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem++; - pLevel->iLeftJoin = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "# init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){ - /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext - ** to access the data. - */ - int j; - sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx; - int nConstraint = pBestIdx->nConstraint; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage = - pBestIdx->aConstraintUsage; - const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint = - pBestIdx->aConstraint; - - for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){ - int k; - for(k=0; kpRight); - break; - } - } - if( k==nConstraint ) break; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j-1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pBestIdx->idxNum, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, brk, pBestIdx->idxStr, - pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P3_MPRINTF : P3_STATIC); - pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - for(j=0; jnConstraint; j++){ - if( aUsage[j].omit ){ - int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset; - disableTerm(pLevel, &wc.a[iTerm]); - } - } - pLevel->op = OP_VNext; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - - if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ - /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an - ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or - ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" - ** construct. - */ - pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel); - nxt = pLevel->nxt; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 1, nxt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, nxt); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){ - /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. - */ - int testOp = OP_Noop; - int start; - WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; - - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); - pEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0); - if( bRev ){ - pTerm = pStart; - pStart = pEnd; - pEnd = pTerm; - } - if( pStart ){ - Expr *pX; - pX = pStart->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ForceInt, pX->op==TK_LE || pX->op==TK_GT, brk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, bRev ? OP_MoveLt : OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, brk); - } - if( pEnd ){ - Expr *pX; - pX = pEnd->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight); - pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1); - if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; - }else{ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; - } - disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); - } - start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC|0x100, brk); - } - }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ - /* Case 3: The WHERE clause term that refers to the right-most - ** column of the index is an inequality. For example, if - ** the index is on (x,y,z) and the WHERE clause is of the - ** form "x=5 AND y<10" then this case is used. Only the - ** right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. - ** - ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause - ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order - ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ - int start; - int nEq = pLevel->nEq; - int topEq=0; /* True if top limit uses ==. False is strictly < */ - int btmEq=0; /* True if btm limit uses ==. False if strictly > */ - int topOp, btmOp; /* Operators for the top and bottom search bounds */ - int testOp; - int topLimit = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0; - int btmLimit = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0; - - /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN - ** and level the values of those terms on the stack. - */ - codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady); - - /* Duplicate the equality term values because they will all be - ** used twice: once to make the termination key and once to make the - ** start key. - */ - for(j=0; j or >= - ** operator and the top bound is a < or <= operator. For a descending - ** index the operators are reversed. - */ - if( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ - topOp = WO_LT|WO_LE; - btmOp = WO_GT|WO_GE; - }else{ - topOp = WO_GT|WO_GE; - btmOp = WO_LT|WO_LE; - SWAP(int, topLimit, btmLimit); - } - - /* Generate the termination key. This is the key value that - ** will end the search. There is no termination key if there - ** are no equality terms and no "X<..." term. - ** - ** 2002-Dec-04: On a reverse-order scan, the so-called "termination" - ** key computed here really ends up being the start key. - */ - nxt = pLevel->nxt; - if( topLimit ){ - Expr *pX; - int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, topOp, pIdx); - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - pX = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -(nEq*2+1), nxt); - topEq = pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - testOp = OP_IdxGE; - }else{ - testOp = nEq>0 ? OP_IdxGE : OP_Noop; - topEq = 1; - } - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - int nCol = nEq + topLimit; - pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, pIdx); - if( bRev ){ - int op = topEq ? OP_MoveLe : OP_MoveLt; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1); - } - }else if( bRev ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, iIdxCur, brk); - } - - /* Generate the start key. This is the key that defines the lower - ** bound on the search. There is no start key if there are no - ** equality terms and if there is no "X>..." term. In - ** that case, generate a "Rewind" instruction in place of the - ** start key search. - ** - ** 2002-Dec-04: In the case of a reverse-order search, the so-called - ** "start" key really ends up being used as the termination key. - */ - if( btmLimit ){ - Expr *pX; - int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, btmOp, pIdx); - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - pX = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -(nEq+1), nxt); - btmEq = pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - }else{ - btmEq = 1; - } - if( nEq>0 || btmLimit ){ - int nCol = nEq + btmLimit; - buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, pIdx); - if( bRev ){ - pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1); - testOp = OP_IdxLT; - }else{ - int op = btmEq ? OP_MoveGe : OP_MoveGt; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt); - } - }else if( bRev ){ - testOp = OP_Noop; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, brk); - } - - /* Generate the the top of the loop. If there is a termination - ** key we have to test for that key and abort at the top of the - ** loop. - */ - start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, iIdxCur, nxt); - if( (topEq && !bRev) || (!btmEq && bRev) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "+", P3_STATIC); - } - } - if( topLimit | btmLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, 1, cont); - } - if( !omitTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0); - } - - /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. - */ - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ ){ - /* Case 4: There is an index and all terms of the WHERE clause that - ** refer to the index using the "==" or "IN" operators. - */ - int start; - int nEq = pLevel->nEq; - - /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN - ** and leave the values of those terms on the stack. - */ - codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady); - nxt = pLevel->nxt; - - /* Generate a single key that will be used to both start and terminate - ** the search - */ - buildIndexProbe(v, nEq, pIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 0); - - /* Generate code (1) to move to the first matching element of the table. - ** Then generate code (2) that jumps to "nxt" after the cursor is past - ** the last matching element of the table. The code (1) is executed - ** once to initialize the search, the code (2) is executed before each - ** iteration of the scan to see if the scan has finished. */ - if( bRev ){ - /* Scan in reverse order */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveLe, iIdxCur, nxt); - start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxLT, iIdxCur, nxt); - pLevel->op = OP_Prev; - }else{ - /* Scan in the forward order */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iIdxCur, nxt); - start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxGE, iIdxCur, nxt, "+", P3_STATIC); - pLevel->op = OP_Next; - } - if( !omitTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0); - } - pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - }else{ - /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete - ** scan of the entire table. - */ - assert( omitTable==0 ); - assert( bRev==0 ); - pLevel->op = OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk); - } - notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur); - - /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely - ** computed using the current set of tables. - */ - for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ - Expr *pE; - if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue; - pE = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( pE!=0 ); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ - continue; - } - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, cont, 1); - pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED; - } - - /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. - */ - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "# record LEFT JOIN hit")); - for(pTerm=wc.a, j=0; jflags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue; - assert( pTerm->pExpr ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, cont, 1); - pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED; - } - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */ - /* Record in the query plan information about the current table - ** and the index used to access it (if any). If the table itself - ** is not used, its name is just '{}'. If no index is used - ** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the - ** index name is '*'. - */ - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - char *z; - int n; - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; - pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - z = pTabItem->zAlias; - if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName; - n = strlen(z); - if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){ - if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2); - nQPlan += 2; - }else{ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n); - nQPlan += n; - } - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; - } - if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2); - nQPlan += 2; - }else if( pLevel->pIdx==0 ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3); - nQPlan += 3; - }else{ - n = strlen(pLevel->pIdx->zName); - if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->pIdx->zName, n); - nQPlan += n; - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; - } - } - } - while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){ - sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0; - } - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0; - nQPlan = 0; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */ - - /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then - ** clean up and return. - */ - pWInfo->iContinue = cont; - whereClauseClear(&wc); - return pWInfo; - - /* Jump here if malloc fails */ -whereBeginNoMem: - whereClauseClear(&wc); - whereInfoFree(pWInfo); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on -** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. -*/ -void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - WhereLevel *pLevel; - SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; - - /* Generate loop termination code. - */ - for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){ - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont); - if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2); - } - if( pLevel->nIn ){ - struct InLoop *pIn; - int j; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->nxt); - for(j=pLevel->nIn, pIn=&pLevel->aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->topAddr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr-1); - } - sqlite3_free(pLevel->aInLoop); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - int addr; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0); - if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - } - - /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. - ** Set it. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); - - /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. - */ - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue; - if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor, 0); - } - if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0); - } - - /* Make cursor substitutions for cases where we want to use - ** just the index and never reference the table. - ** - ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and - ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table - ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes - ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that - ** reference the index. - */ - if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ - int k, j, last; - VdbeOp *pOp; - Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx; - - assert( pIdx!=0 ); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop); - last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(k=pWInfo->iTop; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){ - pOp->p2 = j; - break; - } - } - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_NullRow ){ - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; - } - } - } - } - - /* Final cleanup - */ - whereInfoFree(pWInfo); - return; -}